Begin Reading

Table of Contents

About the Author

Photos

Copyright Page

Thank you for buying this

St. Martin’s Press ebook.

To receive special offers, bonus content,

and info on new releases and other great reads,

sign up for our newsletters.

Or visit us online at

us.macmillan.com/newslettersignup

For email updates on the author, click here.

The author and publisher have provided this e-book to you for your personal use only. You may not make this e-book publicly available in any way. Copyright infringement is against the law. If you believe the copy of this e-book you are reading infringes on the author’s copyright, please notify the publisher at: us.macmillanusa.com/piracy.

For Ñañi and Titía

Our music is a way to express things that we wouldn’t talk about—things that are that heavy and that dark. These are feelings that everybody experiences. That’s why people relate to it.

—Jerry Cantrell

The historian’s task is not to disrupt for the sake of it, but it is to tell what is almost always an uncomfortable story and explain why the discomfort is part of the truth we need to live well and live properly. A well-organized society is one in which we know the truth about ourselves collectively, not one in which we tell pleasant lies about ourselves.

—Tony Judt

Introduction

It is the tale, not he who tells it.

—STEPHEN KING

THE PAST THREE YEARS have seen a revival of interest in the Seattle grunge scene that dominated music in the early 1990s. Anniversaries of landmark albums, deaths, and actual or pending inductions to the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame have all sparked an interest in the people and place that made the music of that era. Of Seattle’s “Big Four,” Nirvana dominates most of the attention, in large part because of the life and talent of Kurt Cobain, as well as the post-Nirvana success of Dave Grohl and the controversies involving Courtney Love and the Cobain estate. Pearl Jam also draws a great deal of attention and has the distinction of being the only one of the four bands that has continuously kept going for almost twenty-five years as of this writing. Soundgarden broke up, and Chris Cornell carried on as a solo artist and as part of Audioslave, before regrouping in 2010.

But the story of Alice in Chains is the most interesting for several reasons: how Layne Staley emerged as one of the most influential vocalists of his generation, inspiring legions of imitators; their prolific output despite the relatively short period of activity—three studio albums, two EPs, and one live album during the period between 1989 and 1996; how it was the first band out of the gate in getting a nationwide following, heavy airplay on MTV, and a gold record; and also as a cautionary story of how a talented band nearly lost it all and not everyone lived to tell the tale.

At the end of the day, it comes down to the music, which lives on in people’s hearts, homes, on the radio, in films and television shows, and on the Internet. Mozart and Beethoven died centuries ago, but people are still listening to The Marriage of Figaro and the Ninth Symphony. Alice in Chains has withstood the test of time and aged well in spite of the difficult circumstances with which the band had to deal. The fact that the band continues to record new material and perform live is a testament to the enduring power and quality of their work.

In the summer of 2011, I was in between my first and second year of graduate school at Georgetown University and working at 60 Minutes. Between work and school, I had a lot on my plate, which required a lot of late-night reading. During one of these reading sessions, for no particular reason, I put on Dirt, which I hadn’t listened to in a very long time. I’d had it in some shape or form since 1992 or 1993—first on cassette, later on CD, and now as an MP3.

I played it all the way through and was reminded of what a good album it is. At that point, I did a little bit of online research. I’d heard that the band had regrouped with a new singer and released a new album. I looked online for any biography or book about them, thinking that someone must have written something in the years since Layne Staley’s death, and found nothing along the lines of what I was looking for. It was at that point that I first got the idea of writing this book. I suppose my reason for writing it is similar to George Mallory’s famous response to the question of why he wanted to climb Mount Everest: because it’s there.

I started working on the book in August 2011 as soon as my work and school obligations were done. I took the first of several reporting trips to Seattle to do on-the-ground research. Three years, dozens of on-the-record sources, and hundreds of pages of public records later, I finished what is the first biography of Alice in Chains.

Officially, the band’s story began at what is now a giant hole in the ground in Ballard—the site of what once was the Music Bank, where one day in late 1987 the four founding members met and jammed for the first time. I wanted to go back further, to find out how and why the four of them got to that place at that time and what they did individually and as a group in the years after.

I should make it clear what this book is and is not.

This book was done without the cooperation of the band, their management, or their record label. It was challenging, but not impossible, to get around their policy of not commenting. I don’t like the terms authorized and unauthorized biographies for different reasons. To me, authorized biographies carry a connotation of official public-relations spin, in addition to the blessing and cooperation of the subjects. That is not what this book is. On the other hand, unauthorized biographies sound like the content is sleazy, gossipy tabloid trash. That is not what this book is, either. Although drugs are part of the story, I didn’t want this book to be Requiem for a Dream with a Seattle grunge setting. I also didn’t want this book to read like a typical rock band biography. The approach and writing were more influenced by the works of Walter Isaacson and Bob Woodward than Stephen Davis or Mick Wall—no disrespect to Mr. Davis or Mr. Wall.

This book is the improbable, funny, tragic, and ultimately triumphant story of how Alice in Chains came to be and emerged as one of the most influential bands of the Seattle grunge scene. It is also the culmination of more than a decade of experience in journalism and academia, and I’ve tried to adhere to the high standards I’ve encountered in both.

PART I

1967–1984

I never planned out my life. Shit just happens.

—Layne Staley

Chapter 1

You can’t freaking sing!

—KEN ELMER

LAYNE RUTHERFORD STALEY was born on Tuesday, August 22, 1967, at Overlake Hospital in Bellevue, Washington. His parents, Phillip Blair Staley and Nancy Elizabeth Layne, were living in the town of Kirkland, located along the eastern shore of Lake Washington.1

Layne’s birth was announced in the “Born Yesterday” section of the next day’s edition of The Seattle Times. Under the subheading “To Mr. and Mrs.—” the section is an alphabetical listing of every child born the previous day in each hospital in the greater Seattle area. The final birth listed under Overlake Hospital reads, “Phillip B. Staley, 10146 N.E. 64th St., Kirkland, boy.”2

Phil and Nancy, who were twenty-nine and nineteen at the time, had been married by a minister nearly six months earlier in a ceremony witnessed by Paul R. Staley, the groom’s brother, and Margaret Ann Layne, the bride’s sister. The previous summer, Nancy had competed in the Miss Washington Pageant as Miss Bellevue. When Phil and Nancy’s engagement was announced in January 1967, Nancy was a student at the Cornish School of Allied Arts.3 She was the oldest of Robert L. Layne and Ann J. Becker’s three daughters. Her parents were both graduates of the University of Washington, where they were involved in the fraternity and sorority scene on campus.

Phil was the oldest of Earl R. and Audrey Staley’s four sons. He went to Denver University, where he was a member of the Sigma Chi fraternity. A car salesman by profession, Phil had the car business in his genes going back two generations.4 His father, Earl R. Staley, had been involved in trailer manufacturing and related industries since 1935, when he was just twenty-one years old. Phil’s grandfather, Earl B. Staley, was born in Kansas in 1884, from which the family relocated to Denver, according to the 1900 U.S. Census. Earl, who worked in the automobile and truck industry, began his career in Denver in 1903, working in various capacities in the field until he relocated to Seattle in 1907 after accepting a job as service manager for the Pacific Coast Automobile Sales Company.5

In September 1970, when Layne was three, his mother gave birth to his sister Elizabeth Audreyann Staley. His affinity for music showed at an early age. Layne told Rolling Stone his first memory was of looking up at a musical carousel hanging over his crib.6

According to his other sister Jamie Elmer, Layne was known for being very focused as a child. “He would really be into whatever drawing he was doing or art project. He was really focused. I remember [Nancy] saying that [if] he was really focused on … drawing something or playing with Legos or Tinkertoys [and] she’d put a sandwich in front of his nose … he wouldn’t even notice. He was so into whatever art or craft he was doing at the time.”

She also described Layne as being very close to Liz. “I don’t ever remember hearing stories of them not being close. And definitely because of them having the same parents and being full brother and sister, there was a closeness between the two of them that was pretty apparent and special and different than with the rest of us.”

After seven years of marriage, on October 30, 1974, Phil filed for divorce. The filing does not provide a specific cause, stating only that the marriage was “irretrievably broken.” Through his attorney, Phil proposed a settlement and child-support plan. Because Nancy never went to court or filed a motion to contest the documents filed by Phil, his attorney successfully argued that the court issue an order of default accepting Phil’s proposal.7

James Kenneth Elmer was an appraiser working for a bank where Nancy was working as part of a public relations campaign. Jim went to a Christmas party in December 1974, which Nancy also attended, where they were introduced by a mutual friend. Jim isn’t sure if he’d call his initial reaction love at first sight, but said “It was certainly interesting. I certainly took notice.”

It was a fairly quick courtship—a matter of a few months. The first time Jim met Layne and Liz was at Nancy’s mother’s home. “One evening, we were going to go out. The kids were there. At that age, they’re just real delightful. Nothing spectacular happened, but that’s when I first met them.” Jim didn’t think the kids understood the idea that he was dating their mother at the time. His impressions of Layne: “He’s a sensitive child, smart kid. Certainly loved his sister and mom.” As the relationship became serious, they talked to Layne and Liz about it.

On June 13, 1975, two months after Nancy’s divorce from Phil was finalized, she married Jim Elmer. Nancy would eventually take her new husband’s surname. At the time, Layne was two months shy of his eighth birthday. In addition to Layne and Liz, Ken, Jim’s son from his first marriage, was added to the mix. Of his parents’ divorce and his mother’s remarriage, Layne would say years later, “No deep, dark secrets there. I remember sometimes wondering where my dad was, but most of the time I was too busy running around and playing.”8

Ken’s parents had divorced when he was three years old. A few years later, they both remarried within one or two weeks of each other. Under the visitation terms worked out by his parents, Ken had a schedule where he would see his father every weekend, as well as during summers and holidays for extended visits. “Layne and I got together and got along very quickly. Liz was a year younger than me, so she was about four, he was probably seven turning eight, and I was five turning six. So it was a good age. I remember we picked on Liz quite a bit in life, but that’s what older brothers do,” Ken said.

Jim offered a similar recollection. “I think they became reasonably close. You’ve got three little kids. You’re always going to have some type of dynamic and so forth. But by and large, we did things with the three of them and kept everybody involved.”

“Layne was always a gentle kid, a kind kid—smart in his own way. Not school smart, but certainly incredibly intelligent, as we learned later in life,” Ken added. Layne played T-ball in elementary school, Jim said, but didn’t show much interest in sports as he got older. Ken recalled watching Seattle Seahawks football games with his father on TV, during which Layne would get bored and leave the room. Academically, Jim described Layne as “a reasonably good student. I don’t think he was straight-A, but he seemed to like school. He had his group of friends.” He also noted, “I don’t remember any drama with him being in school until he started to grow up.”

Though Layne’s serious interest in music wouldn’t develop until a few years later, one noteworthy event happened in October 1975, when Elton John was on tour and was scheduled to perform two nights at the Seattle Center Coliseum. Jim wanted to go to the show. He doesn’t remember how this came about, but he took Layne to what would be his first concert.9 As the lights went down before the start of the show, people inside the venue began smoking marijuana. Layne looked around, looked at Jim, and asked “Dad, do you smell that stuff?”

As far as Layne’s impressions of the show, Jim said, “He was certainly not bored. He certainly enjoyed the music. It was sold out. You had a lot of people, well-behaved, there was excitement. He was just taking it all in at that age.”

In the first year or two after Nancy married Jim Elmer, Phil would come by occasionally to see Layne and Liz. Eventually, Phil started spending progressively less time with them, leading to a major decision within the family.

“In Liz’s case, she got to the point where she wanted to have a stay-at-home dad. While she and Phil got along, once he started to kind of disappear, she wanted a little more stability, and [to] know that she could count on somebody. We talked with her about being adopted and she liked that idea.” The Elmers went through the process so Jim could legally adopt Liz as his daughter, a decision Phil—who declined to be interviewed for this book—consented to. As a result, she legally changed her surname to Elmer. Layne felt very differently about the situation. According to Jim, “He was waiting for his dad to come back and didn’t want to be adopted.” He would use the Elmer surname through high school, but he never legally changed it like Liz did.

Layne and Ken developed an interest in music during the late 70s and early 80s, according to Ken. “We both gravitated very heavily to that hair-band rock and roll: Twisted Sister, Ozzy, Scorpions—I mean, that’s all we listened to.” Layne’s tastes weren’t limited to the metal and hard rock of the day. At one point, Ken remembers Layne being a big fan of Billy Joel’s Glass Houses album. “I remember for a year or so, he was so into that that it was crazy. And that was at a very young age.” Jim remembers him liking Fleetwood Mac’s Rumours.

When Layne was between ten and twelve years old, Jim took him and a few boys from the neighborhood to a Van Halen concert. “That’s where they really started to like the music, I think. We were down in the general seating area, without any seats, so we were down in that mosh-pit area. So when things started, I got off to the side. The two neighbor boys and Layne were about the same age, and they stayed down there.” He added, “I stayed down there with them for just a little bit, and even in those days, I was the oldest person down there. Some girl came up with her boyfriend and said, ‘You’re really great for being down here.’ I took that as a compliment, because it was action-packed. It was a great concert. I think they stayed down there for the whole thing.”

Years later, Layne told journalist Jon Wiederhorn he realized he wanted to make music for a living in the fourth grade. “I didn’t know what I was going to play. I started playing the trumpet, then cornet, then drums. I’d listen to my favorite rock bands on headphones and try to imitate them. But when I was fifteen I realized I was getting much better than when I started, so I decided I wanted to sing. At the time I was in a cover band with friends from high school.”10

Jim’s parents owned a vacation home on Long Beach, Washington, and every summer Jim would take his family there for a week. Ken has many fond memories of Layne during these trips. Ken remembers spending time at the sand dunes or Marsh’s Free Museum. The last year they went, Layne and Ken wound up double-dating a girl from Marsh’s and one of her friends the entire week.

A major milestone was the birth of Jim and Nancy’s daughter, Jamie Brooke Elmer, on January 20, 1978. At the time, Layne was ten, Ken was nine, and Liz was seven.11 In terms of parenting, Jim credits Nancy for joining a support group with other stay-at-home mothers focused on how to help or improve the parenting process. “That was extremely important,” Jim said. “I think that fostered a lot of good things in the state and certainly within our family, with the girls as they were growing up.” She began the classes within a year or so after Jamie’s birth.

According to Rolling Stone, Layne took up drums when he was twelve. “Our friend had a drum set and offered to let Layne use it,” Nancy would later recall.12 According to Ken, “He started playing the drums, and he was a pretty good little drummer. But he just never had contacts or never really had that big group of friends to go and form a whole bunch of bands. You’ve just got those pockets of guys who are like that, and Layne just wasn’t like that.”

The decision to switch from drums to singing was one of the most consequential of Layne’s life. Years later, he explained how it happened. “I was playing drums and I wanted to sing one song, and the singer said, ‘No, you’re a drummer. Drummers don’t sing.’ So we got in a fight and I packed up my drums and got in my van and drove straight downtown, traded in my drum set for a delay, a microphone, and a mic cord, and went home and started practicing. I was horrible at first, but I found my instrument.”13

Ken Elmer was in the car with Layne when Layne mentioned in an almost offhand manner, “Oh, by the way, I sold everything and I got a microphone.” Layne and Ken shared a large downstairs room, each with his own waterbed. Until that day, their beds had shared the space with Layne’s drum kit, which had been replaced by microphones and a PA system. “The drums were always a part of the family for years, and he would always be a drummer. And then one day I came over for visitation, and all the drum stuff is gone. And there’s these big speakers and an amplifier and like two microphones. I’m like, ‘Dude, what did you do?’”

“Oh, I sold everything. I’m gonna be a singer.”

Ken was flabbergasted. “I’m like, ‘You can’t freaking sing!’” he recalled years later, laughing pretty hard. “I’m like, ‘You suck!’”

“No, this is what we’re gonna do now.”

Ken had no idea where his decision to sing came from. During subsequent visits, Layne and Ken would transcribe lyrics to songs by Twisted Sister, the Scorpions, and Van Halen and then sing over the songs. This lasted for about a year at most. “The funny part of it is, I really didn’t think he had a good voice.”

*   *   *

Though they went to schools in different districts, Ken remembers Layne had little interest in academics growing up. “He was a very intelligent guy. He just didn’t have time for certain structures that society told him he had to be a part of. He would say, ‘Screw that. Why?’ And later in life, I kind of respected him for that.”

Regarding his grade school years, Layne said, “I hated school. I wasn’t very popular and I wasn’t big into sports. I liked woodworking and skateboarding.”14

According to Jim, Layne began dabbling in drugs and alcohol at some point during his teenage years. “He was running around with the wrong crowd and coming home from school later. He was doing something. We knew that; we could smell it.” He doesn’t remember smelling marijuana on his clothes, but he did smell alcohol. He never found evidence of drugs or drug paraphernalia while Layne was living at the house during this period.

During one of Ken’s weekend visits, he and Layne—who was a teenager at the time—went to a neighbor’s house one night to watch Friday the 13th on HBO. Someone had brought marijuana, and everyone there that night except Ken smoked it.

Layne once tried Dexatrim, a weight-loss drug that was available over the counter at the time. According to Ken, “It speeds up your metabolism massively. I think that the thing was when we were kids, we were told if you take a bunch of that stuff, it hits you like speed. I mean it makes you super high. I just remember him experimenting with that at least once that I knew of.” Ken does not know the extent of Layne’s drug use during this period, but does not think the Friday the 13th episode meant he was regularly smoking marijuana. Nancy told The Seattle Times, “He got in trouble doing things kids do. He dabbled in trying drugs, about the age thirteen or fourteen. Then his junior and senior years he stayed drug-free, and he was the happiest then.”15 Ken has no recollection of Layne’s doing any hard drugs at this point but said he was drinking.

Layne began his freshman year at Meadowdale High School in Lynnwood on September 8, 1981, according to a record shown by a school source. When he was a student, he was one of the shortest boys in his class. “In his junior year he had pretty much lost interest in school—he’d been picked on because he was small, so he was really through with the scene,” Nancy said. She gave Layne the option of dropping out. Around the same time, Layne went through a growth spurt and went from being one of the shortest boys to being six feet tall—a height he had always wanted to be. He told his mother, “The girls have started to notice me,” and decided to stay in school.16

According to Jim, “He did get picked on when he was at that younger age because of his size. He certainly started to dabble around. It took him a while to grow, but when he did, he did. Then things started to change.”

“I can remember when he was in a situation where he was getting picked on [at] school. A couple of times, it ended a little more dramatic than just getting picked on. He got in a couple of fights and so forth. He started to change and got more interested in the drug culture and music and so forth. He definitely had some options.”

According to Ken, “I’m not going to say that he always hated being around people, but he wasn’t an overly gregarious person. So I don’t think just that he was short, it was a little bit of his nature, his personality, as well.” He also noted with a slight laugh that “Layne was not a big stud with the ladies. He kept to himself a lot. He didn’t have a lot of girlfriends growing up.”

When Layne was about fifteen, he and Nancy were having an argument. The car was packed for a weekend family trip and Layne didn’t want to go. Jim recalled, “They were having words and things started to escalate. Nancy had mentioned to me, ‘Why don’t you do something?’ I was prepared to just leave and let things cool down. She says, ‘You’re not protecting me.’ Calling his mother names and that type of thing—I’m caught in the middle between her getting verbally abused and so forth.

“I got out of the car [and] went to see Layne, who was on the front steps. I took him around to the backyard and I spanked him.” That was the first and only time he ever did this. “He was not going to give in. It shows the resolve of that kid. I did push him against the side of the house, and he was not going to show any defeat or anything else. Of course, I felt bad, and I think he felt bad.” Jim and Layne talked about the incident a few years later and apologized to each other.

The family left for the weekend, leaving Layne alone at the house. When they came back, there was a smell of Lysol. “That’s not how we left the house. It was clean, but not spotless. This house was spotless,” he recalled. “Nancy and I looked at each other and said, ‘We’re going to be calm, going to see what happened, what he tells us.’”

Layne approached them visibly shaken and crying. He and his friends who lived next door had gone out to a 7-Eleven to get food. A comment was made that Layne’s parents were out of town, and word got around that there was an open house, so a party was organized. One of the neighbors called the police. Jim found out later on that when the police showed up, there were at least a hundred people at the house.

“Layne came to us and confessed. He was just so remorseful that things were so out of control. It was meaningful because he and the two neighbor boys were going from room to room, constantly keeping people out of closets, looking for stuff and so forth. Once the police got there, got everybody scared away, those boys spent the next two days cleaning that house. It was a telling point in his life where it scared him, in terms of being out of control. He had mentioned that because there were so many people, and he couldn’t do anything about it.

“We didn’t chastise him or anything. He learned his own lesson. But that was telling to us all.”

At about the same age, Layne ran away from home for the first time. He was staying with a friend two houses away for a few days before the mother called Layne’s parents and asked, “Would you come get your son?”

They refused to pick him up and told her to send Layne home.

The second incident happened about six months later. Layne had taken off for a day. It was dark and rainy that night, and his parents got a call from the Lynnwood Police Department, informing them that Layne was at the station and asking them to pick him up. He had not been arrested or detained for anything, according to Jim.

“Nancy and I kind of looked at each other. We [have] got [to draw] a line of responsibility.” Jim’s personal inclination was to pick him up. After talking about it, Jim and Nancy decided to teach Layne a lesson.

“Well, he walked down there. He can walk home,” they told the police officer.

“He may not want to do that.”

“Well, you can bring him home or you can tell him. We’ve made it real clear, he knows where his home is. Just tell him his dinner is waiting and his waterbed is ready.”

Layne walked home, ate his dinner, and went to bed. He never ran away again. “Here we were having another dispute, a child running away. I think both Nancy and I would agree it was the best thing to do,” Jim said. “The point of contention was you can’t just have your way in the family, of running away, and having everything brought back to you in terms of we’ll come pick you up, we’ll take care of you. It’s all about you, Layne. It’s drawing some boundaries—you’ve got some responsibility.”

Jamie’s earliest memory of Layne, probably from around this period when she was about five years old, is of him making potato chips in the kitchen. She also remembers him practicing the trumpet and drums.

At some point during this period, he worked as a busboy and dishwasher at an Italian restaurant close to his home. According to Jim, Layne would do whatever odd job they gave him, but he doesn’t think Layne had any skill or focus at the time to work as a waiter or cook.

When Ken visited on weekends, he and Layne would go to their room and sing along to songs all day. For Ken, it was just fun. For Layne, Ken said, “It was like, ‘I’m training for what I want to do.’ And I think that’s why he got his head on straight a little bit.

“Because he had a focus. He had a goal. He had something that gave him some drive. School didn’t give it to him. He was never overly interested in girls in that way at a young age, and this kind of gave him a push. I think that’s just as much a key as whether he was six feet or not.” In switching from drums to singing, Layne may have found something he was passionate about that he could develop, but it was an encounter and a chance suggestion by Ken that would ultimately change the direction of Layne’s life.

Chapter 2

Fuck, yeah! This is what a lead singer should look like!

—JOHNNY BACOLAS

JAMES BERGSTROM WAS WALKING between classes at Shorewood High School one day in 1984 when he ran into Ken Elmer, a friend from the marching band. Ken knew that Bergstrom’s band, Sleze, was looking for a singer, and he had somebody in mind for them.

“Hey, my stepbrother Layne plays drums but he wants to be a singer. You should give him a call,” Elmer told him. After the initial pitch, Elmer said under his breath, “I think he kind of sucks, so it’s not my fault—if you can’t do it, then that’s fine.”

Not long after, Ken went over to Jim and Nancy’s home and told Layne about the position. Layne’s mother recalled that conversation to journalist Greg Prato:

“Layne, there are a couple of guys over at Shorewood High School looking for a singer,” Ken told him.

“Well, I’m not a singer,” Layne responded.

“Why don’t you try out anyhow?”1

An audition was eventually set up. Bergstrom told Sleze guitarist Johnny Bacolas about the new singer they would be trying out. Bacolas liked what he was hearing—that he was thin and was peroxiding his hair. The first person who came to mind was Mötley Crüe singer Vince Neil, a band that Bacolas and the other members of Sleze were huge fans of.

The tryout took place at Bergstrom’s parents’ house in Richmond Beach, where Sleze had their jam room in the basement. They were young—still in early high school and still learning how to play their instruments and playing covers. Tim Branom—a musician who would later produce one of Sleze’s demos—described the band: “They had a Mötley Crüe but punk influence, something [that] today would be only described as an angry Seattle vibe but as a glam band with black lipstick and black fingernails. This was very radical for them to do, especially since their parents were very straight and churchgoing people.”

The members of Sleze had no expectations before the audition. “[We] didn’t know what we were going to get. Just, we knew that he was really getting into singing, and that he had bleached-blond hair, and that was good enough,” Bacolas recalled. When he arrived, the others noticed his tall stature, soft-spoken demeanor, and that he was very much dressed for the part.

“He came to our jam room and was really shy, real timid,” Bacolas said. “And just as we expected, we were like, ‘Fuck, yeah! This is what a lead singer should look like!’”

Ed Semanate, the other founding guitarist for Sleze, recalls that his most vivid memory of Layne during that first introduction was that he had band names like “Ozzy” or “Mötley Crüe” written on his pants in bleach.

The four surviving band members are all fairly certain that the first song they performed with Layne was a cover of Mötley Crüe’s “Looks That Kill,” although Bacolas and Bergstrom won’t entirely rule out the possibility it may have been W.A.S.P.’s “L.O.V.E. Machine.”

“At the top of our list for sure was Mötley Crüe. That was the band we would want to be,” Byron Hansen said. The other members immediately knew they were onto something.

“I can tell you if it was ‘Looks That Kill,’ when he got to the part ‘Now she’s a cool cool black,’ he could actually hit those notes. We were like, ‘Oh my God! This is awesome!’” Bergstrom recalled with a laugh. “So you had that feeling, ‘Here’s this kid. He’s got a great-sounding voice. He’s cool. He could sing on key. And he also had good range and he was soulful, though he was just a raw beginner.’ So we knew we had something special, and we were like in heaven from then. We became a band.”

Hansen agreed. “We were totally like, ‘Wow! This guy can sing like Vince Neil! He’s like a little Vince Neil!’ We just thought it was awesome.”

Although Layne’s voice was still in a raw, undeveloped form and he was only singing covers at this point, it was impossible to compare his sound with that of singers in the past or his contemporaries.

“He didn’t strike me as ‘Oh, this guy is a [Jim] Morrison wannabe,’ or ‘Oh, this guy is a Robert Plant wannabe,’ or an Ozzy wannabe. Layne had his own thing, and I think that’s what was the most appealing about him,” Bacolas said. “He had a very distinctive voice. I didn’t want another Morrison or another Rob Halford. We weren’t looking for that. I don’t know what we were looking for. We just kind of—we just found it.”

At one point, Layne asked Bergstrom for permission to play his drum kit. Bergstrom agreed, and Layne started playing the beginning of Mötley Crüe’s “Red Hot.” Bergstrom was impressed. “Man, you gotta show me that!”

The decision was a no-brainer—Layne got the job on the spot. Ken Elmer ran into Bergstrom not long after. “He just comes running down the hall, ‘Dude, your brother is fucking awesome!’ I mean, he’s swearing and he’s screaming and he’s like, ‘It’s perfect.’ And I’m like, ‘Oh, I thought for sure you guys would hate him. I think he kind of sucks,’” he recalled.

The band rehearsed several times a week, gradually expanding their repertoire and playing ability. At one point, Semanate told Layne he needed a digital delay—a device that creates an echo effect on vocals. Layne and Semanate went to a local music store and bought one. The delay eventually became part of Layne’s singing style.

Bergstrom would often hang out with Layne or spend the night at his house. He remembers staying up late at night watching The Exorcist or plugging in his PA unit so he could practice his singing or experiment with it. “He’d plug it all in and practice. He’d practice singing to like ‘Metal Thrashing Mad’ by Anthrax. He practiced ‘Rod of Iron’ by Lizzy Borden, all these different songs. He was fascinated with his digital delay at first.”

Layne began his senior year at Meadowdale High School in the fall of 1984. A review of the school yearbooks from 1981 to 1985 found only three photos of him: a portrait photo from his sophomore year in 1982–83, a group photo of the industrial woodworking class of 1984–85, and the senior-class group photo. In the two latter photos, his platinum-blond hair made him stick out. There were no portrait photos of him during his freshman, junior, and senior years.

*   *   *

It was Rick Throm’s first year teaching the industrial woodworking course. “He didn’t seem to have a lot of friends in the class. He was kind of a loner, but he listened to what you said, and he did what you said, and he seemed to really enjoy it,” were Throm’s impressions of Layne. Throm liked Layne enough to hire him at his cabinet shop after school for minimum wage.

“He was really willing to learn, but he sometimes felt that he got kind of the short end of the deal in our shop because he was the low man on the totem pole.”

An example: Throm asked Layne to paint a storage shed at his shop. After spending several hours on it over the course of two days, Layne approached Throm, saying, “Mr. Throm, I think I’d like to be building cabinets more than painting this storage shed.”

“Well, everybody has to start somewhere, Layne, and we’ve all painted, we’ve all done this and that, and that’s what you have to do right now,” Throm responded. Consequently, Layne wrote on his hour sheet “Painted fucking storage shed” in protest.

Another time, Throm asked him, “Layne, what do you think you want to do in your life?”

“[Be] a rock star,” he responded.

“Rock star? I want to be a fishing guy, but, look it, I’m in here working. How do you think you’re going to be a rock star?”

“I’m going to win this Battle of the Bands, and that has a recording contract with it.”

“So you think you can win the Battle of the Bands?”

“Oh, yeah. We’re good enough to win the Battle of the Bands.”

“Okay, well, what kind of music do you play, Layne?”

“You don’t know it.”

“Turn on the radio and let’s listen to the station that has some of that music.”

“It’s not on the station.”

“Oh my God, Layne! You want to be a rock star; you want to play music that isn’t even on a radio station. Maybe you better rethink this thing.”

In retrospect, Throm regrets having discouraged Layne from pursuing his dream and is glad Layne didn’t take his advice. It was one of a handful of times that one of his students taught him a lesson. “Layne taught me never to squelch a guy’s dream. Dream on and dream hard, but have a backup plan.” After Layne became successful, Throm thought he might come back to the shop and make him paint the storage shed as payback, but it never happened.

*   *   *

Layne’s parents were supportive of his goals, never discouraging him from his chosen profession. “Nancy and I at that time, we knew what pop rock was, but this new stuff that was coming out, we didn’t quite understand the whole thing, but certainly we were supportive of that and reminded him that we certainly wanted him to stay off of drugs and so forth, but we didn’t tie those two together,” Jim explained. When Layne was about seventeen or eighteen, his parents bought him his first car: a VW Dasher. “By that time, we knew he was going to be in the music business and that was [his] dream and he needed transportation, so we wanted to help him out,” he said.

Jamie Elmer remembers keeping Layne company as he was working on the Dasher. He had cleaned out the case containing the windshield wiper fluid, filled it with orange juice, and rigged the hose for the fluid so that it came out of the dashboard inside the car. He had turned the windshield wiper system into a drink machine and poured her a glass of orange juice from the dashboard. He could also modify his car for more mischievous purposes.

“The most trouble Layne and I caused together … Layne had a little car at one point and we pried the window washers to spray outward, and we were driving around and shooting people with it. As we drove by, we’d soak them,” James Bergstrom recalled with a laugh. “We saw a police officer coming into the parking lot, and we pulled out and drove across the street to an Arby’s, and the cop followed us, and we were like, ‘Oh, shit! This isn’t good!’”

The officer pulled Layne over. “Hey, are you guys driving around squirting people?”

“No, Officer,” Layne answered.

“Where’s your windshield wiper applicator?”

After Layne pointed to it, the officer reached into the car and pulled on it, getting soaked from his head down to the middle of his chest. Bergstrom started laughing, at which point Layne smacked him on the leg and told him to be quiet. The officer let Layne off with a warning.

Another time, Bergstrom and some of the other band members were spending the night at Layne’s house. They snuck out to go to a party, walking to Aurora Avenue and down to Richmond Beach several miles away. Layne’s mother woke up in the middle of the night and saw they had gone out. At that time, there were no cell phones, so she called Bergstrom’s mother and went out looking for them. Layne, Bergstrom, and the others were walking back and had almost made it home when they saw Nancy driving by in her van at two o’clock in the morning.

*   *   *

By early 1985, the members of Sleze felt they were ready to perform live. In a scene straight from Back to the Future, Sleze auditioned for the Shorewood High School talent show and didn’t make the cut. “We tried out for the school talent show, and we flunked. They wouldn’t let us do the school talent show,” Semanate said, laughing. “We brought all our shit to the auditorium. We just blasted it out, and they’re like, ‘No fucking way.’”

Sleze eventually got to perform a forty-five-minute set on February 4, 1985, during lunchtime in the Student Activities Center—colloquially dubbed the SAC—at Shorewood High School. Hansen remembers Semanate had designed a hand-drawn poster to promote the show and, as a joke, drew a different version that he showed Hansen first—for “Satanic Sleze,” which featured pentagrams and inverted crosses. On the day of the show, the band members went to Bergstrom’s parents’ house to get ready for the performance. They crowded into a bathroom to put on their stage outfits, makeup, and hair spray.

“We showed up to school like it was Halloween basically. Lunchtime and everyone was just like double-taking us,” Bacolas said, laughing. They had stage fright, since this was their first show. He estimated the crowd size at between two hundred and four hundred students. The set list consisted mostly of covers: “L.O.V.E. Machine,” “Looks That Kill,” Armored Saint’s “False Alarm,” Wrathchild’s “Stakk Attakk,” Venom’s “Countess Bathory,” and Slayer’s “Black Magic.”

Layne was nervous, according to Bacolas. He barely looked at the crowd and mostly paced back and forth onstage, looking down while singing, or else had his back to the audience while looking at the drummer. Despite his nerves and inexperience, he pulled off the performance. The four surviving band members don’t think he forgot any lyrics or hit a wrong note.

After the show, they were feeling pretty good about themselves. “We were high on life! We thought this was it, man. We’re on our way!” Bergstrom said. This was the first and only performance featuring this lineup of the band.

Not long after this show, Semanate went out partying with his bandmates. “We went to this party and we were drinking; we were having fun. It was like a keg. We get in this room, ‘Where’s the bong at?’” Semanate recalled. “This was the first time I smoked weed with them. I even got James high, which blew my mind. It was a lot of fun. Kind of a little bonding thing.”

Shortly after this, according to Semanate, Bergstrom’s mother called a band meeting, where the members and parents would get together at a local pizza restaurant. The concern was that Semanate was a bad influence on the other four.

“I was the bastard child in that band,” Semanate said. “I’d just smoke weed and drink, typical shit I do today.” As soon as the food was served, Semanate said, Bergstrom’s and Hansen’s mothers began expressing their concerns about Semanate. “It was just harping about me. I’m the negative influence in this band, they don’t want their kids looking like me, ending up like me, et cetera, et cetera. So me and my mom, we just left, said, ‘Fuck this. We’re out of here.’”

Bergstrom doesn’t recall too many specifics about that dinner. “I don’t really remember what the whole thing about it was. ‘His hair was too long and he was a bad influence!’ Something silly.” Bacolas has a similar recollection.

Layne was at the dinner, accompanied by his mother and possibly his stepfather, but no one remembers what, if anything, they said. Semanate recalled, “Nancy was pretty cool. She just kicked back and she was on the sidelines.” The next day Semanate went over to Bergstrom’s house to pick up his gear in the basement, still bitter about the dinner.

“It was weird, man, because it was like back then, I was a diehard,” he said. “I would die for my band. I believed in rock and roll that much. I was just a kid who … it was like being a superhero. It was all I had.” On top of that, Semanate was the one who came up with the band name.

Layne called Semanate the next day, telling him he was quitting, too. The two discussed starting a new band, which would be called Fairfax. A day after that, Semanate got a call asking him to join a punk rock band, with hints of a possible record deal, an offer he accepted. Layne went back to Sleze, who would fill Semanate’s spot with Chris Markham.

Bergstrom and Hansen recall another show from 1985 at the Lynnwood Rollerway, where they were competing in a local Battle of the Bands—presumably the same one Layne told Rick Throm about. Layne’s voice was shot, and he was struggling to get through the set.

“He like lost his voice, just kind of hoarse and hurting. He had this spray bottle of Chloraseptic or something like that. He was constantly shooting it in his throat, trying to get it to where he could sing,” Hansen said. According to Bergstrom, Layne had strep throat.

Sleze did another show at the SAC the same year and performed at the Lakeside School talent show, where Markham was a student. They also performed at Shorecrest High School for what Bergstrom described as a pep assembly, during which Sleze performed a cover of the Kingsmen’s “Louie Louie.”

Several members of Sleze turned sixteen that year, which meant they could get their driver’s licenses, which provided greater freedom and mobility. Sleze didn’t tour in a van—they played only in the Seattle area and got to and from gigs in their own cars. Bacolas estimates the band was getting a few hundred dollars a show from local promoters. They didn’t have a manager, so they did their own bookings, a responsibility handled by Bacolas with a landline at his parents’ house or by networking with other bands.

At the end of the 1984–85 school year at Meadowdale, the industrial woodworking class had an awards banquet at which certain students received recognition for their work. Layne got Most Improved Student because, according to Rick Throm, “he really did blossom.”

Layne was supposed to graduate in the summer of 1985, but it turned out that he was one course or one credit short of being able to graduate. According to a school record, there is a note saying that Layne “did not graduate” dated June 5, 1985—most likely graduation day of that year. Layne’s school records were sent to the Chrysalis School in Woodinville on December 4 of the same year, where his sisters were enrolled. “It was a way to keep Layne engaged in some intellectual activity, because he was certainly growing up and so forth,” Jim Elmer explained. “It was an idea that did not come to fruition, because I don’t remember Layne ever going out there.” Layne’s formal education ended when he left Meadowdale.2

When Nancy went to Layne’s twenty-year high school reunion, she spoke to several people, many of whom were surprised to find out their former classmate went on to be the lead singer of Alice in Chains. “They said ‘Layne Staley was Layne Elmer? He was the quietest boy in our class!’ They were shocked,” she told The Seattle Times.3

Hansen started his junior year of high school in the fall of 1985. By this point, he was meeting new people and was getting into different kinds of music and skateboarding. That fall, Sleze was booked to perform at the Rock Theater, a heavy metal–oriented club in downtown Seattle, a big deal at the time. Hansen had a change of heart and told his bandmates he wanted to quit after the show. The only point of dispute was that he wanted to be reimbursed for his share of the PA and audio equipment they had bought as a band. He was replaced by Jim Sheppard.

During this time, much of the attention among musicians was on the Parents Music Resource Center. Cofounded by Tipper Gore, the PMRC was created to raise awareness about the violent, sexual, or occult content in popular music, which the group argued could have a negative impact on children. The PMRC was lobbying for the creation of a voluntary ratings system for explicit content. Their efforts culminated in the famous hearing before the Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation on September 19, 1985, which featured testimony from the PMRC on one side and, as a counterpoint, the musicians Frank Zappa, John Denver, and Dee Snider. In retrospect, two years later, Tipper Gore told the New York Times that the hearings were a mistake. “The hearings gave the misperception that there was censorship involved.”4

A few weeks after the hearing, KOMO’s television talk show Town Meeting did an episode about the controversy. Layne and Bacolas were in the audience. The Seattle Times did a write-up on the episode and noted Layne’s comments, writing, “Layne Staley, a Lynnwood teen who plays in a heavy-metal group called ‘Sleze,’ says, ‘Our lyrics are all positive—we don’t use bad language or sing about drugs and sex—but I just want the freedom to write about what I want.’” This is likely the first time he appeared on television, and the first time he was quoted in a newspaper.5

At some point during this period, Sleze played a show at Alki Beach. The significance of that show was not the performance itself, but rather who was in attendance—a nineteen-year-old drummer from Renton named Sean Kinney.

*   *   *

Of his childhood, Sean said, “My dad’s a cop. My mom’s a city official. They got divorced in your typical [white-bread] suburban upbringing for a hyperactive son. I got in trouble. I wouldn’t get in too much trouble. They both worked, so my sister pretty much raised me. They were gone all the time,” he recalled during an interview for an electronic press kit made to coincide with the release of the band’s self-titled album.

He showed an interest in music because of his grandfather, who was a member of a band called the Cross Cats and allowed him to sit in with the band when he was nine years old. “They’d play like country and swing or whatever, and I’d always be over at their house. When they’d take breaks, I’d play. I’d get up and try to play the drums.

“That was the only other band I was really in, the Cross Cats. Nine years! I wore a bow tie. From when I was nine, I took over for the Bob Holler guy. He left. They’re all older, of course, my grandfather. I took over and played for years with them, until I was about twelve or thirteen. I got to do a little road work, my first tour. That was the only other band I was ever in. I did that, and then this [Alice in Chains].”6

“I first met Layne around 1985 when his band was playing at Alki Beach. I told Layne that I thought he was cool but his band sucked. I also told him he should get a different drummer—me” is how Sean recalled their first meeting in an article published in Guitar Legends magazine. Sean—who didn’t have a phone at the time—gave him his girlfriend’s number on a piece of paper.7 Layne hung on to it, unaware of the impact it would have on both of them two years later.

In late 1985, Nick Pollock was a senior at Lindbergh High School when Layne and Bergstrom were looking for a guitar player to replace Chris Markham. According to Pollock, “James and Layne heard from somebody that I had cool hair and played guitar.” They arranged a meeting, where they hit it off, and Layne and Bergstrom invited Pollock to a rehearsal.

“I remember meeting [Layne] in person. I thought he was a totally cocky dude and just totally fit the singer persona. He was a really cool guy,” Pollock said of his initial impression. “I remember hearing him sing on the demo tapes that James gave me, and I thought, ‘Holy shit! This guy’s got some serious pipes!’

“He had a grind to his voice that was just unbelievably cool. It was totally natural. You could tell that he was just star material right there, but just young.” Pollock got the job. Layne and Pollock became friends, each the other’s wingman when going out to meet girls. “I would say that I thoroughly sowed my oats, and Layne was thoroughly my partner in crime in doing so. We happened to be in a popular band and we were able to inspire some very lovely young ladies to do whatever the hell we wanted them to do. So that worked out well!”

Regarding the girls who went to their shows, Bergstrom joked, “The benefits of rock and roll—no such thing as medical and dental.” Bacolas—who left Sleze at one point and later returned as their bassist—offered a similar account. “We had a lot of fun with a lot of girls back then,” he said with a grin. “All of a sudden, we had hundreds of girls at the shows, and it was whatever we wanted, whoever we wanted.”

Pollock got to see a side of Layne most didn’t see in public. “He was a very caring and feeling individual. He cared about people around him and friends and things like that, but at the same time he’s this cocky, irreverent rock-and-roll guy that’s going to be telling people to screw off, being an anarchist, that kind of thing.”

Pollock said Layne never had anything bad to say about his stepfather. “He may joke about [him] irreverently, because he was a parent and we were seventeen and all adults are stupid at that age.” He also said Layne had good relationships with his sisters. Layne and Pollock would sometimes tease Jamie, who was about seven or eight years old at the time. “We called her Chewbacca, because her hair was like round on the top. It was just a way to tease her, and it got at her.”

Inevitably, the two friends would turn on each other. Pollock says Layne made fun of his last name, calling him Polack. One time, he randomly called Layne “Lance Rutherford Elmer” and touched a nerve. “It would make him madder than fuck. He would get so angry at me, he would be ready to get out of the goddamn moving car,” he recalled. “Whenever he would be shitty to me and piss me off, I would start going down that road and then he’d shut up.”

Pollock had forgotten what the Rutherford name meant until he was interviewed for this book. James Bergstrom doesn’t recall how they found out about it. “I think he confided in us. I think we were having one of our band talks. I don’t know if it was just him and I, because I don’t think I told anybody because he asked me not to.” He did confirm Pollock’s account that Layne’s middle name was a very touchy subject. “He hated that. He basically swore to us, ‘Don’t you ever tell ANYBODY.’” Layne turned eighteen on August 22, 1985. At some point, he went to court and legally changed his name to Layne Thomas Staley—the name he would be known by for the rest of his life—to get rid of the Rutherford middle name he so disliked.

By this point, there were tensions between Layne and his mother. Pollock witnessed a few of their arguments when he was at the house. “His mother is very strong-willed and has her own definite opinions, and they clashed a lot with Layne, and Layne rebelled against that.”

What was Layne rebelling against?

“I would say that it pretty much centered around her sense of morality and how that connects with religion. I believe she was a Christian Scientist at the time.

“I have in my mind these images of sitting at the bar with him in the kitchen, witnessing a fight build up between the two of them and how he would get snarky with her, and how she would push back. I think I got a really good relationship with my father, but she reminded me of him in the sense that she had an agency to her that was like a man, and she wasn’t going to take any dissent whatsoever. The more he escalated with what he was saying, the more she would try to hammer him down.

“I felt, and I still to this day feel, that she was too hard on him and she really pushed him away in a lot of ways, in ways where I think she alienated him.” These tensions eventually resulted in Layne’s moving out of the house. Pollock does not recall the specific circumstances. “I don’t believe as I understood it from him that it was necessarily his choice. And at least in the moment, he was more than happy to go. But I remember his talking about it.”

Was it his impression that there was an ultimatum and Layne called it?

“Something along those lines, yes, I do believe so.”

“It was part of his life. It’s part of Nancy’s life. She’s got her viewpoint on what happened, Layne had his viewpoint on what happened, I have my viewpoint on what happened because I had been in their house during these occasions, and I think I described that well enough. I’ve also got my recollections on how it affected him, and what that was.”

Pollock tried to get his parents to take Layne in, but this wasn’t an option because Pollock’s disabled sister required assistance, so his parents couldn’t have another person there.

Jim Elmer agreed with Pollock’s assessment that there was an ultimatum, saying it was a culmination of discussions and arguments between Layne and both of his parents about his drug use. “We had several conversations,” Elmer recalled. “‘We don’t want drugs in the house. You’ve got two little sisters here, and this is going to be a drug-free house, and so if you want to continue taking drugs, then you can’t be here.’ So it didn’t happen just in one day, but Layne definitely knew what was expected of him in terms of the drug issue, and we just couldn’t bend on that for him.”

At around the same time, Sleze moved out of the Bergstrom family basement. According to James Bergstrom, it was Layne’s idea for the band to get a room at a new rehearsal space in Ballard. He thinks the idea was to have a private space with greater freedom to practice, and to be in the scene with the other bands. But there was another issue. Mrs. Bergstrom is described by her son and others as a very religious woman. According to Bergstrom, “My mom prayed for all of us,” he said with a laugh. “She loved everybody.” Layne had a jacket with a pentagram on it, which he would take off and sneak in when he came to the house so as not to offend her.8 Nick Pollock agreed with Bergstrom’s explanation for the move, but also said Layne did not like that Bergstrom’s mother was unhappy about their music.

Thus began Layne’s involvement with the Music Bank.

PART II

1984–1989

When you find your sound is basically when all four of you

are digging whatever the fuck you’re playing.

—Jerry Cantrell

I’m a star. It’s just nobody knows it yet.

—Layne Staley

A lot of bands back then, nobody had an identity yet. Everybody was searching.

—Dave Hillis

Chapter 3

This town was so hungry for this idea.

—SCOTT HUNT

SCOTT HUNT WAS ATTENDING Idaho State University on a football scholarship. NCAA regulations forbid student athletes from holding a taxpaying job, so to get around this, Hunt traveled and performed with his band, Mirrors, in which he was the drummer. “We would travel through the summer and I’d make a butt-load of unreported cash as a musician, which saved my father a great deal of money,” Hunt said.

Around 1983, Mirrors played a show in Twin Falls, Idaho, and stopped by a diner after the gig. The diner had a copy of The Rocket. “That was Seattle’s big music mag—at that point the only one—and to me it was like Rolling Stone.” He tore out the “Musicians Wanted” section and later placed an ad for himself. Hunt got a call from Paul Bostic, manager of a local band called Brat. Despite being in Idaho, Hunt convinced Bostic to mail him the band’s demo so he could try out. Hunt was offered the job and then asked himself the obvious question: “Now what?”

If he accepted the job, he would have to quit his band, drop out of college, and move to Seattle. He spent the summer in the Seattle area, rehearsing with Brat at a warehouse, which had live electrical wires hanging from the ceiling, was infested with rats, and had no heating. Hunt had a ten-piece kit with nine cymbals. Every day he had to unload it from his truck, carry it up two flights of stairs, assemble it, play, and then break it down, carry it back downstairs, and load it on the truck. In that state of frustration, Hunt thought to himself, “This is horseshit. This is a major city. Why are we putting up with this?”

Hunt accepted the Brat offer, got a job in construction, and began looking for warehouse space. He and his boss, a drywaller named Jake Bostic, the brother of Brat’s manager, were working for two Swedish land developers named Bengt Von Haartman and Gabriel Marian. Hunt found a forty-thousand-square-foot warehouse in Ballard and had an idea that he wanted to pitch to Von Haartman and Marian. He saved up money to place an ad announcing Round the Sound Studios, which described “24 Hr. Practice Rooms,” and listed his phone number to book rooms, which ran in the September 1984 edition of The Rocket.

After the ad was published, Hunt would come home and find fifteen to twenty messages on his answering machine every night, to the point that the tape was full. “This town was so hungry for this idea,” Hunt said. He wrote down the names of everyone willing to commit three hundred to five hundred dollars, calculated the numbers, and drafted a business proposal. He estimated that renting the warehouse at twenty-one cents per square foot from a private landowner and then rerenting it at $1.60 would bring in twelve thousand dollars a month in revenues. Hunt offered to split the profits with Von Haartman and Marian fifty-fifty but needed them to sign the property lease and to provide a small team of employees to build and maintain the place. Von Haartman and Marian did their due diligence and ultimately agreed to it.

Hunt had to put in his own money to get the project going. His father passed away in January 1984, leaving his mother a sum of money from his insurance policy. She decided each of their children would receive $20,000 as a down payment for a home or to finish college. Hunt pitched his idea to her, and she lent him the money, which he immediately used to buy the doors, walls, studs, wires, and carpeting. Hunt also made Jake Bostic, Von Haartman, and Marian sign a promissory note agreeing to pay his mother $750 a month to repay the loan.

On September 25, 1984, Von Haartman, Marian, and Marian’s wife signed a five-year lease for the property, which would begin on October 1. Under the terms of the lease, they would pay the Rosen Investment Company $2,700 a month in rent. The premises were to be “used and occupied only for recording and audio visual studios.”1 The name had to be changed from Round the Sound Studios to the Music Bank about a year and a half later after Hunt, Marian, and Von Haartman decided to get rid of Bostic. Because of that, and the fact they had to rewrite the promissory note, they had to change the name of the partnership as well. Hunt suggested the name Music Bank.

Hunt and Jake Bostic, along with a framing crew, an electrician, and a laborer, worked to get Round the Sound Studios up and running—aiming to build a room a day. They came very close to that goal. By Hunt’s calculations, they built fifty-two rooms in sixty days. On opening day, every room was rented out, and Hunt had a waiting list of twenty-five bands wanting to get in.

Besides himself, Hunt credits Bostic as a cofounder of the Music Bank. “This was me and Jake’s baby completely. The other guys were just silent partners that were willing to put their name on a piece of land.”

One day in late 1985, an eighteen-year-old who had long spiky hair with a blue streak and was wearing pink jeans walked into Hunt’s office. “I’m Layne from Sleze and I’m looking for a job.”

“Well, Layne, I’m not hiring,” Hunt responded.

Layne continued, “I was in here the other night and I noticed you had this guy that was mopping the back hallway between rooms thirty-six and forty-two. Can you rent that?”

“That’s our fucking broom closet.”

“I don’t care,” Layne responded. “Could I set up a little drum set in there?”

Hunt thought about Layne’s proposition. The small room was not designed for the purpose Layne had in mind. Hunt described it as “barely big enough to hold a small drum set.” He had been looking for more space and figured that if he relocated the cleaning supplies to the back office and rented out the closet, it would bring an extra $150 a month in revenue.

Johnny Bacolas said of this first room, “It could barely fit four of us. It was me, Nick, James, and Layne. And then that room was just too small. It would just kill us in the summer.”

On their first day in the room, they had left their door slightly open. A member of the punk band The Accüsed stuck his hand inside the doorway and gave them the middle finger. Layne got mad and decided that couldn’t go unanswered. He found a piece of dog poop and placed it in front of the door to The Accüsed’s room while they were practicing. They later found out one of the band members stepped on it.

Sleze practiced in the closet until a better room opened up. Hunt put Layne at the top of the waiting list, so they upgraded as soon as one became available. Layne continued pestering Hunt for a job, but he wouldn’t actually work there until about a year later.

*   *   *

After repaying slightly more than half of Hunt’s twenty-thousand-dollar loan from his mother, Von Haartman and Marian stopped paying it. According to Hunt, the reasons for this were that “It was starting not to be profitable. Our rent had gone up. We had been classified as a commercial zone.”

“We were pulling a lot of power. Our power rates went up. A lot of money stuff changed and they decided, ‘This is a promissory note, punk. Why don’t you start paying your mom back out of your money—out of your share?’” Hunt, Von Haartman, and Marian wound up kicking Bostic out, but, because his was the main name on the paperwork, Von Haartman and Marian tried pinning the responsibility for the Hunt loan on Bostic. Hunt, however, refused to renegotiate the original agreement. Complicating matters was that Von Haartman and Marian were the signers on the lease. “They decided to go to war with me, because they didn’t want to make the payment anymore.”

At that point, Hunt approached David Ballenger to take over the day-to-day operations of the Music Bank. “I said, ‘I’m at war with my partners now, because they don’t want to pay my family money back anymore. So I need you to kind of help me run things. This may turn into an ugly fucking deal here.’”

Ballenger had secretly been living in a room, paying rent with his unemployment benefits. Hunt was fine with him doing that and began giving him hours. Ballenger eventually moved into Hunt’s band’s former room and began running keys.

By that point, things had gotten ugly between the Hunt family and Von Haartman and Marian, with the Hunts filing a lawsuit over the unpaid balance of the loan. “In a day, they came and threw Scott out. Scott thought he would be back in two weeks. It was near violence, the experience. They put him up against the wall, up off of his feet,” Ballenger said. “He thought he’d be back in a few, he was like, ‘Dude, I’ll be back and we’ll own it completely in two weeks.’ It didn’t happen. The lawsuit just went on continuously, and so somebody had to run the place.”

Beyond the loan issue, Hunt said there were other reasons they wanted him out. Hunt wanted to expand the Music Bank into the rest of the Ballard Building, which was being rented out to two other businesses. Hunt alleged his business partners wanted him out so they could set up a massive marijuana-growing operation.

Ultimately, the Music Bank was an incubator for the Seattle music scene, with dozens of bands having passed through its doors during the years it was in operation. During this period, Sleze made plans to go in the recording studio.

Chapter 4

We’re the biggest hair band in Seattle!

—JAMES BERGSTROM

BY LATE 1985 OR EARLY 1986, Sleze felt confident enough to record a demo. According to Tim Branom, James Bergstrom approached him to ask for help. “I was older and a little more experienced at the time, and I was kind of an upcoming producer in the area.” Branom and Sleze began working on preproduction of the material in January 1986.

Branom said they worked on the material for about three months, “until the songs were right.” Of the band’s overall creative process, Bergstrom said, “It varied. On those demo tapes, I wrote all of ‘Lip Lock Rock’—lyrics and music. Nick wrote all of ‘Over the Edge’—lyrics and music. ‘Fat Girls’—I wrote all of the music, and I think Jim Sheppard might have written the lyrics to that. But I’d say all the other songs were a collaboration, where maybe I came up with an original riff and Layne would write a lot of lyrics.”

When they started recording in the spring of 1986, they worked on “Fat Girls” and “Lip Lock Rock,” with Mike Mitchell on bass. The instrumental tracks were recorded at the Music Bank, while Layne’s vocals were recorded at Branom’s house in Richmond Beach.

“I worked with Layne for months on his vocals. I was able to afford to go to maestro David Kyle for lessons, but Layne wasn’t, so he would come a few times a week to my house, and we would go over the cassette tapes of my vocal warm-ups, and I would make sure that he was practicing. I knew the only way he would do it was if I was standing right in front of him.

“I made copies of my vocal-lesson tapes for him so he could practice at home. After [he had done] this for about six months, the notes just flowed out effortlessly.” In addition to developing his vocals, Layne had a financial incentive to practice: “It would save money in the studio.”

Later on, Layne did study under David Kyle, whose impressive roster of former students includes Geoff Tate of Queensrÿche, Chris Cornell of Soundgarden, Ann Wilson of Heart, and Ronny Munroe of Metal Church. Robert Lunte, a student and protégé of Kyle who now runs the Vocalist Studio in Seattle, remembers seeing a promo head shot of Layne “in full glam regalia” when he was a student at Kyle’s studio, where Kyle kept head shots of all his students. Kyle, who passed away in 2004, told Lunte that Layne had been one of his students.1

Thad Byrd, who would later direct Sleze for a scene in his movie Father Rock and occasionally hung out with the band, said, “Layne was very proud of the fact his vocal coach was the same one as Geoff Tate’s.

“I have a recollection of being at the Music Bank hanging out with those guys. They had just finished practice, and Layne personally telling me. He was all excited that day, because he had either come from a voice lesson … either that day or the day before.

“He said, ‘You know what? Today, he [David Kyle] put Geoff Tate’s picture right in front of me, and he pointed at it and said, “Layne, someday that’s going to be you.”’ Layne was all excited about that. That’s the thing that kills me about what happened to Layne. I had never seen anyone want anything so bad. But he was always smiling, always happy, always upbeat, and always just really super excited.” Byrd thinks this conversation happened at some point in 1987.

It is not known how Layne got started as a student of David Kyle’s and how he paid for it. Jim Elmer had never heard of Kyle, nor did he pay for Layne’s lessons. All this practice would pay off in the long term. Later on in his career, Layne was consistently described by producers and engineers who worked with him as very efficient during his recording sessions, often nailing his parts in one or two takes.

All four members were well prepared by the time they went into the studio, having spent months working on the songs and performing them live. The demo was recorded at London Bridge Studios, a place Layne would come to know well in the years ahead. During one session, Layne and Nick Pollock were hanging out in the lobby, talking about how dedicated they were to their craft, how they would become big rock stars. At one point, Layne looked Pollock in the eye and said, “You know what? I’m a star. It’s just nobody knows it yet.”

“He was very cocky, and he had that just cocksure rock thing down so well,” Pollock said. “He oozed it out of his pores.” At some point during this period, someone—presumably Layne himself—came up with the moniker “Layne the Legend.” According to Pollock, “He wasn’t too serious about it. It was more of a bravado thing that really caught on with people in and out of the band.”

For all Layne’s cockiness, an incident during one of his earliest studio experiences demonstrates his insecurity. According to Branom, Layne was getting ready to record vocals when he asked for time to “work out the bugs” in his voice. He had been out late drinking and partying the night before. Branom thought they had muted his microphone in the control room, but unfortunately for Layne, that wasn’t the case. “We could hear him working out his bugs in the chorus, and his voice was cracking and everything. We were just dying laughing,” Branom said.

Suspecting something was up, Layne kept asking, “Can you hear me?” which Branom and the others in the control room would deny. “We’re all just crying we’re laughing so hard,” Branom explained, and Layne had no idea why. This went on for about twenty minutes. By the time Layne figured it out, it was too late.

According to Branom, singers have to deal with the fact that the voice “is affected by anything—the food you eat, what kind of emotions are going through you, how healthy you are at that point, how much sleep you did or did not get, how much you drank the night before, what time you got up. So all those factors come into play when you’re sitting there, three hundred dollars an hour, you know—it’s kind of embarrassing.” Producers and engineers who worked with Layne later on described him as being very self-conscious about people being present or watching him as he worked on his vocals. Asked about this, Branom said, “We might have traumatized him from doing that.”

On June 4, 1986, Sleze threw a birthday party for Branom. Layne went to an erotic bakery in the University District neighborhood and bought him a cake in the anatomically correct shape of a woman, with breasts made of orange frosting.

*   *   *

Thad Byrd was a nineteen-year-old writer and director working on his first feature film, Father Rock, in May 1986. Byrd was looking for a band to appear in the movie and approached James Bergstrom, who told Byrd that Sleze was recording two songs for a demo. According to Byrd, Bergstrom’s sales pitch for why his band should appear in the movie was “‘We’re the biggest hair band in Seattle!’ but he’s saying it like, ‘Oh my God, I had to have them in my movie because they were the biggest hair band in Seattle. How could I even think of any other band?’” Byrd wrote Bergstrom a check for three hundred dollars, in exchange for which the band would appear in the movie and allow Byrd to use one of their songs. Byrd’s money went toward financing production of the demo.

In the summer of 1986, Layne and the recently graduated Nick Pollock had jobs at Lanks Industries, a factory based in Kirkland that made radiation-containment devices and equipment. In Pollock’s words, “It was hourly punch-a-clock. It was like a sweatshop type of deal. They had all kinds of people coming from a jail work-release type of deal, and people who just didn’t speak any English,” whom he suspected were illegal immigrants.

Working at Lanks was never meant to be a long-term job for Layne or Pollock. In the fall, Pollock was scheduled to start school at Cornish College of the Arts to double major in classical composition and guitar. Neither Pollock nor Layne took their jobs very seriously. “We would spend our time on lunch breaks going out and pounding down a twelve-pack of beer. We were smoking pot. It wasn’t the most responsible thing.

“If we didn’t get fired from the damn place, we certainly quit.”

Layne had gotten his job through future Sleze bassist Morgen Gallagher. According to Gallagher, Layne took acid on the job every day for about six weeks, until he ran out.

*   *   *

Ken Elmer was approached to be part of a horn section for the song “Lip Lock Rock.” Bergstrom told him, “We’ve got this song. It’s kind of a glam rock song, so we want to do this little trumpet and thing at the end to kind of take the song out, and we want you to do a saxophone thing—something crazy and wild.”

Elmer, an all-state saxophonist, agreed and brought along three trumpet players to London Bridge Studios to record their parts. When they arrived, Bergstrom pulled Elmer aside.

“It’s really a privilege to be on a rock and roll album,” he said.

“Huh?” Elmer didn’t get what he was hinting at.

“We gotta pay for time.”

Elmer paid Bergstrom eighty dollars out of his own pocket to play on the demo. “I don’t know how he ever talked me into that one,” he said, laughing. “I really should develop a backbone in my life sometime.”

The horn section would reunite for a show at the University of Washington’s Kane Hall, where, for the first and only time, they would perform their parts live with the band. They arrived on campus early to set up. Someone found a driver’s license with a photo that looked like Elmer, so they took it to a store and had Elmer buy beer, since everyone was underage. Elmer didn’t drink, but he said the trumpet players got “a little bit wasted.”

“I remember [one trumpet player] came out in his underwear for the trumpet part, with a beer bottle in his underwear. We came out, and he just did that song, and it was toward the end of the thing. It was really neat, but they were getting some notoriety. They are playing this thousand-seat auditorium and actually sound pretty freaking good.”

In August 1986, Sleze and Branom finished recording tracks for the demo. Not long after this, the living situation and working relationship with bassist Mike Mitchell was beginning to deteriorate. Mitchell, then in his midtwenties and a few years older than his bandmates, lived in an apartment that was part of a triplex-style house in the University District with his on-again, off-again girlfriend, Lisa Ahern Rammell, who went by the nickname Leigh in those days. At some point while Mike and Leigh were broken up, Layne had moved into a closet in Mitchell’s apartment, because when the couple got back together, Layne was living there. The closet was big enough for a single bed and had a chest of drawers and its own window.

Layne’s living arrangement was a source of amusement because of the double entendre involved. “We used to give him so much crap about coming out of the closet in the morning. He’d come out rubbing his eyes, ‘Oh, Layne’s coming out of the closet again,’” Ahern Rammell recalled. Her car at the time was a 1969 Pontiac GTO Judge. When Layne wanted to look cool, he would borrow her car. She rode in Layne’s car many times and saw him squirt people with his windshield wipers the same way James Bergstrom did.

Morgen Gallagher recalls that he moved into Mitchell’s place after Layne had already been living there for a few months. They lived near an expressway off-ramp and had Big Wheel races down the ramp when there was little or no traffic in the early hours of the morning.

“One night they got drunk enough they thought it was a grand idea to go for a walk, and they came back bloodied, skinned-up,” Ahern Rammell recalled. “They’re laughing their asses off and I’ve got them all sat down like little kids putting Band-Aids on their elbows and washing off their boo-boos. They had stolen Big Wheels and taken them up on the express lane off-ramp and ridden them all the way down the off-ramp and down the road until they wiped out. They did that a couple times, and the last wipeout was so bad they decided they were done.”

Subsequently Mitchell was dismissed from the band and Gallagher joined as his replacement. Mitchell’s dismissal forced Layne and Gallagher to move out of his house. Marianne Condiff, who wanted to manage Sleze, let them stay in her studio apartment in West Seattle for several months.

The timing of Mitchell’s departure was especially bad because it happened a day or so before Sleze was scheduled to shoot the scene for Father Rock. Gallagher took Mitchell’s spot in the band for the movie. Over the course of a Friday and Saturday in September 1986, Byrd shot the Father Rock scenes with Sleze at the Richmond Beach Congregational Church. Sleze brought along about fifty extras for the shoot. The actor playing the lead role in the movie had to take off for a few hours because he was working as a stripper and had to jump out of a cake.

Byrd was annoyed when he found out Layne was drinking hard liquor in the church bathroom before the performance. Byrd filmed Sleze in the church, which took about three hours. Layne lip-synched as the band performed two songs: “Fat Girls” and “Over the Edge.” Byrd wrapped up the shoot and had everyone come back the next day.

Layne had a small cameo with spoken lines in the script. According to Byrd, he told the actress to call him Candy, which wasn’t in Byrd’s original script. There was an attractive girl sitting in the front row. Byrd later discovered Layne went home with her that night. There was trouble with the extras: one or more of them vandalized the church’s vending machine and caused ten thousand dollars’ worth of damage to the organ pipes. Byrd’s parents had homeowner’s insurance, which paid for the damages as a goodwill gesture.

Byrd was originally set on using “Fat Girls” but later changed his mind and used “In for Trouble,” a song by Tim Branom’s band Gypsy Rose, which played over the footage of Sleze performing “Over the Edge” in the final cut. The movie, which aired on local cable in Seattle, wasn’t released until 1989. By that point, Sleze had broken up and Layne was in Alice in Chains. The last time Byrd saw Layne was in the mid-1990s, backstage after a Second Coming show—Johnny Bacolas and James Bergstrom’s band that Byrd was working with at the time.

“I hadn’t seen him in years. It was really cool to sit down and talk. I remember he had a firm handshake, and he looked muscular. He’d been working out, and he looked good,” he recalled. One of the first things Layne said to him was, “Hey, I saw Father Rock…”

“Oh my God! Where did you see that?”

“Someone had a copy of it.”

“What’d you think?”

“I liked it but it was corny.”

At some point during this period, Layne and Chrissy Chacos were introduced by Chrissy’s sister and started dating. Both Layne and his mother told Chacos she was his first serious girlfriend. Chacos, a Seattle native who had moved to Minneapolis where she became part of the local music scene while Prince was filming Purple Rain, had moved back to Seattle. While in Minnesota, she was a fan of Apollonia Kotero, the female lead in the movie. Somehow she wound up getting two pairs of Prince’s pants and a purple outfit—pants, jacket, and white ruffled shirt—similar to the one he wore on the album cover and movie poster.

Her initial impression of Layne: “Layne was awesome. Layne was a total comedian. He was always in a good mood.” They would go out to see local bands or hang out at the Music Bank.

After several months of crashing at Marianne Condiff’s place, Layne and Gallagher had worn out their welcome. She got fed up because they did not help pay the rent. According to Gallagher, “We would tell Marianne that we were going out job hunting, and we’d go down to the Rainier Brewery and just sit in that sample room and drink half the day.”

They would take the free tour of the brewery, which ended at the sample room, which had a three-beer limit. Layne and Gallagher would leave and come back and take the tour two or three times a day. How did they get by at this point? “Basically, we were taken care of by people. People wanted us to hang out with them. They paid for everything, pretty much,” Gallagher said. “We were acting like rock stars, and we were being paid to do it, so we just kept on doing it.”

In other words, they had no incentive to get a real job. The two moved into the band’s rehearsal room at the Music Bank. Eventually, Johnny Bacolas rejoined the band as a bassist and replaced Gallagher.

Another personal and professional milestone happened at some point in the second half of 1986 when Layne cowrote “Queen of the Rodeo” with local musician Jet Silver. Tim Branom remembers being there with Layne and Silver as they were writing the song. “They were sitting at the piano, and I was there with them at the Music Bank. It was about two or three o’clock in the morning and they were just completing that song, and it was pretty funny,” he said.

Morgen Gallagher has a slightly different recollection of the writing of the song and how Layne came across it. “It was a gift from Jet Silver and that was for Layne’s birthday. And it was just the first verse and then the chorus. And then me and Layne wrote the second verse. It’s a good song, and then we just took and finished it up.

“Jet had first played it for [Layne] and then gave it to him. It was for a birthday present up at Jet’s house in West Seattle, when we were living with Marianne maybe four or five blocks from him, so we saw him quite often.

“Whenever we were over at his house we just played some stuff, and Layne heard it and just fell in love with it and kept on raving about it. So Jet says, ‘Fine, it’s yours then.’”

Nick Pollock said of the song, “We played that one in the old Alice ’N Chains a lot. It was a big crowd-pleaser because it was such a ridiculous song.

“I would say we’re playing it by, I don’t know, early ’87. It seems to be a big part of that band any way you look at it. I think it may have correlated with when we did the name change. I can’t remember. But it was such a big show hit, I just remember playing it at every show.”

*   *   *

One of the more curious elements of the Alice in Chains history is that none of the members of the first or second version of the band came up with the name. Credit for the name goes to Russ Klatt, front man for the band Slaughter Haus 5.

In the fall or winter of 1986, Johnny Bacolas was at a party and ran into Klatt. The two started a conversation about changing Sleze’s name. Layne and Bacolas had designed backstage passes. One pass said something to the effect of “Sleze: Welcome to Wonderland Tour.”2 The conversation shifted to Alice in Wonderland and evolved into Alice in Bondage. Eventually, Klatt said three fateful words: Alice in Chains.

“From what I remember, I got to basically give [credit for the name] to Russ, because I remember him saying the name, and I went, ‘Wow, that’s got a nice ring to it!’” Bacolas said. But there was a problem, or more specifically four problems: the band members’ mothers.

“I had a sense of humor about the name Sleze. But when he came home and said they were changing the name to [Alice in Chains], I was not happy,” Layne’s mother told Greg Prato years later. Nancy and Layne butted heads about it, each with strong views. They didn’t talk much for the next two weeks. Nancy explains: “I was concerned, and also offended. How could my child possibly choose a name like ‘[Alice in Chains]’?”3

Bacolas’s and Bergstrom’s mothers didn’t like the name, either. “If they thought there was any connotation to bondage or a woman in chains, we would have had issues,” Bacolas said, pointing out their parents paid for their rehearsal space and studio costs. “Instead of taking the car away, they’d take the practice room away, or they’d take the studio-recording money away.”

The compromise solution was making the band’s name “Alice ’N Chains,” which made it sound more like “Alice and Chains.” Even though Guns n’ Roses released Appetite for Destruction on July 21, 1987, the decision to use the apostrophe-N combination in their name had nothing to do with the up-and-coming Los Angeles quintet. The name change happened well before Guns n’ Roses became a household name. “I don’t think that [Guns n’ Roses] was in our thought process. I think we were just being slick,” Bacolas said.

However, this possibility cannot be entirely ruled out. There was a poor-quality recording of Guns n’ Roses circulating at the Music Bank at some point before Appetite for Destruction was released. “We were like, ‘Who the hell are these guys?’” said Hit and Run drummer Dean Noble. “We were trying to figure out how they could even be considered a great band, because it sounded like shit.” But once Appetite for Destruction was out, Layne was a fan, David Ballenger recalled.

The name change happened at some point in late 1986 and was briefly mentioned in the Metal Rap section of the June 1987 edition of The Rocket. It reads, “Glam popsters SLEZE have changed their name to ALICE N’ CHAINS.”4 This is possibly the first reference in any publication to the new band name, or to any version of the Alice in Chains name.

Johnny Bacolas and Nick Pollock didn’t know their name change had been mentioned in The Rocket until they were interviewed for this book twenty-four years later, and both of them say they didn’t contact the paper. It’s possible that Layne might have done it. However, James Bergstrom says he may have been responsible. “I remember thinking, ‘I don’t know if I want to change the name.’ But we thought it was a cool-sounding name. I remember actually calling The Rocket and asking them for their opinion,” he recalls.

The response from the girl at The Rocket who took his phone call?

“Hate it. Don’t like it.”

Chapter 5

Jerry knew exactly what he wanted to do.

—BOBBY NESBITT

THE FINAL MIXES OF the Sleze demo were done at Triad Studios in January 1987. Although band members have said that the demo cost approximately $1,600, Branom said the real costs were higher, noting that both he and Thad Byrd had put money into the project. The demo was released that same month. Only about a hundred cassette copies were made, which band members gave mostly to friends and family. Tim Branom gave Jeff Gilbert a copy, which was played on KCMU. Branom didn’t get a copy for himself at the time—he wound up having to buy one on eBay several years later.

Gilbert had a very positive impression of the band from the demo and seeing them live, calling them “unusually talented, for being a brand-new band. They had polish, where other people were still [not] ripe,” he recalled. “What struck me is just how good they were even just as a brand-new band. Like, where did these guys get these skills? It wasn’t just that the musicianship was just freakin’ solid, but it was their skill in arranging and actually writing a song.”

Mace guitarist Dave Hillis saw the band perform at Ballard High School. “There was probably like a hundred people, maybe more, maybe a little less. I just remember they definitely had girls, like seventy-five percent of it was girls, all glammed up,” he said. “What attracted me to hanging out with them is that’s where the girls were—even in their rehearsal studios, there would be girls. I met one of my girlfriends going to an Alice ’N Chains rehearsal.”

“They were kinda taking a lead off of Poison, before Poison made it, but we had all heard in LA, the Sunset Strip, how Poison was really doing everything they could, from flyering excessively to having gimmicks onstage, confetti. It was a very good-time party atmosphere. They were going in that direction, Sunset Strip kinda thing—plastic confetti, lights, I think maybe a water gun shooting people, any kind of little gimmick they could to make it like this big party atmosphere. The complete opposite of what they ended up being—later Alice, where they’re more brooding. I can tell you a lot of bands back then … nobody had an identity yet. Everybody was searching.”

During their shows, they would walk out to the theme from the movie The Stripper while tossing out roses to the girls in the audience. The onstage gimmicks were often their interpretations or parodies of things they had seen elsewhere. In between songs after a designated cue, a friend would come out onstage and hold up a mirror where any of the band members could primp. This was a parody of a scene in Purple Rain, where Morris Day had a member of his entourage do the same thing. Sometimes Layne would go offstage and come back on riding a Big Wheel, which had a paper sign taped to the front that read THE LAYNEMOBILE—a spoof of Judas Priest front man Rob Halford, who rode a motorcycle onstage. Lisa Ahern Rammell remembers seeing Layne do it and laughing herself “sick,” because of her memory of the Big Wheel race. The Laynemobile wound up in Tim Branom’s grandmother’s garage and was later donated to Goodwill.

Layne’s wardrobe often consisted of items borrowed from Lisa Ahern Rammell, who also provided fashion tips. “They would wear my pink and black spandex pants. I had a huge collection of belts and lace gloves and tank tops and necklaces and scarves. And I was a hairdresser, so I did their hair, taught them how to do their makeup. And they looked like Poison out there, a bunch of beautiful boys with hair out to here, and that slowly morphed into the grunge thing,” she recalled. To get a sense of how thin he was, during the period when Layne was wearing her pants, she had a twenty-four-inch waist. Chrissy Chacos lent Layne the purple outfit belonging to Prince that she had acquired in Minnesota. According to her, he wore it onstage during his last show with Sleze, but she never got it back.

According to James Bergstrom, they would have band meetings at the Denny’s in Ballard, where over breakfast they would plan their stage moves. Johnny Bacolas compared their planning to a Las Vegas production.1

Jeff Gilbert’s day job at the time was working at a silk-screen shop called Silver Screen Graphics, where he got a design for an Alice ’N Chains T-shirt, consisting of the band’s logo and a photo of the four members. “It looked like Poison’s first album cover—four guys with pouffed-up hair. They had kind of a badass logo that they just kind of wrapped around.” Gilbert made the T-shirts, which would come back to haunt Layne a few years later.

*   *   *

According to David Ballenger, it was at some point in early 1987 that he began taking over the day-to-day operations of running the Music Bank from Scott Hunt. Nick Pollock had a job there, running the keys and letting people in and out of the building, but Ballenger decided to fire him after seeing him drinking on the job. Pollock said he never really had a job there, only that he helped out occasionally. Layne eventually convinced Ballenger to give him Pollock’s job, which, according to Tim Branom, paid four dollars an hour in credit toward room rent. “No money ever changed hands,” Ballenger said.

Ballenger and Layne became friends. At one point, during conversations about his biological father, Layne said to him, “I wish you were my dad.” “We had long talks about his dad, not that he didn’t care for his dad, but he thought his dad was never around for him,” Ballenger said. Layne invited him to his parents’ home, where he met the family.

“Is Layne being a good boy?” his mother asked Ballenger.

“Oh, yeah. Layne’s being a real good boy.”

After she was out of earshot, he said to Layne, “You owe me for that.”

Darrell Vernon arrived at the Music Bank at some point in 1986 as the guitarist in a band called De Oppresso Liber—later named Triathlon. Though he wasn’t supposed to, he had been living in his room at the Music Bank and eventually got a job there running keys. Vernon said of Layne, “He was definitely a big presence there.” He said that under the previous management, there was “a lot of snobbiness and sort of meanness at first,” and that even Layne could come off that way.

Their friendship began while both were living at the Music Bank. Vernon got to know him because he lived there and had a few necessary supplies—hair spray and a hair dryer—that Layne would borrow on occasion. He and Layne spent many late nights sitting around the office. There was a TV and VCR, and if nothing was going on, they would watch videos of The Terminator or Purple Rain.

“One of my main [memories] of Layne is, every time when I would come into the rehearsal space in the Music Bank, he’d be in the office with his feet up on the desk watching Purple Rain, like a million times,” Dave Hillis recalled. “It could be a week later: I’d come in, and he’s still watching Purple Rain.”

According to Vernon, “They had this really old, like, bootleg copy of The Terminator. It was just kind of a joke. ‘We’ve got nothing else better to do. Put The Terminator in again.’ And it got so worn out it was almost unwatchable, but we still put it in.”

Layne would also practice. He’d put on Dead or Alive’s “You Spin Me Round (Like a Record)” on the PA and sing along until he had gotten it perfect—to the point where he nailed every note in the wail near the end of the song. One time Layne was in the office when he started singing a song by the band Mistrust, whose singer, Jeff L’Heureux, had somewhat of an operatic voice, which Layne mimicked perfectly. At that point, the people in the office saw L’Heureux himself walking up, having heard Layne. He watched Layne through the office’s window, remarking, “What the hell is going on?” According to David Ballenger, “Everyone [was] just laughing like crazy.”

Pranks and practical jokes were part of life at the Music Bank, although sometimes they could push the envelope. Layne put a dead rat inside the bass drum of the band Sex. As payback, someone from Sex set up a large cup filled with flour, mounted it on top of a door, and tied it to the doorknob. According to James Bergstrom, Layne had a big date that night, which he had taken time to prepare for. He stepped through the booby-trapped door and was covered with flour. Bergstrom isn’t sure, but he thinks the members of Sex may have followed up the flour immediately by dousing him with water. Layne was furious and suspected Bergstrom was behind it because he was there at the time, a charge Bergstrom denied.

Another time, Tim Branom was on duty with the keys one night when Layne brought a girl back to his room for a tryst. Branom and a group of about a dozen people were standing outside. They barged in and pulled the two of them apart. “I remember the condom flying in the air and us all laughing, but Layne never got back at me or anything. That was all part of being friends. The girl was screaming, of course, but she wasn’t screaming that bad. It was almost like you just knew that was going to happen.”

One night at the Music Bank, Layne; Dehumanizers drummer Infra Ed; Barry Oswald, who worked at the Music Bank; and graphic artist Steve Alley were watching This Is Spinal Tap—“in an altered state of being,” according to Alley—after which everyone decided they could do it better. They formed a band called Penis NV—pronounced “penis envy”—which Alley designed a logo for. They booked a show at a club under the Aurora Bridge, which sold out. Before the show, Layne and Ed drank a fifth of Jack Daniel’s by themselves. When they took the stage, Ed tripped and kicked his drum set into the crowd. After this, Layne went to the microphone, said “Thank you,” and walked offstage. The performance lasted about two minutes, and they didn’t play a single song. “We had a bunch of pissed-off people who spent five bucks to get in the door,” Alley said. “But they got what they got.” They hurried out of there as fast as they could.

Drug use was also part of life at the Music Bank, usually marijuana, cocaine, and acid. Multiple sources consistently say heroin was not part of the scene. “I didn’t know anybody that did heroin back then, but pretty much everybody did coke. It was just standard,” Tim Branom said. “It was the eighties—everybody did it. It wasn’t considered that bad, because people weren’t doing it out of control. It was just like somebody would drink a beer, they would do a few lines.”

“I don’t even know when the whole heroin thing happened for them. I know there was a little bit of blow going around at one point and we were all doing it like nobody gave a shit,” Music Bank cofounder Scott Hunt said. “[Heroin] just hadn’t hit Seattle yet. If … it was going to hit anywhere, [you think] it would have hit us. We never saw it.”

Music Bank manager David Ballenger offered a similar recollection, with a slight caveat. “There was a problem with cocaine around, but I’m not saying there wasn’t heroin around. Cocaine was a real scourge around the Music Bank. I’ve got some hellacious stories about that, involving psychotic people with guns.”

There is some evidence of heroin use at the Music Bank. Layne and Hit and Run drummer Dean Noble went to the room occupied by the band Broken Toyz, who had a larger room and whose singer, Rob Brustad, was always down for getting stoned. “We were smoking some weed, and Rob broke out some heroin and offered it to us. I looked at Layne and he looked at me and we’re like, ‘No thanks. You go ahead—we’ll just stick with weed. We’re cool.’ That was pretty much it. It wasn’t like a hard sell or anything like that. At that time, Layne wasn’t interested in that.” Duane Lance Bodenheimer, singer of the band the Derelicts, who had his own struggles with heroin, agreed with Noble’s assessment. “A heroin junkie doesn’t turn down heroin.”

Darrell Vernon offered a surprising account of Layne’s views at the time. “Back then, he was very against heroin. They were doing just about everything else. There was lots of cocaine, like, and LSD and stuff like that, and everybody is smoking pot and that sort of thing, but it was ironic that he became a heroin addict, because he was so against heroin at that point in time.

“There was like sort of a line where junkies weren’t cool,” he added. “Generally, there was this sort of peer-pressure thing that the heroin was definitely not okay. Junkies were bad, but all other sort of drugs were okay, but that wasn’t.” Brustad would later die of an apparent drug overdose in 1996. He was thirty-one years old.2

Regardless of his opposition to heroin, Layne was developing a growing appetite and tolerance for drug use, enough that his bandmates were becoming alarmed. During one night out in Seattle, Layne and Pollock—“fueled by mushrooms”—were walking around, and there was talk about the movie A Clockwork Orange. “We went out being decadent, breaking shit, that kind of thing. We ran—Layne got caught,” Pollock said. Layne decided to give the police officer, a woman, some attitude. According to the account he heard from Layne later, “He was a smart-ass to her, and she sicced the dog on him and it chewed up his legs. We came by him a little bit later in the evening. The cops had him in the back of a car at 7-Eleven. We just saw him kind of like look up and nod at us. I believe his hands were still handcuffed behind his back.” Someone eventually got Layne out of jail.

On another occasion, Nick Pollock drove to Layne’s parents’ home to pick him up for band practice. He was driving across the 520 bridge when he noticed Layne’s eyes were extremely dilated. “His eyes were just totally crazy, but he had this really calm look on his face.”

“What the fuck is wrong with you?” Pollock asked.

“I took some acid.”

“How much?”

“A sheet.”

“The man had a constitution for drugs,” Pollock would later recall. “He could ingest so much stuff, and it just didn’t mess him up. We went out one night with a bottle of tequila somehow he got a hold of. I remember imbibing enough of it to get me pretty wasted. But he drank all the rest of it.” Pollock estimated Layne drank more than half of the bottle by himself. “I always remember that the guy just could do a lot. He could drink a lot, he could do a lot of drugs, and it didn’t seem to slow him down too much.”

On another occasion, Layne brought Pollock into a room at the Music Bank. His motives for doing so were unknown to Pollock until they actually did it: they freebased cocaine.

Pollock was shaken because he enjoyed it so much that it scared him. “I walked away from that and said, ‘I will never, ever do that again,’ because it felt way too good,” Pollock said. “I remember feeling like I was standing at the opening of an abyss, and then I turned around and walked away.” Layne and Pollock talked about it after, and both agreed they would never do it again. Pollock doesn’t know if Layne did it again.

Layne’s drug use got to the point where Pollock, Bergstrom, and Bacolas organized a band meeting at the Music Bank to confront him at some point in 1987, not long before their band broke up. “I think he [was] doing more and more and more of it, and then we started to notice, band-wise, like, ‘This is freaking us out,’ because we’re worried for our friend. We had something of an intervention with him. There were tears involved,” Pollock said.

“I’ll take care of it. It’ll get better. I’ll stop doing it,” Layne told them.

Bergstrom had a similar recollection. “I remember at one point during the Music Bank days, he did, I think, start doing a little bit of cocaine. I remember us having a band meeting about it because we didn’t know and he wasn’t singing as well, and then we found out. I remember us scheduling a band meeting and sitting down with him and all of us talking about it. I remember Layne crying and saying, ‘I’m not going to do that anymore.’”

Asked if he agreed with Pollock’s description of this meeting as an intervention, Bergstrom said, “In its own innocent way, it was. Absolutely.”

“We’re probably seventeen- or eighteen-year-old kids at that time. It was like, ‘Dude, we love you, man. We don’t want to see you get involved with that and ruin your life, affecting your great talent.’ I remember it hitting home with Layne.” Their intervention consisted of a private band meeting between the four of them—there were no family members or counselors involved. That wouldn’t happen until a few years later.

*   *   *

On May 1, 1987, Alice ’N Chains was the opening act on a three-band bill at the Tacoma Little Theatre.3 “This next song is a little creepy,” Layne said while introducing “Glamorous Girls.” “There’s actually a little story. We used to be kinda tacky, me and Johnny here especially—we used to be kind of tacky. We had this fetish of, like, being with girls and taking their clothes, you know? And keeping them, and wearing them. Just like some strange obsession, you know? We wrote this song, ‘Glamorous Girls,’ and this is what it’s about.”

Before the band started the song, someone in the audience could clearly be heard yelling, “Fuck you, Layne!”

“You know who that was? That’s the guy whose face looks like the moon,” Layne responded, to roars of laughter from the audience. “You should really, seriously think about investing in Stridex, you know, not just buying some for yourself.”

The most important thing about that show had nothing to do with anything the band said or did during the performance. Rather, the unforeseen and ultimately life-altering consequence of that show was one of the people in the audience watching: a twenty-one-year-old guitarist from Spanaway named Jerry Cantrell, who immediately knew he wanted to be in a band with Layne.4

*   *   *

Jerry’s father, Jerry Cantrell, Sr., was a soldier who served three years in Vietnam; his mother, Gloria Jean Krumpos, raised Jerry and his two siblings by herself for several years.5

“One of the first memories I have was my dad coming back from Vietnam in his uniform when I was three years old,” Jerry told Rolling Stone. “And my mom telling me he was my dad.”6 After the war, Jerry’s father was assigned to various U.S. military bases. His parents divorced when he was seven. Jerry moved around, having lived in Texas, Pennsylvania, and Washington. Jerry developed an interest in music at an early age. Shortly after learning to write, he was given a copy of Dr. Seuss’s My Book About Me. He filled in the sentence “When I grow up I want to be a…” with two words: “rock star.”7

Around 1980, the fourteen-year-old Jerry was inspired to learn guitar by listening to Elton John’s Caribou and Captain Fantastic albums. Jerry and his friends would play along to Def Leppard, though they didn’t have any instruments. “We played on milk cans and buckets and stuff, and I had this guitar that played through a stereo,” Jerry told Rockline. “We didn’t have instruments, so we made our own, and we’re trying to play like On Through the Night.”8

Jerry eventually moved back with his mother, who was living in Spanaway, a few miles outside Tacoma. The family lived through difficult times, during which they were on welfare and food stamps. Jerry was jamming with friends and acting in high school plays. He also engaged in typical adolescent antics—egging cars and smashing mailboxes with baseball bats. When he was seventeen, he was arrested by police officers for trying to get oral sex in a park. What worried him most was that his grandmother might find out from her police scanner, which she would listen to every day, telling him every time one of his friends got busted. Fortunately for him, the scanner malfunctioned that night, so she never heard anything.9

While Jerry was a student at Spanaway High School in 1982, a teacher named Joanne Becker asked him and his friends to try out for choir. Jerry spoke highly of his experience with Becker. “She was one of the few teachers I actually had fun being around,” he told The Seattle Times in 1991. “We did everything from modern pop to some really great classical stuff. It was really happening.” Becker is credited with alleviating Jerry’s fear of performing onstage—a crucial skill for his future profession. She eventually had him performing fifteenth-century a cappella music.

“You didn’t feel intimidated,” Jerry said. “That’s something that really stands out in my mind. I was really into rock and roll at the time, and I was getting into bands and jamming, and that was my only musical outlet. I’d seen teachers in other schools that had music programs, but I was never impressed with their attitude. And that’s something I look for now when I’m working with anybody, is somebody who doesn’t talk down to you.”10

In his senior year, Jerry was president of the choir, which had a quartet that sang the national anthem at basketball games and won competitions, getting ones from the judges—the highest possible mark. Years later, Jerry said his choir and drama teachers really pushed him early on in his quest for a music career. After Facelift was certified gold for sales in excess of 500,000 copies, he sent both of his former teachers gold records.11

Jerry graduated from high school in 1984. A year later, he moved to the Dallas area to join a band with a couple of friends and worked at the Arnold and Morgan Music Company.12 At some point in 1985 or early 1986, Jerry moved back to the Tacoma area. Bobby Nesbitt and Scott Nutter were the singer and drummer in a local band named Phoenix, which had their practice space at a storage facility, along with several other local bands. Nesbitt and Nutter were checking out the other bands when they walked into the unit where Raze—Jerry’s band at the time—had their rehearsal space. Raze didn’t have a singer—at the time the band was a trio with Jerry on guitar, future Pretty Boy Floyd bassist Vinnie Chas (real name: Vincent Charles Pusateri), and a drummer. They recognized Jerry’s talent immediately.13

“Our guitar player was going to be fired, but we heard of another band in the facility. It was Jerry,” Nutter recalled. Nesbitt added, “Basically we ended up kind of stealing Jerry from that band because we saw him and we were like, ‘Wow, this is the guy, totally,’ and it fit.”

Shortly after Jerry joined the band, they changed their name to Diamond Lie. “He didn’t like the name [Phoenix] right away, and he came up with the name Diamond Lie. I want to say he said it was some lyrics from a song that he had heard on the radio,” Nesbitt said, but could not recall the name of the band or song.

Diamond Lie’s original bassist quit sometime later. Shortly after this, Matt Muasau’s sister met Jerry and told him, “My brother is a really good bass player. Why don’t you talk to him?” A meeting was arranged, the two hit it off and began writing music, and Muasau got the job, for which he used the stage name Matt Mustapha.

The band relocated to a new rehearsal space in a rented basement in somebody’s house in Spanaway. The owner of the house, who Muasau said they called Big Mike, was the band’s unofficial manager and handled their bookings. Nutter described the band’s image and sound as “any of the glam bands that were big at the time. Poison. Not really Mötley Crüe—we were more pop, chick rock, that kind of thing.” Their set included covers of Sweet’s “Fox on the Run” and KISS’s “Rock and Roll All Nite.” Jerry was already writing songs at the time. According to Nutter, “I would say [Jerry] would write half of it or more, and then bring it to the band. They would work it out, and then I would add vocals to the top.”

Nesbitt said Jerry became the band’s leader fairly soon after joining. “I really liked Jerry a lot. I was not used to Jerry’s brashness. He definitely was the leader, and he let you know how he felt, but he wasn’t an asshole. He wasn’t a yelling kind of guy. But he was in his own way kind of intimidating because he was so confident.

“Jerry knew exactly what he wanted to do,” he said. “He basically wrote all the material. He took over the whole songwriting process. It wasn’t a bad thing or anything, because he was such an excellent songwriter. He could crank out a song. Every practice, he came back with new songs.

“Being in Diamond Lie was like being in the army. We worked our asses off. It was regimented; we had a goal. We worked our butts off to be the best. I’d say Jerry was kind of the general. He knew exactly what it took to get to that point,” Nesbitt said. Jerry set up large mirrors in their practice space so they could see for themselves how they looked performing live and make improvements as necessary. “I was horrified at the faces I was making while I was playing drums that I never even knew about,” Nesbitt said.

According to Muasau, “Jerry was always professional, and he wanted to make sure the show was professional. So when we hit the stage, it wasn’t just a band getting up there and jamming. It was a band getting up there and putting on a show. We were entertainers as much as we were musicians and songwriters.” Jerry also had the band working on stage choreography. He and Muasau worked out a move where they would toss their guitar picks at each other while standing about ten feet apart in the middle of a song, catch it, and keep playing.

Things didn’t always go according to plan. During one performance, Muasau and Jerry were doing the KISS move where everyone is swaying back and forth in synch with one another. Jerry and Muasau got out of rhythm, and eventually each wound up doing the opposite of the other while about two feet apart. Muasau felt the headstock of his bass hit something solid, a feeling he compared to hitting a baseball.

It was Jerry’s head he’d hit, giving him a cut right above his eyebrow, which began to bleed. According to Muasau, “The crowd was like, ‘Yeah, go on, man, kill yourself for us!’” Someone put a bandage on the cut and stopped the bleeding, and Jerry was able to finish the set.

At another gig, the band was told there would be pyro. Before the set, they were told to pay attention to the markers placed on the stage, noting that Nutter, Muasau, and Jerry had to be standing on those markers at specific times in the show. During the start of the performance, the pyro went off, but Muasau wasn’t on his marker.

“The crowd was just … their eyes got really big, and I went, ‘Wow, what did I do?’ Then all of a sudden, all these sparks started falling all around me like snow. I had enough hair spray in my hair, and I had enough hair back then to where I would have exploded,” Muasau said. He, however, avoided disaster, where others—Michael Jackson and Metallica’s James Hetfield—suffered severe burns and had to be hospitalized.

Diamond Lie would typically practice five nights a week, with rehearsals lasting as long as three hours. They started playing shows in Tacoma and Seattle with the ultimate goal of getting a record deal. They got to the point where they were playing weekly gigs. At some time during this period, they became friends with a guy named Steve Frost, who would regularly come to their rehearsals. Frost had recently received money from an inheritance, and he gave Diamond Lie two thousand dollars to record a demo.

The band went into London Bridge Studios and recorded a four-song demo. “It came out really great. I was excited by it. We had the guitar player from a band called Perennial, Schuyler Duryee came out, and he kind of produced it for us, along with Rick and Raj Parashar,” Nesbitt recalled. “Perennial was a big deal. They had a song on [Seattle radio station KISW] that was in the [station’s] top ten. That was really probably my very first experience at being in a recording studio.”

Jerry was already thinking of public relations. “When I was hanging out with him, he was a charismatic person, and people are pretty naturally attracted to talk with him and hang out with him, and he knows what he’s doing,” Nesbitt recalled. “I never thought in a million years I would walk through Tacoma Mall wearing spandex with holes cut in my ass passing out cassette tapes and flyers and not getting my ass beat in. That’s exactly what we ended up doing. We walked through there. He just said, ‘Be confident; do what I do,’ and I did. I’m talking with full makeup and hair stacked three miles high.”

Muasau recalls a show where he was wearing a black leather outfit and Jerry was wearing a very tight white leather outfit. “Golly, man, aren’t you uncomfortable in that? It’s hot,” he asked. “Yeah, but I look good in this,” was Jerry’s response. That was when he knew Jerry was going to make it and be successful as a musician.

Nesbitt and Nutter both described Jerry as extremely close to his mother, and they recall her being very encouraging of him. “Just a cool mom. Really supportive of what Jerry wanted to do,” Nutter said.

“I remember his mom, and I know that he wanted to show his mom that he could do this. He was really adamant. I remember him one day telling her, ‘I’m going to become the best songwriter, and the best this and that, and you’re going to see it happen,’” Nesbitt recalled. “She was a really nice person, and she seemed to kind of light up around him.”

By the time he turned twenty-one, Jerry had been hit by two family tragedies within six months of each other. First, his grandmother, Dorothy Krumpos, a retired secretary and lifelong resident of the Tacoma and Eatonville area, died of cancer on October 9, 1986. Not long after her death, his mother said she had six months to live after being diagnosed with terminal pancreatic cancer. “She and my grandmother both spent most of their time in the house in the medical bed doped up on morphine and wasting away daily,” Jerry said of this painful period. He coped with the situation by playing guitar ten to twelve hours a night.14

According to Nesbitt, Jerry kept his personal family turmoil to himself. “I found out she was sick right before she passed away.” This description is consistent with what Matt Muasau recalls. Jerry started coming over to his house regularly, where they would hang out and write music. Eventually, Muasau asked him, “Hey, man, don’t you got to go home?”

“Nah, this is my home now,” Jerry responded. Muasau started picking him up at his house and helping him move some of his things out. As Jerry was spending more time at Muasau’s house, his sister, Cheri, would pick him up so he could see their mother. Jerry told Rolling Stone that after tensions had been brewing between him and his relatives as his mother’s health was deteriorating, he was kicked out of the house. Jerry moved out at some point before his mother’s death.15

“Me and my mom said our good-byes a while ago,” he told Muasau.

“Well, don’t you want to be there for her?”

“No, me and my mom said our good-byes already.”

On April 11, 1987, Gloria Jean Cantrell died of complications from pancreatic cancer. She was forty-three years old. According to her obituary in the Tacoma News Tribune, she was an administrative assistant for the Clover Park School District and “was active in many sports … she loved music and was a beautiful seamstress.”16 Jerry’s bandmates went to the memorial service to support him. “I felt really bad for him. I know it hit him really hard. I felt really honored that he invited us to be there as his friends, because I know it meant a lot to him and it meant a lot to us to be there and put our hands on him, let him know it was going to be okay. It was a pretty deep moment for all of us,” Nesbitt said.

About three weeks later, Jerry went to see Alice ’N Chains perform at the Tacoma Little Theatre, at what Nick Pollock thinks would have been one of the band’s final shows. After the show, Pollock went out to talk to people and to try and pick up girls by inviting them to an after party. Pollock would play the crucial role of introducing Layne and Jerry to each other later that summer.

“I met Jerry in the back. He came up and introduced himself to me. We traded numbers. He was really polite and kind and complimentary,” Pollock recalled. He described Jerry as “a very mannered, polite fella with very whitish-blond hair, all pouffed up because that’s the way we all wore our hair and stuff, glamlike. Nice guy, wearing cowboy boots, tight jeans, a long trench coat that was kind of a military type, T-shirt—dressing like everybody dressed, I think, at the time. And he was a cool guy.”

According to Nutter, the death of Jerry’s mother was the beginning of the end of Diamond Lie, because of the profound impact it had on his personality and his music.

“His grandmother died and then his mom died, and he basically went into, as anybody would, a sort of depression. He just changed [into] a completely different person after that,” Nutter explained. “What he did was, he wrote the songs, and he handed them to us on a tape, and, ‘These are the songs; learn them.’” Nutter empathized with him. “I would think if something like that happened, you’d want to be able to control something in your life.”

Jerry also had a strong sense of foresight in terms of the musical landscape. “He said what he thought the next thing would be. That’s his genius, I would say,” Nutter explained. “When he came to us, he says, ‘You know what’s going on is this band called Poison coming up, blah, blah, blah.’ That’s right before they hit it big, so we started doing that. And then right when his mother died, he said, ‘Hey, there’s this band called Guns n’ Roses. They’re coming up.’ Nobody knew of them yet, but he knew of them. He said people were wearing streetwear, like jeans and T-shirts or whatever as opposed to the glam leg-wear. We were like, ‘That’s crazy. That’s just too out there. We’re supposed to have a show, wear costumes like KISS or whatever.’

“I think it was the look. He said, ‘The singer from Guns n’ Roses sounds like a male Janis Joplin.’ And he said that he was more into the way they looked as opposed to the way they sounded, though the sound was appealing to him, too.”

Nesbitt said there was also a change in Jerry’s music. “I think when his mom died, it completely changed his songwriting. His songwriting completely went in a whole different direction. It wasn’t ‘Let’s party, have some drinks, screw girls.’ It was more reality, I guess you could say. It changed. And that’s when his whole look and everything changed.”

Diamond Lie did at least one show with Jerry after his mother’s death, shortly before his move to Seattle. According to a Ticketmaster ad in the June 1987 edition of The Rocket, Diamond Lie was on the bill for the Capital Rock-Off set to take place at St. Martin’s Pavilion in Lacey on the Fourth of July, with proceeds benefiting the Crisis Clinic of Thurston and Mason Counties. Also on the bill were Heir Apparent, Hammerhead, and Slaughter Haus 5. This would be another chance encounter that would foreshadow Jerry’s future, because his band would be competing against Russ Klatt’s, who had coined the name Alice in Chains a few months earlier.

Diamond Lie’s short biography in the ad, which misspells Jerry’s name, reads: “Diamond Lie is an exciting rock and roll dynamo with fiery licks and catchy melodies. On stage they generate a tight show that is topped off by lead vocalist Scott Damon’s power vocals and fluid presentation. Terry Contrell (guitar), Matt Mustapha (bass), and Randy Nesbitt (drum) complete the band. The group’s four song EP has generated strong interest from Atlantic and CBS. ‘Chain Love,’ a blistering example of their song writing, is reminiscent of early Dokken, and ‘Get It Straight’ is a grinding tune that’s sure to get bodies moving. Watch out for these guys … they’re out for a good time and nothing’s going to stop them.”17

According to Nesbitt, Slaughter Haus 5 were the favorites to win. He didn’t think that was Diamond Lie’s best performance, noting he had made a few mistakes. Diamond Lie pulled off the upset and won it. They received a cash prize and a few hours of free recording time at a local studio, but it was a moot point because the band was falling apart. On top of the issues with Jerry, right before they took the stage, Muasau told them a band he was friends with was moving to the area and they wanted to hire him for studio work. Nesbitt and Nutter weren’t happy about it, but they didn’t get upset. This wound up being Diamond Lie’s final performance. They broke up a few days later. At some point after moving to Seattle, Jerry tried to get Diamond Lie back together for a show. According to Nutter, “We just said no. We were kind of done with it, because at that time we wanted to have a little more involvement with the songs. We wanted to be part of the writing process, instead of just, ‘Here’s the next song; here’s the next song.’ So he said, ‘Okay.’ Bam, hit Alice in Chains and made it superhuge, and we never did. So it’s kind of like that fork in the road where he took a right and we took a left.”

Jerry offered the following account of the events leading to the formation of Alice in Chains:

I met Layne when he played the Tacoma Little Theatre in Tacoma. So I met him first, but I actually played with Mike Starr first in a really crappy band called Gypsy Rose in Burien. My mother had just passed away, and I didn’t really have anyplace to stay, and I kind of was done with Tacoma anyway, so I met this guy Tim Branom. He invited me to come up and hang with him, and I stayed in his basement for about a week, and Mike Starr came over and we were jamming, and then we both got kicked out after a week.18

Jerry and Mike’s tenure in Gypsy Rose is a bit more nuanced than this account. In the summer of 1987, Gypsy Rose singer Tim Branom and drummer Mike Gersema were looking for a bass player, and Mike Starr happened to be nearby and available. Their guitarist, Brock Graue, knew Mike from high school and had been in a band with him.

Michael Christopher Starr was born April 4, 1966, in Honolulu, Hawaii—the first child of John and Gayle Starr—and his sister, Melinda, was born three years to the day later. After his parents split up, Mike lived with his father before moving to the Seattle area when he was around nine years old. His father bought him his first bass guitar. He formed his first band with his best friend Paul Parkinson and named it Cyprus. Jim Hacker, another childhood friend with whom he would listen to Jimi Hendrix and Van Halen, would later recall Mike telling him, “‘When I grow up, I’m going to be a rock star just like them!’ It was never a pilot, astronaut, doctor. Mike knew what he wanted to be. There was never a doubt in his mind.”19

“All I wanted to do twenty-four hours a day was play music,” Mike told Mark Yarm.20 According to Mike’s friend Aaron Woodruff, Van Halen was probably a big inspiration in Mike’s decision to become a musician. Woodruff, who met Mike when they both attended Highline High School, described him as “bigger than life.” Mike was a sophomore or junior, but he was something of a celebrity on campus because he was the bass player in SATO. Even in this early stage of his career, Mike already had a reputation for being a ladies’ man. His drug use at the time was limited to marijuana and alcohol, Woodruff said, although some time later, Mike took some pills and then walked into Woodruff’s house and took his guitar. After he sobered up and realized what happened, he returned the guitar to Woodruff.

According to Ken Kramer, SATO’s guitarist, “We were jamming in Danny and Dave [Jensen’s] mom’s garage, a couple of blocks away from where Gayle lived, and this kid would constantly come down the road and hang out and sit outside: ‘I play bass. I can play. I’m gonna be a rock star someday.’ After two or three months of that, I actually bought into it.”

In 1982, Mike, Kramer, and guitarist Terry Hildebrand formed SATO—named after the Ozzy Osbourne song—and the band began performing in the Seattle area. One of the band’s flyers featured the catchphrase “Don’t Say No … SATO,” an idea which was credited to John Starr. Its members were between sixteen and twenty-one years old at the time but acted like professional musicians, practicing four or five nights a week, according to a 1983 article about the band published in The Profile. The band played their first show on November 20, 1982—a Battle of the Bands held at the Crossroads Skating Center in Bellevue—and won it, as reported by the December 1, 1982, edition of the Hit Line Times. They received a $1,000 gift certificate and a $500 photo session to promote the band. In its first year, SATO performed at the Seattle Arena, the Spokane Convention Center, and the Showbox and won the Washington State Battle of the Bands, held at the Moore Theatre in Seattle on December 3, 1982. The band used lights, pyrotechnics, and fog machines for their shows and, like many bands of that period, wore spandex and had well-rehearsed stage choreography. They recorded their original song “Halloween” at Entertainment Plus Studio on April 21, 1983. “Leather Warrior” was recorded at Triad Studios in January 1984.21

At some point in 1983 or 1984, Jeff Gilbert was working at Penny Lane Records when he put out a call for local bands to submit a song for a compilation album he was producing called Northwest Metalfest. SATO’s was one of the hundreds of tapes he received. “I went through and picked out the ten bands, because I wanted to represent a wide range of all the different styles of hard rock and metal. I was really young at the time; whatever sounded polished or pro I went with,” Gilbert said. “Leather Warrior” made the cut. According to Gilbert, “They were just kids. They were just trying to invoke the most powerful words or imagery. They didn’t even know what they were saying or doing. I had to laugh. They were so popular—I mean, they had ladies all over the place. So I thought, ‘If I put them on the record, I’m going to sell lots of records.’” The Northwest Metalfest album was released in 1984. It was at some point after Mike was out of SATO that he joined Gypsy Rose. By the time Mike joined Alice in Chains, he was probably the most experienced musician of the four founding members.22

*   *   *

Gypsy Rose had three managers who concluded Graue wasn’t right for the band, for reasons Branom still doesn’t know. In retrospect, Branom called the decision to fire him a mistake. Gypsy Rose was in the market for a new guitar player.

Branom went to a party at Vinnie Chas’s home in Tacoma, where he met Jerry, who was staying there and asked Branom to listen to some demos he had recorded. Branom described the recordings as sounding like Boston because of the guitar harmonies. He told Gersema about Jerry and arranged for an audition at some point in July 1987. Jerry got the job. For a brief period, the band’s lineup featured half of the future Alice in Chains. Branom described the band’s sound as Dokken with Ronnie James Dio–style vocals. After getting the job, Jerry moved into the basement of Gersema’s mother’s home in the Des Moines area of Seattle.

Jerry didn’t last very long in Gypsy Rose—about three or four weeks. Branom said neither he nor Mike Starr were involved in the decision to dismiss Jerry. By process of elimination, this means the decision to fire Jerry was Gersema’s. To make things worse, Jerry had also lost his place to live.

Although Branom disputes Jerry’s explanations for why he was dismissed from the band, he acknowledges Jerry had a legitimate reason to be upset about it. He also disputes Jerry’s comments putting the whole Gypsy Rose episode on him. “People think because I’m the singer that I’m the boss of the band, but it wasn’t really that way,” Branom explained. “I got kicked out [of Gypsy Rose]—I mean physically beat up, like I might die because of it.”

Mike Starr didn’t fare much better. He was dating a girl who had drawn the attention of Mike Gersema. According to Branom, the two Mikes, Tony Avalon—Jerry’s replacement—and the girl had gone out to a club, where there was a huge argument between the two Mikes, which culminated in Mike Starr’s leaving the band. “Both Mikes were fighting over this girl. Because basically it was Mike Starr’s girlfriend, but Mike Gersema wanted her, and she started going to him. So, unfortunately, that was the end of that. I didn’t have any say in it. It was just done,” Branom explained. Jerry never played a show or recorded any material with Gypsy Rose, and Mike played bass on about twenty recordings and in one show before he left the band. The most consequential event of this brief but turbulent period was that Jerry met Mike Starr.

According to Jerry, the first time he met Layne was in the summer of 1987, after the Tacoma Little Theatre show and after Gypsy Rose. The timing of the events in Jerry’s life at the time suggests it is likely he met Layne in August of that year. According to Nick Pollock, “I remember we talked on the phone, and he wanted to hang out with us. So I had him come up, and he stayed overnight at my parents’ house, because I was still living at home.

“He and I went to a party and met Layne at the party—something like that. Then I came up and said, ‘Hey, Layne, this is Jerry. Jerry, this is Layne Staley,’ and that’s how they met.”

“I met Jerry at a party, just out of the blue,” Layne said years later. “I didn’t think he was the coolest guy in the world or anything. He had no family in the area, so he’s kind of struggling, didn’t have any money or a place to stay or anything. And me being completely drunk, just offered a total stranger a place to stay and clothes and food and musical instruments. I think two days later he moved his stuff up into the rehearsal room that I was working [out of].”23

Jerry eventually moved into the Music Bank at Layne’s invitation, although his bandmates weren’t exactly thrilled about it. According to Johnny Bacolas, “Layne brought it to us, and we were like, ‘Well…’ I think all of us were a little bit hesitant at first. He wasn’t a total stranger; we knew him. But we didn’t want somebody crowding our space really, and with all his suitcases and socks and shoes in our jam room.”

At around the same time, Alice ’N Chains was beginning to drift apart. Pollock described it as an amicable split. “It was never anything any of us had against each other, or anything like that. There was no fight, nothing about that,” he recalled. “I can say for me that I knew where things were going to go with Layne, and I knew that he wasn’t going to stop [using drugs], and I knew that I couldn’t go there with him and that I needed some distance. Part of it really broke my heart to do that because he and I were such close friends.”

Toward the end of Alice ’N Chains’s run, Johnny Bacolas and James Bergstrom invited a Seattle musician named Ron Holt to check out their band. Holt had known them from several years earlier. He had moved to Los Angeles but came back about a year later.

“When I met them, their songs were really horrible. Layne didn’t know anything about song crafting. He didn’t know anything about dynamics. He was really just shouting against the music. Their songs did have some structure, but they didn’t have any songs yet.”

Holt thought “Party People,” one of his earliest compositions, might be a good fit for them. He played it for them, and they liked it. Holt was appreciative that they wanted to play his song. He explained the guitar, bass, and drum parts to Pollock, Bacolas, and Bergstrom. When it came time for Layne’s vocals, Holt pulled Layne out into the hallway, because he couldn’t hear him in the jam room. According to Holt, Layne was “still green” at this point, and he didn’t want to embarrass him.

While standing in the corridor, Holt told the other guys to start playing, at which point Layne started to scream with the music. Holt cut him off and walked him through it. Layne sang it back, and Holt could see he got it. He was impressed by Layne’s vocal talents.

“At the time, they were still just all energy. They wanted to do it—they had all the enthusiasm, and they had all the energy, but they just didn’t know exactly how to do it. I’m not saying that ‘Party People’ or any of the stuff I gave them was great, but they were structured and they were more than what they were doing at the time, and they dug the song. When they played it, they got a pretty good response,” Holt recalled.

For a brief period, according to Bergstrom, there was talk of possibly having Jerry join as a second guitar player. The closest this ever came to happening was when Jerry joined them onstage to play guitar on “Party People” during a show at the Backstage in Ballard in the late summer or fall of 1987, the only time they ever did that. This show was one of the band’s last.

With the demise of Alice ’N Chains, Layne and Bergstrom were drawn to Holt’s music. Bergstrom described the band as “pretty ahead of its time, semi-industrial, kind of hard funk, heavyish rock combination.” Holt noted how their sound deviated from the hard rock norms of the time. “Synthesizers and electronic is not something that a heavy metal band would have anything to do with. It was looked [at] as faggy, new-wave bullshit.” Holt compared the material to Ministry, who may have already released The Land of Rape and Honey by that point.

By late 1987 Jerry decided to form a new band. Layne, remembering his encounter with Sean at Alki Beach a few years earlier, still had the piece of paper on which Sean had written his girlfriend’s phone number. Jerry called the number, spoke with Melinda Starr, and ultimately set up a meeting with Sean. Sean and Melinda went to the Music Bank and listened to Jerry’s demos. At that point, Jerry mentioned that they would need a bass player to jam with and had someone in mind. “I jammed with this guy Mike Starr a year or so ago, and he seemed like kind of a cool dude.”

“That’s weird, because this is his sister,” Sean said as he pointed at Melinda, “and I’ve been in bands with Mike on and off since we were eleven or twelve or something.” Sean called Mike, and within a day or two he came to the Music Bank, borrowed some gear, and jammed with Sean and Jerry for the first time.

Layne would jam with Jerry’s new band. During their second or third rehearsal, they were playing a cover of Tommy James and the Shondells’ “Hanky Panky”—an idea credited to Mike—when a local promoter walking the hallways of the Music Bank overheard. He was looking for bands for a show he was putting together at Kane Hall.

“Hey, what’s the name of the band? Can you play?” the promoter asked.

“We didn’t really have a band, but we were like, ‘Yeah, totally,’” Sean recalled.

“Can you play a half hour, forty minutes?”

“Sure, we’ve got a bunch of songs.” In reality, Sean later explained, “We didn’t have any of the songs or anything, so we lied and said we could, and then we got a gig.”

They liked Layne and wanted him to join full-time. There was one problem—Layne didn’t want to commit because he was already working with Bergstrom and Holt. Ultimately, Jerry said, they worked out a short-term solution: Layne would sing with Jerry’s band, in exchange for Jerry playing guitar in Layne’s band.24 This is the beginning of Alice in Chains.

Chapter 6

Ha! We’re not rock stars! We’re in Seattle!

—SEAN KINNEY

LAYNE INVITED JERRY to spend Christmas of 1987—the first since his mother’s death—with him and his family. Layne had approached his parents about it, telling them about his friend who was “kind of homeless” and didn’t have a family. “We made sure that Jerry had some gifts and some clothes, because he didn’t have a whole lot,” Jim Elmer recalled. “We bought him an army coat and a couple of other things that were kind of trendy at the time, and Layne got that as well.”

This was the first time Layne’s family met Jerry. Jim Elmer’s initial impressions at the time: “You could tell these guys were buddies, and Jerry was very respectful—he was not loud or boisterous or too into himself or whatnot. He was very pleasant and certainly liked—in the outset, he really liked being there, and so he wasn’t rambunctious or anything.”

At the beginning of 1988, Jerry and Layne were pulling double duty between the then-nascent Alice in Chains and 40 Years of Hate—with Layne singing and Jerry playing guitar in both bands. For a brief time, Alice in Chains went by the names Mothra and Fuck. Jerry credited Sean for coming up with the name Fuck. “We weren’t getting work anyway, so we thought it wouldn’t hurt us,” Layne said.1

They made stickers that said FUCK (THE BAND) and put them on condoms to pass around as a gimmick. The novelty and shock value of the name was offset by its detrimental effect on publicity, problematic for any new band when print and broadcast media can’t print or say the band’s name.2 Years later, a FUCK (THE BAND) sticker can still be seen on one of Jerry’s guitars, but the letter F has either worn away or been deliberately removed. But this name didn’t work out, and the band became Diamond Lie after Jerry got permission to use the name from his former bandmates.

The lineup for 40 Years of Hate consisted of Layne on vocals, Jerry on guitar, James Bergstrom on acoustic drums, Dave Martin on electronic drums, and Ron Holt on bass. They had about a dozen songs they would perform at rehearsals, but recordings exist for only seven or eight of them. Holt, who was traveling back and forth between Seattle and Los Angeles, recorded several songs during a series of sessions at the Music Bank and his home in Edmonds, Washington. The earliest four-track master, which Holt thinks was recorded in the fall of 1987, was titled “1988 Full of Pain, Full of Hate.”

Around this time, another Holt composition titled “It’s Coming After” was recorded. The song had great meaning to Layne. Bergstrom called it “a song Layne was crazy about,” adding, “He loved it. It had a David Bowie–esque kind of … It was the most industrial song of the group. It isn’t necessarily industrial, it just had some elements of that for that time.” At the time, Holt was in a band in Los Angeles with Faster Pussycat singer Taime Downe. He originally wrote “It’s Coming After” with Downe’s voice in mind. “[Faster Pussycat] just got signed, and I thought, ‘This would be something that would look good on them,’” Holt said. One day Holt read Layne the lyric, “I’m gonna stretch your skin across her frame and paint it…”

“So what happens to the rest of that part?” Layne asked.

“I don’t know, but that’s where I wanted to go.”

After a few days, Layne decided he wanted the song for himself. The next time he saw Holt, he told him, “I got it.”

“But there’s some things…” Holt interjected.

“I got this one.”

“It was weird for him to be that confident with me. It was weird for him to throw down the gauntlet on it,” Holt recalled with a laugh. “He explained to me what he did, and I was like, ‘Oh my fucking God.’ It’s the swagger,” he said, referring to Layne’s vocal performance on the song.

“It’s too bad it wasn’t released at the time, because it would have been huge. If it had come out in 1987 when Layne and I first did it, it would have been huge, because the swagger and the sense of dark core that he gives it. That was his particular genius, where I started to go, ‘Oh, wow. Maybe I need to give him more freedom and not stick around so much.’” The song was released on Second Coming’s L.O.V.Evil album in 1994. Several years later, Layne told Holt in one of their final conversations that it was one of his favorite songs to sing, ever.

“I Don’t Care” is another song from this period, driven by a James Brown–esque horn part and funk-style bass line. Layne’s vocals sound somewhat similar to those of Aerosmith’s Steven Tyler. “The Things You Do” is very different, more along the lines of Depeche Mode, with a darker, brooding feel to it. Layne would rerecord his vocals on this song several years later for the Despisley Brothers project with Jesse Holt, Ron’s brother.

Besides “It’s Coming After,” the most significant recording is a song written by Holt called “Tribute.” According to him, it has a very similar opening guitar riff and melody to “Man in the Box.” Bergstrom confirmed this account, describing “Man in the Box” as “very influenced by ‘Tribute,’ and I mean that in a good way.” Holt never sued the band for songwriting credits or royalties after the release of Facelift, nor did he try to exploit his connection to Layne for personal gain. He also had not spoken publicly about his interactions with the band until being interviewed for this book. Also worth noting is the fact that the lyrics for “Man in the Box” were entirely Layne’s and that the song was credited to all four band members. As of this writing, Holt is in negotiations to sell these early recordings to Layne’s estate.

At some point in early 1988, Holt went back to Los Angeles and didn’t return for at least nine months, although it wasn’t his intention to be gone for that long. After he left, Layne called him, asking, “What happened to you? Why did you split?” At around the same time, Jerry, Mike, and Sean wanted Layne to commit to Alice in Chains full-time. They thought it would only be a matter of time before he agreed. When waiting for him to come around didn’t work, they resorted to reverse psychology: they told Layne they were getting a new singer and began auditioning his replacements in Layne’s rehearsal room at the Music Bank.

“We just brought in the shittiest guys we could find,” Jerry recalled years later. One of them was a redheaded male stripper.

“The worst singers we could find … We’d bring them in and have them sing, and he’d be coming in and out and just [makes a cringing face], ‘Oh, God. What are you guys doing?’” Sean elaborated. “‘Oh, nothing. He wasn’t that bad.’” The others continued the act.

Jerry: “‘He wasn’t too bad. I kind of liked that guy.’”

Sean: “‘Yeah, he’s pretty cool.’ We kept purposely doing that, and after about three guys that were just so horrendous, he came in and he was like, ‘Okay, fuck that. I’m joining. Let’s just do this thing and I’ll quit the other bands.’”3

It’s not clear which of the two events came first: Holt leaving Seattle or Jerry, Sean, and Mike holding mock auditions for a new lead singer. Regardless, by the beginning of 1988, the founding lineup for Alice in Chains—still known as Diamond Lie—was in place.

The next step was to develop original material. They had the time, physical space, and incentive to hone their craft at the Music Bank. At some point not long after they formed, they borrowed a van belonging to the band Coffin Break to haul their instruments and gear to Issaquah, where they recorded a demo in an eight-track studio in a tree house belonging to the producer PC Ring. On it were early original compositions (“I Can’t Have You Blues,” “Social Parasite,” and “Whatcha Gonna Do”) as well as covers of Layne’s “Queen of the Rodeo” and David Bowie’s “Suffragette City.” Later dubbed the “Treehouse Tape,” it would play a crucial role in the band’s early history.4

*   *   *

Diamond Lie played their first show at Kane Hall on January 15, 1988.5 Not long after this, the new Diamond Lie was featured in a City Heat story by journalist Jenny Bendel, who had seen the Kane Hall show. This was probably the first time the band was covered in the press. Bendel wrote, “Diamond Lie’s attitude is a refreshing one. Most other bands around walk around with this ‘we are rock stars’ attitude. Sean sums it up by saying, ‘Ha! We’re not rock stars! We’re in Seattle!’”

“I feel really lucky to have been able to work with the quality of musicians whom I have because I love ’em all! We’re sticking together,” Jerry said.

Sean added, “As long as I can play drums with a beer on my head, we’ll be together!”

“Our stuff can hold up! I have the nastiest guitars in town!” Jerry said. “Our motto is, ‘We rock the deaf!’ Our music comes by instinct; we play the first thing that kicks in. If we’re not havin’ fun doin’ it, no one will have fun listenin’ to us.”

“We’re in it for the money and fame,” Sean added. “And anyone who says they’re not, they’re lying.”

Mike said he was in it for the women.

Besides the feature, the article includes a detailed account of that first show at Kane Hall. The set list included “Can’t Have You Blues,” “Killing Yourself,” “King of the Cats,” and “Some Girls,” during which Jerry split his pants.

They played a cover of the Hanoi Rocks song “Taxi Driver,” which Layne dedicated to Razzle—the Hanoi Rocks drummer who was killed in a car accident in 1984. Nick Pollock joined them onstage for “Queen of the Rodeo.” They also did “Suffragette City,” during which the band brought more than twenty people onstage for the song.

The idea for the “Suffragette City” cover can be traced back to the final days of the original Diamond Lie in Tacoma. “I said, ‘We need to do that cover,’” Diamond Lie singer Scott Nutter recalled. “We never ended up doing it. We broke up right before we started learning it.” Nutter later saw Alice in Chains perform it at the Grand Central Tavern in downtown Seattle.6

A few months later, Bendel helped put together a submission packet for the band to send out to record labels. The packet—which includes a photocopied band photo, biography, and letter from Bendel to Columbia Records—is now part of the Experience Music Project’s collection. The letter, dated May 17, 1988, and addressed to Brett Hartman, an A&R representative at Columbia Records in Los Angeles, reads in part:

Enclosed, finally, is Diamond Lie’s tape, picture, and their bios. More quality pictures can be sent to you if you’d like, but for the time being the band is broke and a photo-copy is the best we can do. We hope you like the tape. Please see what you can do so we can get these boys out of Seattle!

The band biography reads:

From the heart of Seattle and the Ballard Music Bank comes a band to reckon with: DIAMOND LIE. The band has been together in Seattle now for about six months, and has left a favorable impression on most of Seattle’s music enthusiasts. Their sleazy, bluesy, in-your-face, tough rock n’ roll is unable to be matched by any other band in Seattle. They bring new life to their cover tunes and put new hope in our local music scene with their originals. DIAMOND LIE’s live performances are overwhelming with the electrifying music and the raw attraction of the band. They’ve already taken Seattle by storm and have created a devoted following; keep an ear out in YOUR town for DIAMOND LIE!7

This packet is probably the band’s first submission in an effort to get a record deal with Columbia. When asked about it, Ken Deans—who would briefly comanage Alice in Chains later on—said he had never heard of it and that the mailing didn’t lead to anything.

*   *   *

Randy Hauser had been involved in the Northwest music scene in management, promotion, or production capacities off and on since high school. According to court documents filed by Hauser and his attorney in 1991, he was arrested and charged with cocaine distribution in federal court in 1977. In addition to dealing, he had a cocaine addiction. In the summer of 1979, he walked into another person’s deal and was arrested. He pled guilty in federal court to conspiracy to distribute cocaine, for which he was sentenced to fifteen years in prison, to be served concurrently with the 1977 conviction. He was paroled in 1985.8

In 1986, he was back in Seattle and decided to enroll in a local beauty school. While a student there, he met Melinda Starr, with whom he developed a friendship. After finishing the program, Hauser kept in touch with her and would occasionally see her.

“She was just amazing, and I got a little tired of hearing her talk about her boyfriend’s band,” he recalled about a conversation that took place in early 1988. (Her boyfriend at the time was Sean.) At the time, Hauser was involved with all-age dances and managed or booked thirty acts, mainly local bands that would never make it. He booked bands to play at small venues in the Seattle area: Patterson’s West, the Federal Way Skate King, and the Kent Skate King. The venue owners allowed him to do it because Hauser assumed responsibility for security and insurance.

Hauser estimates he would see between three and six bands play live each night and would often get two or three cassettes. One day at Melinda Starr’s beauty shop, she handed him a cassette of her boyfriend’s band and asked him to listen to it. He took it home and threw it in the box with the others.

About a month later, Nick Loft—at the time, an A&R man for Atlantic Records—was staying at Hauser’s home. He was going through the tapes in the box to gauge the potential of each band. He would listen to the first four bars of a song, and if he didn’t like it, would make a game show–esque buzzer noise and eject the tape. Hauser stepped out of the room while Loft was going through the tapes. Eventually, Hauser noticed Loft had listened to the first song on one cassette all the way through and was beginning to listen to the second.

“Who are these guys?” Loft asked him.

Hauser checked the tape and saw it was blank—no label with the name of the band or a contact person. “If my life depended on it, I had no idea where that tape came from,” he recalled. Loft made a copy of the anonymous demo and returned to Los Angeles. Within a few days, Loft called asking about the tape.

“Jesus,” he told Hauser, “I went into the office and put that on the intercom system. Everybody’s calling my office wondering, ‘Who is this? What kind of music is it?’”

Hauser still had no idea who the band was, and he was trying to figure it out. “I’m on the edge. I know I’ve got an act,” he said.

A few days or possibly a few weeks later, Hauser went to see Melinda Starr. When he got to the shop, she asked him, “Did you listen to my boyfriend’s tape?”

He put two and two together, matching the unnamed tape with Melinda’s boyfriend’s band. He named a few songs from the tape, which she confirmed was her boyfriend’s band.

“Okay, where do I find these guys?” he asked her.

“They’re practicing at the Music Bank.”

He arranged a meeting with the band, during which they would perform for him. When he arrived, his initial impression of them was, “Four more lowlife rejects you’ve never seen in your life.” He said they had been banned from several venues, including the OK Hotel, the Vogue, and the Grand Central Tavern. During a performance at a VFW, Layne had thrown a milk shake into the crowd, effectively blacklisting the band. Sean had allegedly punched the owner of another club. Hauser was able to get the bans lifted at these venues by cosigning for the band.

Hauser sat on the couch as he watched the band perform their five-song set. “My exact thoughts were, ‘What the fuck do I do now?’” Hauser said. “I’m sitting in front of what I know is the real deal, and I have no idea. I’d never been there.”

Hauser and the band went outside and sat under the Ballard Bridge and began talking about the future. Hauser was direct. “I’d love to work with you guys. I’d love to manage you,” he told them. They were excited, but one member expressed skepticism. “Well, what are your plans for us?” Layne asked. “What do you do?”

“You kind of got me off guard ’cause I’ve never been here,” Hauser responded. “What I’m going to do is promote the hell out of you, get a demo done, and when you guys get big enough, I’ll hand you off to one of the big LA agencies that knows what to do.”

His response was good enough for Layne, and Hauser became their manager. “That was honestly the only thing I could think of to say, which is probably what I would have had to do,” Hauser recalled. He acknowledged he didn’t know what he was doing—in his words, he was “feeling my way out”—and the idea might have been naive in retrospect. At the time, Hauser said the band was two months behind on rent for their rehearsal room and about to get kicked out. Hauser picked up the seven hundred dollars in back rent. (David Ballenger said Hauser never paid him but acknowledges it is possible Hauser paid one of his employees.)

The first thing Hauser did as their manager was call Nick Loft in Los Angeles, telling him he had found the band. Loft returned to Seattle, went to the Music Bank to meet the band, and saw them perform. Loft went back to Los Angeles to rave about the band he had discovered. On his next visit, according to Hauser, Loft wanted to sign the band but couldn’t, because he had already signed two other bands. Hauser decided to reach out to two figures from the local music scene with experience and connections in management and the music industry.

*   *   *

Kelly Curtis was a veteran of the Seattle music scene, having dropped out of high school in the 1970s to work as a roadie for Heart.9 By the mid-1980s, he and his business partner Ken Deans had been working as managers and promoters for several years. Their partnership began after both had moved to Los Angeles in 1984 and started managing a band named Maurice and the Cliches. Deans moved back to Seattle in December 1986, and Curtis followed suit the following year, moving in with Deans. The two started Mark Alan Productions—the name being a combination of both their middle names—which produced concerts and corporate events. They would eventually rent out office space to another local manager named Susan Silver, who had been a figure on the local music scene since the early 1980s.

Curtis and Deans would often go to the Grand Central Bakery for lunch. Deans knew the cashier, former Green River guitarist Stone Gossard. One day Gossard gave Deans a copy of the demo made by his new band, Mother Love Bone, which Deans described as “terribly recorded, but [having] some really great songs.” He liked it enough to take it to Curtis, and he tried to convince him they should go back to managing, an idea Curtis was initially against.

They split the company, with Curtis managing the band and Deans producing concerts. At some point during the spring or summer of 1988, Randy Hauser walked in with a proposition. “Hey, I’ve heard about you guys. I’ve got a band that I’m working with that I want you to check out,” he told Deans. The two of them went out to lunch to discuss it. “He starts talking about it, and Randy really wanted to do something, and I think he saw this as an opportunity to maybe change his life,” Deans recalled. It was his impression this band was more than just a business opportunity for Hauser. “He truly believed in the band. It wasn’t just that he thought, ‘Hey, here’s some guys. Maybe I can get them a record deal and make some money and stop doing what I do and get legitimate.’ He was a fan and passionate, and he was smart enough to know that he couldn’t do it by himself because he didn’t have the connections.”

According to Hauser, Deans told him that Curtis and Susan had already passed on the band. Hauser also alleges they called the band losers. Deans has no recollection of this, but does recall Curtis referring to Jerry as the band’s biggest asset, because he was the main songwriter. Deans agreed to comanage the band with Hauser.

There are differing accounts of when and how the decision to change the band’s name came about. Ken Deans said he went to the Music Bank for a meeting. At the time, he recalled they were still undecided about whether to stick with Diamond Lie or switch to one of several possible spellings of Alice in Chains. “I remember one night Randy made up a bunch of T-shirts, and we decided that it looked cooler on T-shirts that said ‘Alice in Chains,’ and then … they decided to [use] that [name],” Deans said.

Hauser has a different recollection of how the name change came about, although he does admit that Diamond Lie T-shirts were made. According to him, when Nick Loft came back from Los Angeles, he told them, “Diamond Lie is not going to work. We’ve got to change the name.” Hauser knew what a big deal a name change was and would not have suggested it on his own. However, when the head of A&R at Atlantic Records told them to do it, they all got on board.

According to Hauser, they started thinking about names. “The conversation kind of fluttered a little bit, and I go, ‘What do you guys think about instead of Alice ’N Chains, Alice in Chains?’” At the time, there was an Alice ’N Chains banner furled against the back wall—presumably a remnant of Layne’s previous incarnation of the band. Hauser unfurled the banner, paintbrush in hand, and added an i to the name, which now read ALICE IN CHAINS, and showed it to the band. “Within seconds, everybody was on board. It was that easy.”

Mike told Mark Yarm that it was his idea to put the i back in, so it wouldn’t sound like Guns n’ Roses. Layne contacted his former bandmates and asked for permission to use the name. Nick Pollock recalled not being particularly thrilled about it at the time and thinking that he should come up with a different name, but ultimately both he and James Bergstrom gave Layne their blessing to use the name.10

They played their first show as Alice in Chains some time later. Tim Branom has evidence that the name change happened that summer. On July 14, Diamond Lie and Branom’s band Gypsy Rose were on the same bill, opening for the band Helix. It was the first time the two bands had met since Jerry and Mike had been dismissed from Gypsy Rose almost a year earlier.

On his blog, Branom later wrote, “In anticipation of the show, some band members thought a band feud could spark controversy and therefore bring even more people to the show by generating more publicity. Unfortunately, the issues were too close at hand, and the feud was a bit too real. The show was a tremendous success, but both bands watched closely to see how the ex–band members and replacements were doing. Gypsy Rose created more outrageous stage antics and thought they had left their mark on Seattle. But Diamond Lie had record-label representatives wanting to sign them, and it escalated their career. Diamond Lie would now be called Alice in Chains for their next show, eleven days later.” He added, “The bitterness of record labels passing on Gypsy Rose would only add fuel to the fire created by drug abuse and jealousy of Alice in Chains’s sudden success. The attitude was ‘How could two guys that used to be in our band do better than us?’” If Branom’s account is correct, that means Diamond Lie played their first show as Alice in Chains on July 25, 1988.11

Besides committing to Alice in Chains full-time and being in a band that was beginning to make a name for itself, Layne had another significant event take place that spring: meeting Demri Parrott.

*   *   *

Demri Lara Parrott—she pronounced her surname Puh-row, not like the exotic bird—was born February 22, 1969, to Steven Parrott and Kathleen Austin, who were twenty-two and nineteen years old at the time and had met through mutual friends. Austin originally planned to name her Erin Lynn Austin, but after she and Parrott got married, the name changed. Her husband didn’t like the name Erin, but he did like Lara. Austin thought she had heard the name Demery somewhere and suggested it. He asked her to write it down, and she spelled it Demri, adding Lara next to it. Parrott liked it, and when Demri was born the next day, the name stuck.

Years later, Demri would jokingly tell people that when her mother was in labor, the doctors had given her a shot of Demerol for the pain and she liked it so much, she named her daughter after it. Demri didn’t like her name at first, because people would mispronounce or mishear it. At the age of two, she had a strong enough sense of self to tell people her name and how to spell it.

Demri could communicate and socialize beyond her years. As a three-year-old, Demri was tested by experts at the University of Washington, who told her parents she had the vocabulary of a high school senior, but her exceptional language skills weren’t always well received by adults or other children. When she was two, her grandmother had made her an angel costume for Halloween with a gold halo that went above her head. Kathleen Austin and her mother were taking Demri to her great-grandmother’s house so she could see Demri in her costume. During the car ride, Demri was tugging at the halo.

“Demri, you’re going to mess up your hair, honey,” her grandmother told her.

“But, Grandma, the goddamn halo won’t stay up.”

Demri’s grandmother almost drove the car off the road.

Demri’s parents’ marriage did not last long. Austin later married a Child Protective Services caseworker and gave birth to their son, Devin Remme, on June 20, 1974. That marriage ended in 1976, and Austin would later marry Dennis Murphy, with whom she would have two children: Derek Murphy, born November 15, 1980, and David Murphy, born on June 12, 1982. According to her mother, Demri was closest to Devin and Derek—the oldest two of her siblings. Like Layne, Demri used her stepfather’s surname—going by Demri Murphy—while growing up but never legally changed her birth name.

The family moved to Arlington, a town about an hour north of Seattle. When Demri was in grade school, her friend Nanci Hubbard-Mills says she was “boisterous, not afraid to speak her mind.” In an art class, the teacher had assigned them to make pumpkins and fruit out of clay. As a joke, Demri ignored the instructions and made a head with an arrow in it.

In eighth grade, she ran for student body president. She won by a landslide—the teachers stopped counting the ballots after she was leading her closest competitor by more than three hundred votes. After a few months, she was removed from the position by the faculty because she had fallen behind on her schoolwork.

Demri won a state prize for a project about alcohol and drugs. For source material, she approached her mother, who had been a practicing counselor working in the addiction field since 1976. Demri borrowed a display case from Austin’s office, which had fake samples of different types of drugs and a film. In retrospect, Austin said, “If anybody had ever told me that my daughter would become a heroin addict, I wouldn’t have believed it.”

Hubbard-Mills remembers that exhibit, saying Demri had put it together for the cultural fair at the middle school. It was so well received that it was eventually shown at the high school. “This is when Demri was happy, would hang out for lunch. This is when she thought people doing drugs would die.” She and other friends from Arlington say Demri had tried marijuana and mushrooms by the time she was in high school.

Karie Pfeiffer-Simmons met Demri when she was in fifth grade and Demri was a year ahead of her at Post Middle School, and the two became friends about a year later. “She was very outgoing, very well liked. Just petite, beautiful. She just lit up the room. She liked to be the class clown, get attention and joke around. She would sneak out through the windows of the classroom and skip class. She was always doing funny things or charming the teachers so that she would get good grades that way.”

Demri’s interests and ambitions at the time were in the arts. “I know that she wanted to be in acting and I know that she wanted to be an actress and be in movies,” Pfeiffer-Simmons said. “She had to be in the limelight.” Lyle Forde, Demri’s high school choir teacher, said, “She really did love music and the performing arts. She definitely had the bent toward the performing arts, and was very social. Some students, they don’t really go up and talk to teachers. They kind of hang with their friends. She was social with other students and their teachers. She was a competent singer, but I think she also was a dancer.”

When she was about fifteen or sixteen, Demri was one of three hundred prospective students to audition for twenty-five openings at a performing arts school in Jacksonville, Florida. Though the odds were against her, she was admitted. She came home for Christmas break after a few months, and, in her mother’s words, “She blew it.” She had fallen in love with a young man back home, left the school, and moved back to Washington.

A few months before meeting Layne, Demri went to a mall to audition in front of an audience for a singing part in a musical called Cinderella Rock. “She starts this song and then she stops and says, ‘Obviously, you can all tell that I can’t sing,’” Austin said. “Then she just played the crowd—it was amazing.” There were three or four agents at the audition, who were impressed enough that they gave her their business cards.

There are two stories of how Layne and Demri met. Although there are a few slight differences in the two versions, they do not necessarily contradict each other.

According to Kathleen Austin, “She met Layne in 1989. She was working at the mall, and there was a girl working in the store with her, and the girl invited her to a party. And the girl was from the Seattle area. Dem told me later that on the way to this party, the girl turned and looked at her and said, ‘I just made the biggest mistake of my life.’ And Demri said, ‘What?’ And she said, ‘Bringing you to this party. I know my boyfriend’s going to fall in love with you.’ That was Layne, and the rest is history,” she said. “I think it was love at first sight.”

The only detail that can be corrected in this account is the date. Evidence shows that they met in 1988. Demri’s signature appears several times in the guest sign-in notebook kept at the Music Bank, which closed its doors for good in February or March 1989. There are also photos of her and Layne together in Randy Hauser’s Polaroid collection from this early period in the band’s history.12

The other story of how they met comes from Layne’s friend Sally Pricer Portillo, who says she was the one who introduced them. Pricer Portillo was at a party the first time she met Demri. Pricer Portillo isn’t certain, but she thinks Demri knew about her friendship with Layne. “My feeling on it—I mean, I can’t say for sure—is that she knew that we palled around together: I was always with him, he was always with me, I was always at Music Bank.” Demri asked her, “Tell me a little bit about Layne. Will you introduce me to Layne?”

Another time, Pricer Portillo and Demri were out in Pioneer Square, when Demri asked, “Will you please invite me to this party, because I know he’s gonna be there, and I want to hang out.” Pricer Portillo agreed to bring her along. At the time, Layne was twenty-one or had just turned twenty-one. Demri would have been eighteen or nineteen—too young to get into bars, as Pricer Portillo recalled. Based on Layne’s age and birth date of August 22, this would have happened in the late summer or early fall of 1988, but Demri may have already been in the picture before that. Regarding the women Layne had been with or dated before, Pricer Portillo says, “No one ever was serious until it came to Demri, and then when it came to Demri, it was all about Demri, which I was happy about because that got rid of some of the riffraff.”

Not long after, Demri asked Austin to come to her apartment north of Seattle and give two friends—Layne and Sean—a ride into the city. This was the first time Austin met Layne. “I knew they were hanging out,” Austin recalled. “Layne was very respectful. I don’t think I formed a first impression at the time. These were two guys who I picked up that are burned out. They’ve probably been partying all night long. They get in my car, and we drive to Seattle. They tell me where to go, and I let them out.” Demri saw Layne’s talent immediately and did not hesitate to say so. “Mom, Layne’s going to be a star,” she told Austin.

Austin was skeptical, although she didn’t say it out loud. “I’ve known a lot of musicians who were going to be stars, and just a few who actually made it.” She humored her daughter: “‘Well, that’d be nice,’ ‘I hope he is,’ things like that.” The first time Austin ever saw Layne perform was at the Pain in the Grass concert at Seattle Center in 1990. Austin brought along Demri’s brothers—who were sixteen, ten, and eight at the time—and they wound up becoming part of the show. “Layne took them up onstage, and they were so thrilled.”

“They loved their sister and they loved Layne. These boys were little—he’s giving them piggyback rides, they’re playing. Layne was a funny guy. He was a sweetheart.”

“The two of them together, before drugs, were always laughing. They were always happy,” Austin says of this period. “They’d go to clubs. They would go see their friends.”

According to Darrell Vernon, there was a joke going around the Music Bank at about the time they started dating—that Layne had found the woman of his dreams with the body of a twelve-year-old boy, a reference to Demri’s small stature. According to her mother, Demri was barely five feet tall and never weighed more than a hundred pounds. Though they didn’t have much in terms of money or possessions, both of them were generous. During Thanksgiving of 1988, David Ballenger said several girls showed up and brought Layne a huge dinner, but that nobody had brought him anything. Layne and Demri shared their dinner with him. On another occasion, Ballenger asked Layne to take him shopping for nice clothes, because Layne was a good dresser. Layne took him to a mall in Bellevue, where Ballenger spent about five hundred dollars. He still has the Capezio shoes and Armani clothes from that shopping spree. Ballenger had a folding metal chair in his office at the Music Bank, which Layne decorated with Jackson Pollock–style splotches of paint. Ballenger was annoyed that it took so long to dry, but he still has the chair.

Jamie Elmer, who was about ten years old at the time, visited the band at their rehearsal room. “I remember sitting on the couch with the girlfriends or the wannabe girlfriends at the time and watching them practice. I mean, it was fun for me. I was the little tagalong sister that got to see a whole world most people my age didn’t get to see,” she said. “I remember [Jerry, Mike, and Sean] being like older brothers to me in the best sense of the term. They were taking me under their wing, and I never felt like I was a bother. They were always cool with me hanging out or watching, and were always really nice to me. Growing up, to me it felt like they were extended family. They felt like … siblings that were part of our family.”

*   *   *

The punk rock band Cat Butt moved into the Music Bank in the summer of 1987. It was a transitional period for the band, since two of their members returned to their main band, the U-Men. After several personnel changes, front man David Duet and guitarist James Burdyshaw decided to revive Cat Butt with new members and do it full-time. They met Layne early in their time at the Music Bank because of his job there.

“Layne was just so enthusiastic and interested in who you were. It was like, ‘Hey, cool! You guys got a band! What’s the name? Cat Butt—that’s really funny! All right! Oh, man, we should do a show sometime!’ Then he’d say things to you: ‘Do you need anything? ’Cause I can get you anything you need. You need pot? I can get you pot. You want some acid? I can do that. Whatever you want. Want me to go on a beer run for you?’” Burdyshaw recalled.

“It’s like he just was eager to please, just wanted to be your friend so bad. I thought that was real endearing about him. I didn’t think it was phony. I thought he was just like this metal kid who was nice, whereas a lot of time the metal guys were too cool for school, and they wouldn’t talk to you because you were in the punk band.” They also met Demri, who, after being told of their band’s name, lifted up her shirt, pushed her abs and belly button together, and said, “Look, I can make a cat’s butt!”

Soon after meeting Layne, they were introduced to Jerry, Mike, and Sean. “When we started practicing there, they got real curious about us and they wanted to know about us. And to be honest with you, my whole attitude was like, ‘They’re really nice guys, but, Jesus Christ, I don’t want to hook up with these guys. They’re like Lynnwood rockers.’ It wasn’t that I didn’t think they were nice people. I just thought that their music was dumb.

“We didn’t want to be mean to them. They were so nice it was impossible. I sort of figured we could be friends with them at the Music Bank, but there was no way we were going to have anything to do with them outside the Music Bank.”

Besides Layne, the person Burdyshaw had the closest relationship with was Jerry, although for very different reasons. “Jerry was cool with hanging out, but he wanted to learn about you. He wanted to learn about your influences. He liked picking your brain.”

“He was very complimentary and asked me about my guitar sound. He liked to talk shop a lot. I probably had the most interesting conversations with Jerry just about music in general, because Jerry seemed to know more about stuff. Even though they were playing rock music, he knew about Bowie, he knew a lot about the history of rock and roll, so we could talk about the stuff I was into, like the Who and that kind of thing. He didn’t know a lot about punk music, but he sure wanted to. He was really curious.”

Burdyshaw credits Jerry for reinventing and developing what would eventually become the Alice in Chains sound. Of Cat Butt’s influence on Alice in Chains during this crucial early period, Burdyshaw said, “It seemed like Cat Butt was one of the catalysts for them to be like, ‘Hey, these guys are doing something different than what we’ve been doing. Let’s get in their circle.’ And then, I don’t think it was necessarily calculated, but I think they just found us fascinating and they wanted to be a part of our world and they invited us to be a part of theirs.”

Burdyshaw won’t take credit for being an influence, because he said they were picking the brains of every band they could get near. Soundgarden guitarist Kim Thayil said he was at a show and ran into Jerry, who asked him about the songs “Beyond the Wheel” and “Nothing to Say”—specifically, if the songs had a different tuning. Thayil explained to him the concept of dropped-D tuning—a popular tuning among hard rock and metal musicians in which the low E string on the guitar is tuned down a whole step to D, giving it a heavier sound. According to Thayil, “Alice in Chains became a different band almost overnight!” (Jerry disputes this claim, saying he first learned it from Van Halen’s “Unchained.”13)

Thayil wasn’t the only one to notice the change. Grant Alden, managing editor of The Rocket, said, “There were a series of bands who saw what was working and began to try to do that. I think Alice in Chains was one of them. It doesn’t mean they were without talent, but it meant in some ways that they were without heart or without soul.” His dislike of the band got to the point that he made an effort to deny them coverage in the pages of his publication.14

Former Diamond Lie singer Scott Nutter ran into Layne in Seattle during the band’s early days, and they talked about Jerry, “lead singer to lead singer.” As Nutter recalled, Layne referred to Jerry as a “pisser,” and the two talked about how temperamental he was. The gist of Layne’s comments was, “‘Was it worth it to put up with him in order to have the writing and the guitar?’ He said they loved the guy, but that at times he was very difficult to deal with.”

Chapter 7

Hey—where the fuck’s Geraldo?

—LAYNE STALEY

THE SUMMER OF 1988 was an eventful one for Alice in Chains and the Music Bank, for good and bad reasons. On June 1, Iron Maiden was performing at the Seattle Center Coliseum with Guns n’ Roses as the opening act. Jerry went to the show and handed Axl Rose a copy of the band’s demo, who immediately threw it away as he was leaving.1

David Ballenger got into a huge argument with Mike Buckner, one of his employees, because Buckner wanted to work more hours, but Ballenger didn’t have any to give. Buckner held up a beer bottle, acting like he was going to smash it against Ballenger’s face.

Ballenger was furious. “I got in my truck and I drove full blast for ninety miles, and I ran through the American-Canadian border. I go, ‘Goddamn! I’m in Canada!’” He turned around in the parking lot to drive back to Seattle, and American border authorities found three joints concealed in his boot. They seized his truck, and Ballenger had to take a bus back to Ballard.

Besides not getting enough work hours, Buckner had health issues. According to Ballenger, “He had this disease in his legs and his feet that would just drive him crazy. Layne and all of us, we took him to the hospital. We thought we wouldn’t see him back, and three or four days later he popped back in and it was all in remission.” According to the King County Medical Examiner’s Office, Buckner suffered from a “severe bee sting allergy” and had “scars on ankle due to bee sting allergy.”2

Buckner could be very funny, and he found a comedic sparring partner in Layne on at least one occasion. Ballenger recalls one time he, Buckner, and Layne were sitting in the office and Layne started doing his Popeye impression. “He could do a very great Popeye voice, and this would be all X-rated,” he said. Buckner played off that and assumed the role of Olive Oyl. “They’d break into some shtick where basically Popeye was butt-fucking Olive Oyl, and everybody would just be rolling on the floor laughing.” Layne was generally a popular guy at the Music Bank, but according to Ballenger, Buckner once caught another musician with a knife at the door, angrily looking for Layne.

At 7:00 P.M. on the night of June 18, 1988, Seattle police officers were dispatched to a wooded area near Lake Washington Boulevard after a passerby saw Buckner “lying in the woods with a rifle.” As they approached the area on foot, they heard a gunshot. After trying to coax Buckner to drop the weapon and come out, they heard a second shot. The area was cordoned off, and a K-9 unit was brought in to search for Buckner. According to the medical examiner’s office, “He was found shortly lying supine with a Springfield Model 15, .22 Cal. bolt-action rifle (no visible serial number) on his chest with the barrel pointed towards his head.” Buckner was brought to Harborview Medical Center at about 9:30 P.M. to treat a self-inflicted gunshot wound, where he died about twenty-two hours later. He was forty years old.

Regarding his possible motive, Buckner’s girlfriend later told the medical examiner’s office that the two of them had had an argument before the incident and that Buckner “stated that he had made a prior attempt by pistol. Apparently, something was bothering him lately.”3

Shortly after, Ballenger said he and other Music Bank employees made arrangements for the burial. “We didn’t have any money and got one of them common burial sites. We all went there one day on the cheap and buried our friend.” Not long after Buckner’s death, Alice in Chains and Hit and Run were scheduled to perform together at a benefit show held at the Pickwick Tavern in West Seattle, according to Hit and Run’s drummer, Dean Noble. The plan was for any proceeds to go toward paying the costs of Buckner’s headstone.

The bar was packed that night, Noble recalled. Before the show, Layne and Noble were in the men’s room smoking a joint. Layne had to pee, but all the urinals were taken, so he used the sink. One of the regulars at the bar got livid, Noble said. Layne was apologetic. “Hey, I had to go really bad. All the urinals were taken. I had no choice. I just had to go.” The man stormed out of the bathroom. Layne and Noble kept smoking.

Noble returned to his bandmates’ table inside the tavern. They were under twenty-one, so none of them could order alcohol. Mike sat down at their table and started chatting. He asked them how they were doing, and then, “Gosh, where’s your beer? Let’s get a couple of pitchers here.”

“We’re like, ‘Hell, yeah!’ because we’re eighteen,” Noble said. Mike asked the barmaid for two pitchers of beer. She came back a few minutes later and asked for money. “We’re expecting Mike to pay because we don’t have any money. We’re eighteen—shit, we can barely afford drumsticks and strings! And he looks at us like, ‘Well, you guys gotta pay for it.’ We’re like, ‘We don’t have any money.’”

Mike tried to smooth-talk and flirt with the barmaid so she would give them the pitchers, but she wasn’t having it. “She ended up yanking the pitchers of beer and bringing them back to the bar, and he kind of looked dismayed that it didn’t work, because he wanted beer just as much as us.”

Hit and Run went onstage first. The bar provided a community drum set, which the two bands had to share. The throne on which the drummer sat consisted of two milk crates stacked on top of each other held together by a seal, which wasn’t the most stable arrangement.

Hit and Run was finishing their set with a cover of Led Zeppelin’s “Rock and Roll” when, during the drum solo at the end of the song, Noble noticed the seal holding the crates together had snapped. To prevent himself from falling, Noble stood up and finished the rest of the song without missing a beat. “My bandmates are looking back at me thinking I’m just getting into it, and truth be told, I was trying not to fall on my ass,” he said.

Alice in Chains took the stage. They closed their set with “Suffragette City.” At the end of the song, Sean, possibly feeling the need to match or top Noble’s performance, “stands up and goes full-on the Who on that drum set, kicks them off the stage, starts pounding the shit out of them, and they were just flying everywhere. The crowd is going nuts,” Noble recalled.

After the performance, Noble said, “Layne is just pumped up beyond belief, and he walks up to that guy we saw in the bathroom that bitched him out for peeing in the sink, and from a distance all I could see was Layne’s little finger going directly into the center of this guy’s chest as he’s bitching out this older guy, and this older guy is getting beet-red-in-the-face pissed off, and he’s towering over Layne.

“Layne wasn’t a huge guy. So he gives him a couple of more taps on the chest and then storms off toward the front door, and this guy’s getting ready to follow him. Mike and Sean run up to the guy and they’re like, ‘Hey, don’t listen to him. He’s a little messed up. His girlfriend said you were cute and he’s just a little jealous. Just blow it off—he’s just a little guy,’ and basically talked the guy out of kicking Layne’s ass.” Noble thinks the show raised about eight hundred dollars for Buckner’s tombstone. A few years later, a brief mention was included in the Facelift liner notes: “In memory of Mike Buckner.”4

*   *   *

Color Tech, one of the Music Bank’s neighbors in the Ballard Building, went out of business, freeing up thousands of square feet of additional space. Unbeknownst to Scott Hunt at the time because his name was not on the Music Bank lease, the landlord approached Bengt Von Haartman and Gabriel Marian directly. On February 3, 1987, Marian and Von Haartman signed a thirty-one-month lease for a nearly fourteen-thousand-square-foot industrial space adjacent to the Music Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, Marian and Von Haartman would pay the landlord $3,447 in rent, and the property was to be used “only for recording and audio visual studios.” Without Hunt’s knowledge or consent, he said, his business partners “decided behind my back to rent the rest of the Ballard Building and turn it into a thirty-million-dollar … pot operation.”5 No one knew it at the time, but this was the beginning of the end of the Music Bank.

On June 20, 1988, an anonymous informant called the Seattle Police Department’s narcotics office with a tip. The informant was very specific, telling Officer Mac Gordon about a possible marijuana-growing operation at a large commercial warehouse in Ballard, providing the specific address, and noting that the power consumption for the facility was “unusually high,” according to court documents. Scott Hunt found out from Von Haartman later on that the informant was a third business partner, who was a materials expert. Marian thought the third partner was making too much money and wanted to renegotiate the terms of their deal, and allegedly threatened him. The third partner wasn’t having any of it. He took his money and his wife and fled the country, but not before tipping off the cops.

On the same day the police received the tip, Officer Mike Severance went to the warehouse and made his way up to the roof, where he noticed two vents—the exhaust from one of them emitting a “strong odor” of marijuana. Police later obtained power records for the businesses inside the warehouse from Seattle City Light. Records showed “an unusually high consumption of electricity,” Gordon wrote in an affidavit. There were two different addresses for the same building, each with a separate power meter. For the four-month period ending July 8, 1988, the two meters recorded a combined average consumption of 42,261 kilowatts per month. Put into perspective, this was “29 times higher than with the previous lessee.”6 Other power readings taken during the investigation showed similar spikes in power usage.7

Gordon contacted the Seattle office of the Drug Enforcement Agency and asked them for information on Marian and Von Haartman. The DEA search turned up a cocaine charge from 1972 in Berkeley, California, for Marian, and a pending investigation of Von Haartman by the DEA for drug conspiracy. All this evidence was cited in Gordon’s application for a search warrant on July 20, 1988. The request was approved and signed by Judge R. Joseph Wesley at 9:05 P.M. on the same day.8

Two hours later, a joint team consisting of several units from the Seattle Police Department served the warrant at the two registered addresses at the warehouse. According to a police report, “Plainclothes and uniform officers entered [the Music Bank] after receiving no response. Inside the business, numerous people were milling around the video area and the studio areas. Officers took all of the occupants into temporary custody and began searching through the maze of studios that exist within the business.”9

Darrell Vernon was the employee on duty the night of the raid. “All of the sudden, all of these people come busting through the door and the first few were plainclothes cops and there was these couple of guys in plainclothes waving guns at us. I thought we were getting robbed,” he recalled.

“They had no idea it was a rehearsal studio. They were saying things like, ‘What are all these little rooms full of drums?’ and stuff, like they had no idea where they were. I’m saying, ‘This is a rehearsal studio. This is a business. I’m the employee on duty.’ There was a black cop pointing the gun at me saying, ‘Shut up! Shut up!’”

Dean Noble had just finished rehearsing with his band and was getting ready to leave the building with his bassist, who needed a ride to the bar where he worked. The room was “like a sweatbox,” and Noble was wearing nothing but a pair of Adidas shorts. He had his car keys and a small amount of marijuana on him when the door flew open and fifteen to twenty armed police officers stormed into the building, pointing guns, yelling, “Stand against the wall!”

In a case of impeccably bad timing, Noble said Layne “had just walked around the corner and was getting ready to head out with a couple of strippers, and they were obviously coked out because they just started bitching up one side and down the other ‘These pigs,’ to the point where Layne actually told them to shut up because they were making it worse than what it needed to be,” he recalled. “It wasn’t uncommon for him to have strippers. They weren’t naked walking around, but you knew that they were strippers.”

As the manager for the Music Bank, David Ballenger had to deal with the police directly. They wanted access to all the rooms. Ballenger got the keys from Darrell Vernon. “So the guy took me with the keys and had a gun at my back and said, ‘Dave, you understand that we can shoot you, legally shoot you, if you cause us any problem,’” Ballenger recalled.

“You won’t have any problem with me,” he responded.

Ballenger went room by room, unlocking every door for the police to see. When he got to the Alice in Chains room, Jerry was in for a wakeup call. “I believe it was Jerry that was sleeping on the couch, woke up, pots strewn across his coffee table, things like that. He thought he was getting busted, but they just wanted to see what was in all the rooms.”

Steve Alley, a graphic artist who had designed logos and flyers for several local bands including Alice in Chains, was in the band’s room partying with Mike. “He heard a commotion coming from the hallway, leaned out, comes back in and shuts the door, and says, ‘It’s the cops, man! It’s the feds!’ I’m like, ‘Yeah, right. Bullshit. Whatever,’” Alley recalled. “So I lean myself out the door just to prove him wrong, and sure enough there’s a dude running down the hallway with a blue jacket on and a German shepherd.” Alley closed and locked the door, and he and Mike hurriedly finished the cocaine they had in the room before police came to their door. When they came in, they were rounded up and put in a line in the hallway with musicians from other bands, with their hands against the wall. Alley saw Layne walking up the hallway—“not detained”—with two officers following him. “He was holding court and they were laughing about something,” Alley said. Layne walked up to the crowd standing in the hallway, looked around, and said, “Hey—where the fuck’s Geraldo?” This was presumably a reference to Geraldo Rivera, possibly to his infamous The Mystery of Al Capone’s Vaults special. However, Alley noted, “He had a string of shows where he was ‘embedded with the police,’ but all of the episodes were pretty hyperdramatic and cheesy.”

The band had plans the following day to record another demo to send out to record companies. All of their gear was packed up and ready to go when, in Jerry’s words, “The Seattle SWAT team comes down and takes over the whole place! It turns out the party scene that was the Music Bank—we’d been living next door to a fucking forest of pot. I can’t remember how many times we’d been like, ‘Man, we need some weed,’ and it’s right through the wall.” At the time, the police had a lockdown on everything in the building, including the band’s gear. Jerry spent the next several hours trying to convince the police that there were no drugs there and pleading with them to not confiscate the band’s gear the night before the recording session.

While Jerry was working his charm offensive, Layne, Mike, and Sean got into Steve Alley’s car—a 1974 Ford Mustang II—and drove to a nearby 7-Eleven. Layne walked into the store and ran out a few minutes later carrying two cases of beer. He dove headfirst through the window and into the passenger-side front seat and, with his legs still sticking out, yelled, “Floor it!” They returned to the Music Bank, where they handed out beers to people standing outside waiting to get back in.

As the night progressed and the officers hit it off with the band, Alice in Chains was the only band allowed to remove their gear, after the police had thoroughly inspected it to make sure there was nothing in it. The band members stacked everything outside the front door, and ultimately had to sleep under the stars, some of them sleeping on top of their cases “so nobody would steal it,” others “in Layne Staley’s old VW Dasher which hadn’t moved for years.” Jerry called Ken Deans, who went to the Music Bank with a van the next morning to pick them up and get all their gear for the recording sessions.10

Eventually, everyone at the Music Bank at the time of the raid was allowed to leave the building, but Ballenger, Vernon, and Barry Oswald—the other employee on duty that night—had to stay in the office in the company of two police officers. Vernon recalls sitting around the office with Oswald and the two officers watching Monty Python and the Holy Grail. A young police officer gave them money to go out and buy sandwiches and a six-pack of beer for himself and his colleague.11

As for what the police were looking for, and eventually found, Ballenger said, “Further down, the warehouse was a big, huge, long complex. And there was a solid wall between us and the rest of the complex, and that’s where the big pot-growing operation was. [It was] unbeknownst to me and everybody that they had extended the lease and started [this] operation.

“They were getting all the electricity from their supply room, which was on the Music Bank side. I had a key to it, and surprisingly that key would be missing all the time off that ring, because Bengt or Gabriel came through every three months, ‘Oh, we’re gonna fix this or that, Dave. You’re gonna get cheaper water now,’ or something like that. I’d be, ‘Oh, okay.’”

It is worth noting that, although police questioned David Ballenger and Scott Hunt, in the hundreds of pages of police and court records there is no evidence or allegation that any of the employees or bands at the Music Bank had knowledge of or involvement in the marijuana operation. Ballenger told the Seattle Post-Intelligencer, “This is a clean place. I keep it clean … No one likes this kind of thing going on in the neighborhood.”12

Scott Hunt saw local news coverage of the raid. Hunt was stunned as he heard the details. He got in his car and went straight to the Music Bank, after which he was questioned by police. “They wanted to know my life story, so I had to go downtown with the one-way glass,” Hunt said. “So I told them everything that they needed to know and they were convinced beyond reasonable doubt that I had nothing to do with it, so they let me go.” Though he was never charged with anything, Hunt was dismayed by what the drug raid would mean for the Music Bank, specifically the loss of income and any chance of recovering his loan.

The Seattle Police Department estimated the operation was capable of growing $30 million a year in crops—calculated at a potential output of 10,000 plants per year valued at about $3,000 each. According to a document, authorities seized 28 boxes of marijuana plants, weighing a combined 448 pounds (204 kilograms).13

According to an article in the Ballard Tribune, the Seattle Police Department turned the case over to the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Seattle because of the amount of marijuana involved. “It’s a very complicated case and you want to take your time in cases like this,” the Seattle Police Department’s Ed Joiner told the paper. “We want to indict as many people as possible in this, so time is not a factor.”14

*   *   *

The band went to London Bridge Studios to make a twenty-four-track rerecording of the “Treehouse Tape” and to record some new material. This was the demo the band would shop around to the record labels. Hauser financed the sessions, which took place over the course of approximately one week and were produced by Rick and Raj Parashar. “We got off hours, and Rick and Raj worked with me because I promised them that I would come in later when we were recording and do full price,” Hauser said. He estimated the cost of the demo at about seven thousand dollars. They were able to get it so cheap because they would come in during overnight hours and work until five or six o’clock in the morning. If they had recorded at full price during regular hours, it would have cost Hauser twenty thousand dollars, which he couldn’t afford.15

*   *   *

Some time after the raid, the band moved out of the Music Bank and into a house near Seattle-Tacoma International Airport that they rented from Bob Jeffries, Gayle Starr’s boyfriend at the time. Though money and resources were scarce, somehow they managed to pay their rent. The house had four bedrooms—three upstairs that were occupied by Layne, Mike, and Sean, and one downstairs that was occupied by Jerry to minimize any possible damage in case his waterbed leaked. Layne cut a hole in the floor of his bedroom, which was directly above the rec room where the band jammed, so he could hear the music from his room.

There was a problem when they moved in: one of the toilets had clogged the plumbing for the entire house. They set up a portable toilet in the backyard while doing the necessary repairs themselves, which took about a month. Their next-door neighbors, an elderly couple, offered to let them use their guest bathroom as a short-term solution, an offer that was accepted. Coincidentally, the woman’s name was Alice. They told her that they named the band after her, presumably to get on her good side and so she wouldn’t complain about the loud music. On Sundays, the band went to Gayle Starr’s house, where she would cook them dinner with enough leftovers that would feed them through Wednesday. They would survive until the following Sunday on a diet of pizza, beer, and whatever food girls would bring over.

On August 11, 1988, Alice in Chains was part of a four-band bill performing at the Kent Skate King—a local roller rink—organized by Hauser’s company Standing Room Only Productions.16 Layne had shaped his hair into a Mohawk. One of the people there was Diana Wilmar, a news photographer and editor at KING 5, a Seattle affiliate of NBC News. She had heard about the local music scene and wanted to do a story about “a wannabe famous band.” After the show, she talked to Alice in Chains. “They were just a ton of fun, and they played off each other. They were really funny. Like one guy would start a sentence, and somebody else would finish it.” As they told her their story—about how they all lived together in a house, with one car for the four of them, Wilmar began thinking about these details as visual elements for a story. The band agreed to do it. Wilmar pitched it to the station and brought KING 5 news photographer George Stark and reporter/producer Jack Hamann on board to help write and shoot it.

The KING 5 crew filmed the band hanging out at their house and at the Music Bank, taking showers at Susan Silver’s house and getting ready for a show, and during a performance at the Vogue. Another time, they went with the band to Fishermen’s Terminal, where the band had a job unloading fishing ships that Randy Hauser had gotten them so they could cover the rent on their rehearsal room. “My memory of it was that after ten minutes they’re like, ‘Fuck this, there’s no way I’m gonna do this work. Are you shitting me?’ It’s hard, it’s smelly, and we never ended up really getting any video out of it because they were like, ‘I ain’t doing this. I’ll find some other way to make money,’” Hamann said. He interviewed all four members. It was his impression everybody except Layne was playing to the camera. “When this was done, there was very little role model for [reality television], and so clearly Sean, Mike, and to a lesser extent Jerry had a consciousness that the cameras are there and ‘we’ve gotta be good TV.’ From Layne a lot of it was, ‘I don’t give a shit—take my picture.’ He said a few things, but a lot of it was like, ‘I’m about my music and that’s what I’m here for, and if you guys wanna take my picture, that’s fine.’”

After they finished filming, Wilmar had to go to South Korea to assist with coverage of the Olympics. Hamann and Stark worked on the story while she was away, getting her feedback from abroad as the script came together. The finished story was unconventional for two reasons: first, it would run longer than five minutes; and second, there was no voice-over narration. They used sound from interviews with the band members to move the story along. It aired on October 14, 1988. Stark would later win the National Press Photographers Association National Award for Editing for his work on it. Hamann ran into Jerry after Facelift was released. “I don’t know if we would’ve gotten in the door with CBS if we hadn’t had that video, if you guys hadn’t done that for us,” Jerry told him. “I can’t thank you enough.”

*   *   *

Layne turned twenty-one on August 22, 1988. His bandmates and David Ballenger took him to a strip club to celebrate the occasion. On the milestone nature of the age, specifically the ability to buy alcohol and go to strip clubs, Ballenger told him, “Now you get to legally do what you’ve been doing for years.” Also at some point during this period, Ballenger recalls Layne and Jerry coming back from a night out in Seattle with their first tattoos—skull-shaped designs on their upper left and right arms respectively.

With Layne now of legal drinking age, going to bars and clubs became a much more frequent and easier endeavor. Before, he technically wasn’t even supposed to be in some of the venues where the band had played. The compromise solution, according to Jerry and Sean, was Layne had to stand outside until the band was ready to perform. He would go straight to the stage, play the set, and then have to leave immediately.17

Alice in Chains still had their room at the Music Bank and owed rent. Because Layne wasn’t working as many hours, Ballenger gave his job to somebody else. “I didn’t figure I’d ever get paid, because normally there was never, ever any money that changed hands,” Ballenger said. To his surprise, Jerry came back one day with cash to pay the outstanding balance.

In the months after the drug raid, Bengt Von Haartman and Gabriel Marian were trying to hand over ownership of the Music Bank to Ballenger, even going so far as to present legal documents to the city of Seattle. At the same time, Ballenger was still friends with Scott Hunt, who was involved in a lawsuit against them. Hunt was confident about the prospects of getting the building back and asked Ballenger if he would keep running it.

Ballenger politely declined, saying he had no interest in running the Music Bank and that there wasn’t enough money in doing so. Von Haartman and Marian got wind of this discussion, and about a week later they told Ballenger, “We put you in place here. We can kick you out just as easily.” Ballenger called their bluff. “And who would run it?” Ultimately, nothing changed.

Ballenger was nervous about possibly getting involved in litigation in connection with the marijuana operation and sought advice from an attorney. “I told him about what I was doing, about the pot bust. I told him I was worried about getting sued, about losing my equipment. I was terrified of [Von Haartman] and [Marian] at that time,” Ballenger explained.

According to Ballenger, the attorney’s response was, “Just go. They don’t have a better case than you. You don’t have a better case than them. It’s not in their best interest or moneywise for them to chase you.” He began making plans to leave Seattle. According to Music Bank accounting records, the final rent payments were received in late February or early March 1989. On February 6, 1989—a date Ballenger remembers because it was his sister’s birthday—he told Scott Hunt he was shutting down the Music Bank.

“You kept it open way longer than it ever would have been,” Hunt responded.

The decision had been made, but not the date. Ballenger eventually packed his things and got out of there, taking everything to a motel room in West Seattle. Ballenger called a few friends, said his good-byes, and moved to Portland.

The federal government’s case in the Ballard marijuana operation went to court at the beginning of 1991 but never made it to trial. According to the terms of a plea bargain negotiated by his attorney, Gabriel Marian agreed to plead guilty to conspiracy to grow marijuana. He was sentenced to a thirty-three-month prison term and had to pay a $7,500 fine. Court records show that Bengt Von Haartman failed to appear at his initial court arraignment. The prosecutor handling the case subsequently discovered that Von Haartman had left the United States and was residing in a country that would not extradite him.18

Chapter 8

We’re fucking happening!

—JERRY CANTRELL

AS A CONDITION OF HIS parole, Randy Hauser was subject to regular urine-analysis testing. Because of this, he wasn’t using any drugs himself, although he admits to having kept some around in case anybody wanted some. “Drugs and alcohol have always been part of my life, but money was the most important part, and so it was nothing for me to have coke around and not use.” At some point in fall 1988, Hauser’s drug test came back positive for cocaine. Hauser’s parole officer tested him again, and it came back negative. About two weeks later, Hauser tested positive again. A second test yielded the same result, and Hauser went to jail. Despite his denials, Hauser spent the next fourteen months in prison and wasn’t released until January 1990.1 By that point, the band was already signed and working on their debut album.

By late 1988 or early 1989, Ken Deans and Kelly Curtis’s business relationship was falling apart. At that point, Deans said he approached Susan with a proposition: “I’m not confident that Kelly has enough interest to see the Alice in Chains project all the way through. I want you to take my half of the partnership of the band, and I’m going to go into concert promoting. If we do this deal, then I want to be the promoter of Alice in Chains in the Northwest for as long as the band exists.”

Susan explained how she got involved with Alice in Chains. “Ken gave me a cassette tape of some of the songs that Alice had done, and they were so catchy and so wonderful. I went to see them live and thought they were great fun and very energetic and entertaining and spent a little time with them, and they were hilarious. In a matter of time, the fellow that they called their manager, who was a hairstylist slash coke dealer, took a second vacation to prison. Ken asked Kelly and I if we both wanted to work on the project together, so we said we’d give that a try.”2

Hauser disputes both Deans’s and Susan’s accounts. According to him, he was sitting in a county jail in Everett, Washington, where Kelly Curtis and Susan came to visit him. Hauser says they offered to take care of Alice in Chains for him while he was in jail, an offer he gladly accepted. Hauser spent the next several months incarcerated while challenging and appealing the parole violation. Nearly twenty-five years later, he still insists he had not used cocaine at the time he tested positive, nor would he have had any reason to do so. Regardless of which account is accurate, it was the beginning of a long professional relationship between Susan and the band that continues to the present day.

Susan Jean Silver was the oldest of Samuel and Jean Silver’s three children. Years later, she wrote that she was inspired by the creative process early in life, doing volunteer work with organizations and theater groups that were involved with music. This eventually led to her involvement with the short-lived but highly influential Metropolis.3

In 1982, a French-born ski instructor, Hugo Piottin, moved to Seattle after working several years as a commercial fisherman in Alaska. When he got there, he “connected right away with a group of young folks dabbling with video production.” They realized they needed a place to create videos, and because Piottin had about fifty thousand dollars in the bank from his fishing work, he wound up financing everything.4

They found a venue at 207 Second Avenue in downtown Seattle. It had a history of being a nightclub going back to the Great Seattle Fire of 1889. It was tiny—with a legal capacity of three hundred. According to Susan, “Hugo’s idea was the Factory West Coast, a place for people to come and express themselves in any way: hear music, see films, and make art projects together. And then commercial needs took over, so it morphed into a showplace.” The Metropolis opened its doors in May 1983. Piottin was later joined by the singer/guitarist for Red Masque, Gordon Doucette, as a business partner.5

To be an all-ages club, no alcohol would be served. According to a 1983 Seattle Times article, “Traditionally, nonalcoholic nightclubs haven’t lasted long in Seattle. Teenagers don’t seem to be much interested in them, and it’s been hard for such clubs to make a profit without highly lucrative liquor sales.”6 Susan came in to run the juice bar. According to Doucette, “Susan’s involvement in Metropolis was just monumental. She had a great business savvy. She’s a woman with a huge heart. There’s a lot of clubs where the owners are never present—they’re shrewd businessmen counting cash in the office—but Susan, Hugo, and myself were always out there; we were part of the crowd and directly involved. So ninety-five percent of the people who walked through the doors of Metropolis knew us by name.” Susan and Doucette started dating.7

Standing next to Susan at the bar, Bruce Pavitt, the future founder of Sub Pop Records, was the DJ, spinning records ranging from Minor Threat to Run-DMC. Pavitt called the Metropolis “an amazing opportunity for young people to perform in front of their peers.”8 Among the club’s regulars who cut their teeth there were future Mudhoney members Mark Arm and Steve Turner, and future Guns n’ Roses bassist Duff McKagan. McKagan’s band Ten Minute Warning was the opening act when the Replacements played at the Metropolis on November 30, 1983.9

For that show, Susan, Piottin, and Doucette made an effort to make the place look nice. According to Susan, the band was not as respectful. “After the Replacements left, we went into the dressing room, and they had just trashed it. They pissed in there and graffitied all over the walls—they drew a caricature of Fred Flintstone with somebody shitting in his mouth. It was juvenile, it was imbecilic, but, beyond all that, it was disrespectful. I was gutted.” This incident influenced her mind-set as a manager years later, telling her clients that sort of behavior was unacceptable.10

The club would not last long—only about a year and a half. According to Piottin, they were renting on a month-to-month basis. When the building next door started being developed into a condo, it was decided that having a club crowd next door on weekends was undesirable.11

Susan started her managing career in 1983 working with the U-Men. She didn’t have much experience but did it anyway, booking a U.S. tour from her bedroom using fanzines, 411, and a phone book. Tensions were building between bassist Jim Tillman and the other members. Because the others were too cowardly to do it themselves, they made Susan fire Tillman.12

Although involved with the music scene, Susan had a day job. She noted that “none of this was a way to make a living.” She worked at a local clothing store, which may have had an impact on her future clients. In the 1980s, this store was one of the few in Seattle that carried Dr. Martens boots and shoes. The British brand had been around since the early 1960s as working-class footwear. Different youth subcultures over the years embraced the brand. Coincidentally—or perhaps not—members of Pearl Jam, Soundgarden, and Alice in Chains wore Dr. Martens, associating the brand with grunge in the process. In the early 1990s, all three bands were managed by Kelly Curtis and Susan. After the grunge scene took off and Seattle rockers were seen wearing them, Charles R. Cross noted sales of the brand skyrocketed, and the shoes were soon being sold at Nordstrom.13

One day a local musician named Chris Cornell walked into the store, and Susan caught his eye. He kept coming back to try to get her attention, but she wasn’t reciprocating. She had broken up with Gordon Doucette a few months earlier and, in her words, was in “a pretty dark space.” Around Halloween 1985, Susan went to a party accompanied by a friend, the performance artist and singer Chuck Gerra. Gerra dressed Susan as himself in drag for the party—in a long blond wig, platform shoes, a kimono, and makeup. That party was the first time she saw a local band named Soundgarden, which featured Cornell pulling double duty on drums and lead vocals. Her impression: “It was mind-blowing—they were amazing.”14

After their set, Cornell came up to her and recognized her even in disguise, which Susan said “he got huge points for.” Cornell told her Soundgarden was trying to get a show in Vancouver, Canada. Susan told him she was going there for a show the following week, and, if he wanted to meet, she would take a tape for them. About a week after, they ran into each other at the Vogue, after which they headed to a twenty-four-hour diner. They tried to go back to Susan’s place afterward, but she had lost her keys. They made out for a while, and then he took her to her mother’s home.15 This was the beginning of a relationship that would eventually blossom into marriage.

As Susan and Cornell started dating, Cornell decided to step down as drummer to focus on singing, and Scott Sundquist was brought in to play drums. At the same time, the local buzz about the band was growing. According to Kim Thayil, they needed someone to answer phones, make calls, and book gigs. Labels were showing interest, and the band was about to make a record for Sub Pop, so they were anticipating the need for lawyers and an accountant. At the time, Susan had no intention of managing Soundgarden, since she was already doing that job for the U-Men and a pop group called the First Thought. She wound up helping them out however she could, despite her initial reluctance to take the job because of her relationship with Chris and the parallels of their situation to the film This Is Spinal Tap.16

Though they weren’t her clients, a few years later Nirvana would come to Susan’s office, where bassist Krist Novoselic asked about lawyers and record labels. She agreed to introduce them to Peter Paterno, the Los Angeles–based attorney who would later represent Alice in Chains. When that meeting fell through because of a scheduling conflict, she introduced them to Alan Mintz, who became the band’s attorney. More than two decades later, Novoselic publicly thanked Susan for introducing the band to the music industry during Nirvana’s induction to the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame.17

Susan’s main responsibility as a manager was to promote and defend the interests of her clients. One night, Soundgarden was playing a show with Redd Kross, Malfunkshun, and Green River. An A&R person was there to see Green River, but because Soundgarden was the first act, Susan was able to sneak the A&R person out during Green River’s set. At the time, there was no frenzy to sign Seattle bands. According to Green River guitarist Bruce Fairweather, his bandmate Jeff Ament was furious with Susan for a long time after that.18 Susan had been managing Soundgarden for several years by the time she agreed to represent Alice in Chains.

*   *   *

Thad Byrd was still working on his Father Rock movie when his producer, Mike Bentley, heard “Sea of Sorrow” playing on Seattle radio station KISW. He recorded it on a cassette and told Byrd, “I heard Layne on the radio, and they have a song!”

Byrd was impressed. He was twenty-one or twenty-two years old at the time and got a very ambitious idea, implausible as it might sound: he would finance and shoot a music video for “Sea of Sorrow,” which he would sell to the record label Alice in Chains signed with, who would then get it played on MTV. Byrd went to the club where Alice in Chains was performing and was reintroduced to Layne through Mike, where he pitched his idea of making a video.

Byrd recalled that Mike was the one who was most enthusiastic about making a video. “Mike was always the guy that was hovering around me every time I was with the band, and he was always like the buddy-buddy guy: ‘Hey, come on! I gotta show you this!’ He was such a nice guy; that was my impression. If you wanted to have a good time, Mike Starr was the go-to guy.”

Layne told Byrd he’d have to discuss it with their manager and gave him Susan’s business card. He called her shortly after, and Susan invited Byrd to a meeting at her office with her and Kelly Curtis to pitch his idea. Byrd’s plan was to hire a cinematographer friend and Steadicam operator. By doing so, they would have access to his camera cranes, have a production manager and crew, and shoot the video using sixteen-millimeter film. Byrd estimated he could do all this with a budget he would put up of five to seven thousand dollars—a feat possible only because the crew was working for free as a favor to him. Otherwise, the video could have cost as much as twenty to forty thousand dollars.

Susan and Curtis gave Byrd their blessing, and Susan gave him a copy of the band’s demo. Byrd thinks Susan offered suggestions for which songs might be best for a video. As he recalls, they considered “Killing Yourself” to be one of their best singles and were kind of leaning toward that. Byrd set up a meeting with the band at their house.

When he arrived, he noticed that planes were flying so low and making so much noise that when you were outside, you could hear only about half of a conversation. Once inside, Byrd recalled, “They all lived there in absolute poverty. It is not cool. These guys are really dedicated, because most people would not be willing to do this.” The initial plan was to do “Killing Yourself,” when Byrd said he liked “Sea of Sorrow.”

“Jerry was a little bit hesitant. He wasn’t sure we could do it because Jerry had a very specific vision. He had written a song, and he had a very specific vision in mind. In fact, out of all the music videos I’ve ever done, I’ve never seen a musician who was more specific.”

Byrd recalled Jerry’s ideas: “He wanted to do a spaghetti Western, and I convinced him we could do anything … Jerry started telling me what he wanted was, it was going to begin with the four of them riding into town during the little musical intro. And then they were going to go into a saloon with a brothel upstairs, and they were going to romance the hookers. Then there was going to be a shoot-out in the saloon.” The video would cut back and forth to live performance scenes, which would be filmed at the Redmond stage being used as Queensrÿche’s rehearsal space at the time.

The plan was to shoot over the course of two days in Winthrop, a small town several hours away from Seattle. It was going to be a big production, with horses, a shoot-out, and then the band members would ride off into the sunset. “There were things in the song that said, like, ‘I aim my smiling skull at you.’ Jerry showed me the skull tattoo on his arm. He wanted a shot of him pulling out a gun, and the camera was going to zoom in on the smiling skull. He very much wanted things that he had written for the lyrics to synch up with the visuals.” Mike had a cowboy hat with a clothespin on the front that looked kind of funny. With the hat in mind, Byrd had the idea of making Mike’s character the comedic relief, an idea Mike embraced. Byrd began storyboarding his treatment for the video.

One time Byrd went over to the band’s house, which happened to coincide with Jerry’s birthday, for whom he brought Heineken as a gift. The band members had been out partying all night, but Layne was the first one to get up. Byrd and Layne went to a convenience store up the street. Layne was so broke, he couldn’t afford to buy a pack of cigarettes. He would scrounge up enough change to go to this convenience store and buy a single cigarette at a time. Byrd felt so bad for him, he bought Layne several cigarettes. When they returned to the house, the other band members eventually woke up. His recollection was, “I remember every other word out of Jerry’s mouth was ‘fuck.’ ‘Yeah, man! We’re fucking happening!’ ‘Fuck yeah!’ ‘Fuck!’”

His other impression was similar to Salieri’s reaction when he first meets Mozart in the movie Amadeus: trying to reconcile the disconnect between the band he heard on the radio and the four young, immature musicians in front of him.

“They seemed like they were just children,” Byrd said. “They just seemed so irresponsible to me, and I was super irresponsible at twenty-one, but they would never be on time for meetings, every other word was ‘fuck,’ they were obsessed with getting pussy and who they were fucking. Everything was—it was like a bunch of children. I could not reconcile these guys that I saw with the brilliant music I was hearing them play.”

While this was happening, Byrd was living with his parents. He would occasionally use his mother’s Chrysler van for transportation. One time he went out to scout locations, and she got mad about it. Byrd suspects she told his brother-in-law Kevin about it. When Byrd got home, Kevin was waiting. “He gives me the whole guilt trip about, ‘You’re taking advantage of your parents. The only reason why you’re able to do this is because you live at home for free. It’s not fair to your mom. Your mom has said this to me. You don’t know if this band is going to go anywhere.’ I’m like, ‘No, I think they’ll be big.’ ‘You don’t know that; there’s no way to know that,’ things like that,” Byrd said. “I still don’t know why I listened to him, but I felt so guilty. Probably some of it had to do with the fact that I grew up Mormon and I didn’t go on a mission, and my mom used to come into my room and cry when I was nineteen. So I already had kind of a little guilt thing about my mom, and my brother-in-law Kevin knew how to bring it home.”

Byrd abandoned the project. He enlisted in the army. About a year later, his neighbor called him over. He had recorded a video from MTV: it was for Alice in Chains’s “We Die Young.” Byrd was furious when he found out Columbia Records had bought the video from the Art Institute of Seattle. It was confirmation that his idea to shoot, produce, and sell a music video for “Sea of Sorrow” would have worked. He didn’t forgive his brother-in-law for years.

*   *   *

The summer of 1989 was an interesting time, just before careers were about to take off. According to Krisha Augerot, Kelly Curtis’s assistant, “It was just an epic kind of summer, where there was a lot of parties and we’d go to the beach all the time, just a fun time. A lot of socializing, and just really good times, a really hot, fun summer.” This would become the subject of the Mad Season song “Long Gone Day.” “It’s interesting that he felt the same way … Kristen Barry rented a house where Screaming Trees practiced in the basement. Her band practiced in the basement. Alice in Chains was happening. All those bands were happening.” According to the Above liner notes, the song was “inspired by those who shared this memory.” The notes mention by name Augerot, Demri, Layne and Demri’s close friend Fabiola Gonzalez, Cole Peterson and Rich Credo of the band Sweet Water, and Kristen Barry. Absent from the list was Sweet Water’s Paul Uhlir, who, according to Augerot, had an off-and-on relationship with Demri during this period.

*   *   *

According to the band’s official biography from the summer of 1989, they were trying to decide if they were the “Jay Leno of heavy metal” or the “all-male Partridge Family.” The same biography notes claim that Alice in Chains is “currently the only unsigned band to receive regular airplay on KISW’s ‘New Music Hour.’” Their live credentials included opening for the Bullet Boys, Tesla, and Great White.19

“Even before we got signed, we had a lot of big shows and some arena shows through a friend of our manager’s,” Layne said. These early arena shows caused him a bit of stage fright. “I think the first time with Great White and Tesla, I was dry-heaving behind the bass cabinet. It was like halfway through the set until I actually realized where I was.”20

Press from this period shows the buzz around the band in the months before getting their record deal. KISW’s Damon Stewart, in February 1989: “To all A&R types—Alice in Chains, remember that band—they’re gonna be huge, and they RAWK!”21

Tower Records’s publication Pulse, in April 1989: “The latest conquest for the Alan/Silver team is a band called Alice in Chains. Emerging from the studio with one of the most original demos in memory, this little rat pack should have labels eating out of its hand in no time.”22

The Seattle Times, May 19, 1989: “Alice in Chains may be the next Seattle-based hard-rock band to land a major contract. Representatives of several labels, including RCA and Columbia, are set to check out the quartet at its show tonight at the Bellevue VFW Hall.”23

Don Kaye, writing in his Deathvine column for Kerrang, July 15, 1989: “This band should be huge, and I wanna say you heard it here first. Alice in Chains is the name, they’re from Seattle, and it’s sleazy, bluesy rock with needle-sharp hooks and monster riffs that would do Metallica proud. Emotive vocals, funky, dirty grooves, and a totally original yet heavy-edged sound guarantee some big things.”24

From the September 1989 edition of Rip: “Alice in Chains is rumored to be the next big thing from Seattle. The four-piece have only been together for one year and are already attracting the attention of major-label A&R departments.”25

One of their most important fans during this period was Don Ienner, who had recently been hired as president of Columbia Records. “I flipped out the first time I heard their demo tape,” he said. Timing was also a critical factor. The buzz around Alice in Chains happened when the label was trying to get a foothold in the hard rock/heavy metal market. “They came to us at a time when we were hungry for music,” Ienner told Rolling Stone. Another crucial business ally at this early point in their career was Nick Terzo, a rep who had been involved in the band’s music publishing and who later joined Columbia’s A&R team. “Everybody thought I was getting the worst of the bunch. But to me they were a diamond in the rough.”26

It was a slow start on the business side. Ken Deans and Sean Kinney estimated that negotiations between the band and CBS Records went on for about eight months by the time the deal was signed.27

“We had good managers and great lawyers, and we were trying to retain things that you can’t usually keep when you’re a new band,” Sean explained.

“Like your publishing,” Jerry added.

“We were fortunate to do that, but … when you’re young like that, you’re like, ‘Fuck! Let’s just do this. We’re gonna get a record deal,’” Sean said. “But we waited it out, and it ended up working out for us.”28

According to Ken Deans, “The most significant and important part of that deal was that Alice in Chains kept their publishing.” In a typical contract, Deans said record companies would ask for fifty percent ownership in the songs. Under the terms of their deal, this meant that Alice in Chains owned all the songs they had already written and would own all the material they would write in the future under this contract. “Alice got it all. Alice is probably one of the last bands to get signed that kept all their publishing.”

Timing was a key factor working in the band’s favor during negotiations. “It looked like Seattle was going to be the next big deal,” Deans said. “Everybody wanted a piece of it. So from Mother Love Bone on, the signings were virtual bidding wars. So everybody was trying to present the best deal.”

Representing Alice in Chains in the negotiations was Michele Anthony, a partner at the entertainment law firm of Manatt, Phelps, Rothenberg & Phillips. Anthony made such an impression that she was later hired as a senior vice president at Sony Music. In this capacity, according to a 2005 press release, she “established and managed the company’s regional A&R offices in addition to overseeing special projects and new business opportunities. She was vital in negotiating and signing many of Sony Music’s most important artists and was also involved with talent development, soundtracks, new technologies, and myriad special projects.”

Don Ienner said, “When I first met Michele, she was the lawyer for Alice in Chains, who I was signing to Columbia. She was a brilliant negotiator who knew the business inside and out, and those factors, combined with her passionate, no-holds-barred approach to demanding the very best for her artists, made it clear that she had the makings of a truly great executive.”29

Nick Terzo joined the label as Alice in Chains’s A&R representative. After months of negotiations, Alice in Chains signed with CBS Records on September 11, 1989.30 With the deal signed, it was time to make a record.

PART III

1989–1996

We’ve had some interesting and hard times.

But along with success comes some of the darker things.

—Jerry Cantrell

Since our music is so depressing, everybody expects us to run around in black and whine about shit. But that’s such a misconception. We just get together and fuck around. We’re like the Monkees or something.

—Sean Kinney

Chapter 9

It was a no-brainer this band is going to go somewhere.

—RONNIE CHAMPAGNE

DAVE JERDEN WAS A VETERAN producer with extensive credits who in 1989 was most known for his work on Jane’s Addiction’s Nothing’s Shocking. In the late summer or early fall of that year, he got a copy of the Alice in Chains demo from Nick Terzo, who had sent it to other major producers.

“Everybody passed on it,” Jerden said of this demo. “This was the time of Guns n’ Roses, and everybody was looking for people with that high voice, like Dio or whatever. But I grew up a product of the late sixties, seventies. I liked deep voices, bluesy voices, and when I heard this tape, I just went, ‘Wow!’” The general reaction to Alice in Chains in Los Angeles at the time was confusion, for lack of any point of reference. “There was a lot of head-scratching going on with that band when they were first doing it, but it was something that both Dave and I had already heard in our heads. It was a no-brainer this band is going to go somewhere, because it was just old-school Black Sabbath with new-kid mentality,” Jerden’s engineer, Ronnie Champagne, said.

A meeting between Jerden and the band was arranged in Los Angeles. The band was performing at a club, where four people were in the audience: Jerden, his manager, producer Rick Rubin, and one guy dancing in the middle of the floor “like he was on acid or something.” Rubin walked out after a few songs, leaving Jerden, Jerden’s manager, and the guy on acid to watch the rest of the show. When they met, Jerden and Jerry hit it off immediately.

“I said, ‘What you’re doing is what Tony Iommi was doing in Black Sabbath.’ And he goes, ‘Yeah!’ And I was in. It was pretty much Jerry’s call who was going to produce the record.” Terzo told Jerden the plan was to have them write more songs. The band returned to Seattle and cut two demos at London Bridge Studios with Rick Parashar. A dozen songs from these demos became the basis for the material on Facelift.

“‘We Die Young’ was on that, ‘Man in the Box,’ like six songs that were fucking amazing,” Jerden said. “They were doing a bit of every style: punk, heavy metal, to try and get a sound. I understand Layne at one point had a Mohawk. The idea was to cut out everything that they weren’t.”

At the time, Jerden and Champagne were working on Social Distortion’s first album and putting finishing touches on Jane’s Addiction’s Ritual de lo Habitual. Studio time was booked at London Bridge. According to Jerden, the production budget for the album was between $150,000 and $250,000. Champagne brought a cassette of the then-unreleased Ritual de lo Habitual, consisting of unfinished mixes. The album made an impression on the band. “That’s all they talked about. That’s all they wanted to know about when we first got there,” Champagne said. Mike made copies of the cassette and gave them to friends. “They devoured that record. So while we were making Facelift, their minds were expanding, because they’re starting to listen to this record that hasn’t been released yet, and Ritual was a big sonicscape record.”

Sean had broken his hand about a month before and couldn’t play drums. According to the Music Bank liner notes, it happened “during an altercation at a party one evening.” Mother Love Bone drummer Greg Gilmore was asked to fill in for Sean, and he wasn’t working out.

“The way Sean played, he had this heavy kick drum going, which was the basis of the sound, the bass and the kick drum, which coupled with the low chords that Jerry was playing … this guy just wasn’t hitting hard. I kept saying, ‘You’ve got to hit the kick drum harder. Please!’ He just could not give me that whack that I needed, that really solid backbeat,” Jerden explained. “And finally, after like three days of this, Sean says, ‘Fuck this!’ and he took off his bandages. He says, ‘I’m going to do this, broken arm or no broken arm.’ They changed then—all of the sudden, they sounded like Alice in Chains.” Champagne said after Sean removed his cast—about three weeks ahead of schedule—he winced every time he hit a snare drum.1

Aside from Sean’s mishap, Jerden said the recording process went very smoothly. “What we did was drums, bass, and basic guitars. I was up there for about a month. I had a great time. Jerry was a fisherman and I loved fishing, so we’d go salmon fishing in the mornings and then we’d go to the studio,” Jerden said. The songs were well developed by the time recording sessions began. “We did not stray from the basic tracks at all. We kept it pretty much the way the basic tracks were. I added some stuff to it, but I didn’t subtract anything.”

According to Jerden, his production process consisted of recording several takes of a song, maybe five to ten at most. He would sit with a pencil and notepad, making notes on every bar, whether he liked it or not. He listened to every take and would composite the song using the best takes based on his notes. “There was no click track,” Jerden said, referring to a signal routed into a musician’s headphones in the recording studio to serve as a metronome to keep time while recording. “So the timing would go up and down, but I’d pick the best overall take and then from other takes that were in the same time, I would edit those in.”

Dave Hillis, an assistant engineer at London Bridge at the time, credits Jerden for one element of the band’s sound. “If you hear the demos, the tempos are always faster. The thing that … Dave Jerden brought out [was to] slow the tempos down. Analyzing that now, it really helped develop the Alice sound, in that it became heavier with the tempo slowed down and more brooding.”

According to Jerden, “The midtempo, slow-tempo stuff just sounded heavier. If I sped it up, like ‘Man in the Box’ sped up, it wouldn’t have sounded right. I don’t remember from the demo what I did [in the recording], how much I slowed it down, but to me even a beat per minute slower or a beat per minute faster can make a big difference.” Champagne agreed, “It can’t be racing at you. It’s got to scare the fuck out of you before you even see it coming. That was the mentality.” According to Champagne, their message to the band as they were recording was “Play it like you mean it. Play it to us. Fuck everybody else. Make us impressed, because we’d seen it all already.”

Jerden was driving to the studio one day while they were working on “Man in the Box,” thinking they needed a hook sound for the song. At that point, Bon Jovi’s “Livin’ on a Prayer” started playing on the radio, which features a prominent use of a Voice Box. This gave Jerden the idea of adding a Voice Box to “Man in the Box.”

The lyrics to “Man in the Box” can be traced to a dinner conversation between the band and Nick Terzo. Layne told Rolling Stone, “I started writing about censorship. Around the same time, we went out for dinner with some Columbia Records people who were vegetarians. They told me how veal was made from calves raised in these small boxes, and that image stuck in my head. So I went home and wrote about government censorship and eating meat as seen through the eyes of a doomed calf.”2

During a 1991 interview, Layne and Sean criticized bands for writing about subjects they didn’t know about, specifically “political stuff.” Layne said, “We write about ourselves, and we know about ourselves. I’m not any authority to write on any political nothing.” The interviewer asked, “What’s ‘Man in the Box’ about?” And Layne replied, “Ah, shit. It’s kinda loosely based on media censorship, but only my theory, so it’s not a fact or a statement.”

“It’s about veal,” Sean added.

“Plus I was really stoned when I wrote it,” Layne said. “So it meant something different then.”3

Layne’s “Sexual chocolate, baby!” scream at the end of “Real Thing” can be traced to the period when the band was living together after moving out of the Music Bank. According to Steve Alley, the band had been watching the Eddie Murphy movie Coming to America, in which a Murphy character is the singer of a band called Sexual Chocolate. Alley said it became a recurring joke for Layne, which eventually made its way into the song.

Mike bought his bass guitars and equipment from Evan Sheeley, formerly the bassist of Seattle hard rock band TKO, who at the time was working at Seattle Music. Sheeley was at home when he got a call from Jerden, who said they were having problems with the bass and amplifier he had sold Mike and asked him to come in. Once at the studio, Sheeley noticed Mike had set the levels on the instrument and the amplifier all the way up to 10.

“You can’t do that because that’s going to make it sound like crap. It’s going to sound all distorted,” Sheeley explained. “I’ve been in the studio a lot, so I just took the bass—there’s the tone. Dave Jerden came on the talkback and said, ‘That’s the sound I want. That’s perfect.’” According to Sheeley, after getting the right levels on the bass and the amplifier, they put duct tape on the bass knobs so Mike couldn’t touch or change them. The knob settings on the amplifier were marked with a knife so they wouldn’t be forgotten. More than two decades later, those markings were still visible on Mike’s amplifier.4

Champagne vaguely recalled this episode. Jerden doesn’t recall it but doesn’t dispute Sheeley’s account. At the same time, he points out that besides being a bass player himself, “I had extensive experience at recording bass in terms of techniques. At that time, I’d recorded Bill Wyman from the Rolling Stones and I’d worked with tons of great fucking bass players, so I knew how to get a bass sound.”

During separate interviews with Greg Prato and Mark Yarm years later, Susan said, “The only one that was difficult to manage was the original bass player—he had that notion that if you sign a major record deal, you can go and spend a lot of money. The rest of the guys were really great about being money conscious and realizing that the money you get is your money, and the way you spend it is going to be how much you have at the end.” Beyond her criticism of Mike, Susan said Jerden had something of a profligate attitude regarding the budget and encouraged the band to buy gear.5

Jerden disputed Susan’s claim, saying only two pieces of equipment were bought for Facelift. The first was a six-string bass that cost around five hundred dollars, which Jerden bought from Sheeley and paid for himself. This bass was used for the choruses to make the songs sound heavier.

The second piece of equipment was the Voice Box for “Man in the Box,” which the band paid for so Jerry could use it to perform the song live. “I think that Voice Box cost like a hundred dollars, and that was the hook sound for ‘Man in the Box,’ and to me it made the whole difference in making a hit record. I had them buy two things totaling maybe six hundred dollars for a hit song that sold millions. I didn’t tell them to go to the store and just start buying shit. Anything else they bought after that, I don’t know about and I had nothing to do with.” Jerden and Susan were getting along during the making of Facelift, but they would have a falling-out several years later.

Champagne backed Jerden’s account, saying they went to American Music in Seattle once because Jerry needed to buy picks and strings. Regarding Mike’s spending sprees alleged by Susan, Sheeley backed up Jerden’s account, saying Mike did not spend a lot of money on gear.

Champagne went to a club with the band members one night. As they were about to leave, Champagne saw Layne go in the bathroom, light a paper towel on fire, and throw it in the garbage can. “He’s like, ‘Run!’” Champagne recalled. “I’m like, ‘Oh, shit.’” They left and piled into Layne’s car, a station wagon Champagne thinks he borrowed from his mother. “It seems like everywhere that we went, we were running for our lives to get out of there.”

A frequent hangout for all of them was the Vogue. One night the bathrooms were so full, women were using the men’s room. At that point, either Layne or Jerry decided it would be easier to go outside. He was in the parking lot urinating when a woman sitting in the car behind where he was standing turned the lights on. Layne or Jerry, whoever it was, turned around and peed on the hood of the car. The woman was furious and started yelling. She followed him inside, still screaming. At that point, everyone bolted out of the club. Layne went into getaway-driver mode, got the station wagon, and drove up and down the street picking people up. “We are literally diving into the car, because people are chasing us. It was that bad. I swear to God. It happened almost every time we went there … some crazy shit,” Champagne said. It got bad enough that he started going to the Vogue by himself.

Champagne stopped by the band house once. His reaction was “Holy shit.” He remembers one girl going downstairs with Mike to have sex. After she had left, another girl came over and went downstairs with Mike. Champagne got the impression that Demri didn’t like that Mike was such a womanizer, because she thought he might be a bad influence on Layne. Jerden and Champagne said Layne was not using heroin at the time. However, they heard unconfirmed rumors at the time that Demri was using. People who knew Demri well do not know when or how her heroin use started.

The sessions at London Bridge wrapped up in December 1989. Jamie Elmer vividly remembers Christmas of that year, although it might have been 1990 or 1991. “Layne and Demri came over to where my mom was living, and my sister and I were there. And they had actually bought Christmas presents, because it was the first time Layne had money to buy Christmas presents.”

The band, Jerden, and Champagne relocated to Los Angeles after the holidays to finish the album, mainly vocals and guitar overdubs. “They had just rebuilt Capitol Records Studio A, and I was the first client in there, and my wife managed the studio.”

Bryan Carlstrom was an assistant working at Capitol Records, floating between three different projects at the time, one of them being Facelift. Carlstrom had not heard of the band before they came to the studio. Because he was hearing only bits and pieces of the record, he hadn’t really formed much of an opinion on the band. Outside the studio, Carlstrom hung out and smoked pot with Layne. Carlstrom’s impression at the time: “Kind of a Birkenstock kind of hippyish kid, really skinny, pretty innocent kid, to tell you the truth. He looked really young, really childlike, aside from I think he had a goatee, a goatee with a couple of beads in it or something, very childlike.”

Champagne described the remodeled Studio A as “a million-dollar coffin,” meaning that if you went into the middle of the room—which was about the size of a gymnasium—and spoke, “you could see your words stop in the air like a cartoon word bubble.” He had Layne go out in the middle of the room with only a stool to place a water bottle, an ashtray, and his sunglasses.

“Turn the lights down low so you can barely see me,” he told Champagne, who was in the control room. He agreed, and responded, “Okay, I got to turn down the control room lights, too, so you can just barely see me.” Champagne said Layne nailed his vocals on the first take pretty much every time. Jerry was the same. According to Jerden, “When I was doing lead vocals, I’d double them. And then any harmonies we did, which were not extensive, we’d just do maybe a third harmonic harmony, but it wasn’t that stacked vocals that came out on Dirt.”

Phil Staley came to the studio while Layne was recording his vocals. Champagne thinks there might have been an element of surprise to the visit. Layne was happy to see him. Beaming with pride after hearing his son sing, he turned to Champagne and asked, “Man, where the fuck did he learn how to do that? I just got the chills!”

The band asked Jerden where they could find a strip club. “Go to the Tropicana,” he told them, which he described as “a tourist strip bar.” Champagne went with them the first time. “I started half of that mayhem,” he said. “The first night that we went there, Mike was goofing around with this one stripper, and he paid her to walk up to me, grab the back of my head, and shove it—she had massive breasts—shove my face and rubbed it, and she had the worst perfume I’ve ever smelled, and it was all over me.”

When Jerden visited them at the Oakwood Apartments complex where they were staying, he saw they had a Tropicana calendar, featuring pictures of the girls. They put an X over each girl they had slept with. During the recording sessions, the band played a show at a club called English Acid. A lot of Tropicana girls showed up at the gig.

In mid-March 1990, Alice in Chains took a short break from the recording sessions for Facelift in Los Angeles and returned to Seattle. Shortly after, the local music scene would be rocked by a tragic loss.

Chapter 10

1990—one of two roads.

—ANDREW WOOD

MOTHER LOVE BONE front man Andrew Wood—dubbed by Experience Music Project’s senior curator, Jacob McMurray, “the Freddie Mercury of Seattle” for his charismatic, goofy personality—had been quietly struggling with a heroin addiction since the mid-1980s. According to music journalist Jeff Gilbert, Wood’s heroin addiction was a secret held “in closed circles” by the people close to the Mother Love Bone camp, especially in comparison to Layne’s and Kurt Cobain’s addictions a few years later, which were public knowledge. “People knew, but it was something you didn’t go around talking about.”

Wood had had drug and alcohol problems for years. In a handwritten piece of paper dated from 1989 that Wood called a “Drugalog outline,” which his family shared with filmmaker Scot Barbour for the documentary Malfunkshun: The Andrew Wood Story, he chronicled his nearly lifelong progression through drugs and alcohol. He started using heroin in 1985 or 1986. He moved to Seattle, moving back in with his father after getting hepatitis from dirty needles. According to The Seattle Times, “His body turned yellow and his liver was shot.”1

During a December 1986 interview with The Rocket, Wood said he and his Malfunkshun bandmates had quit drugs “a few months ago,” and specifically stressed to the interviewer, Dawn Anderson, that it was okay to print that. Their song “With Yo’ Heart (Not Yo’ Hands)” is about heroin and hepatitis.2

Friends staged an intervention around Thanksgiving of 1989, after which Wood checked himself in to Valley General Hospital in Monroe, Washington. It is likely during this treatment that Wood prepared his Drugalog. The final entry in the document reads, “1990—one of two roads.” While there, he told his fiancée, Xana La Fuente, that if he ever had to make a choice between his music career or his sobriety, he’d choose the latter.3

Mother Love Bone played a show at the Central Tavern in Seattle on March 9, 1990. This was Andrew Wood’s final public performance. He had been out of rehab, was allegedly drug-free for 100 to 116 days, and had been working with a therapist and attending AA and NA meetings. On March 15, 1990—a few days before the scheduled release of Mother Love Bone’s album—Andrew Wood’s brother, Kevin, had a premonition Andrew had relapsed. He called Andrew out on it, a charge he would deny.4

The next day, he was supposed to meet with Jeff Ament to work out at a gym. Wood had been on the program to get in shape for his live performances. Wood called Ament, telling him he wasn’t feeling good. “His voice was kind of scratchy,” Ament wrote. “Looking back on it, he was high, but at the time I didn’t notice that. He sounded sick; no big deal.”5

Wood was supposed to meet with his tour chaperone that night, whose job was to ensure that he stayed sober. He called Kelly Curtis and told him he wouldn’t be able to make it to practice and that his fiancée was going to think he had done drugs.

“Did you?” Curtis asked.

“No,” Wood responded.

Also on that same day, Mike Starr said he ran into Wood in Kelly Curtis’s basement. Wood asked him for a ride home. Mike passed it by about three blocks, after which Wood got out. When he did, Mike said he “went up to this Mexican guy when he got out.”

David Duet, the singer of Cat Butt, saw Wood copping drugs at the Denny Street house, which, as he told Mark Yarm, was inhabited by “a bunch of crazy kids … and there was a drug dealer that lived there … I used to spend the night over there sometimes. I would wake up and there would be a cast of characters there. Multiple people moved in and out of that place. They had parties, and bands played in the basement.” David added, “I saw him that day. It was devastating ’cause it’s one of those people you did not expect.”6

La Fuente was at a work meeting that night and left at 10:00, instead of her usual 6:30 or 7:00 time. Two coworkers asked for a ride home, which she agreed to, but it added another thirty to forty minutes to her trip home. When she got there, Wood was lying facedown, unconscious on the bed. According to The Seattle Times, which attributed this information to Wood’s father, who had heard it from La Fuente, Wood’s arms were sprawled out at his side, his face was tinged blue, and he had blood in his mouth. There was a needle puncture in his arm, with a syringe found nearby. La Fuente called 911 at 10:10 P.M., and the dispatcher told her how to administer CPR while paramedics arrived. Although initially presumed dead, at 10:34 P.M. Wood was revived and placed on a respirator.

He was admitted to intensive care at Harborview Medical Center in Seattle at 12:40 A.M. He initially showed signs of improvement, but a CT scan showed brain swelling. La Fuente called several people with the bad news, probably too many people. “I wish I would have never called anyone and told them he was there,” La Fuente told Mark Yarm. “Because of that scene there. A lot of people didn’t deserve to be part of that. There were a lot of groupies showing up.”7

La Fuente may not have been entirely responsible for the “scene” at the hospital. A few other people overdosed that weekend as well—possibly caused by the same batch of heroin. One of them was the keyboardist from the band Sleepy Hollow. His bandmates, including future Tad roadie Ben Rew, were at the hospital at the same time Alice in Chains and other friends of Mother Love Bone were there to see Wood.

“I think Jerry Cantrell thought I was there to pretend I was cool, because there were a lot of people that were there that shouldn’t have been there. There’d be like random chicks. So I think it got confused that I was there for the wrong reasons, and Jerry brought it up,” Rew told Mark Yarm. “He asked me why the fuck I was there. It was as simple as, ‘My fucking keyboard player is dying in there, asshole!’ That normally will spark some confrontation. Basically, I think I lunged at him. And I think Jeff and some other guys and my guitar player Rick got in between us. I was pretty stoned at the time.” Rew’s keyboardist would spend the next four and a half months in a coma before he eventually recovered.8

Wood’s roommate, Chris Cornell, was touring with Soundgarden in Brooklyn at the time, and the band’s tour manager got the bad news. The tour manager didn’t tell the band until after the show, so it wouldn’t affect their performance.

According to Soundgarden’s soundman, Stuart Hallerman, “We did tell them after the show, and Susan was out with us, and she started plying herself and Chris with liquor to dull the pain a bit. Driving back to Manhattan, Susan was like mumbling and falling over in the van. It was maybe the only time I’ve seen Susan drunk. The band played the last show of the tour in Hoboken the next night, and Chris and Susan flew out and got to the hospital.”9

Once at Harborview, “All the band was around, and his girlfriend. They told us when we got there that they were going to take him off life support,” Susan recalled.10

According to Scot Barbour’s documentary Malfunkshun, by 11:20 A.M. on Monday, March 19, Wood was unresponsive, with no reflexes or signs of brain function. Wood’s parents decided to remove him from life support, but La Fuente would not let them until Cornell arrived.

According to La Fuente, “His whole family was at the hospital, like twenty people. They all went in and saw him. Then all of his friends went in and saw him. Then I went in, had cut his hair off, and kept it. I played some Queen for him—they were his favorite band. The doctors turned everything off, and I just held him really tight and listened to his heart until it stopped. It took like fifteen minutes.” He was twenty-four years old. A coroner concluded he died of hypoxic encephalopathy—lack of oxygen to the brain—as a result of his overdose.11

A public memorial service was held at the Paramount Theatre on March 24. Ken Deans and La Fuente spoke. There was a video tribute put together by friends. David Wood, Andrew’s father, addressed the audience, saying, “My son was a junkie.” He urged the crowd not to do drugs. He addressed the surviving members of Mother Love Bone: “I want you guys to go on and be the biggest stars you could be. I want to see you guys on TV. If you’ve got to get another singer, don’t get a junkie.”12

A private wake was held at Kelly Curtis’s house immediately after the memorial. There were between twelve and twenty people there, according to Ken Deans, mostly local musicians. “The fans went home. His friends went to Kelly’s,” Chris Cornell wrote. Nancy Wilson of Heart brought her three springer spaniels along. “Everybody at the place took turns getting down on the ground and hugging the dogs because it was really comforting.”13

Cornell remembered being in the crowded living room, with La Fuente telling everybody, “This is just like La Bamba,” the 1987 Ritchie Valens biopic. At that moment, he heard “slapping footsteps growing louder and louder as they reached the front door and Layne flew in, completely breaking down and crying so deeply that he looked truly frightened and lost. Very childlike.” Cornell added, “He looked up at everyone at once, and I had this sudden urge to run over and grab him and give him a big hug and tell him everything was going to be okay.

“Kelly has always had a way of making everyone feel like everything will turn out great. That the world isn’t ending. That’s why we were at his place. I wanted to be that person for Layne, maybe just because he needed it so bad. I wasn’t. I didn’t get up in front of the room and offer that and I still regret it. No one else did, either. I don’t know why.”14

Mike walked in and said, “Who wants to smoke a joint?” He immediately regretted the insensitive nature of his comment when he saw Cornell in tears looking at a photo album of Wood.15

Nick Pollock came to the wake and ran into Layne, and the two talked a bit. “I remember hanging out with Layne and how upset Layne was because he was much closer to him than I was … I remember [Layne] being upset and I’m pretty sure he was crying, and I remember becoming emotional talking to him about that situation,” Pollock recalled.

“I think I felt a certain amount of that for Andy Wood. I was not friends with him. I was an acquaintance. Layne knew him more because they had played, and I believed that he identified with that, and he felt his pain and the way he dealt with it.” Asked if Layne was distraught at the wake, Deans said he was, but noted everyone else was as well.

Mother Love Bone was thought to be on the brink of stardom. No one knows what might have been if Wood had survived. Just before his death, Mother Love Bone’s management had received a bonus check from Polygram Records. “I remember sitting with Kelly at the house and we’re looking at this check for $250,000, and he’s going, ‘Fuck, I got to send it back.’ It was the signing bonus for finishing the record,” Ken Deans explained. “The check came on Friday and Andy died on [Monday], so it hadn’t been deposited yet.” Mother Love Bone broke up, but bassist Jeff Ament and guitarist Stone Gossard stuck together and started the band that would become Pearl Jam. In retrospect, Wood’s death was not an isolated incident but a foretaste of things to come.

“Andy was that sort of big precursor to all of those later worries about heroin and drug addiction. He was the first major blow that had happened, that sort of realization that there is a dark side to all of this,” Jacob McMurray explained.

“Andy dying was a huge blow. And unfortunately, it wasn’t a wake-up call,” Deans lamented. “And a funny thing—at that time, nobody was, other than some occasional binge drinking or some cocaine here and there, nobody was out of control.”

“It’s difficult to articulate it, but up to that point, I think life was really good for us as just a group of musicians in a scene making music,” Cornell said during an interview for the Pearl Jam Twenty documentary. “You know, the world was sort of our oyster, and we had support, we supported each other, and he was kind of like this beam of light sort of above it all. And to see him hooked up to machines, that was, I think, the death of the innocence of the scene. It wasn’t later when people surmised that Kurt [Cobain] blowing his head off was the end of the innocence. It was that. It was walking into that room.”16

In death, Wood proved to be as influential as in life, if not more so. His loss inspired Cornell to write “Reach Down” and “Say Hello 2 Heaven,” songs that eventually led to Temple of the Dog. Candlebox’s “Far Behind” was also a tribute to Wood.17 Alice in Chains would dedicate Facelift to his memory and that of Gloria Jean Cantrell. In time, they would pay their own musical tribute to Wood as well.

*   *   *

Not long after finishing Facelift, Jerden offered Bryan Carlstrom a job as his engineer. Carlstrom happily accepted, even though it meant taking a pay cut. “It was like, ‘Wow, it’s going to be like the Wild West. I’m going to be working with a guy who works on the records that I like.’ He’s probably my favorite producer at that time. It was an amazing opportunity to go work with him and get that kind of experience and those kinds of credits engineering,” Carlstrom said. He would play a key role in the recording sessions for Dirt.

On April 6, 1990, Alice in Chains met with artist, photographer, and video director Rocky Schenck. They made a good pairing. “I had listened to Alice’s music before the first meeting, and it definitely made a strong impression on me. To be honest, it was darker than anything I had heard previously in my music-listening experience, and I didn’t know quite how to react when I first heard it,” Schenck wrote. “Creatively speaking, I had already been walking down a rather dark road myself for many years before I met these guys. I think the band picked this up when they first viewed my photography portfolio and looked at my previous videos, and that’s why we connected so naturally and quickly. Like minds, I suppose.

“I thought what I had to offer visually and creatively would complement what they were creating musically. And looking back on the work we created together, I think it did.”18

They discussed several ideas for the album art. For one of the photographs, the band came up with the idea of making it appear as if they were emerging from an eyeball, so the conversation focused on how that could be created. The record label didn’t give the band a large budget for this photo shoot, but Schenck liked them so much, he was willing to make it work. He took a budget scarcely enough for a one-day shoot and stretched it out over three days.

The first shoot took place on the afternoon of Wednesday, May 2, 1990, at the swimming pool of the Oakwood Apartments in Burbank. To execute the idea of their emerging from an eyeball, the pool was covered with a thin piece of plastic. The band members had to swim under the plastic, rise to the surface, and breathe in as they emerged. “The plastic distorted their faces, and I got some great, ghoulish band shots with the very first roll of film,” Schenck wrote. They experimented with several ideas, including a shot of Layne wrapped in plastic with the other members holding him that was used as the cover for the “We Die Young” single.

They spent the next day and night at Schenck’s Hollywood studio. “I had been experimenting with in-camera multiple exposures, where I would create a distorted image by exposing different parts of a single frame of film one exposure at a time. I had been utilizing this technique in videos and in my art photography for years, and it was perfect for this assignment,” Schenck explained. In his portfolio, the band members had seen “experimental multiple-exposure black and white portraits of haunted, distorted faces,” and asked that he duplicate the technique. Schenck didn’t want to duplicate the original photo, which was in black and white, so he tried the same technique in color using photos of each band member’s face. A photo of Mike was chosen for the album cover. Upon seeing the photo, they decided to name the album Facelift. The original concept for the cover was to have all four members’ faces “superimposed into one startling expression,” which appeared years later in the Music Bank box set.19

“What I enjoyed about this process is that I could never quite predict how the final image would look with this technique, but it usually resulted in an image that was somewhat bizarre and twisted—perfect for Alice,” Schenck wrote. “We spent many hours creating distorted portraits of each band member, lighting each of their features individually with a single gelled spotlight and creating the portrait one exposure at a time.”

On May 4, Schenck and the band went to a sulfur plant in Wilmington, California, an experience he described as “very intense” because if the wind shifted, the sulfur would get in their eyes, and they would all start crying. There were eye baths located throughout the plant, so they were constantly washing their eyes. At one point, the band was standing in a cactus patch near a mountain of sulfur when the wind shifted and they all started crying. Schenck kept shooting and got what he described as “some odd pictures of the band crying in the cactus.”

After reviewing the proof sheets two decades later, Schenck wrote, “I think this first marathon shoot captured them in a wonderful way. They were in rare form, and I was having the time of my life working with them. I didn’t know at that time if I would be working with them again, but I was hooked.” Schenck and the band were out having dinner when Layne, for no particular reason, started singing “We Die Young” in the style of Broadway actress Ethel Merman. These shoots were the beginning of a professional relationship between Schenck and the band that would continue for years, covering most of their albums and several music videos.

Schenck and the band regrouped on August 9 to discuss ideas for their first video, “We Die Young.” At the time, there had been several fires in the Los Angeles area, and Schenck suggested using a burned-down house and a swimming pool filled with debris as a location. He also wanted to replicate the swimming-pool photos into sequences for the video. Filming began on August 28 at a home in Glendale. Schenck requested the ruins be painted bright red, and they filled the pool with debris found on-site. “I can distinctly remember the looks on the family’s faces who once lived in this home watching us from the sidelines. Their expressions were quietly horrified as we filmed in their once-lovely swimming pool, using their burned furniture and their children’s burnt toys as props,” Schenck wrote.

On September 10, Schenck organized a shoot at a Hollywood studio, where the band’s performance was projected on floating and burning debris. The final cut of “We Die Young” was finished on September 17. “The band and the record company seemed to like it, and I was happy with the way it turned out. The video seemed to fit the music quite well, and I think it utilized a lot of different elements that I had not seen in music videos at that point.”20

The three-song We Die Young EP was released in the summer of 1990, with Facelift shortly after, on August 24—two days after Layne’s twenty-third birthday. Layne had given his mother a cassette copy of the finished album to listen to and asked for her feedback.

“I think there’s a sleeper on that album”—a song that was going to creep up on people—“It’s called ‘Man in the Box.’”

“Mom, I wrote that song.”

“Layne, it’s so beautiful.”

In retrospect, years later, Nancy Layne McCallum said, “I didn’t know he was the man in the box. I’m sure he just kept wanting me to get it.”21

She was ultimately proved correct about “Man in the Box” being a sleeper. But it took a while for it to catch on. First, they had to tour in support of the album.

Chapter 11

Today’s opening act is tomorrow’s headlining act.

—JIMMY SHOAF

ALICE IN CHAINS HIT the road almost immediately following the release of Facelift. They warmed up by playing a few local Seattle shows first—at the annual Bumbershoot festival at Seattle Center, followed by headlining performances at the Vogue and the Central Tavern. At the time, Soundgarden was wrapping up their tour in support of Louder Than Love, so Susan hired that crew to work for Alice in Chains. The crew consisted of a drum tech, a guitar and bass tech, a sound engineer, a merchandise seller, and a tour manager.

Jimmy Shoaf was Sean’s drum tech during this first tour. In that capacity, he was responsible for setting up and maintaining Sean’s equipment before, during, and after the shows, and he was also running the lights. Susan had given him an advance copy of Facelift. He had never seen the band live before. “I’m listening to it, like, ‘These guys can’t do this shit live. There’s no fucking way. It’s overproduced,’” he said. Shoaf met the band at Mark Naficy’s warehouse after Bumbershoot in early September 1990. In a small rehearsal room, he watched them perform “Sunshine” and was amazed by what he was hearing.

Randy Biro, the guitar and bass tech, who also doubled as a stage manager, was similarly skeptical at first. “To be honest, I didn’t want to. Susan asked me to do it as a favor, because I didn’t like the band at first.” He had first seen Alice in Chains live when they opened for Soundgarden at a show in Portland. His impression at the time: “Wow, these guys are really good.” But for some reason, there was a disconnect between the band he saw live and the band he was asked to work with. Biro had also been given a copy of Facelift. “I thought they were a lame attempt at trying to do Aerosmith, mixed with [Guns n’ Roses].”

The first thing he said to the band after Soundgarden got off the tour bus and Alice in Chains got on was, “Hey, you. This is my bunk. Don’t fucking touch it.” During the first week of the tour, Biro didn’t even know any of their names.

Up first was a monthlong opening slot for Extreme, where they would be performing in clubs ranging from five hundred to fifteen hundred people in support of Facelift and Extreme’s sophomore album, Extreme II: Pornograffiti. It was an odd pairing, one Alice in Chains and their crew weren’t particularly happy with. “Extreme fans were generally little seedy guitar-player-wannabe dudes. I think they were starting to hit with that ‘More Than Words’ god-awful ballad; they took that one to the bank,” Shoaf said.

“It was terrible,” Biro said, adding, “Extreme was, like they really thought they had made it big. And Nuno Bettencourt, the guitar player, he really didn’t belong with them. They were just really, really, really cheesy guys. Their music was exactly like they were.”

As the tour progressed, Alice in Chains began winning over Extreme’s audience. One detrimental factor was the shoddy treatment they were getting from the headliners. “Extreme were from the old school of rock, and that was you pretty much screw over the opening act,” Shoaf said. “You turn down the PA on them, you didn’t give them as much lights as you got, they didn’t get treated necessarily with open arms. Grunge kind of changed that, too. It was more kind of punk rock: we’re all in this together—it’s a smarter attitude. Today’s opening act is tomorrow’s headlining act.”1

In Atlanta, the bands were playing at a venue where the physical space onstage, specifically the lack thereof, became an issue. “They had this cheesy drum riser. They called it their set, and it took up way too much room,” Biro said. The stage was so small, Layne had to stand stage left of Sean, whose kick drum had to be nailed down so it wouldn’t fall off the stage. “They refused to move anything, to make our life a little bit more bearable. And they’d say, ‘You’re just the opening act.’ And thanks to assholes like that, we never treated people bad.”

According to Jerry, “We’d gotten attitude about what we could do, what we couldn’t do onstage, because the singer did his set barefoot. So we drank, spilled shit over the place, smoked. We were like, ‘What are you going to do, kick us off the tour? It’s the last gig!’ And Mike Starr would get a case of the nerves and puke. I think he had some beers in him, so he turned around and puked all over the drum set. That was our last gig with Extreme.”2

There was another incident involving Extreme’s gear. “I remember the bass tech for Extreme freaking out because Mike Starr had gotten drunk and jumped up on Extreme’s bass cabinets, had fallen down and knocked over Extreme’s bass rigs right before Extreme played,” Shoaf said. “Mike’s stuff is in front of theirs. He’s not supposed to be back there on or near their crap. I remember they were pretty upset about it and understandably so. They haven’t done the show yet, and there’s only fifteen minutes technically between Alice in Chains and Extreme. If something’s broke, you’re trying to fix it in fifteen minutes—good luck.”

Further complicating matters was the Extreme crew’s inexperience. According to Biro, except for two members, none of them had ever toured before. “It was like they had hired professional friends.” On top of that, they had no sense of humor. Before Extreme’s homecoming show at a theater in Boston, the Alice in Chains members and crew were walking into the venue when they came across Extreme’s production manager.

“Wow. You ever been in a room this big?” the production manager said to Biro.

Biro, a veteran crew member who had played large and small venues before, looked at Sean and facetiously asked, “Wow, is this as big as a stadium?”

“Fuck you,” the production manager said, and walked away.

Jerry was happy to be there performing on that first tour, Shoaf said, but he was also his own biggest critic. “I think Jerry was a little hard on himself and a perfectionist. Like after a show, he’d think he fucked up here or he fucked up there. He would take his own CD after the show, put a set of headphones on, and practice getting better.”

Regarding Sean, Shoaf said, “He can play anytime, anywhere. He knew the songs backwards and forwards. Generally, when the drummer knows the songs backwards and forwards, he’s a great drummer. He’s one of the nicest guys you could ever hang out with, unless he’s got twenty-four beers in him, and he just doesn’t pass out.”

One of Shoaf’s most vivid memories of this tour was when Layne made him a Neil Diamond fan. They were at a truck stop and heard an elevator-music version of “Love on the Rocks.” While walking out, Layne did a pitch-perfect imitation of Diamond’s vocals on that song. Shoaf bought a cassette copy of Diamond’s greatest hits at the next truck stop.

“He’d sit there and make jokes. And he would sing anything,” Biro said. “He used to make fun of Styx songs, but he did it so well. The guy was just an incredible singer. He was ridiculing it, but it was so good that it was perfect. I don’t know what it was. But his sense of humor—that band was constantly, constantly, constantly, twenty-four hours, joking around.”

Shoaf remembers Jerry working on new material backstage or on the bus. “Hey, Jimmy—what do you think of this?” It was the beginnings of what would eventually become “Rooster.”

“I’m like, ‘Fuck, dude…’ I remember them doing it at sound check, going, ‘Holy shit, another one…’ because of the vocal part. Layne busted that shit out at sound check in front of me and six other people. He’s singing that stuff, and I’m like, ‘Holy moly…’ I was ready for that second record by October of 1990.”

After a show in Denver, Biro saw a girl get on the band’s tour bus, which he and Shoaf were following in a rented Ryder truck full of gear. By the time Biro and Shoaf arrived at the hotel where both Extreme and Alice in Chains were staying, someone had a video camera and was filming what Biro characterized as a sex tape in that pre-Internet era. Members of Extreme were in the hotel room watching the mayhem. According to Biro, “They were watching, and the video camera got them a few times. They waved at the video camera, laughing—you know, showing a beer, being, ‘Yeah, we’re cool. We’re one of the guys.’”

A day later, they approached the Alice in Chains crew, begging them to get rid of the tape. “They didn’t want anything of them being in those situations going public, ever,” Biro said. They didn’t do anything on the tape, Biro said, beyond possibly posing with the girl. Not long after this incident, Alice in Chains was doing an interview with Z-Rock, the Dallas-based syndicated radio station. The band was taking questions from callers on the air.

“Hey, I met you guys once in Denver,” a female caller said, according to Shoaf’s account of the conversation.

“Yeah, really?”

When she mentioned the debauchery that had taken place in the hotel room, the station cut her off and hung up on her.

*   *   *

While the band was on tour, Susan celebrated a personal milestone in her life. After five years together, she and Chris Cornell got married on September 22, 1990, during a ceremony at their Seattle home, according to a brief mention in The Seattle Times. They went to Victoria, British Columbia, for a short honeymoon before Cornell had to go back to work on Soundgarden’s Badmotorfinger album.3

*   *   *

For the next leg of the tour, Alice in Chains would be supporting Iggy Pop and playing in small theaters with a capacity of one to three thousand. There was a noticeable improvement in the relationship between the headliner and the opening act. “They were much more welcoming. They treated us a lot better on ego stuff. We got cut back on lights somewhat, but it’s Iggy’s show, and the sound was boosted up a little better,” Shoaf said.

Both bands were in Louisville, Kentucky, for Thanksgiving and stayed in the same hotel, where they would be spending a day off. Coincidentally, Pantera was touring with Prong and Mind over Four, and they were staying at the same hotel. After eating their Thanksgiving meals, the bands and crew members had to wait until one o’clock for the hotel bar to open.

“Envision this: thirty to fifty rock guys, band and crew, standing outside the door of the bar waiting for it to open, and there’s this poor little girl thinking she’s going to be at the hotel bar and have a nice, easy day bartending because nobody’s going to be at the hotel for Thanksgiving, [and she] has got Prong, Pantera, Mind over Four, Alice in Chains, and Iggy Pop’s band and crew ready to watch football!” Shoaf said, laughing. “Within thirty minutes, she gave up and just put bottles up on the counter, with the money flowing.”

“We started drinking at one in the afternoon, and you can imagine as it went on into the night. We tore that hotel apart. They were like, ‘Please, leave. Everybody leave.’”

Around Halloween, the tour hit New York City, and Alice in Chains booked a headlining show at the Cat Club. In the audience that night was Paul Rachman, a music-video director who had worked with punk and hardcore bands during the 1980s. “I just fell in love with the band and the music,” Rachman said. The next day he called the woman in charge of commissioning music videos at Columbia Records and told her he wanted to work with them.

At that point, Rocky Schenck’s “We Die Young” video had been airing on MTV’s Headbangers Ball and 120 Minutes but hadn’t really caught on. The label was getting ready to release “Man in the Box” as the second single and offered Rachman the chance to do the video. Since it was Layne’s song, the label put him in touch with Layne, so the two of them could talk. Layne briefly touched base with Rachman by phone while on tour. They talked about not making it a typical live-performance video. Rachman told him to write down any specific ideas he had and send them via fax, in that era before cell phones and e-mail. Shortly after, Layne sent Rachman a fax consisting of a scribbled handwritten note, which read:

Rainy drippy barn.

Farm animals.

Baby with eyes sewn shut.

Rachman spent a few days listening to the song. “I came up with the idea of placing the band in this barn and creating this kind of dark mood, making it a sepia tone [with] some farm animals around them, [building] up towards the end where there’s this kind of rebirth character.”

In December 1990, the band traveled to Los Angeles to shoot the video for “Man in the Box.” With a budget of less than fifty thousand dollars, Rachman and the band met on a farm at Malibu State Park for the one-day shoot. Susan was there, and according to Rachman, she was excited.

Rachman said the band members were a bit tired because they had been touring, but overall they were nice and were having a great time. “The thing about working with young bands in terms of, like, it’s their first or second video is, if they like your idea, they trust you. And I really felt trusted and supported, and she really just wanted the band to look great and for this concept to work,” he recalled. They used only two cameras, one of which was a handheld filmed by Rachman himself. “I was watching [Layne’s] close-up take, and I was like, ‘Wow.’ I knew that was a winner. There was something about the shot where you could tell his eyes and the emotion in which he was singing the song just connected.”

Layne’s fax had specifically called for a baby with its eyes sewn shut, which Rachman said would have been impossible. He proposed an alternative. “I had this idea of this kind of rebirth. I thought that there was a dark mood around this barn and there were animals there. I just felt that … all of a sudden, towards the end, that this reaper—this guy in this cape—is kind of walking by, and could look pretty cool. And that could be the person with the eyes sewn shut. He’s kind of taking care of the animals, but he’s blind.”

In the role of the caretaker, Rachman chose the parking-lot attendant of a bar owned by a friend of his. “This guy ran the parking lot. Just had this kind of Jesus Christ look, and I cast him in actually two or three things I’ve done in the past.” The shoot went off without a hitch. Rachman spent the next two or three weeks producing and editing the video.

The Iggy Pop tour ended in Tijuana, Mexico, at a club called Iguana’s, a thousand-capacity venue fifteen minutes from San Diego described by the Los Angeles Times as “the set of ‘Jailhouse Rock’ as designed by Dante.”4 By the end of the night, Biro and Iggy Pop’s production manager had their hands “swollen from beating the shit out of people left and right.

“Anyone that was getting onstage—at first we were stopping people. Then it reached the point where we were just cracking people in the face. Like, someone would get onstage, you’d punch ’em in the face. Someone else, punch ’em in the face.”

According to Biro and Shoaf, everyone went shopping in Tijuana. “We went down Revolutionary Boulevard, bought switchblades and lots of drugs. And then we had it all stuffed in our pants,” Biro said. Iguana’s was a few blocks from the border, so they walked back across.

*   *   *

Josh Taft, a filmmaker, had been around the Seattle music scene, having grown up with Stone Gossard. It was through Gossard that he met Alice in Chains. On December 22, 1990, Alice in Chains was set to play a homecoming show at the Moore Theatre. In an event as memorable and arguably more significant than the headliners, the then-unknown Mookie Blaylock would be the opening act. At the end of their set, Chris Cornell took the stage and joined the band to perform songs from the Temple of the Dog album.5

Taft was there with a camera crew filming the Alice in Chains performance for a home-video release. He had a budget of fourteen to sixteen thousand dollars, which he described as “extraordinarily low for six cameras live.” Put into perspective, it was nearly a third of the budget for the “Man in the Box” video. Taft suggested shooting in black-and-white film. “Of all the bands that were coming out of here, I think it made the most sense visually to [do] something super stripped-down and kind of tough-looking and simple,” he explained. “I think it really kind of shifted perspective, and especially that night because it was one of those shows that kind of, I think, stands alone unto itself in people’s memory. It’s sort of a time when it all was about to turn.”

Jerry’s guitar that he used for the show—which he referred to as his baby—featured a picture of a topless woman that he had laminated onto the body of the instrument. Producer Lisanne Dutton told Thad Byrd later on that the single biggest expense in making that video was blurring out the image on Jerry’s guitar. Taft said, “Back then that was actually pretty high tech to blur a handheld shot. It took a lot of technology.”

SPIN chose Alice in Chains as one of the bands to watch in 1991. According to The Seattle Times write-up of the issue, “Writer Daina Darzin says ‘the band’s clearly being groomed as Columbia Records’ next big thing,’ and notes that the last two bands that got that treatment were Faith No More and Living Colour. The piece also has guitarist Jerry Cantrell confessing ‘we were all on coke, high as hell’ the first time big labels came to town to check out the band. But Darzin adds, ‘Alice in Chains cleaned up its act a while back.’ Drummer Sean Kinney says his father, a policeman, is a big fan of the band—‘He’s a really cool guy’—and Cantrell explains why so many of the group’s tunes deal with doom and depression: ‘We’re all outcasts.’”6

For New Year’s Eve, Alice in Chains, Soundgarden, and Mookie Blaylock went to “an old-fashioned hootenanny at the Seattle-area ranch of writer-director Cameron Crowe and his wife, Heart’s Nancy Wilson.” According to Nancy Wilson, they sat around with acoustic instruments playing covers or making up new songs. She had a mechanical elephant windup toy, a gift from Chris Cornell. The next afternoon, she found a note from Jerry that read, “Look at the elephant.” In Wilson’s words, “Apparently Jerry had been fixating on it overnight, and in the morning he was feeding champagne to the horses.”7

Alice in Chains closed out the year having accomplished many professional goals—finishing and releasing their first album, shooting their first two music videos, and going on their first national tours. But the album and the band still had not taken off. That was about to change. The fuse for the Seattle music scene had been lit. It was only a matter of time before the rest of the world was in on the Emerald City’s little secret.

Chapter 12

Let’s just try something different.

—RICK KRIM

PAUL RACHMAN HANDED in his first cut of the “Man in the Box” video to the band for approval at the beginning of 1991. “They loved it,” he said. “We made a couple of adjustments, like we added a couple of close-ups of Layne and made sure the whole band was evenly represented, and that was it. There were no creative differences of any sort.” The final cut was released at some point in January 1991.

On February 7, 1991, Alice in Chains began a brief West Coast tour, with Mookie Blaylock along as the opening act. Jerry said, “Things had happened for us, and we were on our way. These guys were starting again. We just wanted to give them as much support as they’d given us in the early days of our band.” One highlight: the two bands, each in their respective van, having food fights while driving eighty miles an hour on the I-5 freeway.1

During that tour, Alice in Chains had landed an opening slot at Ozzy Osbourne’s Children of the Night benefit in Long Beach, California, on February 8. The show was memorable for two reasons. At the end of the night, members of several bands got up onstage to jam a Rolling Stones cover. Mike was one of them, but had no idea how to play the song. “I was stage right, and I was teaching him how to play ‘Jumpin’ Jack Flash’ by giving him these sign languages on how to play it—like, which way to go,” Randy Biro recalled.2

The second and ultimately more consequential reason for the significance of that show was that it was the first time then–Ozzy Osbourne bassist Mike Inez saw Alice in Chains, and he was impressed by what he saw and heard.3

Biro said crew members from both bands put together a band called Sexecutioner. “It was a joke band, because there was nobody at the shows. Mookie would play, and Sexecutioner would play, and Alice would play. And we’d take turns out in the audience to applaud the other band, ’cause there was nobody there. You talk to people now, and there were ten thousand people in these clubs.”

As Operation Desert Storm was winding down, Alice in Chains, along with Ann and Nancy Wilson, were the headliners of a daylong “concert for peace” at the Paramount Theatre on February 23. The show closed with a group-encore cover of Cat Stevens’s “Peace Train.”4

Alice in Chains was nominated for nine Northwest Area Music Association (NAMA) Northwest Music Awards that year during a ceremony on March 3 at the Moore Theatre. They won only one—Rock Recording, for Facelift. There were problems backstage that had nothing to do with the band but did affect them. The show started at approximately 7 P.M. according to The Seattle Times. It ran for a marathon five hours, with about 90 percent of the audience gone by the time the last award was presented at around midnight.

A third of the audience left during the intermission three hours into the show. Alice in Chains was supposed to perform immediately after the intermission, but according to Randy Biro, saxophonist Kenny G threw a tantrum and took that slot instead. Another third of the audience took off after his performance. According to The Seattle Times, “People kept drifting out until only a hard core remained for a short closing performance by Alice in Chains.”

“‘The sax star threw a tantrum,’ Alice lead singer Layne Staley told the crowd when the band finally took the stage,” reported Patrick MacDonald.5 Randy Biro has a different recollection: that Layne said words to the effect of “We’d like to thank you. And this one’s dedicated to Kenny G and his flesh flute.”

Mike’s friend Aaron Woodruff was stationed at U.S. Army Garrison Hohenfels in the heart of Bavaria when, shortly before Alice in Chains left for their first European tour, his mother sent him a cassette copy of Facelift—a gift from Mike. Sometime later, Woodruff’s mother called him to tell him Mike was in Europe and trying to get ahold of him. There was a desk with a phone at the entrance of the barracks. Woodruff was walking by the unattended desk one time when the phone started ringing. He picked up. It was Mike, calling from Amsterdam.

Woodruff arranged to get some time off to watch the Alice in Chains show at Nuremberg. At the time, they were opening for the Almighty and Megadeth, a tour lineup that began in March.6 “The first time I saw them, I was with them. I went backstage with them, on the bus with them, and then I went out in the audience when they were playing and watched them. I was blown away. The only thing I didn’t quite understand was why Mike kept spitting loogies out in the crowd,” Woodruff recalled. “I think somebody, some Germans, pissed him off or something.”

Woodruff brought a video camera to the show and shot footage of himself hanging out with Alice in Chains, which he has since posted on YouTube.7 The material is an interesting snapshot of the band on the cusp of fame. Mike Jordan, another of Mike’s childhood friends, spoke of traveling with the band during this early period. “I was there to see Mike realize his dream of making it big in the music industry. That will always be something I cherish. It was a blessing to be along for the ride [for] a couple of dates on the tour. The guys in the band always treated me like I was one of them, and it was really cool.”

*   *   *

Coming off the success of his first film, Say Anything, writer-director Cameron Crowe had been working on the script for Singles when Andrew Wood died in March 1990.8 The emotional reaction and coming together of the music community after Wood’s death had a profound impact on him and the script he was developing.9 Crowe approached Alice in Chains to ask for a song for the movie’s soundtrack. He wound up paying for much more than what he actually got.

“Cameron wanted a song, so we got him to pay for us to record ten songs,” Jerry told Greg Prato. “We gave him an inflated budget. We came up with ‘Would?’ for the movie, and we demoed a bunch of shit.” “Would?” was the band’s tribute to Andrew Wood, the music and lyrics credited to Jerry, with the song’s title presumably being a pun on Wood’s surname. Some of this material would appear on Sap and Dirt. One of the songs, “Lying Season,” didn’t make the cut for either release.10

On the night of April 17, 1991, Alice in Chains shot their scenes for Singles at a warehouse on a pier in downtown Seattle, which the film’s art department had outfitted to look like a club. “That part of it was really fun, just being in that movie. But playing that song over and over on that pier was murder,” Jerry said during a 1999 interview.11

Michelle Ahern-Crane, an extra for the shoot, said, “It was a cool shoot in that it was fun, but it was terrible in that it was outside and we were standing dressed in club wear.”

“I was freezing, and I knew the guys had a little backstage area and they had heaters. I was freezing and wanted to go back there and hang out because it was a shoot that started at six in the evening and went until six in the morning. I was too shy to assume it was okay for me to walk back there.”

The singer of the Derelicts, Duane Lance Bodenheimer, was also there. At one point, Layne walked up to him and said, “I need to talk to you.”

Bodenheimer had met Demri through mutual friends, and she made quite an impression on him. “She really just like blew me away. Beautiful, amazing girl. Good energy. Just amazing. I developed a little crush on her,” he recalled. “Demri and I started hanging out. She was a very sexual girl, and I tried to not do that because I knew who her boyfriend was, but it just happened one day. We had a relationship, and there were drugs involved. We were together a lot.”

Bodenheimer dates the beginning of his involvement with Demri to some point during 1990–91, after Alice in Chains started touring. While Layne was gone, Demri and Bodenheimer would hang out at another local musician’s home and do drugs, and they became close. “I fell in love with her. I really cared for her and loved her.”

Not surprisingly, Layne didn’t like Bodenheimer at all and had his suspicions. One time he called Bodenheimer over to another local musician’s house and confronted him. “If you’re fucking my woman, why don’t you tell me?”

Bodenheimer denied it, because he wasn’t proud of it. He kept seeing Demri—mostly while Layne was touring, but occasionally when Layne was in town. Layne called him again, telling him he knew what was going on, and that—in Bodenheimer’s words—“it was out there, pretty much.”

“You could have told me the first time you were sleeping with my girlfriend,” Layne told him. “You’re not a good person. You’re a piece of shit.” For all his jealousy and anger, Layne was not a model of virtue and fidelity himself. Cat Butt’s singer, David Duet, said, “Layne and Demri had kind of an open relationship. In the position he was in, it’s probably the only way he could’ve had a lasting relationship. Layne was very true to Demri in his heart, but he related many, many wild touring adventures to me.”12 According to Bodenheimer, Demri was aware of Layne’s flings on tour. “She kind of said that they had that kind of relationship.”

“She would complain sometimes about she knew he was probably fucking other girls,” Bodenheimer said, but beyond that, she never said anything bad about him.

At one point, Bodenheimer went to Denver to visit his parents. Demri came down and stayed for about a week and a half. The next time Bodenheimer hung out with her in Seattle, “it was just kind of different.” She explained her feelings for Bodenheimer in a letter—which he has since lost—in which she wrote words to the effect that Layne was her white knight and Bodenheimer was her dark knight.

At the Singles shoot, Bodenheimer and Layne sat at a table, and Layne—presumably with long-built-up jealousies and frustrations finally reaching a boiling point—tore into him. “You’re a piece of shit. It should have been you that died instead of Andy Wood. I fucking hate you.” This comment was made with Layne knowing full well that Bodenheimer was a heroin user, and it came a little more than a year after Wood’s fatal overdose.

Bodenheimer was shocked. “Layne said that to me, and that was very hurtful—it hurt me. I wasn’t, like, a total dick. I did have feelings, I felt bad about what was going on, but I couldn’t help it, because I truly … I really did love her.” Although he wasn’t there, Bodenheimer later heard from a friend who attended the Clash of the Titans show at Red Rocks that Layne had introduced a song—he doesn’t know which one—saying words to the effect of “This is about Duane Bodenheimer, scummy drug junkie.”

The same night as the Alice in Chains shoot, Nirvana was performing a last-minute show at the OK Hotel before heading to Los Angeles to record their sophomore album, Nevermind. The show is best remembered for being the first public performance of “Smells Like Teen Spirit” and has since grown to near-legendary status in Seattle grunge lore.13

*   *   *

Alice in Chains landed the opening slot on the Clash of the Titans tour during the summer of 1991, literally by accident. Musically, they were the odd men out—the other three bands on the bill were Megadeth, Slayer, and Anthrax. The opening slot was originally supposed to go to Death Angel, who had to bail out of the tour after a bus accident.14

Asked by Riki Rachtman, host of Headbangers Ball, what it was like to be opening for them, Mike responded, “It’s really smelly, but it’s great—it’s awesome—we’re having a great time. All of the guys are really cool.”15

A more candid assessment of the experience came years later. “Slayer fans were brutal to us,” Jerry would recall. “When we played at Red Rocks, they were throwing so much shit at us that we could hardly see the crowd.

“Someone threw a huge water jug that knocked over Sean’s cymbals, and spit was flying everywhere. Layne just shouted ‘Fuck you!’ and spit back at them.”

Their toughness and willingness to stick it out in the midst of a relentless onslaught from a hostile crowd won them a few converts. “We finished the set and we were like, ‘Jesus Christ, that was insane,’” Jerry recalled. “We’re waiting to get in the bus to leave, and there were a bunch of Slayer fans backstage that had passes and they started walking toward us. We’re like, ‘We’re gonna get our fuckin’ asses kicked.’ But they walked over and went, ‘Okay, man. You didn’t puss out. I guess you’re all right.’”16

Before the tour came to Seattle on May 30, Jeff Gilbert was interviewing Megadeth front man Dave Mustaine for an article for Guitar World magazine. Gilbert mentioned he was friends with Alice in Chains. Mustaine asked what he knew about them. Gilbert praised Alice in Chains but noted, “They used to be a full-on Poison-style glam band.”

Mustaine looked at him and said, “Are you kidding me?”

“No. In fact, I still have pictures of them from back in the day.” He was referring to the Alice ’N Chains design he had pressed onto T-shirts a few years earlier. He sent it to Mustaine, who had the tour manager make posters out of it and place them all over Mercer Arena. “By the time Alice in Chains showed up, you couldn’t walk anywhere. Those poor guys would walk in and see this glam band Alice ’N Chains, and it was so flippin’ funny. Just everywhere, before the doors even opened. So that way, when these guys rolled in backstage, it was the funniest thing,” Gilbert said, chuckling pretty hard.

Gilbert was walking down the hallway backstage when he saw Layne.

“Hey, Layne.”

“Hey, man.”

And then Layne put two and two together.

“HEY!”

“Layne knew exactly when he saw me. He goes, ‘God dang it, man!’ He liked the joke, though—he thought it was pretty funny,” Gilbert said. “I asked [the other members of Alice in Chains] later, and Jerry and I were talking. He said, ‘Oh, man. We did some shows with those guys and they just ripped us into the ground. They were busting our chops left and right.’ I’m like, ‘Well, you deserved it. Look how goofy you guys used to look.’”

The most important thing to happen during this tour wasn’t even the tour itself. “Man in the Box” was about to jump-start the band’s career.

*   *   *

At some point in the late spring of 1991, there was a meeting at MTV to decide which of two videos—“Man in the Box” or either Blue Murder’s “Valley of the Kings” or “Jelly Roll”—would get the network’s coveted “Buzz Bin” seal of approval. In that pre-YouTube, pre–realityshow era when music videos formed a large part of MTV’s daily programming, getting a video in regular airplay on the network could have an enormous impact on a band’s career. According to Rick Krim, at the time MTV’s vice president of music and programming and a participant in that meeting, “Buzz Bin” meant a video would get heavy rotation: “That clip got X number of plays for that week and then it probably goes into some other kind of rotation after that.”

Krim said the discussion centered on “whether we pick this big, glossy hair band, sort of late-in-the-game hair-band video by this band [Blue Murder] or this dark, sepia-toned, sort of weird band, Alice in Chains. I don’t remember the deciding factor, but we decided it was time to change the landscape a little bit, try something different, and we went with Alice in Chains.”

As far as the decision-making process, Krim said they would have votes or try to reach a consensus. For “Man in the Box,” he said, “I think we talked both sides through, and I do think the consensus ultimately was, ‘Let’s just try something different,’ which it certainly was.” This was how a group of fewer than ten people broke Alice in Chains nationally.

“That video in the MTV ‘Buzz’ clip helped us out a lot, and I know it helped a lot of other bands as well,” Jerry said during an interview with MTV. “It can blow you up really fast.” The impact was immediate. One week after MTV put “Man in the Box” in the “Buzz Bin” in early May 1991, Facelift jumped from number 166 on the Billboard chart to 108. A month and a half later, the album peaked at number 42.17

“I think MTV had a lot to do with it. I think MTV at that time in particular was really leading the drive on record sales. It was kinda the peak of MTV. Everybody was watching. When MTV put it in ‘Buzz Bin,’ everything changed for that band, everything,” Paul Rachman said. He also thinks it was MTV that drove the song’s airplay on rock radio.

According to Jerry, Facelift had sold only about forty thousand copies after eight months of touring by the time the “Man in the Box” video hit.18 Another indicator of the song’s success happened when the band and crew walked into a bar on a night off from the tour and heard the bar band performing a cover of “Man in the Box.”

“We couldn’t believe it. We were blown away,” Biro said of the band and crew’s reaction. “They didn’t know we had come in through a back door. Nobody knew we were there.”

“[The ‘Man in the Box’ cover] sounded atrocious, but they knew who it was,” Biro said, referring to the band’s recognition of their song. “And then [the bar band] got all weirded out when they realized the band was there.”

Another sign was when the band started getting recognized at truck stops and people were asking for autographs. It was during this period that Jerry realized he would have to learn how to read sheet music. According to Biro, that decision came after seeing transcriptions of Alice in Chains songs and discovering they were inaccurate.

The band’s popularity in Seattle grew by leaps and bounds. “I almost can’t describe it. They were just ridiculously popular up here,” Jeff Gilbert said. “Fans would call KISW and just demand that KISW keep playing them. That led to ‘Metal Shop’ putting them into regular rotation. That album got more airplay than Nirvana, Pearl Jam, and Soundgarden combined. That is a fact right there—that band got sick amounts of airplay. Everybody was an Alice in Chains fan.”

If imitation is the sincerest form of flattery, then Alice in Chains should have been very flattered after the success of “Man in the Box” and, later on, the Dirt album. Jack Endino, who produced Bleach, told Nirvana biographer Everett True, “Right around ’92, ’93, that was everybody’s meal ticket. ‘Oh, we’ve got to sound like Nirvana, or the Melvins or Soundgarden’ … or, times a thousand … ‘We’ve got to sound like Alice in Chains.’ That was the easiest blueprint for the suburban metalheads to follow because Alice in Chains made the transition from metal into grunge, whereas the other bands came from punk rock.

“Everybody copped to the metal side of grunge and that was where the really bad horde of imitators came from, the Soundgarden and Alice in Chains side of the grunge equation. The people who were hair metal bands a few years ago and now they’re a grunge band.”19

Kathleen Austin said Layne was having issues with his newfound fame. “Layne hated the fame. He couldn’t go to a cash machine without it being written up,” she said. “The Rocket … would say, ‘Seen at ATM outside 7-Eleven on such and such at three A.M., Layne Staley.’ He couldn’t go anywhere. The next time he’d go to that machine, there’d be people hiding in the bushes. He hated it.”

Another time, Layne and Demri had gone out to dinner with Austin at one of their favorite restaurants. “They had just brought our food, the three of us, and we’re involved in a family conversation. This guy comes up and just, ‘You’re Layne Staley! My girlfriend’s in the back in the bar. I really need your autograph. I have to take it to my girlfriend.’ It just kind of hit me the wrong way,” Austin recalled. “I turned and I looked at this person, and I said, ‘You know, we’re trying to have a family dinner here. I’m sure that Layne would love to write his name on a napkin for you after we have our dinner.’ And of course, he’s backing up and backing off. He apologized and he left.”

After this happened, she looked at Layne and said, “Oh, honey, I’m so sorry. That was not for me to do. Please forgive me.” He replied, “Oh, Kathleen, I just wish I could take you with me everywhere I go.”

Layne later told Jon Wiederhorn, “When someone’s excited about what you do, you’ve got to give them respect and be grateful. But when they run by and pull a clump of dreadlocks out of your head and your scalp is bleeding, then you should just kick the shit out of them.”20

A few years later, Layne was talking to Randy Biro. “The greatest line he ever told me: he said if he had known that being in a band was going to be such a tough job, he would have stayed dealing weed,” Biro recalled.

Layne wasn’t the only one having issues with fame. According to Austin, “People approached my daughter and [would] say, ‘Oh, I know you! You’re Layne’s girlfriend!’ And she would say, ‘No, I’m Demri.’ Demri had had a strong sense of self since she was two years old, and she started losing her identity to Layne, being identified as Layne’s girlfriend. Layne, on the other hand, started losing his identity to the band.” She added, “There were times that people came up to him and [said], ‘Oh, I know you! You’re Alice in Chains!’ And he’d say, ‘Do I look like an Alice to you?’”

At some point during 1990–91, Layne and Demri got engaged. Austin does not know the specifics of when or how this happened but says that Layne bought Demri a claddagh ring, an Irish design consisting of two hands clasping a heart, often surmounted by a crown. She recalled that Layne and Demri went to see her at Harborview Medical Center, where she worked, to tell her of their engagement, adding “and then they had a big engagement dinner, down at the Old Spaghetti Factory.”

Jim Elmer recalls that the two families went out to dinner to celebrate the engagement. Wedding plans were made, though the engagement was eventually called off. According to Austin, Layne and Demri chose Kiana Lodge for the venue, located on Bainbridge Island, a ferry ride away from downtown Seattle.21 Demri bought a wedding dress from a vintage clothing store in Pioneer Square.

Johnny Bacolas remembers the engagement and thinks it happened in 1991. He recalls one time while working at his father’s Greek restaurant in the U District when Layne, Mike, and Demri came to see him. Layne told him he was engaged. He also recalls Mike taking a shot of whiskey and saying, “I’m going to be his best man! He’s my bro. I’m going to be his best man at the wedding!” Bacolas assumed this to be true, because he was saying this openly with Layne and Demri right there. In terms of Layne’s demeanor, Bacolas said, “They seemed happy. It just seemed logical because he loved her and that was the next logical step.” Neither Jim Elmer nor Kathleen Austin had ever heard that Mike was to be Layne’s best man. “It never got that far,” Austin said. “There wasn’t a date. There were colors picked out, and nobody told them to me. But I do know that they were very happy at that time.”

*   *   *

Coming off the success of “Man in the Box,” Paul Rachman traveled to Seattle to direct Temple of the Dog’s video for “Hunger Strike,” which was shot in the spring of 1991. It was during this period that he met Demri. One night she came up to Rachman and told him, “I’m an actress up here and I’d love to audition or whatever.” On a napkin, she wrote down what Rachman described as “a handwritten head shot” with her name, contact information, and adjectives such as “good-looking,” “short,” “loud,” and “exotic” to describe herself.

Demri told him she was modeling and wanted to do music videos and then movies. “She really needed to move to LA but didn’t—she thought she could get gigs with contacts in LA and fly there to work but that doesn’t really work,” Rachman wrote in an e-mail. Of the note’s significance, he wrote, “That note does give proof of her professional dreams.”22

After the “Hunger Strike” shoot, Rachman went out in downtown Seattle with members of Temple of the Dog, where Rachman ran into Layne, and the two hugged. Rachman remembers Layne looking “a little more worn down” than a few months earlier.

By early June 1991, with “Man in the Box” in heavy rotation, Columbia Records was pushing for a follow-up single to capitalize on their breakout hit. It was also Rachman’s impression that the label wanted another single “in case ‘Man in the Box’ ran out of steam.” He got the nod to direct the video for “Sea of Sorrow,” which he says the label wanted to be “a little more conceptual.”

Columbia wanted to make the video while the band was on the Clash of the Titans tour. Rachman was pushing back, trying to postpone it until the band finished the tour and could travel to Los Angeles or New York, where he had people and resources to make the video properly. But Columbia was adamant, asking Rachman to shoot the video in Salt Lake City on the band’s day off from the tour.

The video was “very high concept” in terms of stage design, with a production budget that was probably double what he had for “Man in the Box.” But according to Rachman, the label’s insistence on shooting the video immediately affected the production. “It was probably one of my most nightmarish shoots. I’d never had so many problems. We shipped the lights there, and we shipped one extra in case something happens, and I needed four minimum, because there was one for each guy in the band. They were going to be each their own color. Of course, two of them get there broken, so we have to find another one. The local crews are really slow, so setting up the stage took forever. We’re hoping to start shooting at like eight in the morning, nine in the morning. We didn’t start shooting until five P.M.”

Rachman said the band members were “more cranky. They were kind of bigger rock stars.” Another difference was they wanted their girlfriends at the time to appear, but Rachman didn’t want to do a “cheesy rock chick” video. Demri did not travel to Salt Lake City for the shoot, although Rachman said other members’ girlfriends did. For the others, they cast local girls from Salt Lake City.

The change in attitude wasn’t just toward Rachman. “They weren’t listening to Susan as much anymore. They all had their own ideas. They were all taking advantage of a little more power and influence. And that affected me indirectly.” Rachman remembered Susan and Jerry arguing about Jerry’s choice of jacket he wore in the video.

“What happens to this video is just tragic,” Rachman said. He was under pressure from the band and the label. “So stupid ideas were coming from the band a little bit, and I’m getting challenged by the label to deliver this high concept in a difficult situation and the shoot was a nightmare.” He didn’t feel good about the shoot when he returned to Los Angeles, but to his surprise, he liked the footage. “It was very dark and moody and kind of trippy. There was a psychedelic tone to it. And if you listen to the song, it has this very psychedelic drone to it.”

By the time Rachman delivered the first cut of the video, “Man in the Box” was peaking in its MTV popularity. The song got another boost after it was nominated for Best Metal/Hard Rock Video at the 1991 MTV Video Music Awards, scheduled for September. “In retrospect, we never had to go do this ‘Sea of Sorrow’ video in such a rush, because effectively ‘Man in the Box’ outlived and outperformed even the ‘Sea of Sorrow’ single that came after.”

The “Sea of Sorrow” video went through several cuts. Rachman kept arguing with Columbia Records, culminating with an incident in which he was on the phone with a vice president of the company, describing the feedback he was getting as “so ludicrous, and they had no ideas.” Rachman lost his temper, telling the executive to go fuck himself and hanging up the phone. He didn’t work with Columbia Records again until several years later. Rachman’s cut of the video began airing, but the label took some of his footage and provided it to another director, who added new black-and-white material he shot later. Both versions of the video would later surface on the Internet.

With “Man in the Box” as their breakout single and video, Alice in Chains was beginning to reap the rewards of years of hard work. For the rest of 1991, the band members would reach new professional heights, but at the same time, their future was about to take an ominous turn.

Chapter 13

When I took that first hit, for the first time in my life,

I got on my knees, and I thanked God for feeling good.

—LAYNE STALEY

ALICE IN CHAINS GOT the nod to open for Van Halen’s North American tour from August 1991 to January 1992, with a few breaks scattered throughout. For Mike, it was the culmination of a high school dream. In his senior yearbook, he wrote that his goals were to become a rock star and tour with Van Halen. Seven years later, it was mission accomplished.

Former SATO guitarist Ken Kramer was sitting at home one night when he got a call from Mike, saying, “Dude! I can’t talk very long. I have this girl’s cell phone and I’m in the bathroom. We’re about to open for Van Halen! Man, I love you so much! I wanted to call you. I want you to be here—this is so great! I wanted to share it with you. I’m going to try and call everybody I know before she finds me!”1

Sammy Hagar claimed credit for getting Alice in Chains on the bill. “I picked this band,” he told the Seattle Post-Intelligencer. “I said, ‘Let’s find a new cool band that needs exposure.’ I was watching MTV and saw the [‘Man in the Box’] video. Layne [Staley] is one of the great new singers today.”2

On September 5, both bands were on hand at the Universal Amphitheatre in Los Angeles for the MTV Video Music Awards, and both were nominees. Paul Rachman was with the band at the ceremony. He recalls seeing a red-carpet interview with Metallica being broadcast inside the venue. When they were asked who should win, they responded “Man in the Box.” When it was time to announce the winner for Best Metal/Hard Rock Video, Rachman, who was sitting a few rows behind the band, said, “I remember sitting there at the MTV Awards and they come up and it’s like, ‘A…,’ and I thought it was gonna be Alice in Chains, and it was Aerosmith. I was like, ‘Aw, shit.’”3

It was also during this tour that a dangerous new element would be added to the Alice in Chains mix, one that would have repercussions on everyone for years, in ways they probably couldn’t have imagined.

*   *   *

If there is a villain in this story, it would unquestionably be heroin. No biography of Alice in Chains could be considered credible without examining the consequential and ultimately destructive role of the drug in the band’s art and personal lives, particularly for Layne and Mike Starr.

No one knows exactly when or how heroin first appeared on the Seattle music scene, but the general estimate is that it happened at some point during the 1980s. “Sometime in 1982, as the music scene became bigger and a recession hit Seattle, we all noticed a huge influx of heroin and pills,” Duff McKagan wrote in his memoir. “Addiction suddenly skyrocketed within my circle of friends, and death by overdose became almost commonplace. I witnessed my first overdose when I was eighteen. I saw the first love of my life wither away because of smack and one of my bands imploded because of it. By the time I was twenty-three, two of my best friends had died from heroin overdoses.” He added, “In Seattle, heroin was fast becoming a staple in pretty much everyone’s diet—not just musicians. With beer in hand, I watched it take over the city during Ronald Reagan’s first term as president; as jobs disappeared, smack oozed into the vacuum left in people’s lives. Up to 1982, I heard about heroin but rarely saw it. Then suddenly I began to see a lot of older kids starting to use heroin openly. As more and more of my contemporaries lost their jobs, smack spread quickly. It would be everywhere by 1983.”4

Evan Sheeley said, “What was happening in Seattle, somehow during the early days of grunge, heroin entered the scene. Back in my days, when I was playing, it was pot, cocaine, alcohol. It was pretty much those three. [Acid and mushrooms were] previous to that. That was in the sixties and seventies. Later in the eighties, it was more about cocaine, alcohol, and pot. Somewhere along the line, in the mid- to later eighties, heroin crept into the scene somehow. Don’t know how, don’t know why, but, for whatever reason, it seems like that generation of musicians … certain ones unfortunately latched on to it.”

Bob Timmins, a drug counselor who was a heroin addict for sixteen years, worked with several Seattle musicians. He said the musicians he works with “are very successful, and it gives them a sense of power and control—that they’re immune and they can control their use,” and that denial makes them typical heroin addicts.5

Heroin use was on the rise in Seattle during the late 1980s and early 1990s. Heroin-related deaths increased from thirty-two in 1986 to fifty-nine in 1992, a rise of 84 percent. Heroin overdoses were at “record level” when 410 were reported at Harborview Medical Center in the first six months of 1993. However, according to a 1994 Seattle Times report, heroin use was also on the rise nationwide.6

Susan commented about heroin in the 1996 documentary Hype! “It’s just fucking heartbreaking to see how disillusioned people get, to where that escape is so sought after,” she observed. Even before heroin use had entered the Alice in Chains camp, Susan already had experience dealing with the drug because of her brother, Bruce, who was an addict.7

The event that should have had the most immediate relevance and deterrent impact on Alice in Chains and their contemporaries was Andrew Wood’s death in 1990. It didn’t.

One of the central questions of the Alice in Chains story is when, where, and how heroin entered the picture. Casual drug use had been part of the band’s recreational activities long before they signed a record deal. John Starr, Mike’s father and also a drug addict, told Mike’s biographer that it was Demri who introduced Layne to heroin: “The drugs came as a result of Layne’s connection with Demri. They did no drugs until they started touring. I loved her; her and I got along great. Mike and Layne and her had more fun than everybody else on the tour together. But she introduced Layne to heroin. Layne introduced Mike to heroin.”8

Demri’s mother, Kathleen Austin, does not dispute this claim, but she points out that she doesn’t know when or how Demri first used heroin, because her daughter never told her. “My daughter told me just about everything. My daughter told me things I didn’t want to know. But she never called me and said, ‘Hey, Mom, guess what? I used heroin last night.’ That’s something that most people don’t want other people to know.”

According to multiple sources, John Starr’s claim is accurate. Layne told Johnny Bacolas that he began using heroin during the Van Halen tour. According to Greg Prato, Bacolas said, “I asked him, ‘How did this happen?’ His exact words were, ‘Johnny, when [I] took that first hit, for the first time in my life, I got on my knees, and I thanked God for feeling good.’ From there, it just didn’t stop.”9

“He would go shoot up in his bedroom and he would come out; he would seem really relaxed and really at peace with everything,” Bacolas explained during an interview for the book. “A couple of times, I would say, ‘What’s it like? What do you feel?’ And he would just tell me, ‘Everything is really peaceful.’”

Bacolas asked Layne how his heroin use began. He recalls Layne telling him they ran out of cocaine, and Demri went out looking for more but came back with heroin instead. This, Bacolas says, is his best recollection as to when and how Layne first tried heroin, as told to him by Layne himself. Regarding Demri’s use, Bacolas said, “I think she was using at that point on and off. I don’t know how seriously she was using, but [she] was using enough to take it when someone gave it to her.”

Alice in Chains’s producer, Dave Jerden, offered some insight that might verify Bacolas’s account. He said unequivocally that Layne was not doing heroin when they worked on Facelift, an account corroborated by Ronnie Champagne. Asked to comment on the account provided by Bacolas, Jerden said, “That’s totally possible. I went to Arizona and saw them play with Van Halen. Layne was definitely acting different at that point. Layne did coke and he drank a lot, so I didn’t know if he was drunk or whatever, but he wasn’t the same. Layne was usually gregarious and cracking jokes all the time. I went to their tour bus and saw the band before the concert, and Layne was really quiet. I didn’t know what was up with him. He is the only one, besides later Mike Starr, of course. Jerry never did heroin; neither did Sean.”

During this visit, Jerden jokingly asked Layne, “How does it feel to be famous?”

Layne answered him, seriously, “It’s freaking me out. People treat me like an object. I’m not a person anymore. I’m just a commodity to be sold. People don’t really know who I am. People grab things from me.”

“It [was] like he [wasn’t] having a conversation with me [but] was making a statement to the universe. He wasn’t being vitriolic about it, just really honest,” Jerden recalled. He compared what Layne was going through to Beatlemania.

Jerden also said he heard Demri had introduced Layne to heroin from a source close to the Jane’s Addiction camp—another band he had worked with.

Why Layne decided to try heroin after having been openly against it a few years earlier is not known. According to Nick Pollock, “Everybody’s got to live with their part in this life. Nobody should be hung up on a cross because of it. Layne made the choices that Layne made. Layne chose to do drugs. Layne chose to continue to do drugs to compensate for other things.”

It may be easy to blame Demri, but doing so would absolve Layne of any personal responsibility for his decision. It should be noted that even before he was successful, Layne had a drug problem—having used marijuana, cocaine, mushrooms, and acid, at least. It was serious enough for his previous bandmates to organize their own private intervention. On the other hand, Kathleen Austin noted, “People who love Demri blamed Layne for her addiction. That’s what people do when you love somebody and they’re hanging with somebody else and they’re doing bad things. You don’t blame that person. You say, ‘Oh, it’s their friends,’ ‘Oh, he’s running with a bad group of people.’”

*   *   *

Although nobody noticed at first, Mike had been putting names on the guest list, but it wasn’t until later that the band and crew figured out why. “We did notice that at one point, ‘Man, he’s got a lot of fucking relatives,’” Randy Biro said. “Mike was putting names on the guest list every night. And he’d fill out raffle tickets for the spot and scalp them.” Van Halen’s security people caught Mike scalping tickets outside a venue. According to multiple sources, Mike had been caught trading or selling backstage passes, spots on the Alice in Chains guest list, or tickets in exchange for drugs or money on multiple occasions.10 This issue was likely a contributing factor in the decision to fire him in early 1993.

Mike told Mark Yarm he did it to get drugs for Layne.11 Biro disputes this account. “Demri would come up to me and say, ‘I guarantee I can find dope in this arena.’ I was [like], ‘Bullshit.’ We’d be out in the middle of some fucking cowpoke little town somewhere, and she walked into this arena, and she would find some heroin and bring the person backstage.” He added, “Layne never needed anybody to hunt down drugs for him. People came to us. Especially Van Halen; we were starting to get recognized. That was a big [turning] point, and people were starting to come to us.”

It should also be noted that not everything that happened on the Van Halen tour was bad. According to Shoaf, Eddie Van Halen spent a lot of time hanging out on the Alice in Chains bus and became good friends with Jerry, a friendship that continues to the present day. In Jerry’s words, “He hung out in our room more than he hung with his own band.”

At one point, Jerry expressed an interest in buying one of Eddie Van Halen’s guitars and amplifiers, a proposition Van Halen refused. After the tour was over, Jerry went to Kelly Curtis’s house, where he was still living in the basement. Curtis asked him to move out the garageful of amplifiers and guitars Van Halen sent over as gifts.12 Michael Anthony gave Mike several of his Spector basses that he wasn’t using, along with some Mesa Boogie amp heads.

There was a prank war between the two bands. Van Halen pulled four pranks on Alice in Chains during one set, consisting of strips of upward-facing duct tape placed all over the stage, a group of ugly strippers who stayed onstage for a song, one of their techs in a Little Bo Peep outfit with live sheep, and, during the set-closing “Man in the Box,” the Van Halen crew came out and started breaking down their gear while they were still playing the song. “They left Sean with a kick and snare, left me with one cab. They just unplugged Mike Starr. And that was all in one set!” Jerry said.

Alice in Chains was determined to have the last laugh. “Van Halen used to do this signature walk across the stage, and at the time they had these skimpy panties that they would sell to the chicks in the audience. Really skimpy panties,” Jerry said. “So we took some of these panties and put them on—of course they weren’t big enough [to] keep our junk in, so we had to turn them around with the butt parts in front to keep our stuff together—and put on some combat boots, and we made ourselves up as strippers and did that Van Halen signature walk across the stage behind them, and they didn’t know it was happening, except for Alex.” He adds, “There’s a great photo of it, taken right as Eddie turns around and realizes what’s going on, and he’s totally losing it. He’s one of those guys who never fucks up. I’ve seen him play in so many different states, and he’s always on, but hearing him miss a couple notes while getting a laugh out of us was great.” A photo of this is on the Internet.13

The band’s ambitions for Facelift were fairly low to begin with. “When Alice in Chains packed out the Central Tavern two nights in a row, that’s when I was completely satisfied,” Layne told MTV. “That’s when my dreams came true. In Seattle, I was a rock star. Record companies started coming around, but I had never even thought about that. It was enough for me to be a star in Seattle.”14 By September 1991, the band’s hard work had paid off. Thirteen months after its release, Facelift was certified gold for selling in excess of five hundred thousand copies—the first Seattle grunge band to reach that milestone. That bar would be matched and significantly raised after Pearl Jam and Nirvana released their landmark Ten and Nevermind albums on August 27 and September 24 of the same year.15

Once the money started coming in, the band members were modest in terms of what they did with it, buying homes and cars. According to Ken Deans, “The most nuts [thing] Sean ever did was he bought a Porsche. And he bought a couple of nice Harley motorcycles. Jerry bought a really nice truck. He bought a Dodge pickup truck, [his] Oklahoma roots coming through. Nobody bought a Ferrari. They all live in fairly modest homes today. It’s not like they really ever did the giant rock star thing.” According to Aaron Woodruff, the first thing Mike bought was a Nissan 300ZX, paying $36,000 cash.

Layne told the story of how, after getting his first credit card, he maxed it out the first three months during shopping sprees at Toys “R” Us. In the same interview, he also said, “After I got my first gold record, my friend came over and pulled out a couple lines of blow, and I pulled the gold record off the wall, because that was a dream of mine. If I ever got a gold record, I was going to do my first line of coke on that.”16

While it is possible he did cocaine off his gold record, his claim that it was the first time he tried it was an outright lie. Multiple sources have said on the record that Layne was using cocaine as early as the mid-1980s.17

As the money started coming in, Jim Elmer said Layne worked with an accountant to keep track of his finances, developed a budget, and paid his credit card through a trust account. Elmer described Layne and his accountant as “conservative” in terms of managing and spending his money. In terms of his personal expenses, Elmer said that once he had money, Layne bought a car and video games and, later on, a condo.

Chapter 14

Can we get her to do the “Barracuda” song?

—SEAN KINNEY

IN THE FALL OF 1991, the band booked recording time at London Bridge Studios, where they would be working with Rick Parashar as producer. Sap emerged from the demo commissioned by Cameron Crowe for Singles. Although “Would?” was already booked for the movie, what to do with the rest of the material was in question. “We had all this acoustic stuff, and we’re thinking, ‘What the fuck can we do with this? We’re a hard rock/metal band.’ We figured people might not dig it, also,” Jerry recalled.1 According to the Music Bank liner notes, the title came to Sean during a dream in which the EP’s title was announced at a press conference. “In deference to déjà vu, the name stuck.”2

Assistant engineers Dave Hillis and Jonathan Plum both credited Rick Parashar for helping Layne and Jerry develop their vocal harmonies, possibly as far back as the original 1988 demo that helped get the band signed. “Doing so many records on the other side of the glass with Rick, part of his whole production style and technique is to sit down with the singers at the piano and help write harmonies. I think he did some of that with Temple of the Dog as well. That’s just part of almost any record that he works on. That’s definitely one of his strong points, one of the main aspects of hiring him as a producer that he’s known for,” Hillis said, who also worked with Parashar on Pearl Jam’s Ten album. “There wasn’t a time that I worked with him that he didn’t do that. It was always part of his production style to really work the vocals, comp vocal-track takes together, then build on them from that, come up with harmony ideas, sit at the piano, do harmony parts, or sing them over the top back to him.”

According to Hillis, Parashar ran a tight ship at the studio. “When Rick was there, it was all business. There were a couple of parties we had at London Bridge with the Alice guys involved, but it was not during a recording session. If there was any type of drug use during some of the other, like the Dirt demos and whatnot, that was Layne sneaking off in the bathroom or something like that. When we were working on the record, there was no partying.”

Jonathan Plum was a twenty-year-old student at Central Washington University who had been working as an engineer with other bands when, through mutual connections, he found out that Rick Parashar was looking for an assistant engineer. He applied and was accepted for the position, which started as a three-month unpaid internship. “It was like sixteen hours a day, every day, and then the salary was terrible, but I was working with Alice in Chains,” he said.

Within his first two weeks on the job, Plum noticed that a week and a half of studio time had been blocked out on the calendar for Alice in Chains. By his own admission, Plum was “superexcited,” having been a fan since he saw them perform at Bumbershoot in 1990. Layne was friendly and polite with the studio staff. “He seemed very down-to-earth of all those guys, the most down-to-earth, the most humble,” Plum recalled. “He would always show up sort of late because it was always like the Jerry show. Jerry seemed to be doing everything, and Layne would come in later. But Layne was superfriendly to me, and he’d ask about my background, how I got a job there, and how my day was. I always thought that was really cool.”

Plum added, “Jerry was very focused; he was the creative force of the band from what I could tell, and he’s just very intense. He wasn’t the kind of guy to stop and say, ‘Hi, how are you doing?’ or get to know me at all, so I was sort of in awe of him a little bit. But I also sort of stayed away from him a little because I knew he just wasn’t interested in my existence at all unless he needed coffee or needed me to help set something up or if I happened to run the tape deck, he’d have to deal with me.”

Though Layne was probably already using heroin by this point, Plum never saw any evidence of drugs during the making of Sap. The only drug anecdote he had direct knowledge of was when he first met Mike, who told him he was high on Ecstasy from the night before.

Hillis noticed that Layne was different. “He wasn’t like the Layne I knew from the Music Bank days; he wasn’t, like, totally in the mix. Now, in hindsight, he’s probably definitely dealing with drugs. But he wasn’t as involved—he’s more quiet, out of the way. I don’t remember seeing him a lot. I think there [were] some issues of him being in the bathroom way too long. I think Jerry and them were trying to keep it on the down low because they didn’t want Rick to know. Rick totally frowned on anything like that, especially in the studio, and in general. Really, really antidrug, in general.” Multiple sources who worked with Alice in Chains on later releases consistently describe Layne’s habit of locking himself in the bathroom for long periods of time.

Plum also recalled Mike rerecording a bass track that Jerry had done. “He told me the main reason he wanted to redo the bass track was because he was afraid his mom was going to hear it and would be able to tell that it wasn’t him playing bass on the record.

“Jerry had recorded this bass track, and Mike wanted to come back and replace it. He said he was happy with the bass track, it sounded fine, he just wanted to play it himself because he was worried his mom would hear it and say, ‘That’s not you!’ I think that was sort of a joke.” A highlight was when Ann and Nancy Wilson came to the studio to record their vocals. “I remember this really clearly because we were all so excited and sorta nervous,” Plum said. At one point, Sean asked Parashar, “Can we get her [Ann] to do the ‘Barracuda’ song?” referring to Heart’s signature song.

“I’m not going to ask her. You can ask if you want.”

Parashar handed Sean the talkback, so Ann could hear him from inside the studio. “Ann, at the end of the song, can you do the ‘Ooooh, barracuda’?”

According to Plum, “Ann took the headphones off, walked in the control room, and sat down next to Sean and whoever else, probably Sean and Jerry.”

“‘Look, in ten years, when you’re fucking sick of playing your song “Man in the Box,” the last thing you’re going to want to do is have someone ask you to sing “Man in the Box” on someone else’s song,’” she told Sean, according to Plum’s account.

“Basically schooled them on … why that wasn’t a good question to ask. The whole room was sort of quiet, like ‘Okay, you’re right; we’re sorry.’”

Chris Cornell and Mark Arm came to the studio to record guest vocals for “Right Turn,” a song that would be credited to Alice Mudgarden—a mash-up of the three bands involved: Alice in Chains, Mudhoney, and Soundgarden.

“It was Jerry Cantrell who called and asked me to sing on Sap. I was surprised, like, ‘Why would you want me to sing?’ I could understand why they’d want Chris Cornell to sing,” Arm told Greg Prato.3

“I remember Mark coming in being very nervous,” Hillis said. “We started talking in the lobby and he had a six-pack of beer with him, and he started drinking a beer because he was nervous. I was like, ‘What’s up, man? Why are you so nervous?’ He was nervous about the fact that Chris Cornell was there, and Layne and Ann. ‘They could all really sing, and I don’t fit in. My voice doesn’t come out as a singer like that.’ I remember kind of giving him confidence, ‘Man, you’ll do great. You’ll be fine.’

“I was also curious of how Rick, the producer, what he was going to think of Mark, because he was quite different, and I know that Rick wasn’t really familiar with that kind of music, with Mudhoney and Mark’s style. I remember as soon as he sang, he looked at me and goes, ‘This sounds great!’”

On the other hand, Parashar had to encourage Cornell to show some restraint during his performance. “When he came in, he kept really wanting to belt it out like he does, and I remember Rick kind of messing with him a lot. ‘Well, let’s try this,’ kind of having fun with him, not letting him belt it out with the classic Cornell high scream and stuff,” Hillis said.

Plum said that he and Parashar spent time together one evening and the following morning setting up microphones and getting sounds right for Sean’s drums. When the band came in, Plum and Parashar were working on overdubs and thought that they were going to play. They had other plans. “They were fucking around all day, and eventually they played a song, but they were each playing different instruments. Layne was playing drums, Sean was singing, and it was ‘Love Song.’ [Jerry and Mike traded places on guitar and bass.] It was stupid. I mean, they were just fucking around, and I was pissed that we spent all this time and effort trying to get these drum[s] [to] sound amazing and they wrote this stupid song. It was a joke. They were bored. I don’t know why they did it—they just did it,” Plum recalled.

Rocky Schenck got a phone call from the band to discuss ideas for cover art. Schenck is “pretty sure” Sean came up with the cover concept. On December 22, 1991, Schenck and his assistant went to Griffith Park and took photographs of several different old wooden buckets and taps attached to trees. “I got some great shots of four buckets hanging from a massive old tree, with each bucket representing a different band member, but they ended up using the photo of a single bucket,” Schenck wrote.

For the back cover, Schenck flew up to Seattle for a band photo shoot that took place on January 3, 1992. He took several different photos, which he thinks were never published. The band’s idea—which ultimately became the EP’s back cover—was a shot of them urinating on photos of themselves previously taken by Schenck. That same night, they all went to see Pearl Jam perform at Rock Candy. He called it “a great night, great show” and says he met Demri for the first time that night, saying “she was very sweet to me.”4

*   *   *

The nature and extent of Layne’s drug problem was probably a closely held secret at this point. However, word somehow got around to Layne’s ex-girlfriend, Chrissy Chacos. At one point during the early 1990s, she had tried heroin, and Layne had gotten wind of it. “I was at the Vogue when Layne confronted me—like, ‘I heard you’re smoking heroin. You’re not to do that,’ dah-dah-dah. I’m like, ‘Well, I heard you’re shooting it,’” she said.

Layne’s friend Ron Holt, who had his own struggles with heroin, said, “There’s something that happens when you’re an addict, where it becomes bad and you want to stop. And you do want to stop, even if you stay realistic about it and you accept it. Before you acquiesce, there are points where you try to stop, and you say, ‘I’m going to stop … my record label wants me to,’ whatever.” Holt added, “You draw a line in the sand, but you break it. And then you do it again, and you do it repeatedly. You do it so many times that at a certain point in your head, you go, ‘I can’t fucking even promise myself. What is the fucking use?’ So you start losing your faith in your ability.

“And so you hang on, so when you find something that you can do or you can hang on to, you tend to overemphasize it, shut everything else that you fail at out.” As Holt explained, “Pretty soon, what happens is that you’re in this mind-set too long that when you finally get clean, like when I did, I found out, ‘Wow! I’m not Ron Holt the Conqueror or creative guy anymore. I’m this beaten-down, frightened person.’ I think that’s what Layne became. I think that he could have, and probably somewhere desired to, create more than he did.”

At some point during this period, Layne went to rehab for the first time. Though he’d had issues with drugs during his teen years, Jim Elmer had no idea how serious his drug use was until he got a phone call from management telling him, “We need to have an intervention.”

“That’s when it really sunk in that this is real serious,” he said. He spoke with Susan, who wanted a family member present to show support. Elmer thinks Layne’s mother—whom he divorced a few years earlier—was living in Alaska at the time. He agreed to take part in the intervention, which was to be held at Susan’s office, with Susan, the other band members, and at least one person from the band’s record label. In terms of Layne’s reaction, Elmer said, “He was real surprised, because they’re supposed to be a surprise.”

“He didn’t try to run out. He was respectful to the process. Everybody went through their dialogue on their thoughts and concerns and what he meant to the people in the room there. Once we got through that, he consented to go.” He checked himself in that same day.

Based on multiple interviews and reviewing the band’s recording and touring schedule at the time, it would have happened at some point in the second half of 1991 or the beginning of 1992. He went to Valley General Hospital in Monroe, Washington—the same clinic Andrew Wood had checked in to in 1989. The other patients noticed they had a celebrity in their midst.

According to Kathleen Austin, “I go to visit him on a Sunday afternoon. I think Jerry and Sean had been there and left when I got there. I think I saw them. Layne was sitting outside on this picnic table talking, and all of the sudden you hear Alice in Chains music.” Austin says he wasn’t incognito going into the program but that he wanted to keep a low profile.

Someone—presumably another patient—had brought in a copy of the Live Facelift video, and people were watching it in the treatment center during visiting hours, knowing who Layne was and that he was a patient there. “Layne was devastated. He started to cry. Because from that point on, he wasn’t [a] guy with [an] addiction problem going to treatment, he was Alice in Chains,” Austin said. Layne’s mother and stepfather estimated he went to rehab approximately twelve or thirteen times over the years.5

But even with Sap finished and scheduled for release in May, and Layne’s first attempt at rehab, the band was getting ready to write and record the proper follow-up to Facelift. In doing so, they would make their masterpiece.

Chapter 15

The fucking town went up in flames.

—JERRY CANTRELL

BY LATE 1991 OR EARLY 1992, Alice in Chains returned to London Bridge Studios to begin working on a demo for their second album. Rick Parashar would be producing, and Dave Hillis would be engineering. “I think at the time I thought we were actually making a record with them. Like I said, it was always … You never really knew—everything was kind of vague,” Hillis said. The recording sessions for the demo took two to three weeks and were fairly uneventful. According to Hillis, the songs were fairly developed at the time. They may have had working titles, but he doesn’t recall what they were.

Layne had expanded his musical horizons somewhat, possibly as a result of the band’s experience touring in support of Facelift. “With Dirt, I remember Layne getting into Slayer. I don’t know how much that influenced them, but I remember that because Layne would talk to me about that kind of stuff because he knew my background from the earlier metal days and that my band [Mace] had opened for Slayer.”

John Starr was hanging out at the studio while the band was working on the demo. Hillis recalls hearing that there was “kind of an issue” with him being around too much and that maybe the two Starrs were “partying together.” At one point, Mike asked for a rough copy of the material that had been recorded. Parashar told Hillis to make him some mixes. Hillis was excited, because he got to play around with and mix the songs himself. He made a rough mix for Mike, without making a copy for himself—a decision he would regret later on. He ran into Mike years later, who told him, “Man, my favorite version of Dirt is that one I have that you made me!”

Jerry, Nick Terzo, and Dave Jerden were looking at different studios to record the album. They considered San Francisco as a possible halfway point between Seattle and Los Angeles. They had an appointment to look at one studio without telling them who the band was, when the studio manager came in and told them, “Oh, no, you can’t come in today. We have a really important band in.” They passed on the studio, even though it was their first choice. Jerden doesn’t even remember the other band but said they amounted to nothing.

They also considered Skywalker Sound, located on George Lucas’s four-thousand-acre ranch about forty minutes north of San Francisco, but it was too expensive.1 Ultimately, they decided to record it in Los Angeles. Jerden thinks the only reason for this was because he wanted to do it at One on One Recording Studios, which is most known for being where Metallica recorded … And Justice for All and the Black Album.

The band rented a house in the mountains near Malibu, where they lived and rehearsed for about five days before they went into the studio. Jerry had high expectations. “We were coming up with all this stuff that was just aggro. Superpowerful, very heavy lyrical content. It was a serious step up from Facelift—I equate it, as far as artistically, [to] … Nirvana from [Bleach] to Nevermind. To many people, it’s a record unto itself,” Jerry told Greg Prato.2

One factor that affected the making of the album was Layne’s relapse. Alice in Chains had been working with the addiction specialist Bob Timmins. In a 1994 Seattle Times interview, Timmins said that since the Seattle grunge scene took off in 1991, he had been called up to Seattle to work with six musicians in three prominent bands. “Interestingly, it’s all been for heroin.”3

According to Jerden, Timmins was Layne’s sponsor. Layne got word that Timmins had been bragging at a party about how he’s “got” the lead singer from Alice in Chains. Layne was furious and started using drugs again. Jerden was critical of Timmins’s modus operandi, saying, “He was notorious for doing interventions on bands where he would just show up at a gig where the band’s playing, where someone’s got a problem in the band, and he’d charge forty thousand dollars for one intervention. AA is supposed to be for free, and this guy was charging money for what Layne could have got for free.” Timmins died in 2008.4

By the time they went into the studio to start recording, Jerden said the songs were well developed and that the demo made at London Bridge was great. Work on the album began on or around April 27, 1992. Bryan Carlstrom spent the first two days getting sounds before outside events brought the studio and the city to a screeching halt. On April 29, a grand jury acquitted four Los Angeles police officers of beating Rodney King. Angry mobs took to the streets for hours of mayhem and destruction. Stores were looted, motorists were beaten, and more than 150 fires were ignited. By the next morning, four people were dead and at least 106 were hospitalized. Over a period of six days, more than three thousand structures or businesses were destroyed, resulting in $1 billion in property damage and fifty-four deaths.5

Jerry was in the middle of it when the riots began. “I was actually in a store buying some beer when some guys came in and started looting the place. I also got stuck in traffic and saw people pulling other people out of their cars and beating the crap out of them. That was some pretty scary shit to have to go through, and it definitely affected the overall feel of the album.”6

In a separate interview, he said, “We came down to LA, started tracking the record, and that Rodney King verdict came down. The fucking town went up in flames.”7

At the studio, there was a TV screen about the size of a huge wall. According to Carlstrom, it was showing images of Los Angeles burning, which the band members could see while they were tracking their parts. “At the time it didn’t seem that significant. Now, after hearing the vibe of the album, it’s just so symbolic of Layne’s life—literally, a city on fire—and the things that he was singing about. It was the perfect backdrop to what that album would be about.”

Jerden offered a similar account. “They were all set up, and then the LA riots started and we had to shut down for a week. We were watching it on television right from the beginning.”

They had started recording “Sickman,” which would be the most technically difficult song to record from the album. Sean didn’t play to a click, so the timing on his drum parts varied. Jerden found a bar and a half of drumming that was steady and would become the centerpiece of the song. He wanted the song to speed up gradually, so he had Carlstrom do the tedious copying and editing work. “I had to make copies of bars from one tape machine to another tape machine and slowly change the speed on one tape machine as I made copies of the bars. Make a copy of the bar at one speed, and then I’d have to do it again slightly faster. ‘Well, just gradually make that song speed up,’ which at the time I was thinking, ‘How the hell is this going to work? I’ve never heard [of] anybody doing this before,’” he said.

“Throughout the whole song, it’s the same bar and a half over and over and over again,” Jerden explained. “We had to make copies and copies and copies onto two-inch tape of that drum part and then edit that bar and a half over and over again, just loop it back in with a razor blade. And it took him like two days to do that. I think he was doing that in the studio when the LA riots were going on, but Bryan Carlstrom is like a wizard engineer.”

Carlstrom was under the impression that Jerden was making up this production technique on the spot, but Jerden said he had done it before, crediting that experience to his work on Brian Eno and David Byrne’s My Life in the Bush of Ghosts album. Carlstrom said those early sessions would have to be cut short to get the band members back to their apartment complex in Marina del Rey to beat city curfew. “It was basically martial law. I think it was after six o’clock at night, you weren’t allowed to drive in Los Angeles. You weren’t supposed to … but there was no police. I don’t know who would have enforced that.”

According to what Evan Sheeley heard at the time, Mike was clashing with Jerden, and the argument escalated to the point where Mike said, “I’m not going to play on this album unless you get Evan [Sheeley] down here.” The day after the riots started, Kelly Curtis called Sheeley, explained the situation to him, and told him, “I need to have you go to LA tomorrow.” Sheeley didn’t want to be down there, but he went because of his friendship with Curtis. He was flown down at management’s expense and paid for his services. Mike was supposed to pick him up at the airport, but Sheeley waited at the airport for two hours because Mike never showed up. Sheeley eventually got to a phone and got ahold of Mike.

“Where the hell are you, Mike? You’re supposed to be picking me up.”

“Oh … I forgot. I got a friend here. Can you get a taxi?”

“Yeah, but if you haven’t looked lately, the city’s on fire. There are no taxis,” Sheeley said. “I’m pissed off. I’ll see what I can do.”

When Sheeley arrived at Mike’s apartment, he saw a girl who looked underage leaving. Sheeley was furious and berated Mike. Sheeley laid down the law very clearly from the beginning: if he was going to help Mike, as he had been hired to do, he was going to take it seriously. He told Mike, “You treat me like your big brother here. I’m here to help you, and I will make you sound like a bass god. But I don’t want to see you doing shit in front of me that’s going to jeopardize my life or put me in potential trouble with the law.” Sheeley was referring to drug use—specifically, harder drugs like cocaine or heroin. Mike agreed to Sheeley’s terms and never did anything more than smoke an occasional joint when he was around.

Mike asked him, “Can you help me with some of these songs? Because I haven’t been able to come up with bass parts.” He handed Sheeley an acoustic bass that Sheeley had once sold him and started playing him a cassette with rough demos of the songs. The first song Sheeley heard on the tape was “Down in a Hole.” “What would you play if you were playing this song?”

“The way I look at songs is [not] for myself [but] if I was a different person playing the songs.” After listening to the song, he told Mike, “Okay, now I’m going to play it like I was John Paul Jones playing on the first Led Zeppelin album.”

Sheeley played the bass line for “Ramble On” and handed the guitar to Mike, who tried to match what Sheeley had just played. “I’m more of a technical bass player. Mike was more of a thrasher, which I think made the band, honestly. It was a big part of their sound. So when he took the bass from me, he could not play all the notes I was playing. Out of all the notes I showed him, he took certain ones, and that became the bass line.” They would repeat this process for every song except “Would?” which had already been completed. Sheeley used songs by Led Zeppelin and Black Sabbath as a point of reference for Mike to develop his bass lines.

The sound and tone of the bass on the album can be credited not only to Mike but also to Sheeley or Jerden, depending on whom you ask. Jerden bought an electronic piece of gear for nine hundred dollars—whose name and brand he can’t remember—which, when mixed in with Mike’s amplifier setup, would be the sound of the record. “I remember I made it programmable and got a sound on this thing that was great. It was like a growl. We made a program. I named it ‘Mike Starr.’ I don’t know what the piece of equipment is, but whoever’s got it, it probably has a program on it called ‘Mike Starr’ that was the sound of Dirt, the lower end,” Jerden said.

Sheeley offered a similar account but claims he was the one who programmed the settings. “I took a particular piece of equipment down there to One on One that I ran with the Ampeg SVT that gave the signature sound of Mike Starr for that album. I programmed my own setting for that album, and that’s what you hear on the album.”

The band wanted Sheeley to stay in Los Angeles as long as a month, Sheeley said, but he stuck around for only about a week. On one occasion, Sheeley accidentally walked in on Layne shooting up while he was writing lyrics at the studio. According to Jerden, Layne was sneaking out after curfew to score drugs downtown while the riots were still happening.8

Another vivid memory of Sheeley’s is from his first day with the band at One on One. The gear was set up and all four members were supposed to be there, but Sean hadn’t come back the night before. Jerden was not happy, Sheeley said, because they were wasting studio time and eventually decided to call it a day. “So about that time, the door flings open and in comes Sean. His hair was all sticking out, looked like he had stuck his finger in a light socket. He had been out the night before partying in Hollywood.”

“He’d been up probably twenty-four hours, I’m guessing, because he had probably been out drinking all night long and was still on a drinking high,” Sheeley said. “Sean comes in the studio, and everybody’s kind of pissy from him not showing up. It was told to him, ‘Nah, we’re just going to call it a day. You need to go home, get some sleep, and come back,’ blah, blah, blah. And he said, ‘Let me play my drums. Let me just try one song.’”

The studio was set up so everyone’s instruments were in the big room, but the amplifiers and PA were each isolated in separate rooms. Microphones were set up inside the big room to capture Sean’s drums. They went inside and ran through a performance of “Rooster,” and Sean nailed it. Sheeley thinks this first take is the cut that appeared on the album. Jerden and Carlstrom did not recall this, but did not dispute Sheeley’s account.

It was obvious early on that “Rooster”—Jerry’s tribute to his father who served in Vietnam—was special. “The first time I heard it on the demo, it just sent chills up my spine when he starts singing the ‘ooh, ooh, ooh.’ It’s just a great song: the guitars come crashing in. My idea was just to make them gigantic when they came in,” Jerden said. Cameron Crowe was visiting from Seattle, and he was allowed to come into the studio while the band was working on the song.

Production was eventually shut down for a few days as the band members left town to get away from the riots.9 They regrouped and continued recording.

Jerden heard “Them Bones” when the song was in its infancy. “That song is what Alice in Chains is all about, and only Jerry Cantrell could come up with something like that. He played that for me over the phone. We keep in contact, and sometimes he’d call me at three o’clock in the morning and [say] he just wrote a song or something.”

While recording “Junkhead,” Sean—for no particular reason—said the words “junk fuck,” which were picked up by the microphones. While editing the song, Jerden said, “Let’s leave that in there!” Carlstrom put it at the beginning, so it would start the song before Sean’s opening count.

Once the basic drum, bass, and guitar tracks from One on One were finished, production moved to Jerden’s El Dorado Studio, where they would focus on recording vocals, guitar, and bass overdubs, as well as editing and mixing. Annette Cisneros was Jerden’s assistant engineer at El Dorado. According to her personal calendar from this period, the band came to El Dorado on May 19, 1992. The next several days were spent setting up equipment, editing, and transferring the One on One material to forty-eight-track digital tape. From May 26 to May 28, they did bass overdubs. On May 29, the band flew to Seattle for three days to shoot a music video for “Would?”

Josh Taft got tapped to direct the video. Cameron Crowe was there to offer feedback and watch the shoot. Taft said of Crowe, “He was such a positive influence and so supportive, and he just allowed me to sort of run with my instincts. He was there to kind of get everyone on board. At the end of the day, it was for his movie, and he couldn’t have been more inspiring and helpful in the process of making the video and superinvolved.”

The shoot took place at a now-defunct venue called Under the Rail. Duncan Sharp, a local film director, had filmed a scene as an extra of him making out with his girlfriend in the front seat of a car. Layne had to go home at one point in the middle of the shoot. The word on the set was he had to feed his cat and get some aspirin. “I think everybody at that point knew that he had to go home to get high,” Duncan Sharp said. “Everybody was just sort of shaking their heads, like, ‘Yeah, right.’”

Asked to comment, Taft said, “I’m not gonna go any further with what happened in that moment, but we had to stop shooting, and then we started again an hour [or] so later, and you can fill in the blanks.” The excuse about having to feed his cat was a lie. Layne did adopt a kitten, named Sadie, but not until 1994—two years later.

Evan Sheeley got a call from Kelly Curtis, asking if he had a white Spector bass at his store that Mike could borrow for the shoot. Mike wanted one that looked like the bass he normally used, which was in Los Angeles. Sheeley had another white Spector, although it wasn’t the exact same model as Mike’s, but only a serious bass player would have noticed the difference. The guitar was brand new, and Sheeley warned Curtis that if Mike scratched it, he would have to buy it. He taped a diaper to the back of the guitar so Mike wouldn’t scratch it. On top of that, Sheeley had to duct-tape two straps together for Mike to play the instrument, because he played bass extremely low on his body, almost down to his knees.

In retrospect, Taft said of the “Would?” shoot, “It wasn’t the funnest night of my life. It was hard to get it done, and we got it done, and it was good in the end. But that wasn’t the experience of the first time [Live Facelift] and it was all kind of just—the innocence was starting to unravel and get a little more complicated, and you could see it in that room kind of happening. It was tough to watch. I had a lot of respect for those guys. At the time … I considered [Jerry] my friend, and I could sort of see what he was going through to try to keep it going. So I remember feeling a little sad for him for what was looking like it might continue to go that way.”

*   *   *

While the band was out of town, the production staff back in Los Angeles edited “God Smack” on June 1. Work on guitar overdubs began on June 3 and would continue through June 6. “Down in a Hole” was retracked on June 9. “Fear the Voices”—a song Mike had written—was tracked the following day. More editing and bass overdubs were done on June 12. Upon returning to the studio on June 16, they did more bass and guitar overdubs.

Layne came into the recording sessions with lyrics already written for two songs from his stint in rehab: “Sickman” and “Junkhead.” According to Jerden, “Those songs are coming from a real place. They’re not songs that are written for commercial consumption. They’re songs that are written totally from somebody who’s crawled through two miles of rusty razor blades. And it comes out in those songs—the anxiety, the torture, the physical and mental anguish.”

Layne also brought in two musical compositions that did not have lyrics written yet, which would eventually become “Hate to Feel” and “Angry Chair,” the two songs on the album credited entirely to him. When asked for working titles, Layne named them either “Rock On” and “Rockmanoff,” or “Rockmanoff I” and “Rockmanoff II.”

The problem was, the titles kept getting switched around between the two songs, and no one could tell which one was which. This led to a near disaster when Carlstrom almost erased a bunch of vocals on one of the songs when the band wanted to work on the other song. In those days before ProTools and other digital recording software, everything was on tape. Out of an abundance of caution, Carlstrom checked the tape first, and catastrophe was avoided.

Recording of Layne’s vocals began on June 17. It was during the Dirt sessions that he developed what became his signature sound: heavily layering his vocals in the studio by recording two or three vocal tracks in multiple intervals. The technique, called stacked vocals, “was totally Layne,” Jerden said. Layne hadn’t discussed his ideas in advance with Jerden, who recounted, “What he would say to me when we did that stuff is he had it all worked out, and he would just say, ‘Give me another track.’ ‘I want to double it.’ ‘Now let’s triple it.’ He was just telling me what he wanted to do, and we’d do it … He’s the best I’ve ever worked with doing that. Without a doubt.”

The vocal sessions got off to a rocky start. According to the production staff, Layne’s drug use was affecting his performance, and Jerden asked him about it. “When he started singing, he was singing off-key—he was loaded. So I told him not to come into the studio loaded. I said, ‘You can get loaded wherever you want, but don’t get loaded on my time,’” Jerden said. “It was the first time I’d ever heard him sing bad.”

As Carlstrom recalled, it was Jerden who finally went up to Layne and addressed the elephant in the room. Layne did not take it well. In what Carlstrom described as “a major blowup,” Layne stormed out of the studio, slamming every door on the way out. Cisneros, who was also there, said, “I remember doing vocals and Layne wasn’t singing very well, and Dave said, ‘You’re not singing good because you’re high.’ And then Layne denied it. Whether he was high or not, I don’t know. But I know that there were tensions.”

“It takes a lot of focus the way Layne did the vocals. If he wasn’t up to singing, if his voice was gone or he couldn’t sing in tune or he couldn’t concentrate, then what’s the use of continuing?”

Jerden called Layne that night to apologize. He told Layne he didn’t say that to be mean to him, but because he wanted to “make sure they got a great record.” Layne accepted his apology, Jerden said, and apparently took Jerden’s comments to heart.

“I don’t know what happened, but suddenly after that, the next week after that, they started getting vocal takes,” Carlstrom said. “I don’t know if Layne cut back on his using, or if he was just not going out partying at night, at least resting even though he was using. You can’t just stop using if you’re a heroin addict, but yeah, we started getting vocals, and the vocals are obviously pretty amazing, to say the least.”

Layne asked the production staff to put up a makeshift wall made from soundproof material inside the studio so that he couldn’t be seen from the outside while he was recording his vocals. Inside the wall, Layne created a little shrine that, according to Carlstrom, consisted of “candles and a picture of the Last Supper, and then a dead puppy in a jar.” This is what he was looking at as he was recording his vocals for Dirt. Cisneros confirmed Carlstrom’s account, saying, “It was scary back there. I tried not to go back there.

“If that’s what he needed to see to get him into the mood of the song, if that’s why he had it, I don’t know. I don’t know why he had that thing in a jar sitting there. I didn’t talk to him about it.” Jerden, who said he vaguely remembered the shrine, offered a similar possible explanation for its purpose as Cisneros: “There’s all kinds of fun, nutty, weird stuff that bands do for studio decorations.”

Layne wrote bleak, brutally honest depictions of drug addiction on this album. Lyrics like “What’s my drug of choice? Well, what have you got?” “We are an elite race of our own / The stoners, junkies and freaks,” and “Stick your arm for some real fun” left little room for misinterpretation. Later on, Layne would be disturbed by the idea his music might inspire some of his fans to use drugs. The phenomenon was not new. When former Velvet Underground front man Lou Reed was at an AA meeting in New York City during the early 1980s, one of the other participants said, “How dare you be here—you’re the reason I took heroin!”10

Once recording of Layne’s vocals was under way, Carlstrom began to have some reservations about making a pro-drug or pro-heroin record. He said, “I never talked to them about it, but that was on my mind as soon as we started doing vocals.” He added, “It concerned me so much that at one point I was like, ‘Should I be here doing this?’ I really, really questioned it. Obviously I loved the music, and my gig was being Dave’s engineer. At that point, I was clean. I had my issues and was clean and sober at this point in my life. It was a hard thing for me to deal with, as far as, ‘Is this right for me to do?’

“The weird thing about that story is that ten years later, as I started to encounter kids who grew up with that album, and even today, I’ve never bumped into one kid that said they used drugs because of the album,” Carlstrom noted. “In fact, it’s been the contrary every single time, not just like half and half, but every single kid is like, ‘Wow, I didn’t do drugs because of that album. Just listening to Layne’s lyrics was like this big sign that said, ‘Don’t come this way.’ That was a big shocker for me,” he admits. “I’m sure that people out there did drugs because of that album. It’s hard for me to imagine that that didn’t take place, but I haven’t met any of them.”

Vocals and guitar overdubs for “Down in a Hole” and “Rooster” were recorded on June 23. The next day, they did vocals and guitars for “Rain When I Die,” Jerry’s guitar solo for “God Smack,” the vocals for “Angry Chair,” and the backing vocals for “Rooster.” On June 26, vocals and guitars for “Dirt” and “Angry Chair” were recorded.

Layne’s vocals on “Angry Chair” are massive, unusually so compared to anything else on the album or in the Alice in Chains catalog. The reason for this? “On the part where he’s singing, ‘Sitting on an angry chair…’ there’s sixteen tracks of vocals going there,” Carlstrom said. “All different harmonies, and multiple layers of harmonies. Maybe there’s a harmony part and it’s tripled, and another harmony part and it’s tripled, and the lead part. It was crazy. And then I had to find space to record all those delays, because all the delays you hear on the vocals I actually printed … on tape along with the vocals.” The delay Carlstrom refers to is an echolike effect Layne used when recording his vocals.

Carlstrom had two other vivid recollections of recording Layne’s vocals. While working on “Them Bones,” Layne showed an improvisational element when he told Carlstrom, “Oh, I hear a little vocal part I want to stick in the song.” As he was hearing the music played back to him on his headphones, Layne began singing the “Ah!” screams timed to Jerry’s guitar riff. He tracked the screams once or twice. “He just made that up on the spot,” Carlstrom said. Jerry is credited for the music and lyrics to the song, but it’s difficult to imagine without those screams.

Layne also demonstrated an ability to innovate in using his voice as an instrument. “He sings on the verse on ‘God Smack’ with this effect that literally sounds like there’s a tremolo [effect] or a Leslie [speaker] on his voice, and he is doing that with his voice,” Carlstrom said. No studio wizardry was necessary. Carlstrom had no idea how he was doing it. He couldn’t see Layne singing because of the makeshift wall in the studio.

Cisneros also noted that Layne could be very sensitive. She recalls one day while on break, they were watching To Kill a Mockingbird on TV, and she noticed he started to tear up during a scene near the end of the movie.

Cisneros’s calendar shows no entries until the second week of July. Vocals and guitars for “Sickman” and guitars for “Fear the Voices” on July 7. July 9 is marked down as vocals, although the song is not identified. July 10 is marked explicitly as vocals for “Fear the Voices.”

“Mike talked to me before we did the album. He said he had these songs and he wanted publishing—he wanted to get more money,” Jerden said. “He wanted to know if as producer I would help him out and get these songs, make them really good so they could make it on the record. I worked really hard. I spent more time on those two songs, one in particular, than any of the other songs on the record. They just were not good songs. I tried to make them work for Mike, but I just could not do it. And Jerry and Layne were getting fed up with the whole thing.”

One of those songs—likely “Fear the Voices”—was referred to as “Mike’s Dead Mouse” by the band and Jerden. “It was like a kid bringing a dead mouse to school and showing it to everybody, and he pets it and it’s all dirty and all that stuff, and it’s like nobody wants to see this dead mouse anymore.”

There were two memorable and, in retrospect, foreboding incidents during the recording of this song. On a Saturday afternoon, Carlstrom was in the studio with Layne and Mike working on the song, which was already difficult because of technical issues. “That was actually a fairly stressful thing right there, because we’re trying to edit things that they had recorded from Seattle, edit together multitracks of things from Seattle with things that we had recorded here in Los Angeles, which I’d never done before.”

“Jerry and Sean didn’t like the song,” Carlstrom explained. He speculated that it was because the song “didn’t feel like it fit” on the record, but Mike persisted. “Mike really wanted that song on the record, and at the time Layne was the only one backing the song, so there was stress regarding that situation.”

At some point during that session, Layne and Mike went to the bathroom together. Layne gave Mike a shot of heroin, and Mike had an extremely adverse reaction. He left the bathroom and threw up all over the carpet in the studio lounge. After the incident, there was a conversation between Layne, Mike, and Carlstrom. Carlstrom recalled hearing from somebody—“ninety-nine percent sure” it was Mike, but acknowledges it could have been Layne—that that had been the first time Mike ever tried heroin. When he was interviewed in October 2011, Carlstrom was the only person still alive of those three, so only his account is available.

Years later, Mike would offer different accounts of when his heroin use started. Once he denied ever doing heroin while in Alice in Chains. “I never did dope when I was in the band. I didn’t need to. I got high off of playing music,” he said on Celebrity Rehab. He contradicted himself in that same episode. When asked how long he had been using intravenous drugs, Mike answered, “Seventeen years.” The program was filmed in 2009, so he dates the beginning of his heroin use to 1992, while he was still in the band.11

The second incident, which Carlstrom called “the nail in the coffin” for the song, happened after Layne had recorded his vocals. Mike came in later, high. He listened to the song, was not happy with the vocals, and called Layne. He wanted him to come back to the studio and do it again. Layne lost it. Jerden and Carlstrom’s accounts differ slightly as to what he said. “I remember the end of that conversation was Layne on the phone saying ‘Fuck this song!’ and hanging up on him,” Carlstrom recalled.

According to Jerden, Layne said, “Fuck you! I’m not singing this again!” Jerden thinks the tensions from the recording of this song were a contributing factor in Mike’s eventual dismissal from the band. The song did not make the final cut of Dirt, but was eventually released seven years later as part of the band’s box set. Mike said, “I wrote a song called ‘Fear the Voices.’ We did record it, but they didn’t let it on the album because Jerry didn’t have nothin’ to do with the writing of the music. But they put it on the box set later, and it got some recognition and got played on the radio.”12

Mixing began on Monday, July 13. At some point, Jerden was mixing “Rooster.” He had previously seen a drug dealer hanging out around the studio and told Layne not to bring him in. On this particular day, Layne walked in with the dealer. Jerden played Layne and the dealer the mix he had been working on over the speakers. Layne said it was great, but the dealer decided to offer his unsolicited advice.

“Well, I think you should…”

He didn’t even get to finish the sentence. “Shut up,” Layne told him.

At that point, Jerden lost it. “Who the fuck are you? Get the fuck out of my studio!” He turned to Layne and said, “Don’t bring your drug dealers around.”

The band-approved final mixes were completed on July 29. Cisneros sequenced the album from August 5 through 7, after which it was sent off to be mastered. The exception from all the songs that appear on the final cut of Dirt was “Would?” The song had been recorded for Singles at London Bridge Studios in Seattle, and Jerden made several mixes, but it’s not Jerden’s mix on the finished album. According to Jonathan Plum, “Jerry was unhappy with the way the song came out. I remember him complaining that there was no cymbals on the record and that he liked the demo song better, so he came back [to London Bridge Studios] and Rick [Parashar] and I remixed ‘Would?’”

Rocky Schenck met with the band on April 27, 1992, to discuss their new album and videos. He went to the studio on May 7, where he got to hear some of the new material for the first time, which he says “completely blew me away.” They looked through his portfolio and started discussing ideas for the album cover.

“Their idea was to have a nude woman half buried in the desert. She could be either dead or alive,” Schenck wrote. They discussed the type of woman the band wanted, and Schenck began casting shortly after. Eventually, Schenck submitted a photo of Mariah O’Brien, a model he had worked with for the cover of Spinal Tap’s “Bitch School” single. The band chose her.

The cover shoot took place at Schenck’s Hollywood studio on June 14, 1992, with Sean supervising. “We created the cracked desert floor with clay rolled out on foam core raised up on apple boxes. There was a cutout in the center of the foam core for the model to slip into, so she would appear half buried in the desert floor. I cut the miniature mountains out of more foam core, and we put up a painted sky backdrop behind the mountains,” Schenck wrote.

“Mariah’s hair was short at the time, so we put a long wig on her so her hair would flow out artistically into the desert floor. After getting her in place, we sealed her up with more clay, which we dried around her with hair dryers. Poor Mariah was stuck in that position for many, many hours as I tried a variety of different lighting effects and visual approaches.”

As soon as the shoot was finished, O’Brien bolted from the set and ran upstairs to use the bathroom, but her wig remained in the clay. Schenck shot several photos of the wig and the empty hole. The album cover would be the subject of a widespread and erroneous rumor: that Demri was the model. According to her mother, it bothered her. “Demri was really hurt when they chose a model that looked so much like her that people thought it was her … because it put her in a position where people would come up to her and say, ‘Oh, wow, I saw you on the cover of Dirt.’ And she’d have to say, ‘No, no, that’s not me.’”

“Sometimes people believed her, and sometimes they didn’t believe her. She wouldn’t have minded if they got a model that didn’t look just like her, but it put her in a really awkward position and it was really hurtful to her,” Kathleen Austin said. Asked if Demri would have posed for the album cover had the band asked her to, Austin said she doesn’t know because Layne’s fame was overshadowing Demri’s identity. “She was just trying to maintain her own identity, never wanted to be somebody’s girlfriend.”

The band regrouped with Schenck at his studio on July 19 to shoot group photos, in what Schenck called “a crazy, creative night.” Schenck also wrote the concept for “Them Bones,” the first music video, on August 5. It went through several changes before the actual shoot, which took place on August 18. Schenck called it “a complicated shoot, and technically challenging” for everyone involved. “To visually accentuate the aggressiveness of the song, I wanted the camera moves to be extremely accelerated—faster than one could achieve using a normal crane. To achieve this effect, I had the band lip-synch, perform, and play their instruments in slow motion to the song played back in slow motion at twelve frames per second, while having the camera moves executed as fast as possible. We filmed at twelve frames per second and then transferred the film at twenty-four frames per second, doubling the speed of the camera moves and making the band’s performance appear as if it was shot at normal speed,” Schenck wrote. “The band gave a great performance, and Layne was extraordinary.”

After having worked on Dirt and listened to rough mixes for ten hours a day, Bryan Carlstrom was feeling pessimistic about the final product. “I listened to it, and all I could think of was, ‘Oh shit, man, I failed. Every song sounds the same, production-wise. People are gonna hate this record and I’m never going to get a job again after this thing.’”

Dirt was released on September 25, 1992. Carlstrom’s fears were seemingly confirmed by a scathing review in the Los Angeles Times: “Hear them sneer. Hear them moan. Hear them try to sound like Nirvana or Mother Love Bone or something, but come out closer to Kansas … On this album, which doesn’t even have the benefit of the slightly charming naivete of its debut, Alice in Chains is pompous, turgid, no riffs, a bore. And the group doesn’t even rock—this album is about competence, not ideology.”13

Carlstrom’s reaction? “More than anything else, I felt like I failed the band and I failed Dave. It sounds like I made every song sound the same. That was unfortunately my perspective, because of how close I was [to] it.”

Carlstrom would have the last laugh. The album entered the Billboard 200 chart at number 6, and would eventually be certified quadruple platinum by the RIAA. “Now I listen back to it, I’m like, ‘Oh my God…’ I’m just honored I got the opportunity to be the one to record that album. I’m just honored. That record … I listen back to it—it was pretty emotional.”

In retrospect, Jerden said that in comparison to Facelift, Dirt was “a totally different record, and it’s all songs that were written from emotional and personal experiences. That’s the reason that record resonates with so many people. A lot of people love that record because it’s real. They’re not pop songs written for pop consumption. They’re songs that are written almost like a personal diary.”

Chapter 16

I beat death! I’m immortal!

—LAYNE STALEY

AFTER THE RELEASE OF DIRT, Alice in Chains finally made the cover of The Rocket after a lack of coverage in previous years, possibly due to the influence of the paper’s managing editor, Grant Alden, who said, “I did my level best not to do anything on them at The Rocket, to squash them.”1 The magazine assigned the story to Jeff Gilbert, who was on the receiving end of Jerry’s verbal wrath. The story’s opening sentence is Jerry saying “Fuck The Rocket, man!” The cover of the October 1992 issue was a photo of the band with a caption reading, “Jeff Gilbert Sucks Up to Alice in Chains.”

“It isn’t that we’re pissed off at The Rocket or anything,” Jerry said. “That’s stupid. Magazines have the right to do what they want. It’s just that there seemed to be a lot of bias with the type of bands that end up in The Rocket.”2

To promote the album, the band tapped Gruntruck to tour with them for most of the final months of 1992. The connection with Alice in Chains happened when Gruntruck was performing a show where Layne happened to be in attendance. The tour would take both bands across North America for an initial run from August 23 through September 5 and then pick up again from November 13 through December 20.3 The initial leg—dubbed the Shitty Cities Tour—was a regional tour consisting of nine dates through the Pacific Northwest. It was a low-key affair, with both bands touring in vans.

Norman Scott Rockwell—the drummer for Gruntruck who went by the stage name Norman Scott and had previously been the drummer for Skin Yard—said, “I remember coming in and the first person I ran into was Sean Kinney and everybody—it was just like any tour. It’s like everybody’s like, ‘Hey, how’s it going?’ It was like we’re just kind of sizing each other up a little bit type of thing,” Rockwell said. “We met in Ellensburg and through the night we all got kind of our drink on and sort of started to talk to the crews.

“And through the night we just slowly started to hang out and kind of get used to each other. And then the next day, it seemed like we had known each other forever, best friends, and got into a shitload of trouble. It was just on after that,” he said.

Crank calls were a popular pastime for a while. According to Rockwell, “We’d sit there in the hotel room in the middle of the night, nothing to do, it’s after two, all the bars are closed, whatever. And we’d just sit there and dial out of the phone book. We’d do things like dial a Denny’s, and it would be like, ‘Hey, are you hiring? Is your manager there?’

“I think this was sort of Jerry’s sort of shtick. He would be like, ‘Yeah, well, do you have fluorescent lights?’

“‘Yeah.’

“‘Well, I can’t stand fluorescent lights, and I’ll just bash them out. So you guys got to get rid of those if I’m going to ever work there. Where’s your manager?’

“‘Oh, I’m sorry, sir, he’s not here.’

“‘Well, do you got his phone number?’”

The gag would go on and on, sometimes as long as fifteen to twenty minutes, and people would keep talking. Other times, they would randomly call somebody in the middle of the night. “We did that night after night until that got kind of old.”

At another town, someone thought it would be a good idea to try cow-tipping. “We go find some cows sleeping on their feet and tip them over, and it’s just hilarious,” Rockwell said. “We get into the pasture, and all of a sudden we hear this, like, big ‘moo’—like, it’s a bull, and we all freak the fuck out and hightail it out of there.”

Rockwell and Sean, both being drummers, wound up hanging out together quite a bit. “When Sean got lit he was pretty unstoppable. He was sort of a classic destroyer of hotel rooms.”

Case in point: the two drummers walked out of the room looking for something to do when they noticed the hallway was illuminated by tulip-shaped sconces lining the hallway. Sean, with beer in hand, walked down the corridor and poured a little beer in each sconce before walking to the next one and pouring more beer as he and Rockwell continued down the hall. A few seconds later, each lightbulb would explode. Rockwell thinks the band might have been banned from the hotel where this happened.

Sean had an alter ego he called Steve, which he referred to whenever he was particularly rowdy or destructive. According to Randy Biro, Sean once walked into the restaurant of a nice hotel in Toronto where a brunch had been set up. “He’s standing on a chair, peeing onto the dessert cart in the middle of the dining hall,” Biro said. For some mind-boggling reason, the band was not kicked out of the hotel. When Sean was asked about it later, he allegedly responded, “That wasn’t me. That was Steve.” Multiple sources have said that Sean has given up drinking in recent years.

Rockwell’s memories of Sean during the Shitty Cities Tour aren’t all mayhem and destruction. After the first show, because they had similar drum kits, Sean suggested they share his kit for the tour to avoid changing drum kits between sets. As the tour progressed, Sean used his contacts in the drumming industry and got Rockwell endorsements with DW, Vic Firth, and Sabian. By the second leg of the tour, several boxes of brand-new drums and drumming equipment had been delivered for Rockwell.

Mike was known to like younger girls, and this became the subject of a prank. “We knew he had this girl down in his hotel room. We were all upstairs drinking, bored out of our skulls—needed something to do,” Rockwell said. “So we all decide to run down to his room, and we knew she was in the room, knock on the door, and, like, ‘This is the hotel manager. We know you’ve got a young girl in there.’” Jerry told them Mike had gotten in trouble for this on a previous tour.

“We’re knocking on the door, and he won’t answer the door, just will not, and we’re all snickering.” The gag changed from being the manager to the girl’s father. “Finally, he cracks open the door and realizes it’s us. We bust into the room, and the sliding glass door in the back of the room is open, and she’s, like, out—like, gone.” When she heard everyone laughing and realized it was a joke, she came back, but Mike was furious. Rockwell said for the most part, Mike kept to himself on that tour, as did Layne.

*   *   *

After the conclusion of Shitty Cities, the band opened for Ozzy Osbourne for about a month in the fall of 1992. There was a noticeable difference in the crowd’s reaction to Alice in Chains compared to two years earlier. “By then, ‘Man in the Box’ had hit, and Dirt was out. So as a rock fan, if you didn’t have it already, you went out and bought it after that,” Jimmy Shoaf said.

There were two mishaps during the tour. Mike drank a water bottle full of bleach by mistake and had to be hospitalized, leading to the cancellation of a few shows. The bleach was used to clean out syringes. According to Randy Biro, “It looked like some water. Poured it down his throat. And before he could realize what the taste was, it pretty much had gotten into his system.” Biro thinks Mike was using heroin at this point. “I could see him doing heroin, because he really looked up to Layne. And if Layne was doing it, he would be doing it.”

In September 1992, Layne was at a state fairground somewhere that had a racetrack where people were driving trikes or three-wheeled ATVs, which caught his interest. According to Randy Biro, “People were saying, ‘You shouldn’t ride those things. They’re dangerous.’” Layne dismissed the concerns and took one for a spin.

“He ends up going … I don’t know how far—not that far—and he puts his foot down to make a turn, like you would a motorcycle, and the back wheel runs over his foot.” His left foot was broken, and he would be in a cast and on crutches for several weeks. He kept performing, on crutches or sitting in a wheelchair or on a couch onstage. When asked about it later, he said, “I didn’t break my neck, so there’s no excuse not to play.”4 Mike noted that Layne stage-dived with his foot still in the cast.5

*   *   *

The subject matter on Dirt left Layne open to legitimate questions from journalists about drugs. Layne told Rolling Stone, “The facts are that I was shooting a lot of dope, and that’s nobody’s business but mine. I’m not shooting dope now, and I haven’t for a while … I took a fucking long, hard walk through hell. I decided to stop because I was miserable doing it. The drug didn’t work for me anymore. In the beginning I got high, and it felt great; by the end it was strictly maintenance, like food I needed to survive. Since I quit doing it, I tried it a couple of times to see if I could recapture the feeling I once got off it, but I don’t. Nothing attracts me to it anymore. It was boring.”6

During a November 1992 interview with Canadian TV channel Musique Plus, the host asked Layne, “When you have a problem with heroin, does it automatically make you think about death because you’re playing with your life a lot?”

“Yeah, I suppose that comes with the territory. Flirting with death … That’s probably what’s most attractive about it at first, is the danger, you know?” Layne answered. “But I beat it, I beat death! [Layne cheers.] I’m immortal!”

Later in the interview, the host asked, “What’s the hardest part when you’re trying to get over that?”

“The cravings, probably.”

“Has it been an excuse for creativity?”

“No. I never created anything when I was in that state of mind. It was only when I stopped that I could create.”7

The persistent questioning bothered Layne. He told SPIN about a French journalist who accused him of being on heroin during their interview. “I asked him if he was on heroin,” he recalled. “The guy got all offended. ‘Well,’ I said, ‘now you know how I feel.’”8

Drug and heroin references were part of the band’s live act on this tour. Layne introduced one song as being “about a hopeless fucking junkie” at a show in Dallas in October 1992. During a performance of “God Smack” at the same show, Layne repeatedly jabbed his arm with the microphone while scooting around onstage in a wheelchair. “I really like the wheelchair effect,” Mike said. “I don’t know, it somehow makes Layne seem more … evil.”9 According to Biro, Layne was sober during this tour.

When the tour came to New Orleans, Layne and Mike appeared as guests for an edition of Headbangers Ball. At one point, Layne was sitting on a stool, with his crutches and the cast on his foot visible to the camera. Riki Rachtman asked, “If you see people walking around with crutches, it doesn’t mean they hurt their leg. They might just be using Layne Staley as a role model, and that’s why crutches have become a fashion statement, is that correct?”

“Well, what it is … my foot isn’t injured. I use this to get pity dates,” Layne responded. The episode had segments filmed at the Historic Voodoo Museum and at a cemetery. The most memorable thing about this shoot happened off camera. According to Randy Biro, Layne and Mike were being escorted by New Orleans police officers. They gave the cops autographed T-shirts in exchange for a couple of police badges and a bag of speed.

*   *   *

The second leg of the Alice in Chains/Gruntruck tour kicked off in Fort Lauderdale on November 13, 1992, and ran for about five weeks. The Screaming Trees would join a little later, and would tour with Alice in Chains into 1993. Layne developed a preshow ritual on that tour with the Screaming Trees’s sound engineer, Martin Feveyear. “He would have some whiskey, and he would pass it to me, and I would check it for him to make sure that it was all okay and find a drink and hand it back to him,” Feveyear said. “It was just our way of sharing a moment before, or maybe him relaxing a little bit before he went onstage.” He added, “He was a real gentle, sweet man. He was quietly spoken. He was attentive to me—I’m not quite sure why—and he was delicate and funny, and we would laugh.”

There was a noticeable difference in the size and choice of venues between the first and second legs of the tour, as well as the quality of transportation and hospitality. “The other one was like vans and crappy little hotels. Small places in crappy little towns. This was like the Roseland and bigger rock venues in major metropolitan areas with three buses and a semitruck full of gear and full road crews,” Rockwell explained.

Another story comes from Screaming Trees drummer Barrett Martin, which he told during Layne’s memorial service: “[Layne’s] guest list … was not for friends or elite patrons of the rock circuit; it was for kids who couldn’t afford to buy a ticket.”10 Rockwell had a similar recollection, saying, “I remember something along those lines, where Layne was like, ‘Yeah, this fucking jackass from a record label wants to get in. Fuck him. He’s an industry guy. You don’t have to come to me for this shit, and if you do, you ain’t shit.’”

The other noticeable difference was that Susan hired bodyguards to try to keep Layne in check and to keep him away from people who might try to pass him drugs.11 According to Rockwell, the bodyguard’s job was to be Layne’s handler and chaperone at the same time. Although the exact nature of his relationship with Demri at this point is not known, Feveyear saw Layne in the company of other women at shows and hotels.

*   *   *

Following the success of Pearl Jam’s landmark music video for “Jeremy,” Mark Pellington’s representative was approached by Alice in Chains in late 1992 asking if he’d be interested in directing a video for “Rooster.” “This is a little different,” Pellington was told. “This is very personal, because it’s kind of about Jerry Cantrell and his dad. Would you talk to him?”

Pellington agreed. The two bonded about the conflicted relationships they had with their fathers. At the time, Pellington was making a documentary about his father’s struggles with Alzheimer’s disease.

Pellington’s treatment called for three elements: a performance video with front and rear projections made of precut footage; hallucinatory color re-creations and stock footage of combat scenes in Vietnam; and black-and-white, present-day, documentary-style footage of Jerry’s father living in Oklahoma. Because of the success of “Jeremy,” Pellington was given a great deal of free rein. Pellington hadn’t made any films yet, but his thinking at the time was “I need to make it like a movie,” he recalled. “You’re really trying to stretch the ambitions of it, and you had the resources in those days with videos to shoot three or four days and really put a lot on the screen.” He had a budget of about $250,000 to make his vision happen.

Pellington traveled to Oklahoma for two days to shoot footage and interviews with both Cantrells. For the video, he worked with Hank Corwin, who edited Oliver Stone’s JFK, and John Schwartzman, who would later work as a cinematographer for Michael Bay. Oliver Stone’s military consultant, Dale Dye, was hired to assist with military training and the combat sequences, which were influenced by Stone’s film Platoon. Casey Pieretti, an amputee, played a soldier who steps on a land mine and loses his leg.

Pellington had a day to shoot the performance scenes. Layne was high and wanted to wear a cowboy hat. “He looked pretty fucked up, and I was well aware of his addictions,” Pellington said. He told the label rep or manager with them he didn’t think the hat was a good look for the video, but that it was their decision. Pellington offered a solution: “Layne, I think the sunglasses actually look cool because it’s more sinister, and the song is kind of evil and you guys are fucked up and evil.” Pellington’s talk worked, because Layne wore the sunglasses in all his scenes. Layne also wore an earring with a peace sign, which Pellington said was a coincidence.

*   *   *

While Alice in Chains and the Screaming Trees were touring, Trees’s manager, Kim White, got a phone call from the band’s singer, Mark Lanegan, who was on a cot in a Canadian hospital. It was the first time he did heroin with Layne, and he got blood poisoning. Layne filled in for Lanegan that night.12

Issues arose when Gruntruck’s singer, Ben McMillan, was mimicking Layne’s appearance, to the point it made Layne so uncomfortable that, according to Rockwell, instead of continuing the tour in Europe at the beginning of 1993, Gruntruck wound up opening for Pantera. “I don’t know what happened between them together, but Ben wanted so bad to be a rock star, and he just coveted Layne’s position and stuff that it affected him in a way that I think it worried Layne.”

*   *   *

According to previously published accounts, Kurt Cobain and Courtney Love sent Susan a Christmas card, addressed to “our favorite inside source,” based on their erroneous belief that she was an anonymous source for a controversial Vanity Fair article alleging Love had used heroin while she was pregnant. She got a phone call from Nirvana/Hole manager Danny Goldberg on the Cobains’ behalf, who said, “They just really want you to stop talking about them.” Susan did not like that Courtney Love was taking shots in the media at other musicians, but she denied talking about them. Love left “a super abusive voice mail” on Susan’s answering machine, which she still has. She was later approached by a British journalist writing a book about Nirvana to ask questions that apparently came from the Cobains’ rumor mill. “At that point, I was pissed. Like, ‘Wait a minute, they’re talking shit about me to other people? She’s leaving me abusive phone messages. She’s having Danny Goldberg calling to basically give me a gag order.’”13

Alice in Chains closed out 1992 by performing at MTV’s New Year’s Eve Party at the Roseland Ballroom in New York City.14 They had achieved new professional, critical, and commercial highs. Regardless, a change was imminent.

Chapter 17

Fucking Nazis die!

—LAYNE STALEY

MINISTRY WAS PERFORMING at Pearl Harbor Naval Station on January 2, 1993, a show Layne attended while Alice in Chains was in town for a show scheduled for January 8.1 “Not all junkies are scumbags—though many of them are. Some are just lost souls, misguided fuckers, or glamour seekers. The vocalist from Alice in Chains, Layne Staley, was the latter,” Al Jourgensen wrote in his memoir. He continued:

He got backstage into the dressing room and saw [Ministry guitarist Mike Scaccia] shoot up. So he asked if he could try. I looked him right in the eye, held up a syringe, and said, “Are you sure you want to do this, man?” And he nodded. I feel really bad about that because we turned him on to needles, and now he’s dead.

I don’t feel responsible, because he was gonna find someone to shoot with; it just happened to be us. He did a dose and passed out and didn’t wake up. He was barely breathing. I don’t know if he was dead or alive. I had to keep checking. Then he woke up, got some more dope, and shot up again. He took to needles like a fish to water, but I could tell he got into it for the glamour. That was a mistake. Other than the fact that he died from drugs, there’s no glamour in being a junkie.2

The account is probably accurate, but there are two details that deserve correction. First is the timing of the Ministry show in Hawaii. Jourgensen thought the show happened during the 1989–90 period. According to a Ministry fan site with a detailed tour history of the band, the show happened in 1993.3 Second is the claim that Ministry introduced Layne to intravenous drug use. By this point Layne had already been using heroin, off and on, for a little more than a year, and Alice in Chains had already recorded and released Dirt. Multiple sources who knew and worked with Layne in the 1989–90 period have said on the record that there is no evidence of Layne using heroin at that time. Ministry was not responsible for introducing Layne to shooting up—he was already doing it on his own.

That same month, Alice in Chains was starting an extensive touring schedule. By this point, something had to change. There are different and sometimes contradictory versions of the story told by Alice in Chains members and associates, but the outcome in all versions is the same: Mike Starr was out of Alice in Chains, replaced by Ozzy Osbourne’s bassist, Mike Inez. Susan told Mark Yarm the other three band members made the decision to fire Starr on their own and told him—and that it happened in Hawaii, just before two large festival shows in Brazil with L7, Nirvana, and the Red Hot Chili Peppers.4

According to Randy Biro, there was talk within the band about dismissing Starr potentially as early as the Ozzy Osbourne tour the previous fall. Whatever the tipping point that precipitated the decision to fire Starr and how it went down, only Jerry and Sean—the two surviving original band members—and possibly Susan would know. Sources have speculated that Mike’s desire for more publishing rights, his attitude, his scalping tickets and backstage passes, his drug use, or some combination of these all were contributing factors to his dismissal. Starr’s friend Aaron Woodruff said he wasn’t showing up for band practice and speculated that was when his addiction was starting to take hold.

Because the band had spent weeks touring with Ozzy Osbourne, they had a replacement in mind. “We made one phone call—we called Mike [Inez]. If we’re going to get another bass player, we’re going to have to at least get another guy with the same name, smokes the same cigarettes, plays the same bass, looks the same!” Jerry explained. According to Sean, no other bassists were called or auditioned.5

“My phone rings and it’s Sean Kinney, and he’s calling me from Hawaii,” Inez recalled during an interview with Behind the Player. “He says, ‘I think our bass player Mike wants to quit the band. Would you consider going to Brazil with us?’

“‘When?’

“‘Get on a plane.’”

Inez was in Nevada at the time mixing Osbourne’s Live and Loud album when the call came. Inez, who was initially under the impression it would be a temporary gig, explained the situation to Osbourne and asked if he thought he should go.

“If you don’t go, you’re going to be in the hospital for about seven days,” was the Prince of Darkness’s response.

“Why?”

“It’s going to take them that long to get my foot out of your ass.”

With Osbourne’s blessing, Inez was ready to hop on a plane to Brazil and perform with Alice in Chains without any rehearsal. He even got vaccinations for the trip. Ultimately, they told him to hold off and meet with the band in London.6 Biro thinks the band may have held off on dismissing Starr until getting a commitment from Inez but isn’t sure. “It was a very weird time for the band. It was a very emotional time,” he said. “They used to live together. They starved together. And one of them was being kicked out.”

He added, “Layne and Starr were buddies. Layne was never the same after Starr left. He knew Starr had to leave on a business level, but on a personal level, I think it really fucked him up. It fucked all of us up. I felt really bad because there was a part of me, the business side, there is no question Starr had to go. It was sad but he was still family, and once he was out of that band he had nothing.

“[The decision to fire Starr] was brought up in privacy with myself and other crew members. They were looking for our input,” Biro said. “I think they were looking for maybe someone to say, ‘No, that’s not a good idea.’ But I think the label was pushing for it in some ways. I think Susan might have been pushing for it in some ways. It had to be done on a business level.” At one point in Brazil, Layne asked Biro, “Do you think we’re doing the right thing?”

“Unfortunately, I think you are,” he responded.

The fact that Starr’s days with the band were numbered did not make them any easier. Randy Biro was in his hotel room in Brazil when he got a call from Susan. According to Biro, she was “yelling and screaming at me because I was talking shit about Mike Starr. Like calling him a loser for being kicked out of the band to his face.

“I’m like, ‘What the fuck?’” According to Biro, Susan said Starr had told her that Biro was saying mean things to him. “I would never, ever say something mean to the guy, especially when he was just about to be kicked out,” he said. Susan was yelling at him, and Biro was dishing it back. The conversation got so heated and so loud, Biro claims, that Mary Kohl, the band’s associate manager, could hear Susan yelling at him on the phone while standing in the corridor outside the open doorway to Biro’s room.7

Over the years, Mike Starr gave several excuses for why he was kicked out or left the band, some accurate, others outright fiction. “He told me that Jerry didn’t like him and Jerry wanted him out of the band and that he was blackmailed out of the band by Susan Silver,” his close friend Jason Buttino said. The evidence—Susan’s comments that the band made the decision to fire him and her phone call to Biro in Brazil—shows his blackmail claim is false.

Starr told his biographer that he informed the other band members he was quitting and that his last performances would be the Brazil shows. According to the book, “Mike had initially made the formal decision he would leave the band. He firmly believed it would be only temporary. It became permanent.”8

He told Mark Yarm that he was fired not only for scalping tickets on the Van Halen tour but also because Jerry was jealous of him for getting more attention from women, noting that he was in a magazine as “sexiest babe of the month.”9 Biro dismissed this claim. However, he did note, “My impression was it was almost like he felt the amount of blow jobs you get in one night represented fame to him.” He also speculated that Starr had a sexual addiction.

Several years later on Celebrity Rehab and after, Starr said he was fired from the band and that he never would have quit. “When they asked me to leave the band, it broke my heart.” During a 2010 interview on Loveline, he said, “I don’t care about a band thing. I don’t care about them dismissing me from the band. I never quit the band, for one thing. I’m not a quitter.”10

After the firing, the band said publicly that Mike had left of his own accord. An edition of the fan-club newsletter published in spring of 1993 reads, “For those of you who have not heard, Mike Starr is no longer with Alice in Chains. He decided all this touring stuff just wasn’t for him. We wish him all the best of success in all of his future endeavors, we’ll miss him.” A February 1994 Rolling Stone feature reads, “The rift with Starr occurred, Staley explains, as ‘just a difference in priorities. We wanted to continue intense touring and press, Mike was ready to go home.’” The biography on the band’s first official Web site—the now-defunct aliceinchains.net—reads, “Mike Starr reaches the top of the mountain, then retires.”11

On January 22, 1993, the band took the stage to an audience of tens of thousands in Rio de Janeiro and performed a blistering hour-long set, firing on all cylinders. “I remember the last song. I think it was in Rio. I was in tears on the stage,” Biro said. “I couldn’t even see straight, I was so upset over it.” Starr later told Jason Buttino that he shot up before the show. “He said when he was playing ‘Would?’ he could barely move. His knees were shaking and his hands weren’t working the way he wanted them to, and he felt like he was going to collapse.” Although this doesn’t appear in the footage, Biro said Starr was crying onstage during the final songs. During the last instrument change, Biro hugged Starr, and they said that they loved each other, despite everything that was going on. Biro also told him to never give up. After it was over, without any public acknowledgment of what had just happened, the band left the stage. Five years after the band started out at the Music Bank, and unbeknownst to anyone on the outside at the time, the Rio de Janeiro audience had just seen Mike Starr’s final performance with Alice in Chains.12

There were two red flags during the Brazil trip indicating how severe Starr’s heroin addiction had become. The first, according to what he told Aaron Woodruff, was when he was riding in a helicopter and had to throw up outside of it in midflight, possibly because he was going through withdrawals. This account was corroborated by Randy Biro, who was present. The second red flag was after the show, when he decided to shoot up with two of the most notorious addicts in the Seattle grunge scene and barely lived to tell the tale. According to Biro, when the bands got to Brazil, it was discovered that there was cocaine but no heroin. The solution they worked out was that Kurt Cobain would pay for the heroin, and Layne would pay for the plane to bring it down.

“On the day they kicked me out, I was like, ‘[Kurt] Cobain, shoot me up,’ because we were playing with Nirvana and the [Red Hot] Chili Peppers down in South America.… Layne shot me up first a couple of times. Then Kurt shot me up, and then Layne shot me up after that same night, and I died, for like eleven minutes.…‘Dead for eleven minutes,’ Layne said. I woke up, I was all wet and I was in a different room. I was in the bathroom and Layne just punched me in the face, crying.”13

*   *   *

Mike Inez was born in San Fernando, California, into a very musical family, with relatives who played in church bands and “old Filipino folk bands.” He was delivered by his grandmother, a nurse at the hospital. After Mike and his mother were released from the hospital, Mike was brought to his grandmother’s house, where his uncle was living at the time and practicing in a Top 40 band with members of Earth, Wind & Fire. His grandmother got “really pissed off,” and told the band to stop rehearsing because the new baby was home. In Mike’s words, he went “from the hospital straight into a live-band situation.” Mike credited his parents with letting his musical interests blossom and his relatives for having places where he could practice his craft.

He started out on clarinet and saxophone in fourth or fifth grade. One of the first songs he learned was the Commodores’ “I’m Easy” on piano. By junior high school, he was getting into hard rock and heavy metal. He grew up in the late 1970s in Pasadena, just as Van Halen was taking off. By high school, he knew he was going to be a musician for a living. He was in the marching band in high school and at Pasadena City College but was also involved in rock bands. Around the time he was twenty-two, he was rehearsing with his band when an employee at the rehearsal space told him he had tried out for Ozzy Osbourne’s band and encouraged him to do the same. Mike’s reaction: “I’ll never fucking get that gig!”

When Mike arrived at the audition, his attitude was, “I’m just happy I’m going to get to jam with the man!” He learned the songs by listening to other people playing them through the wall. When it was his turn, he wasn’t nervous because he had no expectation of getting the job. As he was in his car about to leave, he saw Ozzy and Sharon Osbourne in the rearview mirror, walking toward him. They asked him to come back the next day, because he was one of the top five.

By the next day, the finalists had been narrowed down to three. Even then, Mike still wasn’t expecting to get the job. About a week later, he auditioned for the job again. The plan was for the new bass player to go to Europe and play with Ozzy Osbourne at Wembley Arena. Mike was at his grandfather’s house when he got the phone call from Osbourne. He beat two hundred bassists for the job. In Mike’s words, “I went from playing the Coconut Teaser [a club in Los Angeles] to living in a castle with Ozzy Osbourne in one week and playing Wembley. It was an amazing experience.” He also worked on Osbourne’s No More Tears album.14

According to Mike, he and his new Alice in Chains bandmates spent his first day in London smoking “killer hash.” The band rented out a room at a rehearsal studio, where, for the next two days, they gave Inez a crash course in the Alice in Chains catalog. Biro was impressed—he thought Inez knew the songs better than Starr did. The band began a two-month European tour with the Screaming Trees.15

During the February 8 show in Stockholm, Sweden, there was a skinhead in the audience making Nazi salutes and beating people up. According to Randy Biro, “He was doing that thrashing in a circle, just elbowing people in the face, just punching people out.” Bootleg video of the concert shows that after “It Ain’t Like That,” Layne spoke to the audience, saying, “We love you fucking Swedish people.” He then walked over to the edge of the stage and knelt down to talk to a security guard. He pointed the skinhead out and invited him to the stage.

“Come on up onstage. Come on, man. Come join the band—have a good time.”

According to Biro, the skinhead was incredulous, pointing at himself and asking, “Me?”

“Everyone’s looking at him going, ‘Why the fuck is Layne being nice to this douchebag?’” Biro recalled. “The local security’s looking at him—‘What the fuck’s going on?’”

Layne walked to the edge of the stage and squatted, repeatedly motioning with his hands for the skinhead to come up. He took him by the hand and pulled him up onstage. As soon as he got up, Layne punched the skinhead in the face twice, who fell back into the audience, which was roaring with approval. Security hustled him away. Layne went back to the microphone and said, “Fucking Nazis die!”16

After the show, the band was hearing rumors that, in Biro’s words, “the shit’s gonna hit the fan”—meaning local police might be involved. Layne and his security guard John Sampson went to the tour bus to get on the ferry to Finland and wait for the others to leave the country.17

The band and crew were about to check out of their Stockholm hotel when they saw police officers waiting in the lobby. The skinhead had called the police, who went to the hotel looking for Layne and seized the band and crew members’ passports so they couldn’t leave the country. When they discovered Layne wasn’t there, officers hurried to the ferry, pulled him off, and arrested him. According to Biro, the skinhead’s brother, who was also at the concert, went to the police and told them his brother had been picking on people at the show and Layne helped stop him. At that point, Biro said, “the police congratulated us and let us go.

“Layne was a really good person about bullies because he had been bullied when he was a kid,” Biro explained. “He wasn’t a good-looking guy and everything, so he got picked on quite a bit as a youngster, and he seemed to remember that. And when he got into a powerful position, he paid people back or he helped out the people that were weak, like he was at one point.”

When the tour hit Paris, the crew discovered the venue had a decibel limit regulating the noise levels. The band was warned about it ahead of time, but they—minus Layne—went to sound check. Mike and Sean tested their gear and were told it was already too loud, all this before the PA and monitors were even turned on. At that point, they looked at each other and left, calling off the show. According to Biro, Layne stayed at the hotel so they could say he was sick and have a legal excuse to cancel the show.

The band came back from Europe in mid-March 1993. Shortly after their return, they did a quick headlining U.S. tour with Circus of Power and Masters of Reality. Mike’s first studio experience with Alice in Chains was when they recorded two songs in April 1993, “What the Hell Have I” and “A Little Bitter” for the soundtrack of the movie Last Action Hero. Stuart Hallerman, owner of Avast! Studios, recorded some demos with Alice in Chains and hosted them for rehearsals while they wrote the songs. There were signs of Layne’s drug problem during these sessions.18

Producer and engineer Toby Wright was friends with Nick Terzo, who asked if he would be interested in working with the band on the songs, an offer he accepted.

Riki Rachtman interviewed Layne and Mike on Headbangers Ball during this period and asked whether there was a “big difference” having Mike Inez in the studio as they worked on new songs.

“No, not really,” Layne responded, laughing.

Mike added, “I don’t want to be in this band, and they won’t let me quit. These guys are crazy, man. They’re holding my family hostage.”

Layne jokingly replied, “You’re contractually obligated, so stick with it, big guy.”19

The Alice in Chains Fan Club newsletter noted, “As of now, Mike Inez of Ozzy’s band has been filling in the bass position. Things have been grooving so well, it looks like Mr. Inez may just become a member of the Chains gang. We’ll keep you posted.” The band returned to Europe for a series of dates opening for Metallica, after which they would return to the United States to play Lollapalooza.20

Rocky Schenck traveled to Seattle to direct the video for “What the Hell Have I,” which was shot on June 13. “Layne and Jerry particularly enjoyed creating the sequences where their faces were projected live onto their own faces and each other’s faces.” Jerry was responsible for the oversize masks surrounding the band. This was also Schenck’s first time meeting Mike, whom he liked right away.

*   *   *

During the summer of 1993, Alice in Chains would be the second-to-last band on the main stage of Lollapalooza. The tour kicked off on June 18 and would perform across North America until early August.21 Layne was trying to stay clean, according to Randy Biro, so he got his own bus with a recording studio in the back lounge and a security guard traveling with him at all times. According to multiple sources, Layne relapsed, using alcohol and drugs on the tour.

Johnny Bacolas and James Bergstrom went to the Portland show. “Johnny and I sat on the side of the stage by the manager watching them, and it was a fabulous show,” Bergstrom recalled. “We just hung out with Layne and had so much fun—you know, it was like we were kids again. I think he struggled being away: the grind of the road and the whole lifestyle … Obviously with his addiction, it was just fostering sadness and unhappiness.”

Nick Pollock went to another Lollapalooza show, accompanied by one of Layne’s ex-girlfriends. “We went on his bus and he showed us a bunch of his artwork, which was very dark and introspective at that time, in some cases kind of odd,” he recalled. “I don’t know how to really qualify that more than it was odd. I think that he was in a pretty dark place.”

Pollock added, “Here’s Layne, who’s kind of an alien in his own skin, showing us, ‘Here, I’ve been doing this artwork and I did these photo things.’ I think they were with Demri and stuff like that. They were just like, ‘Wow, where the hell is he?’ But it wasn’t obvious by looking at them that he’s got all the drug problems and that stuff.”

In comparing what he saw to Layne’s artwork for the Mad Season album, Pollock described it thus: “That would be more stylized things that are evocative of what I was talking about. But he had things where he actually had photographs of himself that were very gaunt, that had a certain sort of bondage-ish type of feel to it. It was just strange.”

They went to the soundboard to watch the other bands perform, and they talked. According to Pollock, “He loosened up. We got back to like we were kids. He was dealing with the weight of his musical career and everything that was going on with that, the weight of his drug situation, and I think that emotionally in a lot of ways, just the weight of a lot of things from his past that he never could deal with, that he was still dealing with and trying to blot out with drugs.”

The former singer of Cat Butt, David Duet, was living in Texas when he got a call from Layne, telling him he would be in town and giving him a list of drugs and alcohol to bring for him. Duet was excited to see his old friend when he got on the bus, ready to give him the bag of stuff. Layne cut him off—Duet later found out he was on Layne’s personal sober bus and that his stepfather and manager were there. Duet left before the bag could be confiscated and made arrangements to meet with Layne fifteen minutes later.22

Jim Elmer—who traveled to three Lollapalooza shows in Washington State and Texas that summer—did not recall this but did not dispute the account. He also noted, “Layne was very, very careful of not being public with family on his addiction. I don’t know if that’s true or not, or if I was oblivious, but he put up a good shield. There was no doubt he had a problem, and we all agree on that. But in terms of how he handled that and so forth, he was very discreet, I thought, toward the family.”

There were issues with one of the people traveling on the tour as part of the Village, which was described by the Fort Lauderdale–based Sun-Sentinel newspaper as “a place Lollapalooza is creating to be a surreal world where art, music and politics collide.”23 This person was discovered to have been providing Layne with heroin. He was warned repeatedly to stay away from the band and Layne. It got to the point where Biro thinks his wife at the time—who was an assistant tour manager—may have threatened to have the guy arrested and ordered him to never come backstage again. (Biro got married during the tour, and Layne lent him and his wife his private bus while the tour was traveling from Orlando, Florida, to New Orleans, where the wedding was to take place. Layne traveled on the band bus for this leg of the trip.)

The musicians on the tour hit it off with each other for the most part, leading to many onstage collaborations: Jerry would perform with Fishbone; members of Fishbone would perform with Alice in Chains; and Layne would sing with Front 242 or Tool. Layne became friends with Tom Morello, the guitarist for Rage Against the Machine. Morello would later recall how the two of them would be laughing pretty hard while arguing about which of them was more metal. Layne also became close friends with Babes in Toyland—a three-piece female punk rock band from Minneapolis.24

According to the band’s bassist, Maureen Herman, Babes in Toyland had one of the most popular dressing rooms on that tour. “It seemed like everybody on the tour had these healthy riders, like, ‘No alcohol, we’re only bringing in fruit juice, we only have really healthy food,’ and our rider was not that way. Our rider was full of really fun junk food and cool stuff and tequila, vodka, and Jack Daniel’s and lots of beer, and so everybody was always coming to our dressing room because their fucking dressing rooms didn’t have rock-and-roll accoutrements, and Layne was one of those people who was attracted to our dressing room.”

Drummer Lori Barbero had a similar recollection. “I think seriously it was the very first night. Layne came to our backstage room, and he was like, ‘Hey,’ and just became our friend immediately, and that was kind of his tree house, as I like to say—where he hung out pretty much all the time. Every day he’d come and hang out with us.”

Susan would come in asking if they had seen Layne, and Barbero or someone else would confirm he was hanging out with them. Eventually, it got to the point that Susan went to the Babes in Toyland dressing room when she had to find him. “He hung out in our room all the time. I don’t really know why. Maybe he just liked to be around ladies. Or just to get away from his own crew that he had to be around all the time, but he just really liked hanging out with us, and we just had a lot of fun.”

Regarding Demri, Barbero recalled, “[Layne] really adored her. I mean, he wasn’t a shit talker. Some guys in bands are just like ‘Rawr…’ and they pretend their girlfriend’s a drag, so if anything happened with another girl it would be cool because he didn’t really like his girlfriend anyway. From what I gather, he really adored her at this point.” Layne also spoke about the recently departed Mike Starr. “Whenever he spoke about him, he was sad about whatever happened,” Barbero said. “He had a really good heart, and I know he was really sad about whatever went down and why he wasn’t in the band anymore.”

Layne had a bodyguard and personal chaperone named Val who he was always trying to get away from. According to Herman, she didn’t think Val knew about the contents of their dressing room, so Layne would hide out there. He got along with Babes in Toyland singer/guitarist Kat Bjelland, and the two began hanging out on the tour—as drug buddies and possibly an occasional tryst.

“Kat was, in some ways, his style of a girl except she was a gross version of what he liked. She was very much like a fucked-up version of Demri,” Randy Biro said.

“Kat and he seemed to really hit it off and get along and that ended up turning into a relationship during the tour. And I do remember Val throwing Kat into a tub of water once because, at one point, they did kind of connect the dots of [Layne] getting into trouble by hanging out with us and/or Kat more specifically,” Herman said.

There is a disagreement on whether or not Layne and Bjelland were hooking up. According to Herman, “I wasn’t in the room with them to watch them have sex or anything like that, but I find it extremely hard to believe that there was not a relationship going on there. It’s just not possible.” Barbero thinks they weren’t: “They didn’t disappear that much that I ever thought anything was really going on. I think they were more drug buddies.”

At some point during the tour whatever relationship existed between Layne and Bjelland went south. “It was clear that there was rejection going on, and Kat doesn’t take rejection well. Some of her best songs cover that territory,” Herman said. According to Herman, Bjelland decided to cope by doing heroin and overdosed on the bus after their show in San Francisco. This happened within the first week of the tour.25 Entertainment Weekly was in town to do a photo shoot with Babes in Toyland. Because Bjelland was unavailable, they shot Barbero and Herman and ultimately used a photo of Herman for the magazine cover.

There was at least one other incident, which Barbero thinks happened after Bjelland’s overdose. At one show, she wanted to hitch a ride on Layne’s tour bus, and he said no. She did not take it well. “He was just like, ‘No, you’re going crazy,’ and she jumped on their bus, and as it was going, jumped on the front and tore off their windshield wiper blade in a rage,” Barbero said. “She’s a real spoiled brat, and she didn’t get what she wanted, so she causes chaos.”

It got to the point that the Alice in Chains crew started running interference to keep Bjelland away from Layne. “That whole overdose thing—I think she tried to guilt Layne, and he just said, ‘Well, it’s not my responsibility to look after her.’ He felt bad about it, but you can’t. It wasn’t his fault. He never felt like he was at fault for any of it,” Biro said.

Layne briefly dated an African American girl that Biro thinks he met on the tour. When Speech, the lead singer of Arrested Development, got wind of the relationship, he told Layne, “Okay, you’re not all that bad. I can talk to you now.” Biro, who was there with Layne when this happened, said, “We’re looking at each other, going, ‘Wow, that’s weird.’” He doesn’t remember her name or how they met but described her as “a really nice, sweet girl.”

Besides Layne, Lori Barbero bonded with Mike over their mutual Filipino heritage. She also hit it off with Sean and eventually met his Steve alter ego. On a night off from the tour, several musicians went to a bar and did karaoke. “We took over the stage, and we all just started playing, and we did this superjam, and that was the night where they were like, ‘Lori, can you take care of Steve?’ And for some reason I don’t know, everyone always thinks that the woman needs to take care of the guy, so I did, and he was actually really pleasant with me.” They had warned her he could be difficult to keep under control, but she did it.

“He seriously did not know any of his bandmates. He didn’t know Alice in Chains. He didn’t know how to play drums. He didn’t know anything. You could talk to him, and he was like, ‘I don’t know what you’re talking about,’ and he’d look at you like you’re fucking crazy.”

Mike had brought Chuck, his golden retriever, along for the tour. Chuck had his own laminate VIP pass with a smiling dog face on it, which a girl stole and used to get backstage.26 During one show, Layne, Jerry, and Sean went onstage during Primus’s set in the middle of “My Name Is Mud” dressed up wearing Les Claypool–style hats and playing bass guitars while emulating Claypool’s style of performing during the song’s signature bass riff. Claypool apparently returned the favor when he took to the stage dancing in a chicken costume while Alice in Chains was performing “Rooster.” Jerry threw a bottle at him before he ran offstage.27

In retrospect, Jerry said, “Lollapalooza was probably the funnest tour I’ve ever done, and it’s probably the funnest tour I’ve ever seen because there was so much interaction between the bands, with the exception of Arrested Development. Everybody was playing—we were playing with each other, doing it onstage. It was great.” Mike called it “one of those tours where lifelong friendships were made.”28

*   *   *

Alice in Chains went back to the studio in September to write and record an EP of new material, which is covered in the next chapter. That fall, the band returned overseas for another European tour and their first tour of Australia and Japan. The band was checking into their hotel in the Roppongi district of Tokyo when Layne; his security guard, John; and Todd Shuss, another crew member, came running in. There was a forklift or tractor-type vehicle parked outside on the sidewalk with the keys in the ignition, so Layne decided to take it for a spin. “Layne started [it] up and started driving down the sidewalk, and he tore a sign off a building or something like that, and then the police showed up and [Layne and others] took off,” Biro said, describing what he and everyone else found out afterward. Police came looking for what witnesses described as a tourist-looking white male who had ducked into a hotel.29

When the tour hit Australia, the itinerary was four or five shows in a row in different cities, which presented a logistical challenge. According to Biro, Australian shows end at one o’clock in the morning. Lobby call to leave for the next city was at 6:00 A.M. After three or four shows, Layne was exhausted, and fatigue was beginning to affect his voice. The tour manager insisted the show had to go on. According to Biro, “Kevan Wilkins, the road manager, he sat there and he guilted [Layne]. I think that’s when his hatred for Wilkins really kicked in, and he’d guilt him. I actually sat there and listened to him say, ‘You’ve got to play the show. Think of all the kids that went out and bought tickets just to see you. Are you gonna deny them that?’”

One other episode Biro remembered from the 1992–93 period while the band was touring in support of Dirt—although he doesn’t recall which tour—was what he thinks was the only time they had to cancel a show in the middle of a performance. “Layne was too screwed up,” Biro said. Susan asked him to go onstage and tell the audience the show was over.

“There’s no fucking way I’m doing that.”

“I pay you. Go fucking do it now.”

As he recalls, “It was bad. People were really pissed off. They were playing, and Layne was singing, and he’d put down the mic and walk offstage and go to the bathroom and start getting high, like in the middle of a song. I don’t know what was going on with him.” Ultimately, 1993 was the last year Layne would do any major touring.

*   *   *

There were two other events that year worth noting. Heart was working on their Desire Walks On album, which featured a cover of Bob Dylan’s “Ring Them Bells.” The Wilsons wanted a male voice to harmonize with on that song. Chris Cornell got the initial nod and recorded the track, but Cornell’s record label wouldn’t give them permission to release it.

At that point, Ann Wilson called Layne, and he agreed to do it. Nancy Wilson recalled that she and Ann were like, “This will be great! Let’s have a moment!” Layne came to the studio and, self-conscious when recording, as usual, didn’t want anyone else there.

“He was like, ‘Oh no, you can’t be in the control room when I’m singing. You have to go away.’ He was too shy to be singing where Ann Wilson might be listening,” Nancy Wilson said. “We went out to dinner or something and came back, and he didn’t want to be there when we heard it, so he left. He was just like that.” The engineer later mixed Layne’s take with the Wilsons’ vocals and—in Ann’s words—it sounded “perfect.”

Ann Wilson noticed the toll Layne’s drug use had taken on him. “You could see that day, though, that his struggles with drug addiction had taken away part of Layne,” she wrote. “He had become smaller and smaller, inside and out, even hunched over. He was little to start with, but when I gave him a hug, I was afraid I might break his bones.

“I had seen some of Alice’s first shows when Layne was luminous onstage, whiter than white, as if he was lit from within. It was like he didn’t have a body when he was performing.

“As the years went on, he shifted, and by ‘Ring Them Bells,’ his light was flickering.”30

The other event, arguably more consequential in terms of the band’s career and future, was the dissolution of Susan’s business partnership with Kelly Curtis. There are differing accounts for why they split. Curtis told Mark Yarm he quit right as Alice in Chains was taking off because, having lived through the trauma of losing Andrew Wood to heroin, he didn’t want to go through that again with Layne. There was an incident during which Layne was holding Curtis’s daughter when he nodded off. “He was a great guy—all those guys were great—but there was a dark cloud over them, and it really affected me. I hated it,” Curtis said.31

Curtis’s former business partner, Ken Deans, did not disagree with his account, noting, “At that point, it was becoming very obvious that Kelly was going to be hugely successful with Pearl Jam. Pearl Jam didn’t have any of those trappings that Mother Love Bone did, or Alice in Chains … And I can believe that Kelly didn’t want to deal with that.”

Krisha Augerot, Curtis’s assistant at the time, had a similar recollection. “When I was working with Kelly, it was the very beginning of Pearl Jam. He was also comanaging Alice in Chains with Susan and comanaging Kristen Barry with Susan. When they split ways, Alice in Chains, I think, wanted more attention. I think they felt like Susan had Soundgarden [and] Kelly had Pearl Jam. Alice in Chains, although they were having success, maybe they didn’t feel like they were getting the attention they needed. They were like the stepchild kind of thing, so they wanted to go with one side or the other. It was really hard for Kelly to let that go, because Jerry Cantrell lived in his basement for a long time. They were like family.”

In terms of the band’s relationship with Susan and Curtis, Augerot said it was “like having a pseudo-mom and dad with Kelly and Susan. I think Jerry was really close to Kelly. Clearly because they lived together and [Kelly] gave him so much support, Peggy [Curtis’s wife] gave him so much support. I think Susan was a very calming influence on those guys, really caring, really solid. I do remember it being really hard on Jerry, the Kelly-Susan split.”

Randy Biro alleges the split was purely a business decision and that Curtis did not leave of his own accord. “Eventually [Alice in Chains] just fired him. The Pearl Jam thing—he just happened to be in the right place at the right time. Alice in Chains became managed a lot better once he was out.” He disputes Curtis’s explanation that he left because of drug issues. “Kelly Curtis is strictly money. It’s all about money. He didn’t leave. They fired him. They felt that he was not focusing on them at all, and him and Susan did not agree on the way to manage it. If I remember right, he gave the band an ultimatum.

“I think the ultimatum was, ‘It was me or Susan. You can’t have both.’ And they said, ‘Okay. Bye.’ Which kind of threw him for a loop, because he said it in such a cocky way, thinking that it was just automatically going to go to him. And they just didn’t like it.”

Chapter 18

Funny thing about the songs—I don’t have any.

—JERRY CANTRELL

ALICE IN CHAINS WAS TOURING when Jerry called Toby Wright, asking if he would be interesting in recording an EP with them. “Absolutely,” Wright responded. “Can you send me any of the songs?”

“We’re on our way home. By the time they get to you, we’ll already be done,” Jerry responded. “Meet us in Seattle.”

Despite what Jerry had told Wright, no material had been written. According to Jerry, the band had planned to take a break and wanted to work on the songs together after they got back.1 Alice in Chains and Toby Wright went into London Bridge Studio on September 7, 1993, with little or no material prepared. As soon as everyone arrived, the band members began talking about their experiences on the road.

“Wow, that’s awesome,” Wright said. “So you wrote a lot on the road?”

“Uh … funny thing about the songs—I don’t have any,” was Jerry’s sheepish response. Everyone laughed.

“Okay. What do you want to do for the next ten days?” Wright asked, referring to the fact that they had already booked studio time.

“Is it okay if we just jam for the next ten days?” Jerry asked.

“Yeah. Best band in the world, jamming? What bad could happen? I didn’t have anything better to do,” was Wright’s response.

The writing, recording, and mixing process was quick. According to the liner notes, the album was written and recorded in the studio during a five-day period and mixed from September 17 through 22.2 Sessions for the seven-song EP, titled Jar of Flies, were grueling round-the-clock affairs, as long as fourteen to eighteen hours a day. Wright was coproducing and engineering himself, with help from Jonathan Plum as his assistant engineer. “I remember I would leave and they’d still be up. I would go home, get a few hours of sleep, and come back,” Plum said of those marathon sessions.

Once an idea was fully worked out, the band members were very efficient recording their individual parts. “Some of those, once they got an arrangement down, it was one or two takes and they’re done. That being one of the most prolific and best-feeling bands, we got a great take, and that was the song,” Wright said.

Plum remembers seeing Layne sitting on the couch in the lobby watching TV. One morning, Layne was watching cartoons and eating kids’ cereal out of the box with his hands. On the back of the box was a fill-in-the-blank game, which Layne completed with his own twist. “He filled it out, and it was totally disgusting, talking about putting things in your urethra. He cut it out and put it on the refrigerator,” Plum recalled.

The band brought in a four-piece string section for “I Stay Away.” Wright asked Jerry if he wanted to chart out everything he wanted them to play into sheet music.

“No, I’ll just tell them what to play,” Jerry responded. Dave Hillis, who worked at London Bridge at the time but did not work on Jar of Flies, remembers seeing Jerry go into the big room with a guitar in hand, sit down on a metal folding chair, and walk the other musicians through the song, explaining what he had in mind.

“What I’ve learned from other sessions, you have a conductor and everything is written out musically-speaking on paper for them in notes, and usually there’s a lot of preproduction in that, meaning there’s a score and things written for them,” Hillis said. “I remember Jerry being fearless, as he usually is, very confident, and going out there with a guitar into the main room where the orchestra is sitting and showing them the parts on his guitar, what he was hearing, what he wanted, which is not something you normally do because orchestra musicians usually don’t work that way.”

Sean was messing around playing side-stick drumming, a technique consisting of hitting the rim of the snare drum with the side of the drumstick. Wright, who is not a fan of the technique, heard this and was not having it. “We eventually wound up with some bongos and some smaller drums set up over the high hat that we incorporated into that groove.” This became the opening for “No Excuses.” Jerry sang lead vocals and Layne harmonized on the verses, and then they would switch parts during the chorus.

“Don’t Follow” would provide some of the most memorable moments of these recording sessions. Randy Biro; Jerry’s guitar tech, Darrell Peters; and Mike sang backing vocals for the second part of the song. A harmonica player was brought in. “They sent this guy up—he’s this older dude. He was a good player, but he would grunt when he was playing, these really weird kinda disgusting grunting noises,” Plum recalled.

“I remember Jerry was just like, ‘What’s that noise?’ Toby would say, ‘Hey, that sounded great. Can you do it with less grunting noises?’ And the guy would say, ‘Oh yeah, yeah. Sorry about that.’ He would do it again, and he’d still make the same grunting noises.”

After an hour of this, they realized it wasn’t going to work out. Eventually, David Atkinson was called in to play the part. “I remember the harmonica player was like a friend of Chris Cornell’s who came in, blazed around, had to comp it all together into what that performance is,” Wright said. Plum thinks he nailed it one take. Jerry sang the first half of the song; Layne did the second half. Plum had the impression Layne didn’t like the song for some reason, because, while he was recording his vocal, he added a little something extra that wasn’t part of Jerry’s original lyrics. After the “It hurts to care, I’m going down” lyric before the brief break leading into the second half of the song, Layne deadpanned, “How now, brown cow?”

“It was on the recording for a long time, but when we mixed it, Jerry asked us to take it out,” Plum said, laughing. Wright doesn’t remember this but does not dispute Plum’s account. “It was Jerry’s concept of having him start out the song, Layne come in, and then we finish up [with a] two-sides-to-the-story type of thing, which I thought was a brilliant concept,” Wright said.

Rocky Schenck shot the cover in his dining room on September 8, 1993. “The band had come up with the idea for the title and wanted the cover to be a young boy looking into a jar filled with flies. I remember they asked me to use ‘crazy colors’ in the shot, so [I] utilized lots of different color gels over the lights to achieve the final look,” he wrote. Schenck’s assistant made several trips to a nearby stable to collect hundreds of flies with a butterfly net.

Released on January 14, 1994, Jar of Flies was an immediate success, debuting at the top of the Billboard album chart. It was the first EP ever to reach number 1, a feat that has been matched only once—by Jay-Z and Linkin Park’s Collision Course—in the twenty years since its release as of this writing.

*   *   *

In March 1994, Kurt Cobain was in trouble. Courtney Love had already seen him overdose on heroin a dozen times by the time he tried to kill himself by taking sixty Rohypnol pills in a Rome hotel room with a three-page suicide note clutched in his left hand.3 Despite the history between them, Susan got a panicked phone call from Courtney Love.

“You have to help me—Kurt’s going to kill himself. What should I do?” she asked. Susan put Nirvana’s manager in touch with Dr. Lou Cox, a New York physician who had worked with Aerosmith and was working with Alice in Chains at the time. Susan told Greg Prato that they agreed to do an intervention but chose a different interventionist, and not everybody showed up.4

On April Fools’ Day 1994, Cobain went AWOL from the Exodus Recovery Center in Marina del Rey, California, two days after checking in. A week later, his body was found in the greenhouse in his home. He had killed himself by a self-inflicted shotgun blast to the head after shooting up a lethal dose of heroin. He was twenty-seven years old.5

Susan helped organize a private service for Cobain at a church as well as the public memorial at Seattle Center, both scheduled at the same time out of concern that fans or the media might try to go to the private service. After it was over, Susan felt “the same sort of overwhelming compassion” for Courtney Love as she did for Yoko Ono after the murder of John Lennon. Susan walked up to Love to offer her support. When she was about ten feet away, Love saw her approaching, turned her back, and walked away.6

“I saw all the suffering that Kurt Cobain went through,” Layne would recall. “I didn’t know him real well, but I just saw this real vibrant person turn into a real shy, timid, withdrawn, introverted person who could hardly get a hello out.”7 Layne’s private views were skeptical of the official story. “Layne was a little more vocal on the Kurt issue, because he never thought Kurt would take his own life,” Jim Elmer said. “He mentioned that multiple times, about that issue, that he never did believe it. And so this was not right after he died, this was years after, too. He still remembered that and just thought that was not characteristic of Kurt.”

A few weeks after Cobain’s death, Jim Elmer got a call from Courtney Love. She had been trying to get ahold of Layne and somehow got Elmer’s phone number. According to him, they spoke twice. “The gist of the conversation was that she was looking for Layne because she knew Layne and Kurt were friends and wanted to find out what had happened the last few days, that she intimated to me that she was not happy with the outcome that it was a suicide. She thought there was more to it than that, and she wanted to chase down Layne and have a discussion with him.”

Love was probably assuming that because Cobain and Layne ran in the same social circles—musicians, drug users, and drug dealers—he might have seen Cobain or have some knowledge of his final days. Whether Layne saw Cobain during his final days is not known, but there is evidence of at least one mutual drug connection.

Cobain confidant Rene Navarette told Nirvana biographer Everett True about an encounter with some of Seattle’s highest-profile musicians in the spring of 1993, who all coincidentally found themselves at the same place at the same time trying to procure drugs. “When Courtney went to England, that was the first time me, Kurt, Dylan [Carlson, guitarist from the band Earth], and Cali [DeWitt, Frances Bean Cobain’s nanny] had a few days to mess around without her … We had too much fun. We would go into town, walk into a drug dealer’s living room: Kurt, Dylan, Mark Lanegan, and Layne Staley coincidentally walking into the same basement at the same time. It was pretty amazing. Everyone had mutual admiration for each other. Now, looking back on it, there were all these great talented guys who were tainted forever because of their drug use.”8

*   *   *

Tool was performing at KISW’s Rockstock concert held at Kitsap County Fairgrounds on May 28, 1994, when Layne made a surprise appearance and joined them for a performance of “Opiate.” According to the Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Layne “looked sickly and wore a wool ski mask to hide his face.”9

That summer, Alice in Chains had plans to tour with Metallica. They were also on the bill for Woodstock ’94, the twenty-fifth anniversary of the seminal concert festival, scheduled to take place in Saugerties, New York, that August. Layne had just returned from another stint in rehab and had relapsed, while Sean was struggling with a drinking problem.10

Sean later told Rolling Stone that the final straw was when Layne showed up for practice high the day before the start of the Metallica tour. He threw down his sticks and vowed he would never play with Layne again, a sentiment shared by Jerry. Shortly after, Susan issued the following statement: “Alice in Chains has withdrawn from the Metallica summer tour, as well as an appearance at the Woodstock ’94 festival. This decision is due to health problems within the band. Alice in Chains apologizes to their fans and appreciates their support and concern. The band hopes to resolve the situation in privacy. The members look forward to returning to the recording studio in the fall.” The tour was canceled and—according to Rolling Stone—the band broke up for six months. Candlebox got the band’s slots on the Metallica tour and at Woodstock.11

Jimmy Shoaf had made plans to tour with Alice in Chains that summer and had spent some money in anticipation of getting paychecks from the tour. He was sitting on a plane about to take off when a stewardess approached him.

“We’re pulling your bags off. Kevan Wilkins called. He told us not to let you fly.”

“I was like, ‘Shit!’ That was when I learned my lesson: don’t spend your money before you make it,” he recalled.

Metallica weighed in on the Alice in Chains situation during the tour. They would play the opening bars of “Man in the Box” with their front man James Hetfield doing Layne’s opening wail while mockingly rubbing and smacking his left arm in a shooting-up-heroin gesture.

“I can’t tour. I can’t tour,” Hetfield moaned. Drummer Lars Ulrich and lead guitarist Kirk Hammett also made the shooting-up gesture with their arms. Ulrich pressed one of his drumsticks into the vein on the inside of his left arm, so it stuck out like a giant wooden syringe.12

Sean later said of this period, “Nobody was being honest with each other back then. If we had kept going, there was a good chance we would have self-destructed on the road, and we definitely didn’t want that to happen in public.”13 During this hiatus from Alice in Chains, Layne tried to kick heroin again and found another musical outlet for his creativity.

Chapter 19

I’m not going to be like this forever.

—LAYNE STALEY

IN THE LATE SPRING or early summer of 1994, Michelle Ahern-Crane was living in Seattle’s Queen Anne neighborhood. She had heard Layne was living in the area but hadn’t seen him in several years. One night she had a very vivid dream about him.

“I had this epic dream that I was walking around this sixties motel, the kind that every motel room has its own door and you walk on the outside on the railing,” she recalled. “I was walking by all these motel rooms and each door was open; in each room there was a totally different scene going on. I walked by one door and look in and Layne is in the motel room. There’s a kitchenette and there’s a pot on every burner of the stove, they’re boiling over and he was really perplexed and like, ‘Aaah … the stuff’s boiling over!’ Kinda chaotic. I go in and take his hand, I’m like ‘Let’s get out of here.’”

The next thing she remembered was “We’re in this gymnasium running around like kids, just having fun, laughing, running, playing like kids.” At that point, her phone woke her up. It was her aunt, Lisa Ahern Rammell, who had introduced her to Layne several years earlier.

“Guess who I saw last night?”

“Layne.” Michelle correctly guessed.

Ahern Rammell said she had been out with another girl the night before when they saw him. Layne gave the other girl a big hug, thinking she was Michelle, and was embarrassed when he found out it wasn’t. Michelle told her about her dream. After their conversation, Ahern-Crane was walking along Queen Anne Avenue. A car drove by and she noticed the passenger. “I just see these huge blue eyes and I just knew it was him. And I look and it’s like, ‘Whoa! That’s so weird, the dream and my aunt saw him last night, and I think that was him that just drove by.’”

The car pulled over and Layne got out, holding a kitten. She was taken aback by his physical appearance. “He looked really bad. It was pretty shocking because I hadn’t seen him in a long time. It was sad,” she said. He had let his hair grow, and it was his natural brownish-blond color. He had gauze on his hands, which was only partially covered by fingerless gloves. He was wearing a long-sleeve shirt and a leather jacket.

She told him about the dream and mentioned his running into her aunt and how weird all these coincidences were. Layne told her that he and his mother, who was driving the car, were returning from taking the kitten to the vet.

“Hey, do you go to AA meetings?” Layne asked her.

“No, I don’t. I know a lot of people that do. If you want, I could give you somebody’s number, a cool person’s number if you need to do that,” she offered.

“How about I take your number?”

She gave Layne her phone number. While flattered by the attention, she wasn’t attracted to him, fully aware of his drug problem. She thought that maybe because of all the coincidences, that might have been a sign she was supposed to help him. She had the impression Layne was interested in her for companionship, not sex.

Layne began calling her right away. They lived a few blocks from each other and began talking on the phone and hanging out on a regular basis. She would go to Layne’s apartment to watch movies. Although she would often spend the night and they would sleep in his bed, she said nothing sexual ever happened—she never even kissed him.

“His desire to want to spend time with me without wanting anything but some companionship was nice. Being invited into his rather isolated, private world was intriguing, to say the least. That, coupled with a fantasy that he might get over his addiction, or that I could play a part in him getting over his addiction, was intriguing and even exciting. He was a beautiful person under all of that sickness. But I wasn’t delusional, and I wasn’t about to express these thoughts to him because I guess I had decided rather quickly that ‘to hope’ would be ‘to be disappointed.’ So I remained rather ‘cool’ during our time spent together.”1

There were visible signs of his drug problem at home, although Layne never offered her any. In the middle of watching movies, Layne would excuse himself to go to the bathroom and stay in there. “Eventually, he’d come out. We’d hang out, talk, watch movies, and then he’d go back into the bathroom again.”

Layne mentioned the subject of drugs to her twice. During one of the first times she came over, they were watching TV in his bedroom. Layne was sitting on the floor; Ahern-Crane was on the bed. Layne looked up at her and said, “Hey, I want you to know I’m not going to be like this forever. I want to have a normal life, a good life. I want to get married, I want to have kids.”

Ahern-Crane was surprised. “Okay, that’s good,” was her only response. “Of course I hoped he would have a normal, happy life some day. I want that for anyone. But there was no evidence anywhere that suggested he was serious at that moment.”

“I thought what he said was sweet, I was flattered because I knew he was saying for my benefit … It was his way of saying to me, ‘I like you.’ ‘If you hang out for a while, I might be able to kick this with your support.’ ‘Give me a reason to stop doing drugs.’ That is what his words meant—at least to some degree. But how can you take someone so loaded on drugs very seriously? He may have thought that in that moment, and he may have considered it from time to time—but the fact is, just as quickly, he was back in the bathroom trying to find a vein.”

“I found his statement to be simultaneously sweet, flattering, hopeful, and manipulating at the same time.” The second time also happened at his apartment. He invited her into the bathroom, where his music equipment was set up. She walked in and saw Layne sitting on the windowsill. He didn’t say anything, and the two started making small talk. She noticed several plastic bags on a table. She didn’t know what they were at the time, but years later, with the benefit of hindsight, she realized they were full of heroin.

“I think he invited me back there to see if maybe I wanted to get loaded, but he didn’t offer it,” she recalled. “When he called me into that room and the drugs were in there, I almost feel like that was a test that I passed.”

Sometimes Layne would play her Mad Season songs he was working on. When they went out, sometimes it was to watch a show by Johnny Bacolas’s band Second Coming. When Ahern-Crane slept over, she remembers hearing knocking on the door at random hours. “Hey, who’s here at one o’clock in the morning?” she asked Layne.

“Shhhh … Be quiet, don’t answer it,” he said.

“Layne said it could have been Demri needing a place to crash or wanting to get high. It could have been fans coming over with drugs,” she explained.

According to Johnny Bacolas, Demri was a semiregular visitor at the house. He declined to comment on any specifics of what happened between them during this period but described their relationship as on-again, off-again.

Though Ahern-Crane got a small glimpse of his drug use during this period, Layne’s friend Ron Holt heard and saw more, because of their previous friendship and because Holt was also using heroin at the time. They had a mutual dealer. Holt was a regular, but Layne got VIP treatment. Sometimes the dealer wouldn’t let Holt up. One time he heard Layne was at the dealer’s house. Holt sent word upstairs: “Tell him that Ron Holt’s here.” Layne told him to come up, gave him a big hug, and told the dealer Holt was to be respected. “Fucking Ron doesn’t wait,” he said. The two also had candid discussions about their drug habits, which Holt called “junkie talk.” Layne told Holt he was using three grams of heroin a day. Based on that, in addition to roughly the same amount of crack he was using, Holt estimated Layne was spending between $250 and $400 a day on drugs.

“Every time I saw Layne, I always told him how proud I was of him, and he always treated me like an authority figure. He always treated me like my work meant something,” Holt said. He tried to take advantage of that respect to convince him to kick drugs. “We were having a candid talk about heroin and stuff. I was on methadone at the time, and I was trying to talk him into stopping. He had this thing where he said if I wasn’t meant to be one, I wouldn’t be one.

“He got mad at me. ‘Don’t bring heroin up. If you’re not going to accept it, don’t try to talk to me about it. Don’t try to talk me out of it.’ That was a bummer to me.”

*   *   *

While tens of thousands of fans were rocking out at Woodstock ’94 in Saugerties, New York—a show Alice in Chains was supposed to perform at and at which, instead, Jerry joined Primus onstage for “Harold of the Rocks”—Layne went on a camping trip near Winthrop, a small town in central Washington. His goal for the trip: to kick heroin. Also on the trip were Johnny Bacolas and two other friends, Alex Hart and Ian Dalrimper. He would try and detox on his own in the wilderness.

“He was using alcohol to help him with the withdrawal symptoms. During that trip, he was very depressed. I’m sure it had a lot to do with the withdrawal, because he didn’t bring any heroin with him,” Bacolas explained. While on a beach along Lake Chelan at two in the morning, Layne broke down in tears, crying on Bacolas’s shoulder.

“I need help. Would you consider moving in with me and helping me with this? I don’t trust anyone, and I can’t do this on my own,” Layne told Bacolas.

There was a bigger issue: Layne was suicidal. Bacolas said Layne wanted to jump off a nearby bridge. “He was at a very low point and dope-sick. He wanted to die at that time. I believed him.”

Shortly after, Layne and Bacolas met up with Hart and Dalrimper and went on a late-night run to a Safeway. “I remember some kid was giving [Layne] shit in the Safeway,” Bacolas recalls. “And Layne just fucking hauls off and clocks the guy.” Layne’s friends grabbed him and ran out of the store before anyone called the police. They wound up driving into a parking lot packed with partying kids. With Layne riding shotgun, Bacolas parked the car next to a pickup truck that was blasting “No Excuses.” Bacolas doesn’t know if this was coincidental or not—there may have been gossip that Layne was in the area. There were three or four kids in the pickup, and another dozen or so standing around nearby gawking at the celebrity in their midst. “They were cranking the song, and everyone’s like ‘No way, that’s not Layne Staley.’” Layne couldn’t resist. “All of the sudden, Layne just starts belting out the chorus of ‘No Excuses’ and nails it,” Bacolas said. “Right when the chorus kicks in, he just belts it, one chorus, and that’s it. It just shut everybody up. There was no question that that’s him now.”

Michelle Ahern-Crane hadn’t heard from Layne in a few days when she got a message on her answering machine. “Hey, sorry I haven’t been in touch. I went out of town,” she recalls him saying. “I’ll see you as soon as I get back.” Layne didn’t tell her what he was doing or where he was, but Ahern-Crane may have had some idea. “I’m kind of guessing maybe it was some attempt at kicking or something along those lines.” It’s possible the call happened during this camping trip.

Not long after, Bacolas moved in with Layne. Although he moved in to help him clean up, any pretense of that went out the window once he was there. Layne set two conditions for living with him: no interventions and no listening to Alice in Chains. “I think the thinking was he wanted to be in control of it,” Bacolas said. “He definitely liked control. His attitude was ‘No one’s going to force me to do anything. Don’t open the door to anybody that wants to. I’m not down with that.’ To me, that’s more like, ‘I’m not ready to quit. Don’t even try and force me.’”

*   *   *

Pearl Jam guitarist Mike McCready had been drinking so much that the issue began to come up during band meetings. Pearl Jam performed three songs on the April 16, 1994, edition of Saturday Night Live, closing their set with “Daughter.” The next morning, Stone Gossard asked him, “What’d you think of ‘Daughter’?” McCready didn’t even remember playing the song—he had blacked out on a live, nationally televised program. McCready eventually checked in to the Hazelden clinic in Minnesota, where he met blues bassist John Baker Saunders.2

John Baker Saunders, Jr., was the second of three children. His younger sister Henrietta described him as “the one who had the heart in the family.” He was a musician from an early age, according to his older brother Joseph, having sung in an Episcopal church choir and taken guitar lessons in fifth grade. He learned to play “If I Had a Hammer” and “Where Have All the Flowers Gone” on an acoustic guitar.3

At the time, he was listening to the Beatles, the Rolling Stones, and the Kinks. “I liked to listen to records, so I moved around to a lot of different places and music kind of gave me some kind of continuity,” Baker said during a 1995 interview for the EMP’s oral history project. Baker attended the Fay School in Southborough, Massachusetts, from seventh through ninth grades. He said, “I just didn’t do my homework, didn’t give a fuck about it, and I played my guitar and listened to the radio a lot, all night long.”

His “one great memory” of boarding school was lying on his back with headphones on as he listened to Jimi Hendrix’s “All Along the Watchtower” for the first time while looking at the sky. “I hadn’t really taken any drugs yet, but that was a heavy experience because I had been listening to John Wesley Harding for a long time—it’s one of my favorite albums by [Bob Dylan], and when I heard Hendrix doing that song, it was great.”

During this period, Baker, his brother Joseph, and a friend saw Hendrix perform at Philharmonic Hall in New York City. According to Baker, “Hendrix came out, but he didn’t just come out, first all you heard were like noises coming from backstage as he like made noises with his guitar and he did that most of the night, he played ‘Wild Thing’ and some other things but it wasn’t like he ran through the hit songs on his album, he just started making noises, worked some songs into that and walked off making noises, too, and it went a little over my head.”4

Joseph remembers that show well. In terms of its impact on Baker, he said, “[Baker] always was a creative musician. His rock was always anchored in the hardcore blues, much like the Rolling Stones. His gods were the black blues players. That’s where he got his inspiration. Hendrix’s foundation was that place, too.” He heard that after Baker moved to Seattle years later, he met Noel Redding, Hendrix’s original bassist.

By high school, Baker switched to bass. When he was in tenth grade, the family moved to Kenilworth, a suburb of Chicago. As he got older, Henrietta said Baker “naturally would be protective of the vulnerable people,” and she felt he was always looking out for her. It was during this period he developed an interest in the Chicago blues scene. Baker and Joseph would go into the city and see Muddy Waters perform.

Joseph doesn’t know exactly when or how Baker’s heroin use started but remembers he found out about it when Baker was still in high school, when he was roughly seventeen or eighteen years old. He noted the history of alcoholism in the family, so Baker might have had genetics working against him. What Joseph didn’t know at the time—Baker didn’t tell his family about this until well into adulthood—was that Baker had been sexually abused by a male neighbor when he was about eight years old. “I think that had something to do with his drug abuse,” Joseph said.

Baker graduated from New Trier Township High School in Winnetka, Illinois, in 1973. He took a few courses at Oakton Community College but didn’t finish. He moved to Chicago and played with blues musicians at local venues. Baker struggled with substance abuse and efforts to get clean. At one point, he went out to San Francisco, where Joseph was in college, and took classes and enrolled in a recovery program. According to Joseph, “I got so that I could identify immediately if he was on heroin.”

He went to rehab several times at Hazelden. While living in Minneapolis, he played with a local blues group named Lamont Cranston. Although Baker was a drug addict, he attended Alcoholics Anonymous meetings because it “was the only program that worked to keep him sober,” Joseph said. He never told anyone he was a heroin addict. He told his brother that the people at Narcotics Anonymous meetings were just trying to network and sell drugs to each other but that “the old alcoholics were the guys who really had figured it out.”

When they first met, McCready remembers Baker—who would have been thirty-nine or forty years old at the time—had a bumper sticker on his car that read WHAT WE HAVE HERE IS A FAILURE TO GIVE A SHIT!, which he called “completely hilarious” but also “an insight into a dark, intelligent, and irreverent mind.” The initial spark for Mad Season was in Hazelden. “We had talked about doing a project together while we were there, we kicked around the idea.”5

Baker took McCready to AA meetings, Joseph said, adding that “they were supporting each other trying to develop a sober lifestyle.” At some point after this, Baker went out to Seattle with McCready and traveled with him on a few Pearl Jam tours. After relocating to Seattle, McCready took Baker to Bass Northwest, Evan Sheeley’s specialty bass store near Pioneer Square, to buy whatever gear and instruments he wanted. McCready picked up the bill. “It was a nice thing for Mike to do. Of course, at the time, Pearl Jam had definitely done well for themselves, so Mike was able to spend the money without thinking about it,” Sheeley said.

McCready contacted Screaming Trees drummer Barrett Martin, telling him he wanted to form a band. Martin accepted the invitation because the Trees were inactive. McCready said he began calling Layne while still in rehab to see if he was interested in working together.6

McCready had an agenda. It was his hope that playing with sober musicians would encourage Layne to clean up. “I was under the mistaken theory I could help him out,” McCready told Charles R. Cross after Layne’s death. “I wanted to lead by example.”7

Around this same period, Johnny Bacolas had moved in with Layne, and they started getting phone calls from McCready, who said he had songs he wanted to run by Layne. McCready eventually just started showing up at their place, calling Bacolas in advance.

“Layne’s asleep right now,” Bacolas would respond.

“I’ll hang out until he wakes up.”

McCready would hang out in the living room, waiting for Layne to wake up, which was typically at around four or five o’clock in the afternoon. Layne would stay up all night and go to sleep at seven or eight o’clock in the morning. Bacolas would make a pot of coffee as they waited for Layne to wake up. When Layne was finally up and about, McCready would start talking to him, pick up a guitar, and play him a riff.

In time, McCready started bringing Baker over. “Baker would just sleep. He would come over to the house almost every day because he just lived about a block away. He would come over, and we would make a pot of coffee. He’d drink like half the pot,” Bacolas said. Within a few minutes, Baker would be passed out on the couch, snoring. Layne was not happy about the slumbering visitor. “Dude, next time Baker comes over, we got to have a rule where he can’t just sit here and sleep all the time because I have to tiptoe around the house all the time and it pisses me off,” he said.

According to McCready, “The band came together after we had jammed together two or three times and decided to do a gig. We did a show at the Crocodile Café, just making up shit as we went along.”8 Mad Season played their first show at the Crocodile Café on October 12, 1994.9 For that performance, they used the name the Gacy Bunch, a reference to the serial killer John Wayne Gacy and the TV show The Brady Bunch. According to a bootleg recording of the show, the set consisted of early versions of songs that would appear on Above, in instrumental form or without fully developed lyrics, and an instrumental cover of Jimi Hendrix’s “Voodoo Child (Slight Return).”10

McCready floated the idea of putting together a demo, but Layne raised the stakes and said, “Forget doing a demo, let’s do an album.” At the same time, McCready realized the negative connotations of having a name like the Gacy Bunch. “That was a joke that was funny for about five minutes, and when the sixth minute hit, it wasn’t funny anymore,” McCready explained.11 When the name change became necessary, they settled on Mad Season. “A lot of hallucinogenic mushrooms grow in the area around Surrey, England, where we mixed the first Pearl Jam album, and the people there call the time when they come up the ‘Mad Season’ because people are wandering around mad, picking mushrooms, half out of their minds,” McCready explained. “That term has always stuck in my mind, and I relate that to my past years, the seasons of drinking and drug abuse.”12

Krisha Augerot, who was working for Pearl Jam manager Kelly Curtis at the time, was assigned to oversee the Mad Season project. As far as she knew, it was “definitely a side project,” with no plans to do anything bigger than play shows around Seattle.

The band went into Bad Animals Studios with Pearl Jam’s soundman, Brett Eliason, producing and engineering, with Sam Hofstedt assisting him. From what Hofstedt recalls, Layne was still working on his lyrics and vocal parts by the time it came to actually recording. “He would still go into the studio by himself, have no one else around at all. And he could operate the tape machine and just do a little experiment without feeling anybody was listening to him or watching him. And he would go in and just, like, work something out.” When Layne was actually recording his vocals, the only other person in the studio was Eliason, who told Mark Yarm:

I produced, recorded, and mixed the Mad Season album. Layne was not healthy. Heavy, heavy drug use. Such a sweet guy, such an amazing talent. One of the best singers I’ve ever recorded. He could just stand out there and light it up. The problem was getting him there. We were in cahoots with his roommate, who’d help get Layne off the couch and point him in our direction.

Layne would show up and he’d go back to the bathroom and be doing dope back there and you’d wait for hours before he was ready to come back out. He was pretty open about it. I asked him, “Why? Why are you doing this to yourself?” He said, “I’m either going to drink or I’m going to do dope, and drinking is harder on me.”13

Hofstedt agreed with Eliason’s account. Hofstedt, who would work on the Alice in Chains album a year later, says Layne said something similar during the making of that album, words to the effect of “I’m gonna be on something. I drink a lot and I don’t like the way the drinking affects me.” He added, “I sort of recall him—I’m not certain of his exact words, but he didn’t like [that] drinking kind of made him doughy.”

Layne was in the studio lounge reading a copy of Kahlil Gibran’s The Prophet. Barrett Martin read it a few years earlier and began talking with Layne about what it meant to be an artist and have a spiritual message.14 Layne put the book into song, making reference to Gibran’s work in the lyrics. This became “River of Deceit.”

Despite Layne’s no-interventions rule, at some point McCready and Bacolas made plans to have Lowell—a counselor from Hazelden and friend of McCready’s—fly in from Minneapolis to come over and talk to Layne. Layne had previously met him, and according to Bacolas he “really respected him and just really liked the guy. [He was] someone Layne would actually listen to.” Layne agreed to check in to Hazelden, but he returned to Seattle after a few days. He startled Bacolas, who came home from a gig at two or three o’clock in the morning and, hearing noises from Layne’s room, thought a burglar had broken in. He walked in and saw Layne, then asked him what he was doing back.

“I just came back. It wasn’t for me,” he responded.

Nancy Layne McCallum alleged in a lawsuit that at one point in the mid-1990s, Layne told her he was “contemplating withdrawing from the band to address his health issues, but that Susan Silver, the band’s manager, was pushing back by reminding him that there were 40 people on the payroll counting on him to write and perform.”

She further alleged in the lawsuit that “during an ‘intervention’ with Mr. Staley, Ms. McCallum questioned the need for her son to continue to write, perform and tour with the band: ‘Why couldn’t the band audition for a replacement lead singer?’ In response, Ms. Silver told Ms. McCallum, ‘Nancy, you don’t understand; Layne IS Alice in Chains.”15

*   *   *

In mid-September, Michelle Ahern-Crane invited Layne to her twenty-fifth birthday party, thinking he wouldn’t show up. About a dozen friends of hers, as well as her on-again, off-again ex-boyfriend, The Accüsed bassist Alex Sibbald, were at the rooftop bar of the Canlis Hotel in downtown Seattle. Ahern-Crane saw Johnny Bacolas walk into the bar. “Layne’s here. He’s downstairs in the bathroom. He’ll be up in a minute,” he told her.

Ahern-Crane knew this was not going to go well, with Layne or with Sibbald. “I’m like, ‘Oh, God … How am I going to explain this to my sort of ex-boyfriend that I’m still close with?’” She told Sibbald she didn’t think Layne would come when she invited him as Layne walked in wearing a lavender-colored suit with a Colonel Sanders–style string tie and a cane. He gave her a handwritten letter, in which he wished her a happy birthday and said that her birthday letter to him was his favorite gift: “I’ve never felt better or more accepted and loved by someone as I did by you in your letter, at that moment, and every time I read it, I feel that same wonderful moment,” he wrote.

When she finished the letter, it dawned on her—“Oh my God! He thinks we’re dating!”

“I wanted to like him, but I don’t know if he’s got HIV; I don’t know what the deal is. I’m not going to get involved with that. But I guess that I was hoping foolishly that I could make a difference and inspire some sobriety or something and then maybe I would have tried dating him if he had cleaned up, because I was definitely fond of him. He thought we were, and then on my birthday he realized we were not.”

Ahern-Crane vaguely remembers writing the letter for Layne’s birthday, which would have been about three weeks before. She described it as “an inspirational note” in which she said she could see he was a sweet person deep down inside, and wouldn’t it be great if that person came out more. She also recalls writing that she felt he was special, and because of that he shouldn’t squander it. “I guess this meant a lot to him at the time because I think at this point no one was saying anything superpositive to him and meaning it. Or maybe it meant something to him (as he said it did in his birthday letter back to me later) because I was typically so reserved and emotionally cool—it may have been refreshing to him that I said ANYTHING positive about my feelings or perception of him,” she wrote in an e-mail.

Layne walked in, saw what was going on and that she was with Sibbald, and, according to Ahern-Crane, “His face kind of fell.” She excused herself to talk to Layne and try to make him feel welcome. Coming to the party was “totally humiliating for him, and I felt so bad and it was just a terrible thing. He got his feelings hurt.” Layne and Bacolas took off shortly after. Bacolas vaguely recalls going to this party but doesn’t remember any specific details. He did not dispute Ahern-Crane’s account.

Within a day or two after the party, Ahern-Crane went over to Layne’s apartment to pick up some things she had left. It was a bad sign when Layne wouldn’t let her inside. He brought her things to the door, and they spoke on the porch. Ahern-Crane didn’t mention the party. She decided to address his drug use.

“I think it’s really strange how you could clearly have a problem, and your friends and all these people that are kind of hanging around, no one talks about it. You’re in trouble. You clearly have a problem, you’re clearly in trouble. None of your so-called friends want to talk about it and it makes me really sad.”

Layne got defensive. Ahern-Crane described his response as “snotty,” and recounts that he said words to the effect of “If I make you sad, maybe you shouldn’t see me.” She got her stuff and left. Looking back on it years later, she wrote, “The fact of the matter is, that last day, when I said his drug use was sad to watch, he interpreted that as my disapproval of him. Or he thought it meant I didn’t like him.”

Mad Season closed out 1994 with a headlining show at RKCNDY on New Year’s Eve, with Second Coming opening for them. On January 8, 1995, Eddie Vedder hosted “Self Pollution Radio,” a series of live performances and interviews with Seattle musicians that took place in the basement of his house and was broadcast live by a satellite truck parked outside. Mad Season was on the bill and performed “Lifeless Dead” and “I Don’t Know Anything.”16

During this 1994–95 period, Layne would often join Second Coming onstage at local gigs to sing vocals on “It’s Coming After,” with Bacolas estimating the count at fifteen to twenty shows.17 According to James Bergstrom, all this happened in the weeks and months after Alice in Chains pulled out of their touring commitments because of an unidentified band member’s health issues. The explanation given for the tour cancellation indicated “that Layne was in deep water with his addiction, unhealthy and out of it,” Bergstrom said. Not long after this, Layne took the stage with Second Coming during a show at Under the Rail. MTV News obtained a video of the performance, and Kurt Loder did a story about it. The fact that Layne was performing around Seattle without Alice in Chains raised questions about the reason for the tour cancellation. “There was some controversy in the Alice camp. It was kind of a contradiction with what the press release said,” Bergstrom said.

At the same time, Second Coming was playing local gigs in the Seattle area as a cover band under the name FTA—an acronym for Funding the Album, in reference to their debut album that was in the works. Layne would occasionally come out to FTA shows, take the stage, and sing “Would?” or “Man in the Box.”18 Bergstrom recalls performing “No Excuses” at one show and Layne telling him afterward that it was his first time playing the song live.

By the spring of 1995, Bacolas decided to move out. “It was a culmination of everything. To me, it got to a point where it was just too depressing, too much.” Layne would leave handwritten letters to Bacolas on his bed. In one of them, he wrote words to the effect of how there was a black cloud over their house.19 Bacolas spoke to Layne’s mother, who told him, “You know you’re not helping him; you’re enabling him.” Bacolas sat down with Layne in the living room and told him, “I can’t do this anymore.” Bacolas isn’t sure how exactly Layne felt about it but thinks he was okay with his decision and understood it. The day Bacolas moved out was the last time he saw Layne.

At around the same time all this was going on, Jerry was quietly making moves in an effort to get Alice in Chains to regroup.

Chapter 20

That’s funny. You don’t plan on using those, right?

—TOBY WRIGHT

ALICE IN CHAINS’S SELF-TITLED third album traces its beginnings to the 1994–95 period when the band was on hiatus and was originally meant to be a Jerry Cantrell solo album. He invited Scott Rockwell, the drummer for Gruntruck, to jam and record material on his sixteen-track home studio. These jams were recorded by Jerry’s guitar tech, Darrell Peters. Rockwell said, “I was playing drums and he was playing guitar, and we’d record, and then he’d—we’d talk about it a little bit, and then he’d pick up the bass and put on down some bass tracks and stuff … So we worked on like three songs. I think two of them made it on the album.”

After these initial demo recordings, Jerry and Rockwell went into a recording studio. Mike Inez was there, as were Ann and Nancy Wilson, who brought a bagful of wine. “Nancy Wilson steps up, never heard the song before, and just [does] this awesome duet on top of it, on the song. This was preproduction tracks for the [Alice in Chains] album. And I’m just sitting there, just like, ‘This is awesome.’ I’m sitting here playing drums, and there’s Ann and Nancy Wilson over there singing with me.”

One of the songs Rockwell recorded with Jerry eventually became “Again.” Rockwell ran into Sean about a year later and the subject of the song came up during their conversation.

“Dude, I got out of the studio recording this fucking song and all fucking Jerry said is, ‘Play it like McCullum [Rockwell’s surname at the time],’” Sean told him. According to Rockwell, the style of drumming on that song is his, not Sean’s.

Toby Wright got a call asking if he wanted to make another Alice in Chains record. First and foremost, Jerry, Susan, and Wright had to get the other band members on board. Wright went to Jerry’s house to start working on material while Layne was doing Mad Season. The idea was to jolt the other members into making another album once they got word that Wright was in Seattle working with Jerry.1

“Jerry’s mind-set was if it didn’t come out, if the band didn’t want to get involved as Alice, he wanted to put out a solo record. We had the working title of Jerry’s Kids because most musicians call their songs their kids and treat them like kids, very precious. The record was never going to be called that,” Wright explained. Jerry’s plan ultimately worked.

“Frogs” is another song from these early sessions. A week’s worth of studio time was booked at Bear Creek Studios in Woodinville. “By the lake there were these really cool, loud fucking frogs, so we put the mic outside and recorded them. It cost us ten thousand dollars for the week. We got nothing out of it other than those frogs,” Jerry recalled.2

Jerry would later say of these demos, “To be honest, I’m too much of a sentimental fuck; I don’t want to play with another band. I didn’t feel I could put something else out that could top what Alice in Chains could do together.”3

The band booked time at Bad Animals Studio in Seattle, with the idea of writing the new album—which would be titled Alice in Chains but become colloquially known as Tripod, the Dog Record, or the Dog Album for the three-legged dog on the cover—in the studio.4 The idea behind doing it at Bad Animals was proximity and convenience for Layne.

At the same time, the band was isolating itself from the record label. “The third album was when Alice in Chains accomplished their goal of boxing me out. I heard very few demos. They picked Toby Wright, who I brought in once to engineer something for them. I would not have picked Toby Wright. I think he was more of an engineer, and they could have used a full-on producer again,” Nick Terzo told Mark Yarm. “I felt Toby was more of an enabler in a way, too. Because he enabled the label to be shut out. As someone who’s being hired by a record label, I think you have to have better diplomatic skills than that. You’re serving two masters in a way.”5

Asked to comment, Wright said, “That was a very, very political thing. The band even shut out Susan Silver, their manager. I remember being the liaison between Susan and the band. At that point for some reason, the band didn’t want to deal with Nick anymore, and they only wanted to deal with Donnie Ienner and Michele Anthony. That’s who they considered their A&R people. I didn’t create that [dynamic]. That was already created by the band and Nick.”

“You would think that the manager would just walk in and say, ‘Hey, guys, how are you doing?’ That wasn’t happening. They didn’t want that to happen. They wanted me to tell Susan exactly what was going on in the studio, and then her to take it from there, and them not to be bothered by any management or record label or anything. All of that stuff was created by the band themselves. It was never created by me.”

In response to Terzo’s comment calling him an enabler, Wright said, “I am an enabler in the fact that I enable creativity in my artists, whatever that takes. I just want them to be as creative as they can all be, at all moments in time when they’re in the studio. That’s what I do. That’s what allowed the Dog Record to come out the way it did, because without that you never would have had a Dog Record.”

Wright said they did not have a recording budget or a timetable to finish the album. It was an extraordinary degree of artistic and financial freedom, even as their management and record label were almost entirely shut out of the process. Wright went to New York to meet with Don Ienner, who was not optimistic about the project, and said so openly. “I remember sitting in Donnie Ienner’s office in New York before we started the record and him telling me, ‘Good luck,’ because he didn’t think I’d be able to get a record out of them.”

Sam Hofstedt was a staff engineer at Bad Animals when he was assigned to work as an assistant engineer to Toby Wright. According to him, it was not uncommon for the band and production team to work twelve-hour days and overnight shifts. Wright asked the studio engineer to give Hofstedt a beeper. By this point, Hofstedt said, Layne was “a night owl.”

“The reason I had a beeper was when it got down to we really needed to get the vocals done, that’s what we were really waiting on,” Hofstedt said. “Layne was in, Toby would ask, ‘What time do you want to show up tomorrow, Layne?’ Layne would give a time; he would come down. We sorta learned early on that he wouldn’t always show up at that time,” he said with a laugh. “So we’d sit around the studio until midnight or one and Toby would be trying to call him—no one would answer or something. He’d say, ‘Whatever. Let’s just go home.’”

This was where the beeper system came into play. If Wright was able to get ahold of Layne and he was going to come in, Wright used the beeper to let Hofstedt know to get to the studio. “There’s a good period there where I just wore this beeper. I wouldn’t even know if I was going to be working that day or not,” Hofstedt said. One night he was sitting at home watching TV. At about one in the morning, he was getting in bed when the beeper went off. It was Wright.

Making the record took longer than anticipated. Hofstedt estimates the band went through about seventy rolls of two-inch tape, enough that “probably the tape budget alone is about what most album budgets are nowadays.” Jerry described the recording process as “a whole lot of not thinking about it, and a whole lot of just doing it—and making sure the tape is always rolling.”6

One reason the record took so long was the lyrics, which Layne sometimes wrote in the studio. He also spent time experimenting with different vocal and harmony ideas in privacy before he was ready to record. Layne knew how to operate the tape machine and some of the equipment. Hofstedt would give Layne a handheld microphone, load a track for him, and leave him alone in the control room.

“We’d go back to the lounge so he had privacy so he could experiment without feeling self-conscious, kinda coming up with stuff and ideas. Typically, Layne would work on that, and then once in a while he’d buzz back to the lounge when he needed to lay down another track for these scratch vocals,” Hofstedt said. “I’d run out, arm another track, make sure that the signal was there. ‘There you go, Layne.’ Then back out to the lounge. And then at some point, after he’d done a few takes or tracks, he’d say, ‘All right, you guys—you can come in.’”

At this point, Wright and the other studio technicians would listen to the tape Layne had recorded. Wright would offer his feedback, and then they would set up so Layne could record his vocals in the booth using a nicer microphone rather than the cuts Layne had recorded himself. But even then, Hofstedt said, once Layne had his ideas worked out, those scratch vocal recordings would have been good enough for the album.

According to Hofstedt, Layne’s drug use was not affecting his performance in the studio. “When he was ready to sing, he was ready to sing. And he took very little time to get the vocals.” Wright concurs, “When it was game time, he worked. It might have taken him a while to get there, but he got there.” However, it was obvious he had a problem. Hofstedt said, “It seemed apparent to me he was using, because when you go to lock yourself in the bathroom for a while, it’s not because you really like the bathroom.”

For “Grind,” Wright distorted Layne’s vocals on the master tape by having him sing through a Turner Crystal microphone from 1932 that he bought at a pawnshop for ten dollars. The song was Jerry’s angry response to the rumors of the time. Layne had found out through the Internet that he was dead or had AIDS. There were rumors he had had fingers or limbs amputated because of his drug use. Gillian Gaar, an editor at The Rocket, speculated that some of the rumors got started from people who saw Layne out and about, made assumptions, said something, and the stories spread. “You could see someone saying, ‘God, he was so wasted, he looked like the kinda guy that would have AIDS,’ and so then a person hears that and says, ‘Oh, he has AIDS,’” Gaar said. “So then it might just be a misperception and then a mishearing.”7

Layne and Toby Wright were in the studio at 6:00 A.M. when Don Ienner and Michele Anthony called from New York to congratulate Layne: Above had been certified gold. Then they turned on the pressure: they told Layne he had nine days to finish the record. “At that point, we had taken a lot of time. I don’t remember the amount of time, but we had taken a lot of time,” Wright said. “It might have been feeling like it was excessive, but in the interim there were a lot of things, a lot of drama happened, a lot of stuff stopping us from working every day and so forth.” Layne wrote this incident into the lyrics of “Sludge Factory”: “Call me up congratulations ain’t the real why / There’s no pressure besides brilliance let’s say by day nine / Corporate ignorance lets me control time / By the way, by the way.”

“That song is about them,” Wright said. “He was a little pissed off that they told him that he had nine days to finish this record, so he subsequently wrote about that.”

Layne had finished recording the scratch vocals for “Again” when he called Wright and Hofstedt into the control room. They listened and noticed the song ended with a “Toot, toot!” backing vocal over the final bars.

“That’s funny. You don’t plan on using those, right?” Wright asked, according to Hofstedt’s recollection.

“Yeah, I do. Those are going to be on the record,” Layne responded.

“Toby’s like, ‘Really?’” Hofstedt recalled. “I got the impression he wasn’t terribly thrilled with that idea. But I think Layne just sorta—when he saw his reaction, I got the impression that he decided like, ‘Oh, you don’t like it, huh? Well, guess what? It’s going to be on the record now!’”

Wright confirmed Hofstedt’s account but doesn’t think Layne left the “Toot, toot!” backing vocals in to annoy him. “I don’t know if he was that full of animosity at that point,” he said, laughing. “I was questioning that because I was expecting something completely different. It’s hard to say what his attitude was then, but I do remember, ‘That’s the chorus, dude? Really?’ ‘Yep, that’s it.’ ‘Okay, cool.’ And we went with it and that was the end of the conversation. It stands as it is today.”

For the beginning of “God Am,” Layne recorded himself doing a crack hit from a bong. “He thought it was kind of funny and apropos to the song that he included that in the intro,” Wright said. In all the years they knew each other, this was the only time Wright saw Layne use drugs. Layne was known to be a fan of the band Tool. The studio version of the Tool song “Intolerance” begins with a similar sound, which some have speculated to be a bong hit. Whether Layne meant the opening of “God Am” to be an homage to that, Wright doesn’t know.8

For Sam Hofstedt’s birthday, some of the studio employees went to an erotic bakery and bought him a cake shaped like a naked woman. After eating a few pieces, Hofstedt left the cake out in the lounge for anyone to eat. “I swear to God, it was in there for like a month, and it looked the same as it did a month later. There was a couple of pieces cut out of it after the first day or two, and then it just sat there.”

While this was going on, Layne was working on “Nothin’ Song.” Hofstedt had the impression Layne was tired of writing lyrics and was saying whatever came off the top of his head. One of the lyrics in the song was, “Back inside, Sam, throw away your cake.” Wright agreed with Hofstedt’s assessment. “He was probably pretty tapped out by that point. He was probably just picking stuff out and making it work.”

The sessions were briefly interrupted for a few days so Johnny Cash could record a cover of Willie Nelson’s “Time of the Preacher” for the Twisted Willie tribute album. Cash was backed by a grunge supergroup consisting of Soundgarden guitarist Kim Thayil, Nirvana bassist Krist Novoselic, and Sean on drums. Jerry also recorded a cover of “I’ve Seen All This World I Care to See” for the same album.

On April 29, 1995, the band and production staff took the night off to see Layne perform with Mad Season at the Moore Theatre. Duncan Sharp was hired to film the performance at the last minute. Originally, Sharp was told they wanted to shoot only two songs for music videos, but Sharp filmed as much of the show as he could—enough for a forty-five-minute home video. Brett Eliason was present to record the audio.

The people hired to do the remote recording left their post to go across the street for beers, thinking the show was over after the main set. As a result, no one was in place for the start of the encore, and thus the beginning of “X-Ray Mind” is missing from the recording, which Eliason was not happy about. The mistake was covered with a fade-up. Despite technical issues and limited resources, Live at the Moore was released on home video. This was Mad Season’s final performance. According to Joseph H. Saunders, his brother told him there were talks at one point for the band to perform on Saturday Night Live, but it never happened.

Susan would visit the studio to speak with Wright and the band. According to Hofstedt, “Because they were in here for a while, I think at times she was kinda trying to gently prod them to get the record done, without being too obviously prodding.” Despite the band’s decision to shut her out of the production process, Wright spoke very highly of her and her role in their career. “Susan is an amazing person, period. I think that without her, that record would have never been made.” It should also be noted that, two decades later, she still remains their manager.

Susan described the making of Alice in Chains to Greg Prato as “really painful.” She said, “It took eight or nine months—hours and hours of waiting for Layne to come out of the bathroom. Days of waiting for him to show up at the studio. And through all those last years, he and I were really close. I kept telling him, ‘You don’t have to do this. You have enough money to go and have a quiet life if that’s what you want,’ with his longtime girlfriend, Demri. ‘Just go and do what makes you happy—don’t do this if this is what’s perpetuating your addiction.’”

Susan said it was “horrifying” to see Layne in that condition and that while he was sweet and cognizant, he would fall asleep in a meeting. Production on the album was stopped “many times,” in her words, and that it was “tearing everybody to shreds.”9

Wright called her description “pretty accurate.” He further elaborated: “We talked about stopping the sessions several times, yeah. Obviously, we didn’t stop it. Did I go home for a week? I might have gone home for a week at one point. It was an extremely emotional time in everybody involved’s life.”

Toby Wright was called into Susan’s office for a conference call with Don Ienner and Michele Anthony. Wright was given an ultimatum, which he was to deliver to Layne: start showing up for work every day or production will shut down. “I had to have the conversation with Layne. I just remember I had to tell him if he didn’t step up to the plate and come in to the studio every day at a respectable time that I was being forced to go home and that this record wouldn’t see the light of day,” Wright said. Layne became “very emotional” and started crying.

By the time the band finished, they had a dozen songs for Alice in Chains. Hofstedt and Wright don’t remember the exact number of songs that were tracked and recorded, but think it was between twenty and thirty. “They were writing in the studio. The things that Layne would feel, he would write. The tracks that he didn’t feel, he just passed on and went to the next one,” Wright said. He doesn’t know what—if anything—became of the extra songs, which were in instrumental form. “They went to Columbia, and they’re probably sitting in their vaults somewhere.” Wright doesn’t think any of these outtakes resurfaced on Jerry’s solo albums.

Rocky Schenck photographed the three-legged dog for the album cover at a playground near downtown Los Angeles on August 23, 1995. The dog on the cover was “officially in memory of a dog which chased [Sean] during boyhood paper-route duty,” according to the Music Bank liner notes.

“I did a casting for three-legged dogs for the shoot, and the band ended up choosing a fax of one of the submitted photos as the cover shot. Eventually, the photos we shot at the playground appeared in [the box set] Music Bank,” Schenck wrote.

On September 24, Schenck flew up to Seattle to photograph the band and film what was originally intended to be a video press kit, which became something hilariously different: The Nona Tapes. Schenck called this “one of my absolute favorite experiences with Alice.” What began as a promo piece evolved into a Spinal Tap–style mockumentary showing how the band members spent their free time when they weren’t being rock stars. Schenck talked with each band member about how he wanted to be portrayed. Jerry is shown shoveling manure at a horse stable when he’s approached by an interviewer asking about the new Alice in Chains album. Jerry told Schenck’s producer Katherine Shaw he’s been working at the stable “since that music thing went sour a few years back” but that “Sony let us do another record, so I’m going back to that rock-and-roll thing.” Jerry also dressed in drag and played Nona Weissbaum, the title character, who is an aspiring journalist seeking Seattle rock stars for a story.

While cruising around Seattle, Nona stumbles onto Sean, who is standing on a corner, and she forces him into the car. Appropriately enough for his comedic nature, Sean is shown in his downtime dressed in a Bozo the Clown–style costume and rubber nose. Sean was later filmed at a bar drinking shots in full clown gear.

Mike told Nona he joined the band because they kidnapped his family and were holding his grandmother hostage until he did a few albums and tours with them. He is later shown at a hairdresser’s salon, with his hair in curling irons. He said since he read in a magazine that his band broke up, he stopped going to rehearsals and was running a hot dog cart on First Avenue.

Then it was Layne’s turn. Nona’s car is parked in an alley when they see him going through a Dumpster. According to Schenck, this setup was Layne’s idea. It was also Layne’s idea to have his lip and mouth movements not match up to the responses to the interview questions. He would say one thing during the on-camera portion of the interview and later overdub the video with an audio recording to an entirely different question.

There was a scary moment during filming in which a soundman almost died. They had spent several hours driving around in a convertible, with Schenck and his cinematographer in the front seat and the soundman in the trunk. When they stopped filming, Schenck noticed the soundman wasn’t responding to any of his questions. They opened the trunk and discovered he had passed out from inhaling carbon monoxide fumes.

“We ended up in a bar, quite drunk and having a great time. By that time, it was just me and my camera and the band. Sean, still in his Bozo outfit, stumbled out of the bar with a piece of toilet paper strategically attached to his foot as I followed him out onto the street. The evening continued to get wilder, but I decided that we had enough film for the project and stopped shooting.”10

On one of his trips to Seattle, Schenck went to Layne’s home with another band member and waited outside, but he never came out. As he was waiting, he wrote, “I experienced a variety of reactions and emotions—everything from frustration to anger to pity to compassion to empathy. The Layne I knew was such a complex conglomeration of diverse qualities, and I knew that if he had answered that door, I couldn’t have said or done anything that would have helped him or change the course of his life. He was determined to go down the road that he chose for himself, and nobody was going to change that.”

According to Schenck, all four band members could have been actors if they wanted to. He mentioned this idea to a few casting director friends, but nothing ever became of it. He also directed the video for “Grind,” which was shot at Hollywood National Studios on October 8–9, 1995, with the animated sequences filmed from October 11–21. “This was not an easy shoot. Layne was not in great shape during this period, and it was difficult to get him to come to the set to film his scenes. But, again, when he finally showed up, he was mesmerizing and unforgettable. This would be the last time I would see him.”

*   *   *

Alice in Chains was released on November 3, 1995, and, like its predecessor, it debuted in the number 1 position on the Billboard charts. Rolling Stone’s associate editor, Jon Wiederhorn, gave the album four stars in his review for the magazine.11 Not long after his review of the album, Wiederhorn was approached by Keith Mohrer, then the editor in chief of the magazine, and asked if he wanted to write a cover story about Alice in Chains, an assignment Wiederhorn accepted.

A lunch was arranged with Susan at the China Grill restaurant in New York City to discuss the story and lay out ground rules. Representing Rolling Stone were Wiederhorn, Mohrer, and Sid Holt, the managing editor. The lunch meeting gave Susan an opportunity to raise her concerns and ask any questions about the story. Most of the conversation focused on logistics—when and where the band members would be available for interviews while Wiederhorn was in Seattle. “It was kind of making sure we would have enough material to write a full-fledged cover story, and it wasn’t going to be an hour and a half in a conference room,” Wiederhorn said. One factor working in Wiederhorn’s favor was that the band had read and liked his review of Alice in Chains. He flew to Seattle in late November or early December, where he spent three days getting material for the story.

“One day it was sort of the ‘get to know you’ day, and we wanted to do something kind of quirky,” Wiederhorn recalled. Sean suggested playing Whirlyball—a game that combines elements of basketball, bumper cars, and lacrosse. Wiederhorn and the band went to an Italian restaurant after the game for the first formal Q&A. Wiederhorn noticed when Layne came back from the bathroom, he had not put his gloves back on, exposing “red, round puncture marks from the wrist to the knuckles of his left hand.”12

Wiederhorn spent several hours interviewing the band members as a group and individually. Sean drove Wiederhorn to Jerry’s house outside Seattle for their one-on-one interview. Along the way, Wiederhorn and Sean smoked a joint. Sean was open about the tensions that led to the withdrawal from the Metallica tour and the breakup in the summer of 1994. “Sean struck me as a guy who was sticking up for his bandmates. If I asked him any questions—I did ask him questions about the inability to tour or the frustrations of dealing with chemical dependencies or whatnot—he said, ‘Hey, none of us are perfect. None of us were free from blame in any of those departments,’” Wiederhorn said. “It was clear why they couldn’t tour, but they didn’t talk about it in specific terms and didn’t express any resentments toward Layne.”

Wiederhorn asked Layne about his heroin addiction, which he wouldn’t acknowledge was still a problem. Layne gave a candid assessment of his drug use: “I wrote about drugs, and I didn’t think I was being unsafe or careless by writing about them. Here’s how my thinking pattern went: When I tried drugs, they were fucking great, and they worked for me for years, and now they’re turning against me—and now I’m walking through hell, and this sucks. I didn’t want my fans to think that heroin was cool. But then I’ve had fans come up to me and give me the thumbs-up, telling me they’re high. That’s exactly what I didn’t want to happen.”13

Wiederhorn worked on the story over Christmas break. Rolling Stone sent a photographer to shoot the band. In the days and weeks after his trip to Seattle, Wiederhorn repeatedly contacted the band’s management and record label to set up a phone call with Layne to ask a few follow-up questions. Both management and the record label repeatedly assured Wiederhorn that Layne would call him, but it seemed the call would never come.

Wiederhorn was in bed when the phone rang at three or four o’clock in the morning. Wiederhorn groggily reached over and picked up. A familiar voice spoke. “Hey, this is Layne.” Then, possibly realizing the three-hour time difference between Seattle and New York, he asked, “Oh, did I wake you?”

“Um … yeah. It’s four in the morning,” Wiederhorn responded.

“Oh, that’s cool, man. Let’s just do it tomorrow. Go back to sleep. I’m getting ready to do what you were doing anyway.”

Wiederhorn doubted that. He had Layne on the phone and wanted to finish the interview. “No, no, let’s just finish this up now. It’s cool.”

“No, no, it’s fine, man. I’m so sorry I woke you up. Really, I’ll call you tomorrow,” Layne said, and hung up the phone. Wiederhorn never heard from him again.

“I’m sure he had been hounded on his end to make that phone call,” Wiederhorn said. “I don’t know if he made it solely, intentionally figuring I wouldn’t be able to do an interview at that time and that was his out, or he didn’t have any concept of what time it was and just saw a note perhaps on his desk to make the call and just started the phone call with me.”

The magazine hit newsstands in late January or early February 1996. Aside from the mentioning of the puncture marks on Layne’s hand, there wasn’t anything particularly controversial about the article. The magazine cover was a different matter.

Rolling Stone put Layne on the cover by himself. The photo shows a bearded Layne looking directly at the camera, with his sunglasses mounted high on his brow near the hairline. The caption on the left side read, “The Needle & the Damage Done: Alice in Chains’ Layne Staley,” a reference to Neil Young’s song of the same name about heroin.

Layne and Demri were shopping in a Seattle grocery store when they saw the issue on the stands. “Layne nearly collapsed” after seeing it, Kathleen Austin said. Demri told Austin that Layne had made a point of telling Rolling Stone, “This needs to be about the band, not about me.” According to Austin, Layne was promised by the magazine that the article would be about the entire band, not just him. “When he saw this, ‘The Needle & the Damage Done’ on the cover of Rolling Stone, his knees buckled, not for himself but for his family and his sister, the people that loved him. This really hurt him.”

The other thing that hurt him, Austin said, was the feeling he was being singled out as the addict in Alice in Chains, while his bandmates had their own issues. “They were all fucked up on something—every single one of them.”

Needless to say, the band and Susan were not happy about it. Wiederhorn was dismayed when he saw the cover. He had nothing to do with it in terms of photo selection or the caption and doesn’t know who was responsible for those decisions. “It does to a certain extent work for the story, but it’s very tabloidish and not usually the high road that Rolling Stone takes with its editorial decisions. ‘To Hell and Back,’ which is what they used as the tagline for the piece, to me made much more sense. But clearly it was an attention grabber.” He says, “I contacted [Susan] to apologize about the headline. I wanted to let her know I had nothing to do with … any decisions that were made in the Art Department or in the Editorial Department as far as headlines, cutlines, even final edits of the piece.”

“Well, you hardly represented two of the band members. That’s not Alice in Chains,” she told him, noting that Mike was barely mentioned and Sean was quoted only a few times. Wiederhorn pointed out the article had been cut down. “I wanted to assure her that my intentions had been purely honorable. I was very dismayed that there wasn’t a full band shot. She asked me a little bit about why I chose to address what I address in the piece as far as the drugs went. I explained that you can’t deal with this band without confronting that issue; it would be just a puff piece. I had an obligation to write about what the band was motivated by, what the band was dealing with, what some of the demons were.”

Chapter 21

This is the last time we’re gonna see these guys together onstage.

—SUSAN SILVER

JERRY FILMED A BRIEF cameo for Cameron Crowe’s Jerry Maguire, in which he played a copy-store clerk inspired by the title character’s memo. “That’s how you become great, man. You hang your balls out there,” he tells Tom Cruise. The scene was shot at a Kinko’s on Sunset Boulevard in March 1996.

Alex Coletti was a producer at MTV who had been involved with the Unplugged series since its launch in 1989. Seven years later, Coletti and the network had plenty of episodes of Unplugged under their belt, and a commensurate amount of experience. Pearl Jam and Nirvana had already filmed their episodes a few years earlier, demonstrating the viability of grunge in an acoustic format. “They have the songs, they have the depth, they have the emotion where, when you strip it down, you really find something there. There was just something going on,” Coletti said. “There were other grunge bands, but the three that did it—Pearl Jam, Nirvana, and Alice—they were the right three from that era. And there was just no denying that this band was going to shine, that Layne’s voice and those songs were going to shine through.”

According to Coletti, it was MTV who approached the band. The negotiations would have been handled by Rick Krim, who was the show’s talent booker. Rehearsals began in Seattle, although it wasn’t without complications. Sean told Greg Prato, “It became more apparent that unless things seriously change, we can’t go out and play to our potential—at this level. We can’t even get through a fucking week and a half without drama and scary shit going on. That’s about right when I mentally started preparing, like, ‘It’s done.’ Same thing with MTV Unplugged—they kept asking if we’d do it. Up to the moment, it was just a nail-biter. Barely any rehearsing at all, guys not showing up—the same shit. Rolled out there and everything worked.”1 Asked about Sean’s comments, Coletti said, “Clearly there was more going on behind the scenes than I was aware of.”

According to Coletti, one factor working in the band’s favor was that they weren’t touring. “If you’re on tour playing arenas and big rock venues every night, to unplug when you’re in that headspace is really hard, to kind of turn it down. But coming from kind of a resting period, they were able to approach it as they were rehearsing this one thing. It wasn’t an add-on to a busy schedule.” A few weeks before the show, Coletti flew to Seattle to meet with the band at their rehearsal space to check on how they were adjusting to the parameters of the show—from instruments and gear to stage positioning.

The band brought in Scott Olson, who had played with Heart, as a second guitarist. Things were looking good from what Coletti saw. Layne energetically walked into the room eating a bucket of chicken and greeted him. “Hey, man!” His hands, covered by fingerless gloves, were greasy from eating the chicken. Rather than shake hands, he gave Coletti an elbow bump. In retrospect, Coletti said of this visit, “I do remember going, ‘Oh, cool. Layne’s in awesome form.’ And then when I heard him sing, it was … already a home run—this was a slam dunk.”

The band traveled to New York City in early April to prepare for the show, which was scheduled for April 10, 1996, at the Brooklyn Academy of Music. Toby Wright got tapped to produce and sat in during rehearsals at Sony Studios, which, in his words, “went great.”

The show was to take place at what at the time was known as the Majestic Theater, a venue whose appearance reflected the music that would be performed there for the series. An art director had renovated it to intentionally look “kind of decrepit,” Coletti said. “The stagehands told me they shot bullet holes into the upstage walls to create the cracks. But all the flaking paint was beautifully hand-painted and done on purpose. You have this bowl shape, the semicircle amphitheater, and it was perfect for Unplugged. Out of all the bands we’ve done there, it was most perfect for Alice. It had this old-theater feel to it, it had a sense of history, a little sense of gloom to it, just enough moodiness, and it was art-directed beautifully.”

Coletti also got a last-minute request for lava lamps to decorate the stage, which wound up adding a visual element he hadn’t anticipated. “I was getting them so late. Apparently lava lamps need to be heated and turned on for quite a while before they do what they’re meant to do. So if you watch the show, they’re kind of sluggish and not at full potential. So the lava lamps themselves were kind of grungy and just barely moving around. It was kind of fitting, but we didn’t do it on purpose.”

Because Layne had dyed his hair pink, the lighting director tried to match the background to that. As the band was doing sound check and camera rehearsal, the lighting palette was chosen based on each song the lighting director was hearing them play. The fact that the band had a specific set list for that show and provided it to MTV ahead of time helped prepare the lighting.

Coletti would be responsible for producing the televised performance, splitting his time between the production truck outside and the floor, while Wright would be responsible for producing the audio, working from inside the truck and letting the band know what sounded good and what needed to be redone. There was an unforeseen preshow complication: Jerry had eaten a hot dog and gotten food poisoning. A wastebasket was placed next to his stool onstage in case he felt sick during the show. “They were expecting [the performance] to be problematic. Everyone was planning on it being a big clusterfuck,” Biro said. “Because of Layne, because of the shape the band was in, especially when we got there. Jerry was throwing up the whole time. Layne and I were going through withdrawals. It was a really ugly situation.”

Biro had run out of heroin and had someone bring some for him to the show. Layne had brought along his own precooked supply, which he carried in an old glass pill bottle covered by a cork top. According to Biro, “He hadn’t done enough where he was nodding off and drooling, but I was there right before he went on, and he did shoot up some dope before he went on. But he didn’t do a lot and he had enough, and at no point during the show did I see him run down to the bathroom or anything.”

When the band started the show—opening with “Nutshell”—Biro turned around and was in tears. He looked around and saw Susan and Michele Anthony in tears as well.

Layne blew the lyrics during several takes of “Sludge Factory.” Toby Wright speculated he might have been nervous singing that song because Ienner and Anthony—the subjects of part of the song—were sitting in front of him at the time. “I don’t remember exactly how many takes we did, but we did a lot,” Wright said.

Mike played the main riff of Metallica’s “Enter Sandman” as the band was about to play “Sludge Factory.” The members of Metallica were in the audience, and one or more of them had recently cut their hair, inspiring Mike to write on his bass, “Friends don’t let friends get friends haircuts.” Later in the show, as the band prepared to perform “Angry Chair,” Jerry played the opening guitar riff of Metallica’s “Battery” and then switched to a cover of the song “Gloom, Despair and Agony on Me,” from the Hee Haw variety show.

Biro said that between songs “there was a lot of clowning around with the audience,” adding, “It was funny. Once the show started, it was regular Alice in Chains, but an intimate thing.” The band members would insult Biro during these interludes, referring to him as “a fucking Frenchman” or “a fucking frog from Montreal,” and Biro was yelling right back at them. Initially, the audience thought these barbs were serious. “Then, they started making jokes with the audience and just had a really good connection with the audience in that show.”

Coletti called Sean “the unsung hero of that Unplugged, because the thing about Unplugged, especially with rock bands, is you live or die by the drummer. If the drummer gets it and tempers his playing, then everyone can kind of play at a lower volume and play acoustically. When the drummer just plays like a rock show, everyone turns up their monitors, and then what’s meant to be this pretty, acoustic thing just sounds like shitty electric guitars.”

MTV sent the band the first cut of the show about two weeks later, since they had final approval. Layne didn’t like it, so Wright was given the task of reviewing the material. “When the video was finally cut together, Layne despised it. He didn’t want it coming out at all. They felt that they edited him into the worst light possible, so he asked me if I would edit it. So I ended up editing it, just picking the shots and redoing it, subsequently sending him copies of that along with the audio and boom! There it is,” Wright explained. The problem was “they would cut to him doing certain things during songs I remember, and he just didn’t like the way they cut it together and he was looking for something to show him in a more positive way, away from the stigma of whatever was going on in his personal life.

“He was always paying attention, but he looked like he was falling asleep at certain points or he’d nod out, and then all of the sudden his part would come up and boom! He’d be there. But they’d show him just sitting there with his eyes closed for several bars of the music and then they wouldn’t show him when it was his time to sing—they’d cut to Jerry or cut to Mike or cut somewhere else, and it just looked like he was sleeping through the whole thing during certain songs.” Wright provided suggested changes in the form of specific notes and time codes of what he wanted fixed, and MTV complied. The show aired on May 28, 1996, and the album was released on July 17, debuting at number 3 on the Billboard chart.2

*   *   *

Ken Deans got a call from Susan asking for help getting the band back together and preparing them for a tour with KISS, which had reunited with the four original members. Jerry and Sean were excited—Sean especially, because he had been in the KISS Army growing up. Layne kept saying he didn’t want to do it, after which the band had pretty much given up on the idea. Layne eventually changed his mind and agreed to do the tour.3

According to Deans, the band rented out the Moore Theatre for three weeks of rehearsals. “It was really challenging,” Deans said. “Mike Inez would show up around three or four o’clock in the afternoon. He and I would hang out. And then Sean would show up, and then Jerry would show up, and then Layne would show up around nine o’clock, maybe they’d go through a couple of songs, and then take off.” Deans estimates he spent as much as eight hours a day waiting around for people to show up. “By this time, it was becoming pretty evident that both Layne and Jerry were having some problems, not Jerry so much at that time, but Layne was definitely starting to. You could see that his years of drug use were starting to affect him.”

“I hadn’t seen [Layne] for a while until I saw him at the rehearsals. There was a part of him that was gone at that point.”

Susan was coping with the situation “as good as she could,” Deans recalled. “I remember thinking this tour wasn’t going to last that long or go that far. It was really kind of gut-wrenching for me to come back and work with the guys.”

During a backstage interview with MTV News, Sean was asked about his fondest memories of KISS as a kid, showing off his memorabilia from the 1970s.

“How old were you, where were you when you got that?”

“These were in Seattle. I was around ten, probably,” he answered, flipping through more memorabilia. “And then my seventy-nines, and look, I got that from a stagehand,” he said, pointing to a vintage backstage pass from that tour.

“Don’t ask him what he had to do for that,” Jerry interjected.

“I was young. I needed the money. That’s all I’m gonna say.”4

Alex Coletti went to the Detroit show on June 28. He had come to see KISS as a fan, having traveled with some friends. “We ran right down to the front of the stage for Alice and watched KISS from the soundboard. I thought they were great. I just thought I was so happy to see [Alice] onstage doing the rock show in front of that size crowd.” Smashing Pumpkins front man Billy Corgan was also there, and he would later recall, “I saw Alice in Chains at one of their final performances, opening for KISS at Tiger Stadium. They played outside in the sunshine, and they were awesome.” He described Layne as “a truly beautiful man. Gifted almost beyond compare. My fave singer of [the] 90s.”5 The Louisville, Kentucky, show on June 30 wasn’t significant because of anything that happened onstage, but because of who was in the audience—as had been the case so many times before. In this case, the audience included an Atlanta musician named William DuVall, whose own future with Alice in Chains was still a decade away.6

On July 3, 1996, Alice in Chains took the stage at the Kemper Arena in Kansas City, Missouri. “Howdy, Kansas City,” Layne said as the band kicked into “Again.” Susan was at the soundboard with Kevan Wilkins, the tour manager. As soon as the band went on, she looked over at Wilkins and said, “This is the last time we’re gonna see these guys together onstage, Kevan. I just feel it.”7 She was right.

After “Angry Chair,” Sean stepped up to Layne’s microphone and addressed the audience. “Okay, you guys, shut up for a minute. This is serious, really.” He cleared his throat and began singing the opening verse of “Beth,” the KISS ballad sung by the band’s drummer, Peter Criss. The audience was divided—Sean was cheered and booed immediately.

“What, you don’t like the song? Oh, I don’t have the makeup on, right? If I have big shoes and makeup, you love me, right? Well, fuck you, Kansas City!” he quipped before returning to his drum kit to perform “A Little Bitter.”

Layne addressed the crowd. “We got one more for you. We’ve been out a week; you’ve definitely been the coolest crowd. I’m not just saying that. We’ve got to do the mandatory crowd-pleaser now,” he said as the crowd began cheering and the band started “Man in the Box.” After the song, the four members locked hands and took a group bow. Bootleg video shows the band in good form onstage. What nobody in the audience knew at the time was they had just witnessed Layne’s final public performance.8

Things took an ominous turn after the show when Layne overdosed. Susan was flying back to Seattle the next morning. After her plane landed, she got a phone call saying they couldn’t revive Layne and he wound up being admitted to a local hospital.9

“Those were the last shows we played in public. They went great—they were fun. It was nice being out there. It was only five or six shows, and by the end of the shows, the last one, it was cops, ambulances, and, ‘Get on the plane! Hide the drugs!’ The same shit was going on,” Sean said. In retrospect, following the success of Unplugged, he said, “Right then is when I knew, ‘OK, if we never do anything again, I’m good with this.”10

Chapter 22

I’ll be dead before I’m thirty.

—DEMRI PARROTT

LAYNE AND DEMRI CALLED off their engagement at some point during the period between 1991 and 1994. He briefly addressed the breakup during his interview with Jon Wiederhorn: “I can definitely say rock and roll was a huge factor in us breaking up. When you’re in a relationship, the girl usually instigates the big idea that you were joined at the hip. So when the fighting comes, it’s really painful.” Layne added, “This isn’t a dig on women … but I think women are so different chemically from men, and that makes it hard to sustain a relationship. They have periods, they go through horrible, awful emotional swings, and trying to be logical with a person that’s got a whole different logic running around in her brain is just impossible.

“When you’re in a relationship, the girl usually instigates this big truth that you were put on Earth to be together. And after being with a person a long time and being convinced that you’re soul mates, you can get really crushed if things eventually fall apart. When I broke up with my last real girlfriend, life was just dismal. I didn’t know how to live or what to do. And then I had to realize, ‘Okay, I got along for twenty years before I met her, and I had good times.’ But right now I’m alone, and I’m totally cool with it.”1

Although the relationship between Demri and the other band members was good in the beginning—according to her mother, Jerry once gave Demri a couple of parakeets for her birthday—there is evidence that some people within the Alice in Chains camp blamed Demri at least to some extent for Layne’s drug problems. On the other hand, people close to Demri blamed Layne for her drug problems. At one point, Randy Biro got a phone call from Mary Kohl asking him to go with her and Kevan Wilkins to a Seattle hotel where Layne and Demri were living. They told Biro they needed help bringing Layne to the airport and moving his luggage. Unbeknownst to Biro until they got there, Kohl and Wilkins were staging an intervention and were sending Layne to Hazelden.

“I wasn’t very pleased about that,” Biro said. “[Layne] looked at me, and I was looking at him, and he goes, ‘What the fuck are you staring at, asshole?’ And it was really uncomfortable, because I had no idea. I wasn’t part of that.” No one else was there for this intervention. “It was ridiculous because Demri was in the room with him, and this was at the point where everyone said Demri was Satan, and she wasn’t. They were trying to keep those two apart, like when they were on tour, like the only people that were allowed in their room was me because I wasn’t out to break them up. I had no interest in breaking them up because they were doing what they were doing. There was no one to blame for his drug addiction.”

Biro explains, “He was in love with this girl. Now, by trying to break them up or trying to play a game with him, what he did was put up a wall. So, I go to this place, and I find out they’re doing this intervention. I’m going, ‘Holy shit.’ I was blown away. I had no idea. So I hang around long enough, they pack some bags, they’re checking him out of the hotel in an attempt to make sure Demri leaves, which was a load of shit in itself.”

Layne and Demri went to rehab together at least once, checking into the Exodus Recovery Center in Los Angeles—possibly the same clinic Kurt Cobain went AWOL from shortly before his death. Layne called Kathleen Austin one night, telling her, “I don’t know what to do. They give us so many drugs here. Demri’s higher in here than she’s ever been outside of here. Her blood pressure is so low, she can’t stand up without passing out.” From what Austin recalls, “He was really worried and this particular place, the way I understood it, is you go in there and they feed you a bunch of drugs, the ones you’ve taken and ones you haven’t, and then they detox you off of them.”

Although outside pressure may have influenced her, Demri instigated the breakup, according to what she told Randy Biro. “She stopped seeing him. She tried to get away from him, because she felt like she was going to ruin his life. He was in love with her.” He added, “Everybody that knew Layne was constantly blaming her for shit. Constantly. And people were trying to keep them apart all the time. So I was under the impression that she tried to get away from him to give him a chance to live life.”

The problem with this one-sided view is that it doesn’t take into account Layne’s history of drug use before he started using heroin, before Alice in Chains was even formed, before he and Demri met. Moreover, it completely absolves Layne of any personal responsibility for his problems.

“Heroin,” is Kathleen Austin’s response when asked why the engagement was called off. “You can’t do a relationship and drugs, too. Nobody can.”

She also clarified Layne’s “rock-and-roll” explanation: “As the band got famous and girls are sending Layne underwear in the mail and things like that, that really bothered her.” She said, “Layne and Demri, regardless of when they broke up—those are just words. They never stopped loving each other. They loved each other dearly.”

Demri was described by several sources as being very proud of her ability to get her drugs on her own, despite the fact that Layne was more than willing to provide for her. “At that point, Layne had, I’m guessing, a million or so dollars, if not more. Or at least he was worth quite a bit. And he would give her anything she wanted. He would give her everything he had to stop her from doing what she was doing. And she just [said], ‘No,’” Biro explained.

Perhaps because they had broken up, or possibly because Layne was touring and hadn’t given her money or drugs while he was away, or even because she didn’t want his help, Demri ultimately did whatever she had to to sustain her addiction.

Though Layne disliked interventions, he was involved in an intervention for Demri. Layne was in Europe when he got a phone call from Kathleen Austin informing him of the plan, possibly in 1993. He flew back to Seattle from Germany and was picked up at the airport by Austin and Demri. The plan was to go to Austin’s home north of Seattle, where the intervention would take place the following morning.

They stopped at a bar after leaving the airport. After Demri finished her drink, Austin said her drink tasted funny and asked Demri to taste it. Demri finished Austin’s drink as well. “The plan was to get her drunk, shut her up, and we’ll go from here. So that’s what happened, and we go up to my place, and we get up in the morning,” Austin said. The next morning, several of Demri’s friends and relatives had gathered in the living room downstairs, including her maternal grandparents, her brothers, and Layne. At some point that morning, Austin told Demri to lie down in her room, where she had disconnected the phone to avoid waking Demri up or tipping her off. When Demri came out to the living room, she knew exactly what was going on.

“You’re not fucking intervening on me, and I’m not going to fucking rehab,” she said, and went back upstairs. Ultimately, they talked her into coming back out to hear what everyone had to say. According to Austin, the most profound comment came from her son, Devin, who said, “You’re my sister and I love you and I don’t want you to die.”

Austin made plans to check her into one of three possible clinics, to give Demri some choice in the process. She chose a clinic in Port Angeles, a city in Clallam County on the shores of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Known as the Lodge, it supposedly specialized in treating heroin addiction, Austin said. Demri was going through mood swings during the entire drive.

“She would say things like, ‘I’m fucking leaving as soon as I get there.’ ‘As soon as I get there, I’m going in the front door and out the back door.’ And I would respond with, ‘Well, Dem, you’re going to do what you’re going to do. My job is to get you there,’” Austin said. “I’d wink at Layne. Then she would say, ‘Well, I hope the food is good.’”

They checked her in, and Austin and Layne drove back to Seattle. They joked that Demri would somehow get back to Seattle before them. Austin dropped Layne off at his home at around midnight; then she got home about an hour later and went to bed.

One aspect of Demri’s personality, according to Austin, was her inability to handle guilt. In Austin’s words, “If she offended you, and you didn’t have a cell phone or anything, she would start calling your house, waiting for you to get home to apologize.” Because of her mood on the way to rehab, she felt guilty about it after checking in. Once admitted, she was supposed to be prohibited from receiving phone calls or any type of communication from the outside for a week.

The staff agreed to make an exception and allowed her to call Austin and Layne. “Her thing was ‘I’ve got to apologize to my mom and Layne. I’ve got to tell them I’m sorry. I’ve got to tell them that I love them. I’ll stay. I’ll stay and be a good person, if you just let me say I’m sorry.’”

She didn’t get through to either of them. Austin’s bedroom phone was still disconnected from the intervention, and Layne was probably exhausted from his return trip from Germany. Demri checked herself out after a few hours. According to Austin, Demri went to rehab two more times, staying the longest at the Sundown M Ranch, which she left a few days before graduation. “She actually got kicked out of there for talking to people,” Austin said. “She did well there.” This was the only treatment Austin paid for herself. She said she would not be surprised if the others were paid for either by Layne, his management, or his record label.

Demri’s health began taking a turn for the worse around Thanksgiving of 1993. She told her mother she had been having fevers in excess of a hundred degrees. Austin told Demri the next time it happened, she should go to the hospital. The first of many hospitalizations happened shortly after. “She came in to the hospital for the first time at the end of November of ’93. She was in until January of ’94. She got out [and] was back in in March of ’94 and at that time put on life support,” Austin recalled. “When she would be in, she would come in to the emergency room. They would admit her up into a medicine floor; then she’d go from the medicine floor to the [Intensive Care Unit] and life support, and then she wouldn’t die. So she’d go back to the medicine floor—she’d be on IV and antibiotics for a month. This went on and on and on. She had her lungs operated on twice. She had her heart operated on twice. She suffered miserably.”

While in the ICU, Austin said Demri was conscious but intubated—she had a tube inserted down her throat to help her breathe, which she despised. She would tell her mother, “I hate being fucking intubated. I can’t talk, and these people come and they ask me these fucking questions, and I can’t fucking talk, and I feel like a fucking fish in a fucking fishbowl.” She communicated by writing on a small blackboard with a piece of chalk.

Demri visited Bad Animals Studio a few times during the Alice in Chains sessions, Sam Hofstedt recalled. “She did not look good. She was like so, so, so skinny. And I think at one point during the record, she was actually in the hospital, and she survived, but at one point they said all her organs pretty much shut down for a little while. She was knocking at death’s door.”

Despite the multiple hospitalizations and brushes with death, Demri continued using drugs. She had seemingly accepted that her addiction was going to kill her. One weekend, Demri was visiting her mother. After the visit, Austin was driving Demri back to Seattle when another car cut her off on the freeway.

“God, Mom! I hate you driving on this freeway every day. If anything were to happen to you, I don’t know what I’d do,” Demri said after the shock wore off. And then she said, “I don’t know why I said that. I’m going to die before you do.”

Austin turned to her and said, “Oh, okay. You love me so much, you’re going to have me bury you? Do you have any idea what that would do to me?”

Demri was silent and then responded, “Well, I never really thought about it that way, but I know that I’ll be dead before you. I’ll be dead before I’m thirty.” She was right.

According to Austin, while Demri and Layne’s relationship might have been over, they still cared for each other. “Demri was sick and dying for those last two and a half years. Layne would come and stay with her in the hospital at night.” Austin worked at Harborview Medical Center, where Demri was a patient, and would let Layne in the building with her pass. He would spend the night and leave the hospital in the anonymity of the early hours of the morning. Susan also visited Demri while she was hospitalized.

*   *   *

Russell—a pseudonym—is a foreign-born musician who came to Seattle in 1996.2 He overstayed his visa and remained in Seattle, living and working as an undocumented immigrant, doing a variety of jobs to pay his part of the rent on a downtown apartment. He was dealing heroin to make extra money on the side and occasionally used some himself.

One night in May or June 1996, a group of people came over to his apartment to hang out, Demri being one of them. Demri and Russell hit it off and began hanging out as friends. She eventually asked if she could stay at his place for a while. Russell agreed, and she crashed at his apartment off and on for about six to eight weeks that summer. Demri didn’t have much in terms of possessions, only a few small suitcases carrying her clothes and some books. Sometimes she would visit her mother or a friend for a few days and come back.

“A lot of my friends that I sort of knew in Seattle I wasn’t hanging around with for various reasons,” Russell said of the time he met Demri. “It was good to have a friend. So we went out to bars and [to see] rock bands—it was good to have a friend to hang out with.”

According to Russell, Demri told Layne “I’m staying with this guy. He’s a musician and he’s really nice, blah, blah, blah.” Although Russell was a heroin dealer, Layne was not one of his buyers. Layne was not happy about the arrangement. He called Russell’s apartment and left messages on the answering machine with comments like, “You’re not a musician—you’re a drug dealer.”

“I didn’t have a very good impression of Layne,” Russell said. “Every time I’d sort of say, ‘He’s an asshole,’ she would always stick up for him.” Demri told him they had met in high school—a story Russell did not know to be false until he was interviewed for this book fifteen years later. Russell did not recall if Demri ever told him why they broke up. He remembers her saying when Layne got rich and famous, he started hanging around prostitutes, but he doesn’t know if this is true or not.

Demri told Russell she was going to Layne’s home once a week to clean the place up. She told him Layne had gotten very paranoid about people coming over at all hours of the day and night and that he had set up a security camera outside his door and wouldn’t let anyone in unless he wanted to see them. Both Michelle Ahern-Crane and Jon Wiederhorn remember that Layne complained about random people coming over and was very conscious about his security.3

Whether Demri was going there to clean or for a tryst or to get high or some combination of the three, Russell doesn’t know. He does say that every time she came back from Layne’s, she brought cocaine that he had given her. Russell started using cocaine after Demri shared some.

Demri told Russell about her health problems—that she had bacterial endocarditis and that her heart valves had been replaced. She showed him the foot-long scar going up the center of her rib cage. Russell was worried about her continued use of cocaine. He told her, “I don’t care about heroin and stuff—I’ll give it to you. You don’t have to worry about it. But why do you have to do coke? It’s bad for your heart.” Russell got the impression that “she was sort of feeling resigned that it was going to kill her anyway.”

At one point that summer, James Burdyshaw ran into Demri while riding on a bus near Pioneer Square. “Hey, how’s it going?” Demri asked Burdyshaw, whom she hadn’t seen in several years. Burdyshaw was dismayed at the sight of his friend. “What made her look older was she was skinny, really skinny. Her face was kind of sunken in. She used to be really fresh-faced, really kind of full-faced.” He could see her bones through her skin. She showed him the scar on her chest, telling him it was from when doctors had to massage her heart and that she almost died. It was the last time Burdyshaw saw her.

Demri had been gone for several days and Russell hadn’t heard from her, so he called Austin’s home because he was worried and thought she might be there. She wasn’t, Austin told him. When Demri finally came back to Russell’s apartment, she was livid. “What are you doing trying to check up on me? I don’t want you ringing my mom’s house!”

Russell was developing a cocaine addiction, which affected his ability to make ends meet. He applied to go to a rehab clinic in California in early August 1996. “I used to only ever use heroin, and it wasn’t until I met Demri that I started using coke, and I think that’s what actually drove me to rehab, so it was probably meeting Demri that saved my life,” he said.

By late August, Russell was getting ready to leave. Demri had left a suitcase in his room, and he unsuccessfully tried to get ahold of her to tell her he was leaving and still had some of her stuff. “I can only assume she went back and got it once I left. I don’t know.” He thinks the last time he saw Demri would have been in August 1996 before he left for California. In retrospect, he said it was a bit upsetting he never had the opportunity to say good-bye to her.

Not long before her death, Demri had checked out of a hospital and spent about a month in a nursing home, where most of the patients were senior citizens. “She had these little old people doing tricks for her,” Austin recalled. While she visited one day, an older woman with no teeth came up to Demri and said something to her.

“Hey, I’m talking to my mom right now. But I’ll talk to you after a while. Show my mom one of your tricks.” At that point, Austin said, “She took her tongue and stuck it out between her eyes. Dem cracks up, and I cracked up, and this lady cracked up.”

Another patient, who had been a prominent architect in Seattle decades earlier, took off one night in his motorized wheelchair after taking his medication. He went into a Red Apple supermarket to buy donuts, soda, and potato chips. On his way back, he crashed his wheelchair and broke his glasses. When they took him in after the accident, he said, “I’m going to have a party with Demri—leave me alone!”

At some point in October 1996, Mike Starr and Jason Buttino were walking into Harborview Medical Center when they saw Demri walking out. According to Buttino, she came over to say hello, and they talked for a few minutes before going their separate ways. That was the last time they saw her. Austin did not dispute this account, noting it would not have been unusual to see her at Harborview. “She lived there two and a half years, and I worked there, so she was in and out.”

About a week before her death, Demri went over to Austin’s apartment and brought her a card. She spoke to her mother’s roommate, Sam, whispering something to him, which Austin could not hear. She assumed it was about his eleven-year-old daughter, who was missing at the time and was later found murdered by a serial killer. It was the last time she saw Demri alive.

After Demri left, Austin asked, “What did Dem want?”

“Oh, I’ll tell you later,” was his response. Austin didn’t want to push it and dropped the subject. After Demri’s death, Sam revealed to Austin the subject of that conversation, saying, “She told me something was going to happen. She didn’t know when, but it was going to happen, and I needed to be here because you were going to need me.”

“Dem knew,” Austin said in retrospect. “Before she died, she was reaching out and touching base with people, and after she died, she was reaching out and touching base with people.”

During her final days, Demri was staying with an older man, the father of a friend of hers, at his place in Bothell. Demri had lived something of a nomadic existence, staying with different people for periods of a few days to a few weeks at a time. Toward the end of her life, it became very difficult for her to find a place to stay. “People were afraid to have Dem stay with them, because no one wanted her to die at their house,” Austin explained.

Austin alleges that the older man was isolating Demri, keeping her away from people to the point where nobody, including Austin, was able to contact her. At one point, Austin called and told him, “I want to talk to my daughter.” He made up some excuse why she couldn’t. Austin wasn’t having any of it. “If I don’t hear from my daughter within the next twenty minutes, I’m going to call the police, and we are going to show up at your door.”

“Well, I’ll see if I can wake her up,” he replied. Demri called her shortly after.

On the afternoon of October 28, 1996, the older man drove Demri into Seattle. She told him she wanted a few things from a Fred Meyer grocery store. When he arrived at the store, Demri was unconscious, and he couldn’t wake her. He went into the store to pick up her things, leaving the car engine running so she wouldn’t get cold. He came out of the store, drove home, and still couldn’t wake her. He left her in the car unconscious so he could do his laundry. He eventually realized something was seriously wrong. He drove to the home of Jim and Marlene—two of Austin’s patients—freaking out, saying, “She’s dead! She’s dead! What am I going to do? What am I going to do?”

Jim checked on Demri and felt a slight pulse. He got in the driver’s seat and told Marlene and the older man to follow him in another car while he drove to the hospital. Demri was eventually brought in to the emergency room at Evergreen Hospital in Kirkland at 7:30 P.M.—two and a half hours after she first lost consciousness.

Austin got a phone call from the hospital, telling her Demri was there. They told her that the older man—whom Austin said they erroneously identified to her in the phone call and in the medical examiner’s report as Demri’s boyfriend—had brought her to the emergency room. By the time she got there, the man had left the hospital. Eventually, he called Austin on the phone and filled her in on what happened that afternoon. Austin was dismayed. “I think, ‘What a dumb fuck. Why didn’t you take her to the hospital when you couldn’t wake her up?’”

Austin’s sister, Patricia Dean Austin, arrived at the hospital shortly after. At this point, Demri was still alive but unconscious. Kathleen asked the doctors if Demri could hear her. The doctors told her they thought she could. She clutched Demri’s hand and said, “Dem, if you have a choice to stay or to go, you don’t have to stay for me anymore.” During previous hospitalizations, she had always told her to fight, to survive. This time was different. “That was the only time that I ever gave her permission to go.” She found out later that Patricia had told Demri essentially the same thing. They stayed with Demri through the night, leaving only to get some sleep. Early the next morning, Patricia and Kathleen Austin walked into the room where Demri was. Kathleen turned to look at her sister, who immediately feared the worst.

“Oh my God, she’s gone,” Patricia said.

Kathleen went over to Demri, touched her face, and saw that her chest was moving. “I said, ‘Oh, her chest is moving.’ Then I said, ‘No, no. That’s the machine. She’s gone.’ I don’t know how to describe nothing, that feeling of nothing. The night before, I felt her presence.

“I believe she passed away when I went to sleep. She knew my family would be there in the morning. She knew my sister was there. She knew I wasn’t going to be alone. She knew I was okay, and I gave her permission to go. So when I went to sleep, she passed away.”

Demri was still on life support, but she was gone. After being with her a few minutes, Kathleen and Patricia left the room. The doctors came a few minutes later and asked her if she wanted to be present when they disconnected Demri from life support.

“There’s no reason for me to be there. My daughter’s already gone,” Kathleen responded.

A doctor came back and confirmed Austin’s conclusion that the life support equipment was keeping her alive. It was 7:40 A.M.—twelve hours after Demri was first admitted in the emergency room. She was twenty-seven years old. A coroner concluded that she died of acute intoxication caused by the combined effects of opiate, meprobamate, and butalbital.4

Jim Elmer got a phone call from Austin that morning, informing him Demri had passed. “I went over to Evergreen and gave her a kiss on the forehead good-bye, and she was looking very peaceful,” he recalled. He spoke with Demri’s family before leaving. He touched base with Susan, and the two agreed to go see Layne. He had already heard the bad news. By the time they got to his home, Layne was waiting for Mark Lanegan, who arrived a few minutes after them. “Layne obviously knew what had happened and was distraught and so forth, and while they had a very dynamic relationship, they certainly cared about each other and loved each other. So Susan and I said our good-byes and so Mark stayed with Layne and that was the best thing to do.” This visit was one of the last times Susan saw him.5

She invited Jim to lunch so they could speak privately. She took him to the Ruins, a private club and restaurant in Seattle. She suggested he become a member, which he did. They would meet again at this venue in similar circumstances a few years later.

Demri’s death devastated Layne. Austin thinks it weighed on him heavily: she heard Layne had told somebody, “I should have got us out of here. I had the money. I could have done it. I should have gotten us out of here.” Austin defined the phrase “out of here” as meaning, “Out of Seattle, away from all the people knocking on the door wanting to get him high.” Jim Elmer agreed that Layne had the resources to do it if he had been serious about it, but he never did.

A few months after Demri’s death, Layne asked Austin for the teddy bear Demri had had with her in the hospital and a few other things. They set up a time for Austin to meet at his condo in the U District. Austin arrived and repeatedly rang the doorbell and got no answer. She went back to her car, waited for about half an hour, and tried again. Still no answer. Austin went home. She got a phone call from Layne at ten o’clock that night, asking why she hadn’t shown up. Austin told him she had been there at the scheduled time, to which Layne responded that he had had to go out.

Austin suspected he was out getting drugs. She ran into him by accident on Broadway a few weeks later and still had Demri’s teddy bear and other things in the trunk of her car. They made the exchange at that point. This was the last time Austin saw him. The general consensus from people who knew Layne well is that he never got over Demri’s death. “Layne never recovered from losing her,” Austin said. Jim Elmer agreed.

“I know how much he loved Demri, and I can only imagine that that really just obliterated him,” Nick Pollock said.

“When she died, that was it. He was done,” Randy Biro said.

“After she did pass, I just remember thinking, ‘Oh, no.’ You could almost see the writing on the wall, because that was Layne’s soul mate,” Jeff Gilbert said. “Whenever I saw them together, they had that bond, so I thought that’s not going to be good.”

“I think it’s very likely he used her death as an excuse to throw in the towel, because that’s what we do. The addict is always looking for excuses to use, and that’s a pretty good one,” Michelle Ahern-Crane said.

If this generally held opinion is accepted and presumed correct, then her death triggered an irreversible downward spiral in which Layne would take his drug use to lengths that few could imagine or sustain.

PART IV

1996–2001

Layne doesn’t want to tour. I’d like to tour, but for obvious reasons Layne fell out of being in the public eye. Everybody knows what those reasons are.

—Sean Kinney

Chapter 23

If I use heroin again, I will die.

—JOHN BAKER SAUNDERS

IN 1996, DAN GALLAGHER and his wife moved into the house next to the small two-room house that John Baker Saunders had been living in near the Crown Hill area. They would hear Saunders playing bass at night. “All I remember is it was very melodious. It was bass, so it was very deep and you could feel it as much as you could hear it and it was just beautiful,” Gallagher said. Saunders played late—often starting at around eleven o’clock at night and sometimes ending at three in the morning.

After making formal introductions, Saunders admitted it was his music. They discovered they both had common ties to the same general area on the north side of Chicago and several common interests. At the time, Gallagher had left his law firm to work from home while raising his firstborn daughter, Rachel, so his wife could continue her career as a scientist. Saunders and Gallagher began spending a lot of time together. “He was just a really sweet guy, just a really nice guy,” is how Gallagher described him. “Kind of introverted, a … very sensitive person, very intelligent, and a great sense of humor, really funny, really sarcastic, very dry sense of humor, and loved to laugh.” Gallagher and Saunders would often take Rachel to the beach. Baker would occasionally go to Gallagher’s house and would “eat a jar of candy in about ten minutes, and then leave.”

When Saunders told him about his background and the different bands he had played with, Gallagher didn’t have a clue who any of them were. “I think he liked the fact that I wasn’t a fan or that I wasn’t really very familiar with his work,” Gallagher said. Occasionally, he would be over at Saunders’s home and ask him to play, and he would improvise something. Gallagher didn’t listen to Above until about a year after he met Saunders.

Although Gallagher wasn’t privy to all the details of Saunders’s personal life, he did know he would hang out with musician friends in Seattle. Saunders mentioned visiting Layne, although these visits may have taken place before he met Gallagher. He would jokingly tell Gallagher that he was proud of his self-control and willingness to stay sober despite being around drugs at Layne’s home. “There’s a big pile of heroin sitting right in front of me and I didn’t even try and steal it,” he told Gallagher. Gallagher added, “That’s how well he thought he was doing in rehab that he could just … It could be sitting right in front of him, and he wouldn’t use it.”

Eventually, Layne stopped answering the door and wouldn’t let Saunders in. He was worried about Layne, Gallagher said, but at the same time would respect people’s privacy. “If that was Layne’s position and what he wanted to do, I think he would just say, ‘Hey, that’s his decision,’ and just respect it.”

After the success of Above, Saunders had some money and was eager to continue working on Mad Season. When it came time to do a follow-up album in 1996, Saunders, McCready, and Martin wrote and recorded instrumental tracks for seventeen songs. The idea was to continue what they had done on the first album, but there was a significant problem: Layne and Mark Lanegan never showed up to the studio. According to Krisha Augerot, “I think he [Layne] was pretty much MIA at that point. During the second Mad Season album, Layne couldn’t even come in and sing, he was so fucked up.”

McCready’s initial plan was to have Lanegan take over as singer and rename the band Disinformation, but, according to Martin, Lanegan never showed up.1 With Mad Season in suspended animation, Saunders began to feel a strain on his finances. According to his brother, he had received a $50,000 advance for the second Mad Season album but, because it was never finished, the label began withholding his royalties from Above to recover the advance money.

Saunders eventually joined the Seattle band the Walkabouts. In 1997, the Walkabouts did two European tours. The band was performing at a festival in Belgium in September, where a Belgian graduate student named Kim De Baere was in the audience. The two met and hit it off, and she traveled with him for about a week on that tour, which led to a long-distance relationship.

A few months later, Saunders invited her to visit him in Seattle for two weeks during the Christmas holidays, after which she had to go back to school. He visited her in the spring of 1998, and, after finishing her exams, she visited him in Seattle from June until nearly October—the maximum length of time she could stay on a tourist visa. She still had to write her dissertation, so she went back to Belgium and made arrangements to get a student visa that would allow her to stay in the country longer; she returned in November. He took her to Chicago, where his mother lived. He took her to venues he had performed and places where he used to buy heroin. Saunders had told her he was a recovering heroin addict, and De Baere never saw him use any. However, around Christmas, she made him quit the pills he was taking. She doesn’t know what they were but said he went through withdrawals. She also said he had been fired from the Walkabouts but did not know why.

With no regular source of income, Saunders discovered eBay and quickly realized its potential application. He told Dan Gallagher that Eddie Vedder had given him a box of rare Pearl Jam 45s and started selling them on eBay. “He’d be like, ‘You know, I figured out you can’t put on ten of those at once, or the value goes way down. You can only put on one or two at once, and then people will pay fifteen dollars or whatever for a forty-five,’” Gallagher recalled. “He would spend his time doing that, marketing the forty-fives and making enough to buy his food and stuff.”

When he was short on cash, he would stop by Evan Sheeley’s store, Bass Northwest, to pawn gear or instruments. Each time he did this, he raised a few hundred dollars. Sheeley said, “I don’t think he really cared about having some big mansion and a fancy car and all the stuff like that. He just wanted to be recognized as a good bass player in a good band. He wasn’t getting the recognition. It was the other guys who were getting the recognition. He really was the odd guy out in that band. So that’s basically—whenever he and I would hook up and we would talk at my store, that’s more or less what we’d talk about.”

In late December 1998 or early January 1999, Johnny Bacolas went over to Saunders’s home. He remembers Saunders being stressed over his financial situation because the second Mad Season album wasn’t happening. That was the last time he saw him.2

On the morning of January 15, 1999, Saunders drove De Baere to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport. Though she had originally planned to stay for six months, De Baere decided to go back to Belgium to finish her dissertation. The relationship was ambiguous, but De Baere said they had not broken up. “I don’t know if he believed me, but the plan was definitely like, ‘See you soon,’” De Baere said.

De Baere noticed he had instruments in the trunk, not knowing of his plans for later. She had an eerie feeling at the airport. “I knew when we said good-bye … When I got on the plane, I almost got out because—I don’t know—something got me very worried the way he walked. I will always have that vision in my head of him going down the automatic stairs, our last kind of look.” That was the last time she saw him.

Later that day, Saunders went to Bass Northwest to pawn a black Fender jazz bass guitar, which he told Evan Sheeley had been given to him by his parents when he was a teenager. “He said that he had to sell it because he needed money for rent, or else he was more or less going to be evicted, which is kind of the same story he gave me every time,” Sheeley said. He wrote Saunders a check for $800 to $850. The bank that the store kept its account with was a block away. Saunders walked over and cashed the check. This was the last time Sheeley saw him.

Barrett Martin, who lived close to Saunders, would often have him over for breakfast. That evening, Martin called him to suggest that they meet for breakfast or lunch the next day at a restaurant instead of at his house. Saunders agreed. Martin said he was the last person to speak with him.3

According to the medical examiner’s report, Saunders spent “the majority of his day with his friend, Mr. Christopher Williams.” They had been drinking beers, and at approximately 9:00 P.M. they shot up. Williams described Saunders to authorities as being very high, and Williams noted that Saunders had “quit using drugs for a long time until this incident.” Saunders became “lethargic and unresponsive” before collapsing on the kitchen floor. Williams tried reviving him by pouring cold water and placing ice cubes on him before calling 911. Medics arrived on the scene and declared him dead on arrival. He was forty-four years old.4

Dan Gallagher had been worried about Saunders because he had been very withdrawn and because he was taking De Baere to the airport that day. At the same time, he had a four-month-old daughter who had a severe cold or flu. “I wanted to go check on him that night, but I literally was [with] two sick kids, and I was trying to keep the baby alive, basically.” He kept walking to the back door to check on Saunders’s house and noticed flashing lights from police cars and an ambulance. He walked over. The EMTs eventually filed out, unsuccessful in their efforts. Knowing they were there for Saunders, Gallagher asked if he had made it. They told him he hadn’t. Gallagher was on the porch when Williams came out. “Here he was on the porch and he looked pretty upset, kind of strung out as you might expect. I actually told the cops, ‘You should arrest that guy. He’s the one that brought the shit over there.’

“Then we went back and forth. I was yelling at him, and he was yelling at me. A lot of fuck-yous and accusations.”

Police asked Gallagher to identify the body. “He was laying on his back on the kitchen floor with a mask from a respirator … still on. He was gone at that point. I looked at him and it was Baker but it wasn’t Baker. He was gone.”

At about three or four o’clock in the morning, Florida time, Joseph H. Saunders woke up to a phone call from Gallagher informing him of the bad news. Joseph called his mother and sister to tell them. “It was shocking and heartbreaking and it made sense, because he had not been communicative, and I know that when he wasn’t communicative, that meant something was wrong,” his sister, Henrietta Saunders, said of her reaction.

She had normally spoken with her brother about once a month, but noted that in the final months of his life, he had become more difficult to get ahold of. “He was very unhappy in the last few months of his life, and he was casting about for meaning, in my view,” she recalled. The last time they spoke was during the Christmas holiday of 1998.

“I think there’s an aspect of suicide in Baker’s death,” Henrietta said, citing the uncertainty of his relationship with De Baere, the financial pressures, and Mad Season’s being on hiatus. She noted that at some point in the early 1990s, he had told her, “If I use heroin again, I will die.” There is no evidence Saunders intentionally committed suicide. He had plans to meet Barrett Martin the next day. His sister acknowledges there was an element of self-destruction in his decision to use heroin again.

Kim De Baere was at home in Brussels when Dan Gallagher called. De Baere had occasionally worked as a nanny for Gallagher’s children. Because, in her words, “I’m not good at good-byes,” and because she had every intention of returning to Seattle, she had not said her farewell to Gallagher before she left town. When he got her on the phone, the first thing he told her was “Hey, you didn’t say good-bye.” After some lighthearted conversation, he told her Saunders had died. De Baere was shocked. “My first reaction was disbelief and anger. Shortly after, I realized it had to be true, because no one in the world would make a sick joke like that, especially not Dan,” she wrote. “[I] did stay angry, first at Baker but mostly at myself, for not seeing that coming and feeling like my departure was the main trigger (of several other triggers) for what he did, not that I think he wanted to die. I think he just wanted some relief.” In the days after getting the news, she was hoping to get a letter from Baker. No letter ever came.

Evan Sheeley was at his store when he got a phone call from somebody asking, “Have you heard about Baker?” Sheeley didn’t even know he had a drug problem and thought back to the events of the previous day. “It was the money, unfortunately, and I’ve always carried this a little bit heavy on myself. It was the money that I supplied to him that ended up paying for the heroin overdose that killed him,” he said.

Barrett Martin went to the restaurant the next day to meet Saunders as planned, but he never came. “When Baker died, that was it. The band was done,” he told Mark Yarm.5 His brother, Joseph, and his mother went to Seattle. Joseph assumed responsibility for taking inventory of Baker’s things and clearing out his house. He and his mother also met with Williams.

“We tracked down the guy that he was shooting heroin with and met with him to find out about what happened. The guy was kind of a younger guy and he said, ‘Oh my God.’ The guy called 911, so they came, but the guy said, ‘Baker was like the most experienced amateur pharmacologist I’d ever seen, so I totally trusted him with the dosages, quality, and everything, and I couldn’t believe that this happened,’” Joseph recalled. He and his mother wanted to talk to him because he had been with Saunders at the end. He described Williams as a “misguided young kid” who may have “idolized” Baker as a musician.

A memorial service was held in Seattle, attended by approximately two to three hundred people. Representing the family were his brother, mother, and stepfather. Joseph spoke first, followed by Mike McCready, who wrote an editorial for The Rocket in his friend’s memory.6 Dan Gallagher spoke next. Barrett Martin was the final speaker. According to Gallagher, Martin lamented the demise of Mad Season in his speech. Layne did not attend the service.

Saunders’s body was cremated, and the ashes were interred at the Crown Hill Cemetery, located a few blocks from the house where he spent the final years of his life. “Really little, tiny, out-of-the-way cemetery that I think he had mentioned [liking] to his mom … He used to go there and just chill by himself,” Dan Gallagher explained.

On the tomb is a series of small plaques listing the names and dates of all the people whose remains are contained there. Midway down the list of names on the right-hand side, one plaque reads, BAKER SAUNDERS 1954–1999 with a bass clef symbol next to the year of his birth.

Chapter 24

Layne was still inside that shell. The humor and his wit were in there.

—JIMMY SHOAF

IN APRIL 1997, an entity known as the Larusta Trust bought a three-bedroom, fifteen-hundred-square-foot, fifth-floor condominium at a building in Seattle’s University District for $262,000. A review of the property records, when cross-referenced with Alice in Chains’s album liner notes and other public records, shows that the Larusta Trust shared the same Bellevue address as VWC Management, a business management and accounting firm that has counted Alice in Chains among its clients in the past. Larusta is named for John Larusta, the alias Layne was using at the time, according to Ken Elmer. The property was acquired through this roundabout mechanism, presumably to keep Layne’s name off any public records associated with the transaction. This condo would be Layne’s home for the final five years of his life.1

At some point after Layne moved in, Toby Wright set up a home-recording studio for him. Wright described it: “I think he had some [Alesis Digital Audio Tapes] up there, a small console. I set up guitar paths. I set up a couple of vocal paths, and I think I had a keyboard path as well and some multiple things where he could just go in, hit a button, and record … He had a little drum machine and that kind of thing he used to do demos.”

Jerry seemingly confirmed the existence of Layne solo recordings or demos during a 2010 interview, saying, “I’d fucking go over to his place and he’d be playing me shit he’d be writing all the time. I would, too. He’d play me stuff, I’d play him stuff, vice versa.” He did not specify the period when he heard these recordings, if they were from the period when Alice in Chains was still active, or if they were from Layne’s later years. Jerry also said in the same interview that there are no more unreleased Alice in Chains recordings with Layne’s vocals, although Sean did not entirely rule out the possibility. “If there is, it’s nothing that we would want, or he would have wanted released.”2

Jamie, Jim, and Ken Elmer are unaware of any solo demos Layne might have recorded during his later years, though he had the means to do so. The one person who would know for sure is his mother, who declined to be interviewed for this book. Layne did at least one confirmed guest recording from this period. His friend Jesse Holt—known as Maxi when he was the singer and guitarist of Second Coming—was working on a new project under the moniker the Despisley Brothers—the name presumably a play on the R&B group the Isley Brothers. Layne rerecorded his guest vocal for the chorus of the song “The Things You Do,” which is musically different from an earlier version he recorded with Ron Holt in 1988.

There are at least two recorded versions of this song, the first from the spring or summer of 1996, the second dated November 3, 1997. Musically and lyrically, the two later versions are the same. Stylistically, Layne’s vocals sound very different from any of his previous work. The difference is that in the 1997 version, he sounds indifferent, with no real power or feeling in the performance. Jason Buttino, who has recordings of both versions, attributes the change to the fact that the second version was recorded more than a year after Demri’s death. Buttino also said Jesse Holt—who declined to be interviewed for this book—had to boost the level on Layne’s vocals in the 1997 version because his voice was so soft and quiet.3

*   *   *

Soundgarden broke up in spring of 1997 amid rising tensions. The band played what at the time was their final show in Honolulu on February 9. Chris Cornell decided to call it quits shortly after. Susan Silver Management and A&M Records issued a joint statement announcing the split.4

In October 1997, according to a report in The Seattle Times, Susan was a panelist during a discussion about rock management at North by Northwest Music and Media Conference. Susan responded to a question about whether her gender ever blocked her progress, saying, “It didn’t even enter my sphere of reality.” The report also notes, “She also hinted, with a sigh, that Alice is about to ‘self-destruct.’”5

That fall Susan announced she was closing down her management business. The news was mentioned in the Lip Service section of The Rocket, which also made the sarcastic comment, “Sources within the company report that Silver will close up the shop near the end of December. Sure, Soundgarden don’t need a manager anymore, but who will burp and change Alice in Chains?”6

At some point after that edition was published, the magazine received a package containing a jar of urine and a bag of feces. It also included a note, which read, “Wipe and change this, motherfuckers!” The assumption is it came from Layne.7

Susan Silver Management organized a Christmas party that year, held at a bar in the U District. Randy Biro went to the party, along with his former roommate, Kevin Shuss, who had worked with Alice in Chains and Pearl Jam over the years.

“Hey, Layne wants to see you,” Shuss told Biro at the party.

“Great, where is he?”

“He’s right behind you.”

Biro turned around. “I’m looking past this really skinny, fucked-up-looking guy trying to see where Layne is, and it was Layne. I felt really awkward.

“He had a baseball cap on. He had glasses down to the end of his nose, and not very many teeth. It shocked me at first. It looked like death. It was gross.” Jim Elmer doesn’t know exactly when Layne’s tooth loss started but thinks it was around 1995 or 1996 and said it was a gradual process.

Layne invited Biro to check out his condo, which was around the corner from the bar. He described Layne as being very proud about his home. Layne had a massive rear-projection TV. “The fucking thing was huge. I’d never seen a TV that big. He had gotten it through the label some way, and all he did was sit there and get high and play video games all day.”

Biro, who was clean, asked, “Wow, have you got anything?”—referring to drugs.

“Yeah, but I’m not gonna give it to you.”

“Why not?”

“Because you’re clean. I’m not gonna be part of this. If you need to go do that, you do it somewhere else. I don’t want to be part of it. I don’t want you to end up like me again.” That was the last time Biro saw him.

*   *   *

With Alice in Chains on hiatus, Jerry called Toby Wright. “He was compiling songs for a while, and then he just called me up and asked if I would help out with a solo record, which I gladly did,” Wright said.

Jerry tapped Sean to play drums and a series of guest musicians to record parts, including Mike Inez, Fishbone’s Norwood Fisher, Pantera’s Rex Brown, and Primus’s Les Claypool.8 Three of the four members of Alice in Chains were appearing on this album, with the exception of Layne. “At that point, they weren’t really speaking for whatever reason. There was some kind of something going on. I don’t know the cause of it or why,” was Wright’s explanation for whether Jerry tried to get Layne onboard. Wright said there was more pressure on Jerry because, in addition to being the main songwriter and guitarist, he had to sing.

The album was titled Boggy Depot—a reference to the area of Oklahoma where Jerry’s father grew up. Rocky Schenck, Mary Mauer, and a crew traveled to Atoka, Oklahoma, on September 7, 1997, to shoot photos for the album. “Great trip, although all of us almost got arrested for smuggling liquor into a local restaurant in a dry county,” Schenck wrote. The cover shows Jerry covered in mud standing waist-deep in a branch of the Boggy River. Jerry made several trips to Oklahoma as he was writing the album and would drive his truck to the edge of the river at the location where the cover was shot.9

Jerry sent Rex Brown a tape with eleven songs he wanted him to play on. Brown agreed to do it, seeing it as an opportunity to expand his horizons and also to get away from some of the issues in Pantera. He went to Sausalito, California, to record his parts. According to Brown’s memoir, he was butting heads with Toby Wright during the making of the album. He also noted Jerry was dealing with his own addiction. He wrote, “Let’s just say I would go past his place from time to time and see his dog chained up with no food in the bowl for three fucking days, and that indicated to me that maybe something was seriously wrong.”10

By the time the album was finished, Wright said, “A lot of anxiety was pent up during the recording, about its outcome, its success rate, expectations, all that kind of stuff. And I think once it was done, mixed, [Jerry] approved everything, I think it was a great relief to him.” The album, originally scheduled for an October 1997 release, was delayed to the following spring.11

Boggy Depot was released April 7, 1998, reaching number 28 on the Billboard chart its first week.12 After the album’s release, Jerry made it clear that Alice in Chains was his priority, but would not give a definitive answer on the status of the band at the time. “It’s something I never really wanted to do, but the way things have played out, it’s like, why not?” he told Guitar World of his decision to do a solo album. “To be honest, I’d just be happy being the lead guitarist and singer for Alice in Chains. It’s always been my first love, and always will be, but the situation being what it is … we’ve been together for a long time, and right now it’s kinda played out. It’s time to let it be.” Asked if the band had broken up, he said, “We haven’t gone public and said that we’ve broken up, because how do you call something like that over? You never want to shut that door. I love those guys, and hopefully we’ll be able to do something again, but it won’t be for a while.” He declined to answer questions about Layne’s health.13

Rocky Schenck directed the music video for “My Song,” which was shot on location in Los Angeles on June 6 and 7, 1998. “I can remember the record company being very upset with me about the concept, telling me that it ‘would never play on MTV,’” Schenck wrote. Jerry supported Schenck throughout the project, and it was filmed as planned. There is a second version of the video, which is “a bit racier” than the edited version that aired on MTV.14

To support the album, Jerry put together a live band consisting of Sean; former Queensrÿche guitarist Chris DeGarmo; Old Lady Litterbug bassist Nick Rhinehart; and the former Fishbone keyboardist Chris Dowd. The group landed an opening slot for Metallica’s U.S. tour, which ran from June through September 1998.15 Jerry would often close shows with a cover of Pink Floyd’s “Brain Damage” and “Eclipse,” the last two songs on The Dark Side of the Moon.16

*   *   *

In August 1998, Dave Jerden, Bryan Carlstrom, and Annette Cisneros were working on the Offspring’s Americana album at Jerden’s El Dorado studio. Jerden got a call: Alice in Chains wanted to record two new songs with Layne for Music Bank, their upcoming box set. With the exception of Mike Inez, it would be a reunion of the band and production team that made Dirt six years earlier.

Because the Offspring had booked studio time and had all their gear set up, the only time Alice in Chains could come in was the weekend of August 22–23. The Offspring agreed to let Alice in Chains use the studio. The fact both bands were signed to Columbia Records probably helped make that happen. For Jerden, it was a no-brainer. “We gotta do this,” he told his engineer, Bryan Carlstrom. Carlstrom was tired from working long hours and initially did not want to do it, until Jerden convinced him otherwise. “I basically told him, ‘You have to do it.’ It’s the only time in my life where I ever said that to Bryan.”

Jerden was under the impression the band was going to be there the entire weekend, based on what he heard from his manager, who had talked to Susan. His plan was to record a song a day—basic tracks, overdubs, and mixing. Because Carlstrom was burned out, Jerden was prepared to mix the songs himself.

Early in the morning of Saturday, August 22, Cisneros, the assistant engineer, and Elan Trujillo, the runner and studio assistant, came in and thoroughly documented all the levels and settings on the Offspring’s gear and the control-room equipment before they could take everything down and set up for Alice in Chains. Trujillo was excited. He had moved back to Los Angeles specifically to work with Dave Jerden, in large part because of Jerden’s work with Jane’s Addiction and Alice in Chains. Two years later, he had the opportunity to work with Alice in Chains. “I had to contain myself as best I could, because I was, like, freaking out. For me, this young kid, and, like, one of my favorite bands of all time is gonna come in. Like, I’m gonna be able to work with these guys? This is it! This was the culmination of the whole deal,” Trujillo said, the enthusiasm still evident in his voice years later.

The production team was ready to work by ten o’clock in the morning. Sean’s drum tech, Jimmy Shoaf, and Jerry’s guitar tech, Darrell Peters, were the first to arrive, and they set up all the gear. That day also happened to be Layne’s thirty-first birthday. When Trujillo found out, he told Cisneros they should get him a cake. She agreed and gave him money to buy a cake and candles.

Jerry, Sean, and Mike arrived in the late morning or early afternoon. Sean got all his parts down in about four takes, Shoaf recalled. Mike recorded his bass parts, and then Jerry recorded his rhythm-guitar parts and some overdubs. Cisneros had her camera and took several photos during the session.

There was a sense of excitement before Layne arrived. Accounts vary as to the exact time he got there, but it was late—possibly as late as 3:00 A.M., according to Jerden. When he finally arrived, the change in his physical appearance was striking even from his final live performances two years earlier, let alone from 1992, when Jerden, Carlstrom, and Cisneros had last seen him. He had grown his hair down past his shoulders, in its natural brownish-blond color. He was wearing a white cap and eyeglasses. He had a dark gray shirt and a blue Dallas Cowboys jacket. He was wearing a necklace or chain that had what appeared to be a pipe hanging from the end. He was also carrying a black leather satchel.17

“Layne showed up at the studio, and I didn’t recognize him. He looked like an eighty-year-old man. He didn’t have any teeth. I was shocked, to say the least,” Carlstrom recalled.

Trujillo had a similar reaction. “When Layne came in, we were all really shocked because Layne definitely didn’t look like how he used to look. He had obviously been really affected by his substance abuse at that point, because he had atrophy in his legs. He looked like an old man. He had no teeth. It was really sad; I was really heartbroken.” Although Layne was “obviously high,” Jimmy Shoaf said there were flashes of the Layne of old. “I think the first thing he did was grab my ass. Layne was still inside that shell. The humor and his wit were in there.”

Trujillo also noted how Layne could appear out of it, then be focused seconds later. They had ordered baked potatoes, and people wanted butter. Trujillo put the butter in the microwave to defrost it when Layne, who was sitting in the kitchen lounge seemingly not paying attention, said to him, “You better be careful, man. That’s got tinfoil on it. That’ll be dangerous in the microwave.” Layne also talked to Trujillo about video games—there was a Sony PlayStation in the studio lounge, and Layne was giving him tips for how to get ahead in certain games.

They set Layne up in a control room so he could listen to the rough tracks and work on lyrics. Trujillo was tasked with keeping an eye on him and helping him. Shortly after, Layne went to the bathroom and stayed there for a long time. He eventually went back to the control room, where he found the minifridge stocked with sodas. Layne took out a bottle of root beer. Cisneros and Trujillo saw him sitting on a couch in the control room having nodded off, the root beer spilled on the floor. Trujillo cleaned it up.

Offspring drummer Ron Welty had his V drums set up in the control room so that he could practice or develop his parts. V drums are a small electronic drum kit that can be programmed with different sound effects from a memory bank. Layne started playing around with the kit. Trujillo showed him how to change and program the different sounds. Layne went nuts when he discovered he could program cartoon effects for the different pads.

“That’s what he really liked—the cartoon sounds,” Trujillo said. “He just got a kick out of that. He was just scrolling through the bank sounds on the little brain of the V drums and just trying everything. He fucking loved it. He was like, ‘This is great. I want to get one of these. Where do these come from?’” The other members of Alice in Chains and their crew were watching this, happy to see Layne happy and having fun. Shortly after, they brought out the cake and sang “Happy Birthday” and gave him a birthday card that they had all signed. Cisneros took a picture of Layne on the drum set as he was about to blow out the candles.

While Layne was playing around, he showed no indication of being ready to work. Eventually, Layne said he wanted to do everything—write lyrics and track his vocals—that night. By that point, it was almost five o’clock in the morning, and everyone was exhausted, some having been in the studio for almost twenty hours. Jerden, under the impression they still had the next day to work, met with the band and decided to call it a night, telling them Carlstrom was tired and they’d come back and finish on Sunday.

At that point, Layne said he had to go back to Seattle to attend his sister’s wedding, but Jerry tersely cut him off. According to Jerden, he said, “Laaaaaayne,” in an exasperated tone of voice. “[Layne] turned into this little kid that had been reprimanded severely by his parents. It probably didn’t sound like anything, but I’ll tell you it was one of the strangest things I ever saw, how Jerry just wasn’t putting up with Layne’s bullshit anymore, and Layne, who had such a strong personality, had completely turned into this nothing.”

“He wasn’t crying, but he looked like he was about to cry. He reverted to about a four-year-old boy,” Jerden explained. “Layne acted like he was afraid, terrified of Jerry. He just sat there and froze up. I don’t remember him saying another thing that night. Jerry totally understood me. He was cool with the fact that we had to stop, and he didn’t argue with me at all. Jerry did not argue; the rest of the band did not argue. He knew that I’d been told that I had Layne until Sunday—and that bullshit of him saying, all of the sudden, he has to go to a wedding?

“So I blew up, and I said [to Layne], ‘Listen, I’m not here to be your friend. I have a job to do,’” Jerden said. Trujillo thinks Layne may have thought Jerden was mad at him, possibly from memories of the blowup during the Dirt sessions when Jerden confronted him about his drug use.

Jerden was skeptical, thinking Layne was using the wedding as an excuse so he could go back to Seattle to get drugs. Whatever his intentions were, evidence shows Jerden’s skepticism was accurate. According to public records from the King County Recorder’s Office, Liz Elmer and her fiancé, Greg Coats, applied for a marriage license on May 26, 1998; were married on June 1; and filed the marriage certificate on June 11—more than two months before this recording session. According to Layne’s other sister, Jamie Elmer, “They got married just at the justice of the peace, and they had their two best friends there. Nobody else was there.”

“I’ve seen pictures of my sister and her husband, Greg, in the court. And it’s with her best friend and Greg’s friend. But it was the four of them, and I’m pretty darn sure that Layne wasn’t there.” There was a wedding party in mid-June that “Layne very well may have planned on coming to but didn’t make it to, because that’s just sometimes what would happen. So, to his credit, he may have definitely been trying to get there for a wedding party, or that was his plan. But I don’t remember him there.” Jim Elmer, Ken Elmer, and Kathleen Austin also attended the party. All three of them said Layne was not there.

At that point, the band members left. Jerden tried to book a studio in Seattle for Layne’s convenience to record his vocals, but by that point Layne didn’t want to work with him anymore. Susan was furious. “Susan Silver called me up and reads me the fucking riot act. She says my career was based on Alice in Chains, which is totally bullshit. I’ve worked with a lot of famous people before that. I had a lot of hit records that I produced before,” Jerden recalled. Rolling Stone got wind of the episode and wrote a story about it.18

Toby Wright got a call from Layne and Kevan Wilkins, asking if he would be willing to finish the project. He booked time at Robert Lang Studios to record the vocals and mix them with the material from the session with Jerden. Wright said, “At that point, Jerry and Layne weren’t getting along at all. So I had one guy in, and I would have another guy in after he was done. Those two songs required a lot of ProTools editing. That was one of the first times Alice was ever even on ProTools. Because Layne would do something; he’d go home. Jerry would come in. I’d change it for him; he’d go home. Layne would come in and hear what we did, and he’d change it again. So it was a lot of digital manipulation,” Wright said. Recording Layne’s vocals was difficult because of the loss of his teeth, which resulted in a lisp that affected his speech and singing ability. Consequently, they tried to stay away from lyrics that accentuated his lisp. “It was kind of hard to do that, because it shows up pretty much everywhere on those tracks. But it was easy for me, because Layne and I got along really well. So I didn’t have any problem with him at all. It was just a matter of getting him into the studio, having him sit down and get creative.”

“Get Born Again” and “Died” were the last songs Layne recorded with Alice in Chains.

*   *   *

In the late summer or early fall of 1998, songwriter/producer Matt Serletic and Rage Against the Machine guitarist Tom Morello were putting together a supergroup called the Class of ’99 to record a cover of Pink Floyd’s “Another Brick in the Wall” for director Robert Rodriguez’s forthcoming sci-fi/horror flick The Faculty. “My thought was, How do you take a quintessentially English track—from production to the English schoolkids to everything about it, the dark English thing—and make, like, a dark American version of it?” Serletic said.

They decided they wanted the rhythm section from Jane’s Addiction—Martyn LeNoble on bass and Stephen Perkins on drums—with Serletic on keyboards. The four musicians met at Conway Studios in Los Angeles to record their parts. Nine Inch Nails front man Trent Reznor assisted with some of the keyboard programming. Sony sent a crew to the studio to film the recording of the song. As far as Serletic knew at the time, the footage was for a documentary about the making of the song, but it would ultimately be used for a music video.

They still didn’t have a singer, so Morello and Serletic were asking themselves, “Who can sing this?” A few names were floated, including Zack de la Rocha of Rage Against the Machine. “What about Layne Staley?”

Serletic doesn’t recall who exactly proposed Layne but thinks it might have been Morello. Everyone in the band was a fan of his, and, in Serletic’s words, “It was kind of an instant yes if he’s up for it, if he can do it.”

Serletic contacted Sony Records to act as a conduit between them and Layne and relay his proposal. Serletic eventually heard that Layne wanted to do it. By this point, the band was up against a tight deadline and had only about three days to finish the song, which was still missing Layne’s lead vocals and the children’s choir vocals. Serletic went to Seattle to record Layne on a Friday, bringing with him an engineer and a ProTools editor. Layne was supposed to arrive at the studio at nine o’clock—supposed to. He thinks Layne finally showed up at around one in the morning, brought to the studio by Todd Shuss, one of Susan’s employees.

“This is the first time I’ve ever met Layne. I didn’t know what to expect, but he looked rough,” Serletic recalled. “At this point, he had lost most of his teeth. He was incredibly shy. It was kind of a shock to see him.”

Susan was also struck by the change in his appearance. “I hadn’t seen him maybe since I went to his apartment to tell him that his girlfriend died,” she recalled years later. “I wouldn’t have recognized him. He looked different—he didn’t look like himself anymore. But he had the same sparkling wit. Looking at him, thinking, ‘My God, he’s physically changed,’ and just as sweet, just as funny—quoting lines off silly Nick at Nite TV shows.”19

According to Serletic, “He heads up to the lounge upstairs and has a bag of cheeseburgers from McDonald’s. He’s in the lounge, sitting in the corner, really timid. I say hello. He’s chewing his cheeseburger. He really doesn’t engage much, but basically he sits there for about two hours. So now it’s like two or three o’clock in the morning, something like that, when he finally comes out of his shell after I talked to him for a minute. We kind of just small-talked. ‘Oh my God, he’s a great vocalist. I’m excited to work with him,’ anything to make him comfortable.”

Layne didn’t want anybody else around for the session. Complicating things from Layne’s perspective, according to Serletic, was that this was one of the first times he would be working with people he hadn’t worked with in the past. Serletic and his team tried to make it as comfortable as possible for him, and he finally came down to sing at three or four o’clock in the morning. Serletic had his engineer hide under the console to work the preamp and microphone levels as he ran ProTools, “to kind of make it more of a one-on-one direct experience so he didn’t feel like he was being watched and being judged.”

Serletic said, “You can only know what you know about the voice you’re so familiar with from radio and albums and so on. It was still there, but at first especially, it was very papery, kind of a whisper, a ghost of himself. It got stronger as he got comfortable with the track and got his headphone mixes right.”

As was Layne’s trademark, they stacked his vocals. “We stacked it up; we did the harmonies underneath. When you start doing those harmonies, that’s when that great Alice in Chains sound starts really emerging,” Serletic said. It took him a while to get his vocals warmed up, but once he did, he nailed his takes. “Once he got past that, he was in control. I wasn’t having to direct him. He was like, ‘Hey, let me do a double,’ ‘Okay, let me try a harmony now.’ He knew how he liked to approach vocals, and he was still very much cognizant enough to be a pro.”

Layne’s lisp was apparent, so Serletic had to redo some of the material where the letter s was especially pronounced. “I think even on the final, we did some significant s removal on a couple of things to make it not jump out of the track.” They finished at around 4:30 in the morning. “He seemed fairly excited about it. He had settled into a little more of a comfort zone. He liked the track. He seemed to be excited being part of it. Sad to say, he got paid to be on the record, so there might have been a financial concern as well, to make some money. But I think he was pleased from what I could tell by the time we finished,” Serletic said. For Layne’s scenes in the music video, Sony/Columbia used file footage from Mad Season’s Live at the Moore.

As soon as the session was over, Serletic went straight to the airport because the children’s choir was recording their vocals in Los Angeles a few hours later. While on the way, Serletic called Don Ienner, president of Columbia Records, telling him, “You’ve got to help this guy.” In Serletic’s words, “You could tell he was not in good shape.”

According to Serletic, Ienner’s response was “‘We’ve tried. We have. We put him on the corporate jet several times to rehab.’ I’ll always remember this: he said something to me to the effect of ‘You can’t help people if they don’t want to help themselves.’”

In retrospect, Serletic said, “I think there’s a ghostly quality to the final vocal that he delivered that I think is really haunting and moving in its own right. From a production standpoint, he was a guy that had lost all his teeth; he was not in good shape. It was really sad.”

Asked years later about working with Layne on the Class of ’99, Morello tweeted, “Mostly sad. He was not well bless him.” There are two things worth noting about this session: first, this was probably Layne’s last studio recording—it’s unclear whether this session or the Music Bank sessions happened first; and second, it was the last time Susan saw him.20

*   *   *

After the Metallica tour, Jerry scheduled a U.S. headlining tour that would run through October, ending with a Halloween homecoming performance at the Showbox in Seattle.21 Layne went to the show but kept a low profile. According to Jimmy Shoaf, Layne watched the performance from backstage and possibly from the audience. He did not perform. During the after-show party, Layne, Shoaf, and a third person posed for a picture together, which surfaced on the Internet several years later. This is one of the last photos of Layne known to exist. That night was the last time Shoaf saw Layne.22

*   *   *

On July 19, 1999, Jerry, Sean, and Mike were scheduled to appear on the nationally syndicated radio show Rockline to promote their greatest hits compilation and box set. Jerry and Mike were in the studio, while Sean was participating by phone from Albany, New York. There was a surprise twist midway through. Layne, who was listening from home, called in the middle of the show and stuck around for the duration of the program.

Asked about the possibility of the band regrouping to record new material besides the two new songs, there was a bit of a disconnect. Jerry said, “We’ll let you know.” Layne responded, “Okay,” without hesitation.

“Layne, what’s your attitude toward that? Are you ready to record?” the host, Bob Coburn, asked.

“Sure, I’d do it anytime.”

A caller asked, “I want to know who Alice is and how does she like being in chains?”

Jerry deferred the question to Layne, noting he had never asked that question. “That story is basically a bunch of drunken guys who had plans to start a death metal band who dressed in drag. The band never was formed, and so I took the name,” Layne said. There is no evidence of Layne ever making plans to start a death metal band with anyone, according to his former Alice ’N Chains bandmates Johnny Bacolas and James Bergstrom. “No, we were never going to start a death metal band. Probably him trying to sound cool instead of saying he was in a glam band,” Bacolas wrote in an e-mail. There is photographic evidence of at least one early Alice in Chains show where the four founding members took the stage wearing what Mike Starr described as “bad 70s dresses.”23 Only Layne would know how and why he turned all of this into a story about a death metal band that dressed in drag.

Layne’s sense of humor was firing on all cylinders. A female caller asked, “Out of all your CDs and songs, what do each of you consider your most successful work?”

“No, baby,” Layne interjected. “What do you consider my most successful work?” The other band members and host Bob Coburn were cracking up.24 This was the last interview Layne ever did.

*   *   *

At some point in the late 1990s or early 2000s, Layne made a rare social appearance at a party at Ann Wilson’s home. In the Wilsons’ memoir Kicking and Dreaming, she wrote, “He wasn’t quite the recluse he would become in the months before he died in 2002, but it was still rare enough to see him that his presence was the talk of the party.”

After the other guests had left, it was just Layne and Wilson, and Wilson decided she wanted to go for a swim. Layne followed her to her pool but did not jump in. He sat in a lounge chair looking at the sky and drinking a beer while Wilson was swimming. He told her that as a kid, he had excelled at swimming and diving. “I loved to dive into water,” he told her, adding that it was a whole “different world.”

“Suddenly, a huge meteor went over us,” Wilson wrote. “It looked like a bright piece of burning coal, and for a second it lit up Layne’s face. He looked young again, like a kid who loved nothing better than to dive into water. In that moment, there was nothing dark in his life.”

“Did you see that?” Layne asked with great excitement, according to Wilson’s recollection. “How close do you think that was to us, Ann? Do you think that almost hit us, Ann? How lucky are we to have seen that?”

“It was really beautiful,” Wilson said.

“Do you have any idea … how rare it is for a meteor that big, and that bright, to come that close to us? We are really, really lucky people, Ann. You and me.”

That was the last time she saw Layne.25

*   *   *

By late 1999, Susan was in what she called “my own private hell” dealing with her husband’s addiction. She was also undergoing fertility treatments and eventually got pregnant. Jerry had new management and was dealing with his own addiction issues during this period. During this period of inactivity, there was a major milestone in Susan’s life. On June 28, 2000, she gave birth to a daughter, Lillian Jean Cornell, the couple’s first and only child.26

*   *   *

About a week after the end of the Boggy Depot tour, Jerry started writing material for a follow-up album. “In ’98, I locked myself in my house, went out of my mind and wrote 25 songs. I rarely bathed during that period of writing, I sent out for food, I didn’t really venture out of my house in three or four months. It was a hell of an experience,” Jerry said in his official biography for Roadrunner Records.27

Degradation Trip was originally conceived as a double album, with potentially as many as thirty songs for a triple album—Jerry had been given a copy of George Harrison’s All Things Must Pass.28 He put together a backing band consisting of the former bassist for Suicidal Tendencies, Rob Trujillo, and the former drummer for Faith No More, Mike Bordin. At the time, both of them were the rhythm section for Ozzy Osbourne’s band.

Nearly a year after the Music Bank recording session, Jerry decided to work with Jerden again for Degradation Trip. According to Jerden, Jerry and his band arrived at the studio, set up their gear, and tested levels on the first day. By that point, it was getting late, and Jerden said, “We’ll come back tomorrow. We’ll start fresh, and we’ll start recording.” When Jerden came back the next morning, they were still there, having recorded as many as seventeen songs overnight.

“What the fuck is going on, Jerry?”

Jerry played him some of the material, and Jerden didn’t like it. “It was horrible. It was all out of time, the songs went on for, like, I don’t know how long. They were like really bad jam sessions,” he said. “We got to do this right. You and I both worked together before.”

“No, I like it.”

At that point, Jerden said, “Jerry, this isn’t going to work,” and effectively ended his role in the project. With Jerden having bailed out, his manager—who also owned the studio—called Elan Trujillo and gave him explicit instructions not to do or record anything with Jerry. Trujillo knew something had gone down but was not privy to specifics. At one point, he was alone in the control room with Jerry in the studio, saying, “Come on! Let’s fucking record this, man! Roll the tape, dude!” Though it pained him because he very much wanted to, Elan had to tell Jerry he couldn’t do it on his boss’s orders. Jerry was furious and stormed out of the studio. Jerry later said, “I started with Dave Jerden. I worked with him for one day, and then I fired him!”29

In retrospect, Jerden said if Jerry liked the material so much, he should have been producing it himself, which is what happened. He also said they have since patched things up. “Jerry and I have discussed it since then and there’s no hard feelings. I will never say anything bad about Jerry Cantrell. Jerry Cantrell is a great guy.”

The making of Degradation Trip wouldn’t get any easier. Jerry left Columbia Records in the middle of production. “After we realized it wasn’t going to be on Columbia, we just settled accounts and walked away and called it a good ten years,” Jerry said. In order to settle accounts, Jerry mortgaged his house to reimburse Columbia for money already spent and used the rest to finance the album. He signed with Roadrunner Records. Label executives complimented Jerry on his ambitious idea but said they didn’t think the market would be receptive to double albums. The decision was made to trim down Degradation Trip into a single album’s worth of material.

“It was difficult to make it one album,” Jerry said. “But I was on a new label, and I’d already been through a year of trying to find a fucking company that wanted to put it out. Nobody wanted to do it. So I made a compromise, which was to put it out as a single album first, with the promise that, at some point, it would be released as I intended it.” Lyrically, Jerry described the material as “what I was going through with Alice coming to a stop, looking at a situation where I had to move on, and not really being happy about it.” The album was scheduled for release on June 25, 2002.30

*   *   *

According to sources, Layne had at least four different dealers who supplied him with drugs at one point or another, although not necessarily all of them at the same time. Of these four, only one—Tom Hansen, former guitarist of the Fartz—has admitted it on the record. In his memoir American Junkie, he wrote of going over to Layne’s home to bring him drugs in July 1997. Of Layne and Demri, he wrote, “She’d always wanted him to quit, and he’d always wanted her to quit, and neither of them had ever been able to.” After getting high on heroin and crack, Layne decided to take a spin on his motorcycle, with Hansen along for the ride. He drove to Bad Animals Studio, where they went into a sound booth and Layne put on Above.31

While it is not known if Layne tried to kick drugs during his later years, that didn’t stop others from trying to help him. Mark Lanegan went to Layne’s apartment to try and talk to him. Krist Novoselic would go over and leave food for him.32

Nancy Layne McCallum contacted drug counselor Bob Forrest and asked if he and Red Hot Chili Peppers guitarist John Frusciante—both recovering heroin addicts—would be willing to talk to Layne, a request they agreed to.

“Layne’s got an odd sense of humor,” McCallum told Forrest. “I told him John [Frusciante] had gangrene once. He said, ‘In his arm? That’s terrible, Mom. John’s a guitar player. He needs his hands and arms. Me? I’m just a singer. I can get by without them.’ I know he was joking, but I don’t like to hear stuff like that. Can you try to talk some sense into him?”

Forrest and Frusciante met with Layne at his condo. According to Forrest, “His mind worked but he was a million miles away.” He was playing a video game the entire time they were talking.

“Hey, Layne. What’s going on?” Forrest asked.

“Nothing. I know why you’re here,” Layne said.

“Your mom’s worried, man. You don’t look too good.” Of Layne’s appearance, Forrest wrote in his memoir, “His skin took on the look of bleached vellum, his weight dropped below ninety pounds … He had entered the end stage of the game.”

“I’m okay, though. Really,” Layne insisted as he pretended to listen. The two of them eventually left.

“I don’t think he’ll come out of this,” Forrest told Frusciante.

“It’s his life, man,” Frusciante replied.33

PART V

2001–2002

Men’s lives have meaning, not their deaths.

—George R. R. Martin, A Dance with Dragons

Heavy misfortunes have befallen us; but let us only cling closer to what remains, and transfer our love for those whom we have lost to those who yet live. Our circle will be small, but bound close by the ties of affection and mutual misfortune. And when time shall have softened your despair, new and dear objects of care will be born to replace those of whom we have been so cruelly deprived.

—Mary Shelley, Frankenstein

Chapter 25

Not like this—don’t leave like this.

—LAYNE STALEY

IN APRIL 2000, Argentinean journalist Adriana Rubio traveled to Seattle determined to track down Layne to write a book about him. This initial trip was unsuccessful, but she made a second trip in September of that year and made contact with Layne’s mother and sister Liz Coats.1 Layne was not happy about the book, or the fact that his mother and sister were cooperating with her. When Coats told Layne about it, he told her he wanted no part in it. Rubio returned in June 2001, when she met with Coats and Nancy Layne McCallum for several days’ worth of interviews in Seattle and Haines, Alaska, where McCallum was living at the time.2

Layne sightings were rare in his final years. According to Seattle music journalist Charles R. Cross, Layne, toward the end of his life, had lost most of his teeth, and his arms were covered with abscesses.3 He was also dangerously underweight. Although he was naturally skinny, people who knew Layne said that his normal weight ranged between 150 and 170 pounds. Those who saw him in his later years estimated his weight at 100 pounds or less.

It can be surmised that there were four things that formed his daily routine: his toys and video games; his cat, Sadie; his art projects; and his drugs. Less than a ten-minute walk from Layne’s apartment is a PETCO and an art supplies store. Both businesses were open during the time Layne lived in the neighborhood, and it is possible he frequented these stores. However, none of the employees at the PETCO were working there during the period Layne lived in the area; the employees at the art store say the business changed ownership in early 2002, and they don’t recall seeing him in the store. They also said there was another art store nearby at the time that has since gone out of business.

As you walk down nearby University Avenue, teeming with bars, restaurants, and shops, as well as University of Washington students, there are many businesses that might have had items of interest to Layne. Store employees said because of the constant turnover in students, employees, and businesses opening and closing, it would be unlikely to find stores frequented by Layne or people who might have seen him.

Morgen Gallagher ran into Layne at a Super Bowl party in January 2001. Layne told Gallagher he was going to clean up and go to rehab so he could audition for the newly vacant lead singer position in Rage Against the Machine. Based on accounts of Layne’s final studio sessions in 1998, it is unlikely this was anything more than his talking or thinking out loud.

In early 2001, Nick Pollock was buying groceries at a QFC supermarket in Seattle’s Capitol Hill neighborhood. He saw someone wearing what he described as a “ridiculous costume,” consisting of a funky hat, a fake wig, and a long coat, shuffling like an old man. It was Layne. Pollock approached him, not sure what to expect because on previous occasions Layne had not recognized him. This time, Layne recognized him immediately.

“Nick!” he said, giving him a big hug.

Pollock was alarmed. “It was so disturbing to me that I had a hard time just putting sentences together,” he recalled. “He looked like a dead man walking. He had no teeth that I could remember. His skin was gray. He looked like an eighty-year-old man. He really looked like a skeleton with skin hanging off of it. If he weighed a hundred pounds, I wouldn’t have been surprised.”

The two spoke for about ten minutes, Pollock said, small talk that he tried to keep going. He didn’t ask about Alice in Chains. “I knew that I wasn’t going to ask him anything about girlfriends—not at all applicable—what he’s been doing, where he’s been … It wasn’t the Layne I knew. I mean really: it was like the ghost of him was in his body.”

Layne and Pollock made noncommittal plans to get together. Pollock was so shaken, he almost walked out of the store with his cart without paying for his groceries. He went home and broke down in tears.

Jeff Gilbert was walking down University Avenue looking for a place to eat and shopping for records in late 2001 or early 2002. Layne recognized him on the street, approached him, and said, “Hey, Jeff, what’s up, man?” Gilbert remembers it was cold, and Layne was wearing a long jacket, knit cap, scarf, and gloves. “His pants were too big on him,” Gilbert recalled. “He looked like an eighty-year-old version of himself, and it was frightening.”

They spoke for about ten minutes, and he said Layne was lucid. “He still managed to smile. Every so often, you’d see that little glimmer.

“He seemed tired, very tired, like he finished two forty-hour workweeks with no days off kind of tired.” He also remembered Layne smelled bad.

Mike Korjenek, a waterproofing-company employee, recalled seeing Layne twice at the Rainbow Tavern, a bar that was a less-than-five-minute walk from Layne’s building at the time. “He would hang out and sit in the corner” by himself in the late afternoon. He thinks this was in late 2001 or early 2002. Although Korjenek said other people spotted him at the bar during this period, calling him a regular would not be accurate.

“He looked ghostly. He looked very emaciated,” Korjenek said. “I remember us thinking that we shouldn’t be gawking at him.” Despite his appearance, he was still recognizable. Layne was sitting in a booth by himself about thirty feet away, slightly hunched over and looking downward, but not asleep.

An employee at a local comic book store, who agreed to speak only on condition of anonymity, said Layne would come in the store “semiregularly” between 2000 and 2002. The owner at the time told him, “That’s Layne Staley. He’ll spend a lot of money, so might as well stay open late for him.”

“He’d kind of wander around, look at stuff, leave stuff all over the store, every now and then knock stuff over. No big deal,” the employee said. “He looked pretty high. He was always kinda out there. So I figured he was just wandering around and go, ‘Oh, let’s look at this stuff!’”

According to the employee, Layne would typically buy comic books and action figures and paid with cash, but he could not recall what specifically Layne would buy, only that the selections were random. “Whatever caught his eye; there was no normal pattern,” he said. Layne had people with him when he came to the store. “There were usually a couple of people with him. They would kind of prop him up and help with him a lot.” He did not know who they were. The last time he saw Layne was in February or March 2002.

Layne went to Jim Elmer’s home in Bellevue in Christmas of 2000 or 2001 to spend the holidays with his family. There was a minor snag—he showed up one or two days late.

“He was funny,” Jamie Elmer recalled of this holiday. “For him to show up, and get himself together enough to show up and be out, and be in front of the family—I don’t know what it was like for him to mentally … go through that process. But when he did show up and was out and about, he was funny and on his game, and sweet, and just like I remember him to be.”

“I remember he arrived with bags of little Christmas presents—some stuff that he had bought for us, and some stuff that he made, like little craft projects that he had made for us with our names on them. He looked sick, but his mood and his energy and his whole disposition was as I remember him to be.” Jamie never saw him again.

A major family milestone happened in early 2002: Liz had given birth to her first child. Around Valentine’s Day 2002, Layne went to Jim Elmer’s home to meet his nephew, Oscar. He brought a camcorder for the occasion, although Jim doesn’t recall if he actually filmed anything that day.

“We hadn’t seen Layne for a while, and he looked pretty good. He certainly was shy about his teeth issue, but he looked good, and you could tell that he had a little spark in his eyes when he saw Oscar, because he hadn’t been through this before,” Jim said. “So it was kind of like he knows what life is and he knows what the next generation is and he can be a part of it or maybe not be a part of it, but it was a touching moment, and it didn’t last very long, but it was touching [to] see that next generation come up.”

A photograph was taken of Layne holding Oscar. This is the last picture the family has of him and is the only image that is known to exist of him from the final months of his life. It is likely this was the last photograph of him ever taken.

Jamie Elmer—who was not there but has seen the photograph—said of Layne’s appearance, “He looked like I remember him looking when I had seen him last. He was smiling and looked like Layne, but he looked older than he really was, and he looked like he was sick. He did not look well. He looked sweet, and he looked happy.”

Despite his poor shape, Jim Elmer said that the general mood surrounding Layne’s visit was hopeful and optimistic. “He was smiling, he was talkative, so there’s a good sign that either he was doing better or he was trying to do better, that there’s a more hopeful thing as compared to ‘We’re going to lose him in two days’ or something like that. I didn’t get that feeling at all.” Jim, Nancy, Liz, and Greg never saw him alive again.

His mother told Greg Prato, “I think Layne knew he was dying, but he didn’t plan on it. He had just gotten his driver’s license renewed, and he was in the middle of art projects. I really expected that Layne would survive this ordeal.”4

In late March or early April, Toby Wright was in a Los Angeles studio producing Taproot’s sophomore album Welcome. The band had written an instrumental song with the working title “Spacey” because “it had a dark, spacey/ethereal feel to it,” Taproot bassist Phil Lipscomb wrote in an e-mail. Being fans of Layne, they wanted him to sing on it. According to Wright, “It was a really good song, and Layne really liked it, and he really wanted to sing on it. I had sent him some demos of it, and he said, ‘Yeah! Come on, let’s do this!’”

Wright said Layne’s mood seemed good during their phone conversations. “I think he was excited about the track, for sure, and honored that they wanted him to sing on it.” The members of Taproot wanted to be there for the recording session, but Layne requested Wright come alone, because “he wasn’t looking or feeling great, and he didn’t want to be seen.”

The plan was for Layne to “do his thing” and write his own lyrics, and then have Taproot singer Stephen Richards work off whatever Layne did. “Obviously anything he would’ve done would have been magical,” Richards said in a quote relayed by Lipscomb via e-mail.

Wright booked time at Robert Lang Studios in mid-April to record Layne’s vocals. Although he had set up Layne’s home recording studio, and Layne was known to prepare his vocals on scratch recordings, Wright doubts he recorded anything ahead of time. “I think it was all just in his head; it was going to be on the fly.”

Based on the available evidence, the last person to see Layne alive was Mike Starr. On April 4, 2002—Mike’s thirty-sixth birthday—they met at Layne’s apartment. “I’m sick,” Layne told his friend. In addition to the toll years of addiction had taken on his body, Layne also had hepatitis C, presumably the result of his intravenous drug use.

Layne was channel surfing and stumbled on the John Edward program Crossing Over, in which the psychic medium did readings for audience members. He turned to Mike and said, “Demri was here last night. I don’t give a fuck if you fucking believe me or not, dude. I’m telling you: Demri was here last night.” Demri’s mother, Kathleen Austin, heard this story from Mike Starr after Layne’s death and relayed this story. She said she believes her daughter was there that night “to be there with Layne as he’s doing his transition.”5 Jason Buttino, who also heard this story from Mike, corroborated Austin’s account of Mike and Layne’s conversation.

Mike, who was high on benzodiazepine, later said he was with Layne that day “trying to keep him alive” and offered to call 911. Layne refused and threatened to never speak to him again if he did. Layne got agitated, telling Mike he was too high. Layne would get mad at him when he took the drug. “You’re an idiot on these pills,” Layne told Mike.

Mike had had enough. “Fine, I’ll just leave,” he told Layne.

Layne, perhaps thinking he had made a mistake, said, “Not like this—don’t leave like this” or “Not like this. I can’t believe that.” Those would be his final words to his friend he had known for nearly fifteen years. Mike went to his mother’s house and blacked out in the basement. This final encounter would haunt him for years afterward.6

At some point on April 5, 2002, Layne used heroin and cocaine. Known as a speedball, this combination has killed other high-profile drug users, including the actors John Belushi and River Phoenix. Nobody will ever know precisely what Layne did on the final day of his life or his state of mind at the time. Layne reflected on spirituality and death during a Rolling Stone interview in 1996, saying, “I’m gonna be here for a long fuckin’ time … I’m scared of death, especially death by my own hand. I’m scared of where I would go. Not that I ever consider that because I don’t.” He contradicts himself in this interview, because he is also quoted contemplating the afterlife, declaring, “I believe that there’s a wonderful place to go to after this life, and I don’t believe there’s eternal damnation for anyone. I’m not into religion, but I have a good grasp on my spirituality. I just believe that I’m not the greatest power on this earth. I didn’t create myself, because I would have done a hell of a better job.”7

He would be dead a little more than six years later, at the age of thirty-four.

Chapter 26

I have this sick feeling in my gut.

—SEAN KINNEY

ACCORDING TO KATHLEEN AUSTIN, a drug counselor with nearly four decades of experience in the field, addicts will keep using as long as they are willing to accept the consequences. Once they aren’t willing to accept them, they quit. Layne once told Sean, “I’m never coming back. I’m not going to quit doing drugs. I’m going to die like this—this is it.”1

Layne’s wealth allowed him to indulge his addiction with little restraint. It also spared him from resorting to drastic or illegal measures to sustain his habit. Charles R. Cross reported it was the money that fueled Layne’s drug habit that tipped off his accountants something was wrong—specifically, the lack of activity on any of his bank accounts.2

According to Susan, “No one had heard from him, and the people that we were in touch with to let us know that he was still okay hadn’t heard from him. His little odd weekly habits had stopped. Sean got a call from one of those people and said, ‘I’m going over there, and I’m going to kick down the door. I have this sick feeling in my gut.’” She told him they needed to get Layne’s family involved.3

“I got a call from Susan that morning, and that’s when I called Nancy and explained the situation that this is not a band issue, it’s a family issue, and they can’t raise him and so forth,” Jim Elmer recalled. At 5:41 P.M. on Friday, April 19, 2002, Nancy Layne McCallum dialed 911 from her cell phone while standing outside Layne’s building. She told the dispatcher she had not heard from her son in two weeks and that he was a heroin addict, and she requested officers to stand by while she checked on his welfare.4

Officers Kevin Grossman and Joseph P. Mahar of the Seattle Police Department arrived at the building at 5:50 P.M. Officer Brett J. Rogers authorized a forced entry into Layne’s fifth-floor apartment. Mahar kicked the front door in, causing approximately two hundred dollars’ worth of damage to the doorframe, according to a police report obtained by The Smoking Gun.5 Upon entering, McCallum and Elmer’s worst fears were confirmed.

“I think we knew. I knew this was not going to be a pretty scene, because the door was bolted from the inside, and nobody had heard from him for a week, or a couple of weeks at least, and no activity on the charge card, and that does not bode well for what you’re going to find,” Elmer said. “So once the officers had got inside and took a quick peek, and they said, ‘You don’t want to see this,’ and so Nancy knew immediately. I said to the officers, ‘You cannot take a mother away from her child, so you let her see what’s going on.’”

Layne was on the sofa, holding what appeared to be a loaded syringe in his right hand, lit by a flickering TV screen and surrounded by several cans of spray paint on the floor and a small stash of cocaine and two crack pipes on the coffee table. When the body was moved, it was discovered he had been “sitting on numerous other syringes as well,” according to the medical examiner’s report. The body was described as being in “an advanced state of decomposition,” and the skin had “a darkened leathery appearance.” According to documents obtained by Seattle Weekly, Layne had morphine, codeine, and cocaine in his system, and his body weighed eighty-six pounds. The medical examiner would later conclude that “Acute intoxication … Combined effects of opiate (heroin) & cocaine” was the cause of death. When police checked his answering machine, it had two weeks’ worth of calls from people trying to check on him.6 Despite the horrific state of the body, Elmer said he could still recognize Layne.

Drug paraphernalia was found throughout the apartment. Brown stains of heroin led from the bathroom floor—where $501 in cash was found next to the toilet—to the living room.7 Taken in conjunction with the fact that the door was bolted from the inside, this evidence suggests Layne died alone. If another person had been there, he or she might have called 911 or taken whatever cash or drugs they could find before leaving the scene.

The medical examiner concluded that Layne died some time on April 5, 2002—eight years to the day Kurt Cobain committed suicide.8 According to Jim Elmer, there was no note or any other evidence to suggest Layne had deliberately killed himself. The fact that he had just gotten his driver’s license renewed and was about to record vocals for the Taproot song further supports the view Layne did not commit suicide.

Amazingly, Sadie was still alive and very hungry, considering it had been as much as two weeks since she’d been fed. “It scared her to death,” when police officers broke down the door, Jim Elmer said, so she was “a little skittish” at first. Sadie was adopted by Jerry and lived out the rest of her days on his Oklahoma ranch until her death in October 2010.9

“When we found him, I walked into the dining area of his home. I walked over and I asked the police if I could move things off the couch, and they said, yes, I could,” McCallum would tearfully recall years later. “And I sat down with Layne, and I talked with him, and I told him I’m so sorry it turned out like this, because I always believed because he was smart, and he had the money, and he had the time, and he knew he’d been to treatment thirteen times, he’d been in the emergency [room] three times, he’d died three times—I knew he had what it took. And still it took him out.”10

According to Elmer, “We saw Layne on the couch and the needle in his leg, and he was certainly deteriorated in color. And Nancy went outside and just caved in to the corner of the room, and she was just devastated, as you can expect. I said my last good-byes to Layne, told him that Demri was waiting for him, and that was that.”

Chapter 27

What could I have done? What could we all have done?

—KEN ELMER

WITH THEIR WORST FEARS confirmed, Jim Elmer and Nancy Layne McCallum began the process of notifying Layne’s relatives, friends, and bandmates. Jim spoke with Susan and wound up leaving messages for Liz and Jamie.

Jamie Elmer was in a movie theater in Santa Monica, California. After the movie was over, she saw her parents had called several times. Her mother left a voice mail saying, “Honey, you need to call me and your dad.” The fact that they were together was a sign that something was wrong, because they had been divorced for nearly fourteen years.

“I knew that it was the phone call I had thought about getting for years,” Jamie said. She called her mother back, who calmly told her, “Layne’s passed away.” Jamie flew up to Seattle the next day. “We were all obviously just incredibly sad and heartbroken, but also relieved. Because I think we all knew that Layne was suffering so much, to see him physically so sick and just not well. I would say that most of us all felt some relief, for sure, to know that he wasn’t suffering anymore,” Jamie recalled.

The consistent reaction to Layne’s death from friends and family was that although tragic, the outcome was not surprising. “When somebody’s in that position for years and years, you know what the end result is, so that was not a surprise. Was it still a shock? Of course it was, but it was something that you would expect,” Jim Elmer said.

Ken Elmer was at home when he got the call from Jim. “Dad called fairly quickly after it happened. I don’t think he wanted me to see it on the news. He was in shock, but it was one of those ‘We knew this day was coming’ type of shocks,” Ken said. He had not seen Layne since the late 1980s or early 1990s and was blown away. “Over the next twenty-four hours, it was, ‘What could I have done? What could we all have done?’”

“I loved him and will always love him,” Susan told Charles R. Cross. “He was like a brother to me. He was this little broken but gentle spirit. We did everything we could think of to help him choose life, but sadly the disease won instead.” Jerry and Sean told Cross they hadn’t spoken with Layne for at least two years.1

Mike Inez had just returned to his home in Big Bear Lake, California, from his former Ozzy Osbourne bandmate Randy Castillo’s funeral in Albuquerque, New Mexico. He got a phone call from Sean telling him Layne was dead. Mike was in disbelief.

“Are you sitting down? Layne’s gone.”

“Oh, my God, you’re kidding.”2

Johnny Bacolas got a call from Nancy Layne McCallum or Jim Elmer and spoke to both of them. “It’s going to be on the news very soon. Layne’s gone; he passed away,” he was told. Bacolas turned on his TV, and within twenty minutes it was breaking news.

James Bergstrom was driving across the Tacoma Narrows Bridge when he found out. He thinks he heard it on the radio or got a call from Johnny Bacolas. “It hurt deep, because that’s part of your childhood,” Bergstrom said. “We all knew the direction his life was headed. We’d pray for him, but still, when you hear that news, things go into reflection instantaneously. My mind just relapsed. I just remember for a long while that I just listened to his music, and that voice, every time I hear it my eyes well up, and tears would come out for a long time. They still do.”

Someone tried to contact Nick Pollock at his mother’s house. This person told his mother what happened, and she immediately got in touch with her son before he found out through the media. “I was devastated by that news and was not in a good state upon hearing the news. Probably for a number of hours I was extremely distraught. And so it was good to hear it from her. It was good to hear it from my mom instead of getting it from the news, because I don’t want to fall apart when I’m at work or school or whatever I was doing at the time,” Pollock said.

Toby Wright and his wife were halfway to the Burbank Airport, en route to Seattle to record Layne’s vocals. He got a call from Susan saying Layne had passed away. They all cried. Wright told her he was already on his way, and she told him to come for the memorial service. “Spacey”—the song Layne was supposed to sing vocals for—did not make the cut for Welcome or any subsequent Taproot release, although the band has performed it live in its original instrumental form.3

Dave Jerden heard about Layne’s death on the news and started getting phone calls and e-mails. “I was crushed, of course—I still am. I felt terrible. All I heard about was in the news. It was just a really sad thing. The world lost a major talent. That’s what heroin does. That’s the reason I hate drug dealers—[Layne’s dealer] who came in and told me to change the mix. He didn’t get that mix changed, but he changed Layne, that fucker. That guy should die.”

Randy Biro was in a San Diego–area prison watching the news when a story was read, with words to the effect of “Rock star dies of heroin overdose,” without identifying Layne. Biro’s initial reaction was “Oh God, no. Please don’t let it be him.”

“When they came back and they said it was him, I almost passed out. It was probably one of the saddest moments of my life, just looking back at it right now. I remember where I was sitting,” Biro recalled. “I knew he had been dead for a while, but at the time, I’m sitting in prison. You can’t cry over it or anything. So I never got to let it go, never had the opportunity.”

Randy Hauser was in a medium-security federal prison in Sheridan, Oregon, when another inmate who had been a musician in Seattle approached him privately and told him. “I was devastated,” Hauser said. “I’m crying, and he’s making sure that nobody sees me. I’ve got this reputation to keep up to survive in prison. Here I am crying because one of my kids died.”

Chrissy Chacos was in the hospital, having just given birth to her second son. She had to remain hospitalized an extra week because she had undergone hernia surgery. “I was watching the news. They said, ‘Body of Layne Staley, Alice in Chains, dada, dada, da.’ I completely lost it, right then and there. I couldn’t believe it.” One coincidence that made Layne’s death hit even closer to home was the fact his body was discovered on April 19—her oldest son’s birthday.

Ron Holt got a phone call from Dave Hillis. “Two nights later, Raj Parashar and Dave came out to my house in Everett, and we drank my homemade absinthe, and I took Xanax, and we went out and partied in Layne’s honor.”

Pearl Jam was in the studio working on their Riot Act album when they heard. Eddie Vedder wrote the song “4/20/02”—about Layne’s death—the same night. According to McCready, “He recorded it at, like two or three in the morning, just with producer Adam Kasper. I think he was just so angry and he wanted to get it out.” The song would appear as a hidden track on some editions of Lost Dogs, the band’s B-sides compilation. “I think the reason it’s hidden is because he wouldn’t want it to be exploitative,” McCready explained. “I think he wants it to be hidden so you have to find it and think about it.”4

Fans gathered to mourn at the International Fountain at Seattle Center at a vigil organized by Cain Rarup, an Alice in Chains fan. The event began at around 6:00 P.M. on Saturday, April 20—approximately twenty-four hours after Layne’s body was discovered. Attendance was estimated at about two hundred people. The three surviving members of Alice in Chains came, as did Mike Starr, along with Susan and Chris Cornell. Jerry hugged friends and fans but didn’t speak much. Sean was quoted as tearfully saying, “My heart is broken. I’ve lost a lot of friends. But this…”5

Jeff Gilbert attended the vigil. “It seemed like everybody was kind of in a daze. We knew it was just going to be a matter of time for him, but when it happened, you can’t ever prepare yourself for that, and it was wretched.”

Three days after his body was discovered, the surviving members of Alice in Chains released a statement on their Web site that said they were feeling “heartbroken over the death of our beautiful friend” and described Layne as “a sweet man with a keen sense of humor and a deep sense of humanity” and “an amazing musician, an inspiration, and a comfort to so many.” The statement concluded, “We love you, Layne. Dearly. And we will miss you … endlessly.” The statement also asked that the media honor the privacy of Layne’s family and gave the name and address of a rehab center in Bellevue where people could send donations in Layne’s name.6

A few days later, Jim Elmer and Nancy Layne McCallum organized a group dinner at the Ruins. Besides Layne’s family, other guests included the other members of Alice in Chains and their management, as well as members of Pearl Jam and Soundgarden and other close friends of Layne’s. Jamie Elmer praised Eddie Vedder in particular, calling him “the nicest, most supportive person there in the whole crowd, and I will never forget that.”

Jamie said, “He and his girlfriend sat outside with my sister and me, and [he] was just so nice and real, where most of the other people in the band didn’t even talk to us in the family. It was very odd. But he was so warm and nice to us, and was very—he came up to my parents and—he had manners, like coming up and giving parents condolences, and he was just really kind.”

A second vigil at Seattle Center was organized for Friday, April 26, promoted through fan sites and word of mouth. Despite rainy weather, about four hundred people came out. Layne’s parents, stepfather, and sister talked to people, gave hugs, and accepted condolences.7

Layne’s body was cremated, his ashes in the possession of his mother. A private memorial service was held at Kiana Lodge on Sunday, April 28. Located on Bainbridge Island along the shore of Puget Sound, the property is often booked for events like weddings, receptions, or proms. This is the same venue where Layne and Demri were supposed to be married several years earlier.8

As the preparations were being completed, Nancy Layne McCallum called Kathleen Austin the day before and said, “Kathleen, I just want to prepare you, there’s going to be a lot of pictures of Demri.”

Austin explained, “Because Layne basically became a recluse after Dem died, a lot of the stories about Layne ended when Demri died. So the people that got up and talked, a lot of the stories were ‘Layne and Demri and I,’ and there were photographs of her I’d never seen before. It was like being at a memorial service for my daughter six years later.” As people walked into the room, there was a large bulletin board where guests could display their photos. Jamie Elmer estimated that about half of the photos included Demri.

There was a small wooden stage in the middle of the room for people to speak. Jim Elmer’s father, the Rev. William Elmer—a minister in the Evangelical Church of North America—spoke. Jim Elmer, Nancy Layne McCallum, and Liz Coats also spoke. According to Jim, “I had made comments to the effect that if there was one thing to remember Layne by it was his courage to be himself, and he was no phony. That was the word that I typically thought of, of Layne, not as a little child—I mean, as a little child, he had courage. As he grew up, he knew what he wanted to do somewhat, but he had the courage to go for it, and that was my word of the day; that’s how I’ll always remember him.”

“Looking back on it, a number of us obviously [mentioned] Demri when … speaking at the service. I think that most people had the sense, like, ‘Well, at least now they’re together,’” Jamie Elmer said.

Ken Elmer didn’t speak, but he took solace in childhood memories of his stepbrother: family vacations, playing together, private moments from long before fame or drug addiction had entered Layne’s life. “At the funeral, I was very anti–wanting to give that Layne up. And that’s still the Layne that I know in my head, and I am very content with that,” he said.

After Layne’s family spoke, there was an open microphone. Barrett Martin wrote the eulogy.9

Jerry and Susan both spoke, according to multiple sources who were present, none of whom recall the specifics of what they said.

Johnny Bacolas was having a difficult time. “That day was like a bad nightmare for me. I was pretty much in shock. I wanted to speak, but I couldn’t. I just couldn’t get up there. I literally felt like I was frozen, almost. Like I just went through the motions, somehow got there, experienced it, and got back home.”

For Nick Pollock, who had stepped away from the public eye and kept his distance from his musical past, this was the first time he had seen many of his friends from the music scene, including Bacolas and Bergstrom. “It was still kind of surreal to be going through that. I still can’t believe this is happening and we’re doing this.”

Chris Cornell joined Ann and Nancy Wilson for a cover of the Rolling Stones’s “Wild Horses.” They also performed “Sand,” a song the Wilsons had originally recorded for the Lovemongers album Whirlygig. The song was written several years earlier for Ann’s gardener, who died of AIDS.10

Alice in Chains was done, for the time being.

PART VI

2002–2014

Here’s what I believe. Shit fucking happens. That’s rule one. Everybody walking the planet knows that. Rule two: things rarely turn out the way you planned. Three: everybody gets knocked down. Four, and most important of all: after you take those shots, it’s time to stand up and walk on—to continue to live.

—Jerry Cantrell

The real glory is being knocked to your knees and then coming back.

That’s real glory. That’s the essence of it.

—Vince Lombardi

Chapter 28

Hey, Officer, have you heard of Alice in Chains?

—MIKE STARR

ON THE NIGHT he got home from Brazil after being fired from the band, Mike was in his mother’s basement when he called a friend. “Alley, man, I need you here now.” Steve Alley hadn’t spoken with Mike in a long time but drove over. Mike brought a copy of the twenty-four-track Alice in Chains demo that got the band signed, and they sat in his car until five o’clock in the morning, talking and listening to the demo. “He wanted to listen to it again and again, and he’s like, ‘Hey, man, what do you think about that bass line?’” Alley recalled. “He was trying to grab on to everything that was our past, kind of. He was just trying. He was drawing at straws for bringing back the innocent times.”

At some point in early 1993, Bryan Carlstrom was pulling into the parking lot of El Dorado Studios. There was an alcove in the front of the building right off Sunset Boulevard, and he saw Mike standing there. “Hey, Mike, what are you doing?” he asked.

“He walks over to my car, and he had the bottom of a can, and obviously had been cooking heroin in it there in that little indentation of the building, and he didn’t recognize me. He didn’t even know that he was standing in front of the studio that he had once been recording a record at. He didn’t even know where he was. It was a sad time.”

Mike, for whatever reason, still held a grudge against Randy Biro. A few years after his dismissal from the band, when both of them were living in Los Angeles, Mike called him. In that conversation, Biro said, Mike was “yelling and screaming, fucking high as a kite, blaming me for him being kicked out of the band. He said I manipulated everybody into doing that … I didn’t have that much power. That was insane.”

According to Aaron Woodruff, the only member of Alice in Chains Mike kept in touch with after his dismissal was Layne. He had a difficult time adjusting to life after Alice in Chains. Besides his escalating drug addiction, people who knew Mike generally tend to agree he never got over not being in the band. He would introduce himself as Mike Starr from Alice in Chains, even though he had been out of the band for years.

Mike was hired to play bass for Sun Red Sun, the new band started by the former singer of Black Sabbath, Ray Gillen. Jason Buttino said he was “almost one hundred percent sure” that gig was set up for him by Susan. Besides personnel issues within the band, Gillen had developed AIDS and was unable to finish recording his vocals. He died on December 3, 1993. He was thirty-two years old.1

Mike checked in to the Lakeside-Milam Recovery Center in Kirkland, Washington, where he met another patient named Jason Buttino while they were roommates going through detox. Buttino had no idea who Mike was and didn’t figure it out until he started hearing rumors that the bassist for Alice in Chains was there. “I just thought he was another rocker dude, just like me, and just a normal person.” Mike began feeling uncomfortable with the attention and left the facility within a day of the rumors starting to circulate. Buttino hit it off with John Starr and, later on, with Mike and Gayle. Buttino and Mike began hanging out and became friends.

According to Woodruff, when Mike was sober, he was fine, a nice guy. But when he was on drugs, he became a completely different person. “[When] Mike was on pills he wasn’t himself—not real selfish but self-absorbed, and he was all about just getting high and doing whatever he did.”

On April 12, 1994, Mike was arrested for attempting to steal luggage at George Bush Intercontinental Airport in Houston and for possession of marijuana and “possession of dangerous drugs,” identified as Valium. According to the police report, “Witnesses noticed suspect taking bags from an airport baggage area and taking items out of them, placing them into another bag, and switching baggage claim tickets on the bags.” Mike, who was high at the time, later told Woodruff the airline had lost his luggage. He told Buttino he thought he was opening his own bag. According to court records, he served ninety days in Harris County Jail.2

Mike moved in with Buttino during the mid-1990s. He wasn’t writing music at the time and was deep into heroin addiction. Buttino estimated Mike was using between two and five grams a day, spending an average of about five hundred dollars a day. Mike was aware he made a mistake trying it in the first place. One time, after Mike and Buttino had gotten heroin, Mike shot up and nodded off. Buttino was about to shoot up when Mike came to, took the syringe out of his hand, and squirted it on the ground. He started crying and told Buttino, “You’ll never do heroin. I’m never going to let you do it. I wish I never started it. I wish I’d never touched it.”

At some point during this period, Mike mentioned an interest in writing a book telling his story, a coffee table–style book that would be titled Unchained. In July 1998, Mike met John Brandon, a journalist with local television and print experience. After the release of the Music Bank box set in 1999, Mike asked Brandon to help him produce a music video for “Fear the Voices” using material from Mike’s private collection of twenty-five videotapes he made while in the band. The video was sent to the band, their management, and their record label but never saw the light of day. While working on the video, Mike asked Brandon if he would write the book. For the project, Brandon interviewed Mike, his family, and a few of his friends.

Published in 2001, Unchained: The Story of Mike Starr and His Rise and Fall in Alice in Chains has several inaccuracies in the text. There are two in particular that deserve correction.

The first is the claim that Mike told the band and management during the Brazil trip in January 1993 that he was taking time off from the band and leaving of his own accord. Multiple sources, including Mike himself, have said on the record that Mike was fired.

The second major inaccuracy deals with Demri’s death. One paragraph makes the following unsourced assertion: “In Seattle, with doctors, a counselor and John Starr by her side—Demri passed away.” After reading this, Kathleen Austin angrily denied it. “This is bullshit. Demri died at Evergreen Hospital in Kirkland, and there were two people there—me and my sister. And that’s the only people that were there. This is a lie, an out-and-out lie.” Demri’s death certificate confirms she died at Evergreen.3

*   *   *

On May 5, 2003, Mike and John Starr boarded Southwest Airlines flight 584 from Los Angeles to Salt Lake City, Utah. Mike spent nearly half an hour in the bathroom before returning to his seat. Shortly after, a flight attendant saw the elder Starr trying to inject his son with a needle. The attendants eventually informed the pilot, who asked the tower to contact local law enforcement. Two Salt Lake City police officers boarded the flight as soon as it pulled into the gate and escorted the Starrs to the airport police station.

Upon arrival at the station, both Starrs gave police consent to search their luggage. Police found heroin and drug paraphernalia. They were arrested and taken to Salt Lake County Jail. Mike was charged with having drug paraphernalia for personal use, disorderly conduct, and possession of a controlled substance. A local bail bonds agency put up $10,650 for his bail. Mike and his defense attorney decided to plead guilty to unlawful possession of a controlled substance for the heroin charge. His lawyer, the prosecutor, and the judge all signed off on the deal. Mike, however, didn’t show up for sentencing on August 25, 2003. A judge issued a bench warrant for his arrest, setting bail at $20,000. This bench warrant would come back to haunt him several years later.4

*   *   *

In the summer of 2009, a woman walked into Bass Northwest and approached Evan Sheeley. “I’ve got somebody that wants to talk to you real bad. Do you mind if I bring him in?” she asked him. It was Mike. Sheeley hadn’t spoken to him in years because Mike forgot to acknowledge or credit him for his work in the liner notes for Dirt. According to Sheeley, “He came in and said, ‘I’m really sorry for what I did.’ I said, ‘What are you talking about?’ He says, ‘Well, I didn’t give you credit.’ And I said, ‘Yeah, I know. That’s fine; I accept your apology. What are you really here for?’

“He was trying to figure out how to get money from Alice in Chains. He felt they owed him millions of dollars. And I had to remind Mike that he did not really contribute a lot to the songwriting process and that he needed to go back and check his records, because he had probably sold maybe his rights to certain things for money back in the day.”

Sheeley encouraged Mike to move on with his life. The two took a picture together before Mike left. That was the last time Sheeley saw him. Mike went to California to film the VH1 reality show Celebrity Rehab shortly after.

In early 2010, Mike reentered the public eye as the third season of Celebrity Rehab aired. According to Mike’s official biography for the show, he had already been to rehab thirty times. The guilt of his last meeting with Layne still weighed on him seven years later.

Reminiscing about his Brazil overdose, Mike told Dr. Drew Pinsky that “I let him [Layne] die, too, and he saved my life. Isn’t that terrible? On my birthday.” During a voice-over narration, Pinsky described Starr as being “clearly haunted by very intense feelings surrounding the death of his friend Layne Staley” and added that that threatened his sobriety and needed to be addressed in treatment. With encouragement from Pinsky, Mike finally told Nancy Layne McCallum of his feelings about the last time he saw Layne.

He looked her in the eye and said, “I wish I would have known he was dying. I wish I would have called 911. He told me that if I did, he would never talk to me again, but there’s no excuse. I should have done that anyways. I wish I wouldn’t have been high on benzodiazepam and wouldn’t have just walked out the door.”

“Did you see Layne die?” McCallum asked.

“No, I didn’t see Layne die,” Mike answered.

“He was agitated because I was too high. He used to get mad at me when I took them. He’d be like, ‘You’re an idiot on these pills.’ And then I got mad at him, and I said, ‘Fine, I’ll just leave.’ And his last words to me were, ‘Not like this—don’t leave like this.’ I just left him sitting there. His last words to me were, ‘Not like this.’ I can’t believe that. I’m so ashamed of that.”

“You know, Mike, he could have called 911,” McCallum answered.

“He would not call 911.”

“I know.”

“No, I know that. I’m just saying, I don’t know why he would not call them.”

“Because he was embarrassed. A beautiful man with huge talent had squandered his life and his talent. That’s not a judgment; it’s just a statement of fact, and he knew that. And it’s a horrible thing, but I don’t blame you, and I never have. Layne would forgive you. He would say, ‘Hey, I did this, not you.’”5

Aaron Woodruff thinks Mike never got over the guilt and blamed himself until the end. After taping for the show ended, he appeared on the spin-off series Sober House. Mike played with musicians from the School of Rock, as well as ex–Guns n’ Roses drummer Steven Adler and former KISS guitarist Ace Frehley during a performance at the Henry Fonda Theatre in Hollywood, which included covers of “Man in the Box” and KISS’s “Shout It Out Loud” and “Rock and Roll All Nite.” Mike had been getting back into music again, with at least two different ventures, according to an interview he did with Pinsky on Loveline. He said he had been collaborating with Iggy Pop’s guitarist, Whitey Kirst, having recorded eleven tracks together. In early 2010, he relocated to Los Angeles to play bass on singer Leiana’s cover of Sonic Youth’s “Kool Thing.” Leiana told Blabbermouth.net it was Mike’s first sober studio session in about twenty years. It was also his last studio recording.6

Mike’s initial signs after the programs were good. He was asked to participate in a panel at the Pasadena Recovery Center. Pinsky offered a glowing assessment of his patient, stating, “Mike, in spite of having the most awful withdrawal we’ve ever documented on the show, is doing fantastic. I saw him last night and I cannot wait to get him on the radio show and let him speak for himself. He is doing amazing.”7

Mike’s former bandmates publicly slammed the program but not him. “Addiction is no joke, and we know that firsthand. We lost a good friend of ours to that. Mike deserves a better life,” Jerry said during an interview with an Atlanta radio station. “That particular show, I think it’s a real travesty and a shame to put people in a really vulnerable situation like that and make it entertainment for people to see … It’s just kind of disgusting to me, actually. It’s nothing I back.”

He added, “I totally back Mike, and I back his efforts to get clean and [he] remains somebody that I and the band really care about—he’s a friend of ours, you know, and we wish him the best.”

Sean offered similar sentiments during an interview with Philadelphia radio station WMMR, saying, “It exploits people at their lowest point, when they’re not in their right mind, and the sad part is, this is like entertainment for people when it’s actually a life-and-death situation. I don’t think it helps anybody and it makes entertainment out of people’s possible death, and that’s pathetic and it’s stupid. So I don’t support that show at all and I think it’s pretty disgusting. But Mike getting his life together or anybody doing that, I’ll support that.”8

Mike sounded happiest in the Loveline interview when talking about his family, particularly his mother, for whom he had recently bought a furniture set, he said, with a sense of pride in his voice. While discussing Nancy McCallum’s annual August concert fund-raiser in Layne’s memory, he expressed an interest in putting a band together for the event.

Mike still missed his friend. “I feel naked without Layne in this life,” he explained. “I don’t care about a band thing, I don’t care about them dismissing me from the band. I never quit the band, for one thing. I’m not a quitter. I’m not a quitter, that’s for sure. I don’t care about any of that. I love Layne for the human being that he [was], and I just … I really miss him.”

Asked about the possibility of reuniting with Jerry and Sean, Mike said, “Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney are my brothers. They will be forever. I spent ten years with them, and they will always be my brothers, they will always be in my heart, and I would do anything for them. And so if they ever asked me to play with them, I would definitely play with them.”9

*   *   *

Mike went to San Diego in August 2010 to visit Aaron Woodruff, taking a bus to the beach near where he lived. A street was closed off where there was a block party with a live band. Mike got up onstage and performed with them. “He got up there and jammed and everybody was recognizing him, and I sat back and watched all the attention he was getting. I was really proud of him, and I was really, really, truly almost, like, wanting to cry, I was so proud of him.”

“Here he is just walking in—that old Mike is back. I hadn’t seen that since high school probably. He was charismatic—positive energy. You know, everybody loved him and he was pretty good there and allowed him in.” That was the last time Woodruff saw him.

That same summer, Brooke Bangart—one of Mike’s childhood friends—was checking in to a San Diego hotel with Melinda and Mike. There was a large grand piano inside, and she heard Lionel Richie’s “Hello” on the piano. It was Mike. At the time, she thought, “I know that’s him. We’re gonna get kicked out of here for sure,” Bangart said at his memorial service.10

In late 2010 or early 2011, Mike moved to Salt Lake City, Utah, to start a band with Travis Meeks, the former singer from Days of the New. On the night of February 17, 2011, Mike was riding in the passenger seat of a van being driven by Meeks, which got pulled over by a Salt Lake City police cruiser for a traffic violation—Meeks had driven over the median when making a turn, and Mike wasn’t wearing his seat belt. Buttino was surprised to hear Mike wasn’t buckled up. “That was the thing that Mike always criticized me the most on, wearing my seat belt.”

“Hey, Officer, have you heard of Alice in Chains? I used to be the [bass] guitarist for them. We are down here in Utah, me and Travis, putting together a new band,” Mike said, according to the police report. The officer ran a background check on Meeks and Mike. While he was getting the information from dispatch, his partner handed him a bottle with pills that Mike was taking, later identified as six Opana pills and six alprazolam pills.11

Meeks was issued a traffic citation for driving on a suspended license and released. The officer discovered Mike’s bench warrant from 2003. He was arrested and taken to Salt Lake County Jail. He was let go on prefile release for the new charges, on the condition that he show up in court for a hearing. Someone paid the twenty-thousand-dollar bail on the bench warrant.12

In late February or early March, Mike had a phone conversation with Nancy Layne McCallum. As she recalled during his memorial service, “He’s turned the corner. He wasn’t obsessing on old stuff. He was really positive and happy, and I know that he was one rung higher in his ladder to heaven.”13

On March 7, Travis Meeks; his wife, Micaela; and Mike drove to Orem, Utah, to pick up a methadone prescription. Mike made several phone calls during the course of the day. He called Melinda’s fiancé, Chris Jurebie, and left him a voice message. His final words on the recording were: “You’re my little brother. I love you; we’re brothers for life.”14

At some point, he left a thirty-five-second voice mail for a drug dealer asking for marijuana, which was later posted on the Web site TMZ.15

The Meekses were up all that night packing to leave for a road trip the next day. At around midnight, Micaela went upstairs to use the bathroom next to Mike’s bedroom. She saw him listening to music and trying to go to sleep.

According to the police report, Travis tried to wake Mike up between 5:00 and 7:00 A.M. the next morning to leave for the trip. He was described as “sleepy but responding to Travis.” That was the last time anybody saw him alive. A driver was supposed to pick them up that morning but didn’t show up. They never left for the trip and fell asleep instead. Micaela estimates that she and Travis slept from 8:00 A.M. until 1:00 P.M. At some point in the early afternoon, the Meekses found Mike, wearing a T-shirt and gym shorts, lying in his bed near a laptop computer, unresponsive. They called Spencer Roddan, the owner of the house. Roddan arrived a few minutes later, and at 1:42 P.M. he dialed 911.16

Salt Lake City police and fire department personnel arrived shortly after. Fire personnel concluded he was dead and there was nothing more they could do. He was forty-four years old. The police officers interviewed Mike’s housemates. Travis Meeks told them Mike was a recovering addict but speculated the pressure to get back into music and go on the road may have been too much for him. He also said Mike had been using benzos—mixing methadone and diazepam. Roddan told police Mike was using Percocet, methadone, and, according to the police report, “others including one [Roddan] described as Opana, a hard opiate.” Officials also found empty prescription pill bottles in Mike’s name and unidentified white pills.17

One of the officers called Gayle Starr to inform her of her son’s death. She told the officer that Mike had had “very high anxiety and back problems” but was not aware of any other health issues. She also said he’d had a drug problem for years.18

Alice in Chains posted a statement on its Web site that read, “Jerry and Sean are mourning the loss of their friend and ask that the media respect their privacy—and the privacy of the Starr family—during this difficult time. Their thoughts & prayers are with the Starr family.” On his public Facebook page, Mike Inez wrote, “R.I.P. Michael Christopher Starr. I’m gonna play your great bass lines with integrity and truth. You kicked ass. Period.”

Other musicians took to Twitter to offer their condolences and pay tribute to Mike, including former Guns n’ Roses members Steven Adler, Matt Sorum, and Slash; former Dream Theater drummer Mike Portnoy; and Mötley Crüe bassist Nikki Sixx. Two of Mike’s Celebrity Rehab castmates Mackenzie Phillips and Lisa D’Amato also paid their respects, as did Dr. Drew Pinsky and Jennifer Gimenez, the house manager on Sober House.19

According to his will, Mike appointed his mother, Gayle, as executrix of his estate and his sister, Melinda, as a backup in the event their mother would not be able to serve in that capacity. The will states Mike intended to make a list of items from his personal property to be given as gifts at a later time. The rest of his assets and estate were to be distributed equally among his parents and sister. According to a court document, Mike’s assets were valued at in excess of $350,000—primarily future royalty payments—and his debts at not more than $240,000, meaning his estate was solvent.20 There are no publicly available estimates for the current value of Mike’s estate three years after his death.

A private memorial service was held at Experience Music Project on March 20, 2011, followed by a public service at the International Fountain immediately after.21 Photos were compiled into a slide show, which was projected on-screen as people spoke. Mike’s white Spector bass, his signature instrument, was displayed onstage. Mike’s friends and family shared memories from elementary school up until his final days.

“Really hard” is how Buttino described the service. “Kathleen [Austin] walked up to me and just hugged me for a while and hung out with me, and she knew it was hard for me. I hadn’t really talked to Gayle in a while, and it was hard for me to walk up to her. She just gave me a big hug, and I told her I loved her and sorry and I tried, and we both about burst into tears, so I walked away. [It was] the hardest thing I ever went through.”

Dr. Drew Pinsky and Mike Bloom, the cofounder of the Pasadena Recovery Center, sent videotaped statements offering their condolences. The statements were included with a montage of Mike’s highlights from Celebrity Rehab and Sober House.

SATO guitarist Ken Kramer said, “I just remember him as an unconditionally loving person. It didn’t matter, any of you guys, whoever you were, if you knew him, he loved you unconditionally, no matter what.”

Andrew Wood’s fiancée, Xana La Fuente, recalled, “The last time I saw Mike, I told him I wouldn’t give up on him even if I was standing over his grave. Yesterday marks twenty-one years, sixteen hours, and … well, you guys know [Wood’s death]. The people that were there for me during that were Jerry, Mike—you guys made all that a lot better for me. We don’t say good-bye to Mike. We say hello to heaven.”

Happenin’ Harry, a Los Angeles show promoter and musician, said that when they lived together, Mike walked out of Harry’s closet wearing his clothes because he wanted to dress up as Harry for Halloween. He also recalled Mike’s giving out hundred-dollar bills at shows to starving guitar players who didn’t have enough gas to get home. Harry once went over to Mike’s house when Mike was “so proud” he had gotten a new car. “Dude, check it out!” Harry thought he would get a ride, but Mike got in the car by himself and drove it around the block.

Jerry and Sean were in attendance. Jerry said, “Looking at all those pictures is amazing. It made me think about the first time I met him, which was in Burien, I guess. My mother and my grandmother had just passed, and I didn’t really have anywhere to go. I had met this guy Tim Branom, and he had invited me to come to his house and to stay for a couple of days. I was kind of camped out in his basement, and he said this guy was coming over to play bass with us to try out for Gypsy Rose, I guess. Mike cruises up on a motorcycle, and he just looked really cool, man. He was a great guy. We got to spend about a week together. I didn’t make the band, actually. Brock [Graue] did. I got cut. I think Mike lasted a little longer than I did.”

“I met Layne … very shortly after that,” Jerry explained. “He introduced me to Sean, and we were talking about maybe getting together and jamming. He’s like, ‘Do you got any ideas for a bass player?’ I was like, ‘I met this guy Mike Starr, who’s really cool.’ He’s like, ‘That’s really weird, because he’s my friend and I’m dating his sister. I think I can make that happen.’ So he brought him down, and that’s how everything started for us.”

“I’m just thinking about all the good stuff, and there was a lot of it. We created some really amazing music together. That will always continue to live. We’re in the process of playing that, and still living that. That part is always alive, and Mike was a big part of that. We were a bunch of rat kids, man. We kind of bonded together; we lived under a wharf at the Music Bank. We ran keys—Layne and I ran keys for TV dinners. Mike and Sean and I, we’d go to 7-Elevens at four o’clock in the morning to get the old dried-up food to eat. We relied on each other and we were a family. Gayle gave us a place to live, and we lived in that house for a long time. John lived with us for a while. Mel was part of the family. He was a good man. He had a good soul. He had a big heart. I heard a very good friend of mine, who’s not here anymore, say that the best that we can hope for is to be human, and Mike most certainly was that. He was my friend. I love him and I’ll miss him.”22

Chapter 29

There’s a history not to be forgotten, and there’s a history about to be made.

—SUSAN SILVER

BECAUSE LAYNE DIED WITHOUT a will, was not married, and had no children, his biological parents had to go to court to be named coadministrators of his estate. According to a court document, Layne’s assets were valued “in the approximate amount of over $500,000” and his liabilities at “less than $100,000.”1 There are no publicly available estimates for the current value of the estate twelve years after Layne’s death.

The process of going through Layne’s apartment and taking inventory of his personal effects was not easy. Because of health concerns surrounding the drug paraphernalia found in the apartment and Layne’s hepatitis C diagnosis, a special cleaning crew was hired to sanitize the entire apartment so they could start packing up Layne’s things.

Mike Korjenek, an employee at a waterproofing company that had previously done work in Layne’s building, was hired to do some work in Layne’s apartment less than a week after his death. When Korjenek and his colleague walked into the apartment—knowing the identity of the previous owner—they noticed the carpeting had been changed and all the furniture had been removed.

“It was pretty much empty, and it looked like there had been some work done already on the interior,” Korjenek recalled. As he was working, the apartment was already being shown to potential buyers. “One of the realtors, a woman realtor, turned to me and in so many words she said, ‘Don’t mention anything about that rock star dying here.’”

After his death, it was discovered that Layne had several storage units broken into, with personal effects missing or stolen. Among the items taken and later recovered: Layne’s artwork, which the estate found itself in the frustrating position of having to buy back from someone who thought “Layne would want them to have it”; his Harley Davidson motorcycle, which was driven for fifty miles on two flat tires and displayed in someone’s living room; and items from his car, which was also extensively vandalized. After hearing of his death, the Lynnwood Police Department contacted their Seattle counterparts to inform them they had Layne’s MTV Video Music Award in their evidence room. Also taken but not yet recovered as of this writing were Layne’s journals.2

Susan later said, “I had been through an incident in 2002 with another client who had been a very serious drug addict who had a lot of his belongings in different storage lockers that were broken into. And at one point, a box of his belongings made its way to the hands of some guy that tried to extort $50,000 for himself and his bandmates for this box of belongings, and that was a terrible feeling.”3

Some of the items might be missing for reasons other than theft. Layne was very generous, according to multiple sources. An example: several years earlier, he had given Ron Holt handwritten lyrics and artwork, items that Holt has since lost. There is a market for Layne Staley memorabilia, and it is potentially very lucrative. According to Darren Julien, president and CEO of Julien’s Auctions in Beverly Hills, the lyrics and art could be worth several thousand dollars each. Depending on their content, his journals could be worth tens of thousands of dollars. Layne’s original artwork for the cover of Above, along with the corresponding handwritten letters from Layne to the record label, sold at Christie’s for more than ten thousand dollars.4

*   *   *

Less than a year after his death, Adriana Rubio’s book, Layne Staley: Angry Chair—A Look Inside the Heart and Soul of an Incredible Musician, was published in January 2003. The book was poorly written, and its only news value was a series of quotes attributed to Layne that Rubio claimed were from an interview he gave during a 3 A.M. phone call on February 3, 2002. Because the book was published after his death, Layne was never able to comment about the quotes attributed to him. Evidence suggests the conversation never happened.

In the updated e-book, retitled Layne Staley: Get Born Again, Rubio said she spoke to Layne for two and a half hours and was going to publish the complete transcript of that conversation. Based on what Rubio wrote, it is clear she did not speak to Layne for two and a half hours. The portion of her book detailing their conversation runs approximately six pages. In contrast, my interviews with Randy Hauser—two hours and thirty-three minutes—run 101 pages; with Paul Rachman—one hour and twelve minutes—run thirty-three pages; with Mark Pellington—twenty-seven minutes—run eleven pages. There is no way what Rubio published is anywhere near a two-and-a-half-hour transcript.

During my research, I have read or listened to Layne’s comments in many interviews over the years and obtained quotes attributed to him. In doing so, I became familiar with his way of speaking, his word selection, and the types of subjects he would and wouldn’t discuss. If you set aside the substance of the comments in the Rubio book, it is necessary to look at the language. It doesn’t read or sound like something he would have said. She quotes Layne at least ten times making specific reference to lyrics and titles of Alice in Chains or Mad Season songs. During my research over the course of three years, I have not found a single instance of Layne’s referencing his own lyrics or song titles the way Rubio claims he did in her interview.

In the first edition of her book, there is a quote attributed to Layne in which he speaks of Jim Morrison’s poetry, which concludes, “Please do me a favor, go and read about Morrison and God, go and see how the government of all countries kill us, go and watch the news … then let me know if I’m wrong: Can I be as my GOD AM?” In addition to the lyrical reference to “God Am,” Layne is alleged to have touched on a pet topic of Rubio’s: she wrote a book titled Jim Morrison: Ceremony—Exploring the Shaman Possession, and it should be noted that, for it, she tried to interview a man in Oregon claiming to be Morrison, who had allegedly faked his own death decades earlier.5

Rubio and John Brandon were collaborating on a biopic about Layne, with Rubio writing the screenplay and Brandon directing and contributing to the script. According to Rubio, one of the producers involved received a letter from the law firm that represents Alice in Chains. A partial excerpt of the letter, quoted on Rubio’s blog, reads, “The literary work upon which your project is based contains misleading information about our clients and portrays our clients in a negative and false light. Since our clients cannot be involved with your film and will not support any project based in whole or in part on any literary work written by Ms. Rubio and Mr. Brandon, our clients would prefer that you cease developing your project and move on to one that does not require our clients’ input or the literary work written by Ms. Rubio and Mr. Brandon.”

According to Rubio’s blog profile, the project was derailed because “The Staley Estate did not authorize it.” In an e-mail, Rubio said she had passed my interview request on to John Brandon but had not heard back. She declined to be interviewed, citing her mother’s poor health. “With all due respect,” she wrote, “both Layne Staley and AIC are not a priority in my life now.” Rubio’s book further contributed to the misinformation about Layne, enough that more than a decade later, her “interview” is still cited on his Wikipedia page as of this writing. Layne’s family has disavowed her book.6

On December 9, 2011, an attorney filed an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office seeking to trademark the Alice in Chains name under the ownership of Nancylayneco LLC, a Seattle-based company owned and controlled by Nancy Layne McCallum. Attorneys representing Alice in Chains filed a notice of opposition in January 2013, objecting to McCallum’s application and requesting it be denied by the USPTO. As of this writing, ownership of the Alice in Chains trademark has not yet been determined, but according to a legal filing dated July 9, 2014, an extension for the discovery period has been requested because both sides are “engaged in settlement discussions.”7

*   *   *

In 2001, Chris Cornell started working on material for Audioslave. According to court records, he checked himself in to rehab in late 2002, and, while he was there, he and Susan separated. Cornell filed for divorce a year later.8 According to a court document filed by Susan’s attorneys, Cornell wanted to finalize the divorce quickly because his girlfriend, the Paris-based publicist Vicky Karayiannis, was pregnant, and he wanted to start a family with her. They would later marry. He gave Susan a settlement offer, which she accepted, and the divorce was finalized on March 2, 2004.9

Litigation surrounding the divorce would play out over several years, involving multiple cases, courts, and attorneys in Washington and California. There were further legal disputes about personal effects of his that had remained at their Seattle home, now owned by Susan, including Grammy awards, lyrics and demos for songs, and a collection of guitars that Cornell had used during his career.

*   *   *

At the beginning of the decade, Alice in Chains was still on hiatus. Although he left the door open for an Alice reunion as long as all four members were “alive,” Jerry made another solo album.10 Dave Hillis moved to Los Angeles in 2000 and ran into Jerry at the Sunset Marquis in West Hollywood. The two wound up hanging out together. At the time, Hillis was living in a studio apartment in Hollywood and was waiting for a two-bedroom unit to open up in his building. Jerry eventually took over his old apartment.

According to Hillis, there were a lot of musicians and actors who lived in the building, including Comes with the Fall, a band from Atlanta that Jerry was a fan of. This was the beginning of Jerry’s friendship with William DuVall.

“Comes with the Fall had just moved from Atlanta to LA,” William said during a 2013 interview. “[Jerry] came up and introduced himself to me at the Dragonfly Club on Santa Monica in LA. That’s how we met. Then it evolved into him learning our songs with us in our apartment. He would sit there, ‘Show me that thing you’re doing.’ Then he was finishing up Degradation Trip and he asked us to go on tour with him, so that kind of cemented our friendship.”11

William’s musical career began with the Atlanta hardcore band Neon Christ in the fall of 1983, in which he played guitar. Neon Christ released a self-recorded, self-produced record in early 1984 on Social Crisis Records—a name William came up with. In addition to being musicians and record producers, Neon Christ had to be business entrepreneurs, responsible for selling their own records. “In the early days of the hardcore scene in America, it was so small. I’d even extend that to the entire scene in the whole world—little pockets of people in Finland, then you’d find out about a little pocket of people in Japan, a little pocket in Italy, and you’d get these letters,” William said during a 2013 interview with Drowned in Sound. “To be in your bedroom trying to come up with these songs, then to be in your friend’s bedroom shoving envelopes and getting orders from Russia, then you get these broken-English letters … This was pre-Internet, in the early eighties, and it was so small and so innocent, and so passionate.”

On the significance of the hardcore scene, William said, “The hardcore thing is the first time the kids actually seized control of the means of production, in a meaningful way that was happening concurrently across the world, without you and your little scene knowing about anyone else. It’s a weird thing in the collective consciousness, where it just had to happen.”12

According to Randy DuTeau, William’s bandmate and singer in Neon Christ, the band started out heavily influenced by thrash, but the music evolved from an emphasis on speed to an emphasis on structure and melody. That musical progression was largely the result of William’s diverse range of musical influences up to that point.13

Jerry tapped Comes with the Fall and another band, Swarm, as his opening acts for a monthlong solo tour of clubs and small venues in March and April 2001. In addition to being an opening act, Comes with the Fall would be pulling double duty as Jerry’s backing band, because Rob Trujillo and Mike Bordin were unavailable for touring.14

After returning to Seattle to attend Layne’s memorial service, he decided not to cancel or postpone any of his remaining tour dates. That spring and summer, he found himself in the odd situation of opening for Nickelback and Creed, both influenced by Alice in Chains.

The Nickelback/Jerry Cantrell tour came to Seattle a month after Layne’s death. Jerry dedicated “Down in a Hole” and “Brother” to Layne, the latter of which featured a guest appearance by Ann and Nancy Wilson. He closed his set with “Them Bones.”15

*   *   *

Sean and the former guitarist from Queensrÿche, Chris DeGarmo, formed a side project in 1999 after they finished touring behind Boggy Depot. Mike Inez and Vinnie Dombroski were recruited to fill out the band. The group went by the name Spys4Darwin—named after one of the homeless people who hung around the Seattle recording studio where they worked. In 2001, the band released a six-song EP titled microfish. After Jason Newsted quit Metallica, Mike was considered as a replacement, although Rob Trujillo ultimately got the job. Mike joined Heart in 2002, a gig that would last for four years. On October 22, 2004, the Alice in Chains partnership—at this time consisting of Jerry and Sean—received a letter from Sony Music that stated, “Sony BMG has recently received notice that both Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney have ceased to perform as members of the group ‘Alice in Chains’. Sony BMG hereby notifies you … of our election to terminate the term of the Agreement,” referring to the band’s contract signed in September 1989.16 Alice in Chains was without a record label for the first time in fifteen years.

More than two years after Layne’s death and two months after being dropped by Sony, it took another tragedy—one of cataclysmic proportions—to bring the surviving members of Alice in Chains back together. On December 26, 2004, a magnitude 9.1 to 9.3 earthquake in the Indian Ocean set off a devastating series of tidal waves, killing more than 227,000 people and displacing nearly 1.7 million in fourteen countries throughout Southeast Asia. It was the third-strongest earthquake on record since measurements of magnitude began in 1899.17

A few months later, Sean was helping to organize a benefit show in Seattle, with all proceeds going to relief efforts. The show was announced on KISW. The buzz and demand for tickets was immediate. According to Jeff Gilbert, “It just detonated all over this city. I’ll tell you, that thing sold out so flippin’ fast, there were people scrambling, trying to find tickets.”

The plan for the show was for Sean, Jerry, and Mike—in their first public performance as Alice in Chains since 1996—to play with a revolving door of singers, including Tool’s Maynard James Keenan, Puddle of Mudd’s Wes Scantlin, Heart’s Ann Wilson, and Damageplan’s Pat Lachman. The show ended with Wilson, Keenan, Lachman, and Scantlin taking turns singing in what the Seattle Post-Intelligencer described as a “We Are the World”-esque performance of “Rooster.” The show raised more than $100,000 for relief efforts.18

The crowd response was overwhelmingly positive. “It was a really cool thing to do in the hometown, and we probably didn’t really think about it until we were up onstage. We were like, ‘Whoa…’ playing those songs without Layne. That was a heavy thing, and it was also kind of a healing thing in a way, too, dealing with that reality,” Jerry would later recall.19

“The crowd went apeshit. I think that might have been the point where those guys stepped off and said, ‘Okay, I think we can do this again.’ And they looked great—they sounded just so powerful,” Gilbert said. “It was brilliant. It was a very healing moment to see them come back out, like, ‘We’re not dead yet.’ They tore it up, big-time.”

*   *   *

After the band regrouped in spring 2006, Duff McKagan temporarily joined as a rhythm guitarist. While there was criticism about the band carrying on without Layne, McKagan was unapologetically for it. “These guys had to move on because they still had way too much to offer the rock-and-roll world. In an age of paint-by-numbers corporate rock, we fucking needed Alice in Chains,” he wrote in his memoir. For the first rehearsal with William, the plan was to ease him into it, but he went straight for “Love Hate Love,” a more vocally challenging song, and nailed it. After they finished, Sean looked at William and the others and said, “I think the search is pretty much over.”20

William’s first public performance fronting Alice in Chains took place on March 10, 2006, at the Trump Taj Mahal in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Alice in Chains and other musicians had been invited for an episode of VH1’s Decades Rock Live! honoring Heart. It was the second time Alice in Chains had performed publicly in a decade—their biggest show since Layne’s final shows in 1996—and it was going to be filmed for a television special.21

The plan was for Alice in Chains to perform “Would?” with ex-Pantera front man Phil Anselmo handling vocals—a performance he dedicated to Layne and his slain former bandmate Dimebag Darrell; “Rooster” with Ann Wilson; and “Man in the Box” with William. During a camera rehearsal, Wilson hadn’t arrived yet, so William stepped in and sang “Rooster.” Wilson arrived in the middle of the performance and, after hearing him, told William, “Okay, you’re going to have to do that song.”

Of Ann Wilson’s decision to cede her spot to him, William said, “Her moment was supposed to be ‘Rooster,’ they’d been talking about it in all the papers and everything, ‘Wait till you hear Ann sing “Rooster,”’ and then she gave the song to me! It blew the whole thing out of the water. It was great because her doing that guaranteed me a spot in the show when it was broadcast, which gave birth to this proper resurrection of the band.”22

The taping was significant to Susan, who had signed settlement agreements with Chris Cornell a few days earlier. “I realized that it was OK. As much mental anguish as we had gone through—‘Is it OK to go on without Layne?’—this mantra kept going through my head as I’m watching these guys rehearse, ‘Choose to live, choose to live.’ They chose to live and what they love to do—play music. That was really inspiring,” Susan said. She compared what Ann did for William that night to what Cornell had done for Eddie Vedder nearly sixteen years earlier—giving her blessing to the new guy on a nationally televised program. “I know that it’s really personal for me, but it was also a historic moment. That specific acknowledgment towards how things are now, that there’s a history not to be forgotten, and there’s a history about to be made.”23

William’s second show would be much smaller: an invitation-only show at the Moore Theatre in Seattle. But he arguably performed under much greater pressure, not only because the venue held historical significance for Alice in Chains but also because audience members included Layne’s parents and Kim Thayil.24 Jeff Gilbert was there for that exclusive show, and he was impressed by what he saw and heard. “The minute he opened his mouth, it was like, ‘Holy crap! Where does he get that sound and that power?’ You wouldn’t think somebody that thin can push that much air out of his mouth to get that sound,” he recalled. “That’s a pressure cooker of a situation to walk into, in a town that loved that band so much, and to step into Layne’s spotlight. I mean, that’s got to be terrifying beyond belief. But he did it with such class and grace and power, and they delivered a perfect freakin’ set. I remember turning to somebody and [saying], ‘Can you believe this? They just pulled off the impossible.’”

In terms of William filling the spot held by Layne, Mike said, “I’ve never seen a guy just stand up in front of an audience, look them in the eye, not that he’s trying to fill those shoes, but that was just a really ballsy thing for the guy to do.”25

There was never any plan to change the band’s name, despite arguments among Alice in Chains fans. There are two precedents for bands that have carried on after the death of their lead singers: that of Joy Division, which changed its name to New Order, and that of AC/DC, which carried on with its original name. Alice in Chains chose the latter option. “It never even crossed our mind to change the name,” Sean told journalist Gillian Gaar. “We could call ourselves Leather Snake, go play our songs, and people would go, ‘The guys from Alice in Chains are playing the club down the street!’ They’d never be, like, ‘Hey! Leather Snake kicks ass!’”26 After touring with William for nearly two years, the band began exploring the idea of writing and recording new material for the first time in a decade. After the Alice in Chains/Velvet Revolver tour finished in October 2007, Jerry planned to take a few weeks off. Instead of resting, he started writing new material on his first day home. The band rented a house with a studio and recorded a demo. Shortly after, they signed a deal with Virgin/EMI to release their next album.27

Dave Grohl suggested the band record at Studio 606, the Foo Fighters’s recording studio in the San Fernando Valley, and that they work with producer Nick Raskulinecz. When Raskulinecz got a phone call saying Alice in Chains wanted him to produce their next album, he was hesitant at first. He had grown up listening to Alice in Chains. “How can there be Alice in Chains without Layne Staley?” After getting to know each other, the band played him “Check My Brain,” and he was on board immediately. He told Mix, “As an Alice in Chains fan, and now as their producer, I knew what I wanted to hear: I wanted to hear the record after Dirt, which I don’t feel they ever made.” Jerry and William had no problem creating the band’s trademark two-part vocal harmonies. According to the album’s engineer, Paul Figueroa, “That part of Alice didn’t die; when you hear those harmonies, it’s almost like hearing a ghost.”28

“Check My Brain” is driven by the repeated bending and releasing of two notes on the guitars, giving it a sort of back-and-forth, seasick feeling. Lyrically, the song is about “finding yourself in the belly of the beast, and totally being cool with living there,” according to Jerry. “Every rock band’s got the California tune, so it’s kind of like the anti-California California song, without really bagging on the place.”29 There were preliminary discussions for the band to team up with Mark Pellington again for the music video, but it didn’t work out and they chose another director.

The album’s emotional centerpiece is its title track, “Black Gives Way to Blue,” the band’s musical tribute to Layne. Jerry wrote the song and said of its subject, “We dealt with all of that privately, and are continuing to do so, the reality of Layne dying and the reality of what do you do with the rest of your life, I kind of put that into a song. I guess that was the first time I kind of said it out loud.”30 When it came time to record “Black Gives Way to Blue,” there was a discussion about who should play the keyboard part. Baldy, the band’s blogger and member of their road crew who had worked with them for years, made a seemingly implausible suggestion: “Why don’t you call Elton?”

They laughed at the idea of getting Elton John at first, with Jerry skeptically noting, “Yeah, right! I’m sure he has plenty of other things to do than to come play on our song.”

But Baldy, who had previously worked for him, persisted. “You never know unless you ask,” he observed. Jerry sent Elton John an e-mail explaining what his music meant to them and what the song was about, along with a demo. Much to everyone’s surprise, he responded, saying he liked the song and he would play on it.

“In the studio he was really relaxed and gracious, and he’s got a great sense of humor,” Jerry recalled. “We were just trying to be cool: ‘Oh, yeah, no big deal.’ But we were excited. [Sean] and I had to walk out a couple of times to smoke cigarettes, like, ‘Holy shit, this is killer.’ It’s one of those highlights you can’t expect in life, and you’re lucky to get them once in a while. And that is one.”

“I was kind of surprised that Alice in Chains would ask me to do anything. I never thought I’d play on an Alice in Chains record,” John told Entertainment Weekly. “When I heard the song, I really wanted to do it. I liked the fact that it was so beautiful and very simple. They had a great idea of what they wanted me to do on it, and it turned out great.”

So it was that Elton John—the man whom Jim Elmer had taken Layne to see for his first concert, whose songs Layne had sung while sitting at a piano and drinking cheap beer during late nights at the Music Bank, who had a profound influence on Jerry’s decision to become a musician—wound up playing piano on an Alice in Chains song about Layne.31

In early July 2009, Susan was having a party at her West Seattle home with forty to fifty guests in attendance, including Jeff Gilbert. At one point during the party, she said, “I’m going to put on some new music downstairs.” Gilbert and about a dozen other guests followed her into the room, where, unbeknownst to everybody, she proceeded to play Black Gives Way to Blue in full—premiering the record to a handful of close friends.

“She put it on and, boy, oh boy, you heard that riff from ‘Check My Brain.’ And, right there, you’ve got that old adrenaline shiver just shot through the room,” Gilbert recalled. There were no fears of the album being surreptitiously recorded and leaked online because the guests were all close friends of Susan’s and because it was a complete surprise.

Black Gives Way to Blue was released on September 29, 2009, and entered the Billboard charts at number 5, eventually being certified gold by the RIAA. One major change in the fourteen years since Alice in Chains had last released an album was the emergence of the MP3 format and file-sharing technologies. It leaked online two weeks ahead of the release date. During an interview with the radio station Q101, Sean jokingly compared it to prison rape: “It’s like going to prison—[you] know you’re gonna get raped, but you’re not ready for it. You think you’re all prepared for it, but you’re not really prepared for how violent that rape is.”32

Following the success of Black Gives Way to Blue, the band took time off. They had a few musical ideas they had come up with during the course of touring—Jerry came up with the guitar riff for “Hollow” while warming up for the last show of the tour in Las Vegas—but a follow-up album would have to wait. Jerry had to undergo surgery for bone spurs and cartilage in one of his shoulders—having already been through the same procedure for the other shoulder six years earlier. He recorded a demo for “Voices” before the surgery. While he was in rehab after the surgery, he came up with the riff for “Stone” in his head, but since he couldn’t play guitar at the time, he started recording on his iPhone and hummed the melody.33

Once Jerry recovered, work on the album began in earnest, with Nick Raskulinecz producing again. Before that, on May 31, 2012, Jerry was honored by MusiCares—a foundation established by the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences to act as a safety net for musicians during financial, medical, or personal emergencies. He was awarded the Stevie Ray Vaughan Award for “his dedication and support of the MusiCares MAP Fund and for his commitment to helping other addicts with the addiction and recovery process.” The MAP fund allows musicians access to addiction treatment and sober living resources. He would be presented with the award at that year’s MusiCares MAP Fund benefit in Los Angeles, at which Alice in Chains would be performing. Mike jokingly referred to the honor as the “Junkie of the Year” award. Although Jerry was honored by the award, he noted his band’s history in an interview with Rolling Stone: “‘I am nobody’s fucking role model,’ he says. It’s too much pressure: ‘Everybody’s human, everybody has flaws, everybody falls down. It’s just a fucking fact of life. And a lot of people stand and get the fuck back up after falling. Some people don’t get that chance. My band’s been a harsh example of that—what happens when you don’t deal with it.’”34

He gave a brief acceptance speech thanking his bandmates; Susan; the band’s comanager, David “Beno” Benveniste; the other musicians who were performing at the benefit; and his sponsor. He also told the story of how he got sober: “I crash-landed here almost nine years ago, in Los Angeles. Sean was at the door with my brother. So my choices were open the door and go to rehab, or jump out the back window down a cliff into some blackberry bushes—that’s the choice I took. Luckily they caught me, because I couldn’t go anywhere. I was stuck in a bush at the bottom of a cliff, bleeding, and I ended up here.”

He noted, “I’ve had a lot of help, and all I can claim is showing up and doing the work. I am as imperfect as they come. I just try to do what I can to not get high today, and that’s pretty much gotten me to where I am today. I just don’t get high today and wake up the next day to try to do the same thing.” Jerry celebrated the tenth anniversary of his sobriety while on tour in Vancouver on July 1, 2013.35

Work on the album continued. The song “The Devil Put Dinosaurs Here” found the band dabbling into social commentary, criticizing religion. It was also chosen as the album title, which was announced on the band’s Web site after rearranging the letters into an anagram and encouraging fans to decode it. The album was released on May 28, 2013, and debuted at number 2 on the Billboard chart.36 When the band began touring in support of the album, Sean had a new kick drum with the letters LSMS—Layne Staley and Mike Starr’s initials—stenciled on it.

Nearly four weeks before the album’s release, Nancy Layne McCallum filed a lawsuit against the Alice in Chains partnership, as well as Jerry, Mike, and Sean as individuals. In doing so, she was seeking a letter of direction from Jerry and Sean asking for payment directly to her, without deduction, of half of the royalties due to Layne under the band’s 1989 record deal; for an accounting of all the money received by the partnership relating to the 1989 contract and the sale and use of Layne’s works; for an inventory of all individual assets belonging to Layne or the partnership under the control of Jerry, Mike, and Sean, a request that covers “film, video, unreleased recordings and mixes, photographs, posters, merchandise and artwork”; and for a court-granted temporary injunction that would prevent the band from “licensing or otherwise exploiting Mr. Staley’s personality rights without Plaintiff’s written permission” or from retaining any of her royalties from Layne-related income. The lawsuit does not specify the monetary value being sought, only that it would be “proven at trial.”37

According to the most recent filing available as of this writing and signed by attorneys for both McCallum and the band, “The parties are engaging in the voluntary exchange of information. They believe such an exchange is a more efficient manner of conducting discovery at this stage than the preparation and exchange of the Disclosures.”38

*   *   *

The year 2015 marks the twenty-fifth anniversary of the release of the We Die Young EP and Facelift, which makes the band eligible for induction into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. Besides age, criteria for induction include “influence and significance of the artists’ contributions to the development and perpetuation of rock and roll.” The ultimate decision on whether to induct an artist or not is up to an international voting body of more than six hundred artists, historians, and members of the music industry. Musicians with the highest number of votes or who get more than 50 percent of the votes are inducted, typically between five and seven a year.39

One factor that could work in Alice in Chains’s favor is the fact that many of their grunge and alternative rock peers have become eligible for induction in the past few years. On the other hand, their luck with the Hall of Fame could go in lockstep with their luck at the Grammys—they have yet to win a single award despite multiple nominations over the course of more than two decades. The Hall of Fame has eluded musicians like Deep Purple, The Cure, Willie Nelson, and Soundgarden, who have been eligible for years but have yet to be inducted as of this writing.40

Asked about the possibility of Alice in Chains being inducted, Jerry responded during an interview with Radio.com, “We don’t think about it a whole lot. We’re not in this to win awards, or be part of the thing. I have to say that’s the attitude I went [to Heart’s 2013 induction into the Hall of Fame] with.” He added, “I also have to say, in fairness, that my opinion was a little bit changed by being a fly on the wall and being kind of a guest, a guest alongside Heart, seeing how much it meant for them, and how well they did it. It was a cool show and it was with a lot of respect … It’s always nice to be recognized for your work, let’s put it that way.”41

Of the band’s legacy, Jerry said during an interview with The Skinny, “One of the things I’m most proud of—at risk of sounding self-important—is that I think this has been an important band. We’re a link in the chain. It’s mattered to us and it’s mattered to a lot of other people, too.

“Hopefully we’re making good music and we’re a pretty good band. I think we are. I guess that’s really what it comes down to. I mean, if we were shit I don’t think we would have made it this far. We must be doin’ something right. We are old school, just by the fact of being old! We’re all creepin’ up on fifty here in a few years. We’ve lived a pretty interesting life—wouldn’t change a thing, even the bad stuff. We’re continuing to do what we committed ourselves to. I have this saying: the thing that you did as a kid to not have a job has now become your life’s work. That’s pretty cool.”42

Acknowledgments

There were two basic guiding principles I had while I was researching and writing this book. The first: the idea that Alice in Chains didn’t happen in a vacuum by themselves. There were people there every step of the way who helped them become the band that they are today. The same can be said of this book—while the reporting and writing are mine, I certainly would not have been able to get to this point on my own.

The second guiding principle: no one person had all the pieces of the puzzle to tell this story. Filmmaker James Cameron described history as “a kind of consensus hallucination.” Human memory is a curious thing when revisiting the past, especially with the passage of time, the ending of relationships, or the use of mind-altering substances. I sought out as many different sources as possible to obtain independent verification of events that, in some cases, happened decades ago. This was especially important in reporting about the people who are deceased and cannot speak for themselves. It is also necessary to accept that there are some things that may never be known, because many of the people in the story have passed away.

One of my explicit goals was to maximize the accuracy not only of the facts but also of the timing and sequencing of events, which was not easy, because in many instances people did not know the dates. When no dates or other evidence were available, I made the best educated guess that I could as to when and where to place a particular event in the text. As the author, I am ultimately responsible for the content of the book. Any errors within are my fault and will be corrected in future editions.

I would like to thank the many people who made this book possible. First and foremost, my agent, Anthony Mattero, at Foundry Literary + Media, as well as Rob Kirkpatrick, Jennifer Letwack, and everyone at St. Martin’s Press who took a chance on a first-time author and saw the potential in this story and who were unwavering in their efforts to make this book a reality. I could not have made it across the finish line without their guidance and support.

Thanks to Jamie, Jim, and Ken Elmer for providing the family’s perspective and insights into Layne’s life that only they could.

Thanks to Gayle Starr for putting me in touch with several of Mike’s friends, as well as for providing me with a DVD of Mike’s memorial service. Thanks to Steve Alley, Aaron Woodruff, Jason Buttino, Evan Sheeley, and Jeff Gilbert for their accounts of Mike’s life before, during, and after Alice in Chains. The Facebook pages for SATO and Mike Starr were also excellent sources of stories, photos, articles, and audio and video recordings.

The quotes that are attributed to the band members and Susan Silver are from previously published materials or from sources with direct knowledge of a person, event, or subject. I have made every effort to portray their views and experiences as fairly and accurately as possible.

Thanks to Kathleen Austin for her wealth of insight and stories about Demri and Layne that only a mother could know. I’d also like to give my profoundest thanks to Karie Pfeiffer-Simmons, who, in addition to being a good interview, put me in touch with many of Demri’s friends from her middle and high school days in Arlington, as well as Chris Schulberg, Nanci Hubbard-Mills, Damon Burns, and Demri’s former teacher Lyle Forde. Thanks to Chris for taking me on a tour of Demri’s old stomping grounds in Arlington. Thanks to Russell for his account of Demri during the summer of 1996, a few months before her death.

My sincerest thanks to the many public information and archives officials who dealt with my numerous records requests expeditiously and with the utmost professionalism: Rodger Stephenson and Elizabeth Mash at the Seattle Police Department; Colin Jones at the King County Medical Examiner’s Office; Candee Allred at the Salt Lake City Police Department; Kathy Kunkel at the Salt Lake County Sheriff’s Office; Jacquie Thornton at the office for the Harris County District Clerk; Barbara Lester and Ann West of the Harris County Sheriff’s Office; and the staff at the National Archives office in Seattle.

I’d also like to thank the staff at the Seattle Public Library and the Suzzallo Library at the University of Washington for giving me access to their wealth of records in hard copy, digital, and microfilm formats. Their old copies of The Rocket were a gold mine of source material, as were old archives of local newspapers and genealogical research tools. Thanks to the staff and students at the Lauinger Library at Georgetown University for providing such a great place to work—both as a graduate student and as an author. I spent many hours at Lauinger Library writing and rewriting this book as it came together over the course of three years.

Thanks to the many producers and engineers who worked with Sleze/Alice ’N Chains, Alice in Chains, Mad Season, and Jerry Cantrell over the years—Peter Barnes, Tim Branom, Bryan Carlstrom, Ronnie Champagne, Annette Cisneros, Dave Hillis, Sam Hofstedt, Dave Jerden, Jonathan Plum, Elan Trujillo, and Toby Wright—who were critical in explaining how the bands developed their sound and how their records were made. I’d like to praise Annette Cisneros for sharing with me her production calendar from the Dirt sessions in 1992, as well as her photos from the Music Bank session in 1998. I was fortunate to interview Bryan Carlstrom extensively about his role in making the Facelift and Dirt records before his passing in January 2013. My sincerest condolences to his friends and family for their loss.

While researching this book, I had hoped to interview Rick Parashar, only to discover that he had a strict policy of not giving interviews. He passed away in August 2014 as this book was in final edits. When he and his brother Raj cofounded London Bridge Studios in 1985, they created a place where many young up-and-coming local musicians could hone their craft and record their material, including Layne Staley and Jerry Cantrell in their respective pre–Alice in Chains bands. The list of bands that recorded at London Bridge from the late 1980s through mid-1990s reads like a who’s who of the era. As if this weren’t enough, Parashar’s formidable producing talents were critical for many of these bands: Alice in Chains’s demo that got them signed to Columbia Records, as well as Sap, “Would?,” and the Dirt demo; Blind Melon’s debut album; the Temple of the Dog album; and his best-known work—Pearl Jam’s Ten. It is not hyperbole to say the Seattle grunge scene would not have been what it became without Rick Parashar. My condolences to his family and friends.

Tim Branom was a wealth of information about the Music Bank and the days of Sleze, Alice ’N Chains, Gypsy Rose, and Diamond Lie. His research and personal archive from the period are the source for many of the dates for events in the story. His network of contacts was also instrumental in getting me in touch with several sources.

David Ballenger, Scott Hunt, and Darrell Vernon were encyclopedic sources of knowledge about the history, day-to-day operations, staff, and bands at the Music Bank. I’m extremely grateful to David for letting me spend some time with him in Dallas going through his records from his days running the Music Bank. His spiral-bound notebook, which guests had to sign when visiting the Music Bank, also helped confirm accounts from other sources that Demri had been to the building and thus helped date her relationship with Layne.

James Burdyshaw was a great source in his own right about the Music Bank and the early days of Alice in Chains, and he was invaluable in helping me track down other sources.

Thanks to the surviving members of Sleze/Alice ’N Chains—Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Morgen Gallagher, Byron Hansen, Nick Pollock, and Ed Semanate—who provided crucial perspectives and insights into this formative period of Layne’s life and career. I’d especially like to thank Nick Pollock for his photos from the 1985–1989 era, which included some truly historic finds. Thanks to Ron Holt and James Bergstrom for shedding light on the short-lived 40 Years of Hate project. Thanks to Paul Plumis of the Shoreline School District for taking me on a tour of the old Shorewood High School building, where Layne did his first public performance as a lead singer with Sleze in February 1985, shortly before its scheduled demolition in the summer of 2013. Thanks to the staff at Meadowdale High School in Lynnwood who helped me review Layne’s old yearbooks and provided me with the dates he was enrolled there. Thanks to Rick Throm for sharing his stories of Layne as a student and employee.

Thanks to Matt Muasau, Bobby Nesbitt, and Scott Nutter for their memories of and insights into Diamond Lie and Jerry Cantrell’s life in Tacoma before he moved to Seattle. I’d also like to thank Bobby Nesbitt for the band publicity shots that he provided.

Thanks to Randy Hauser, who, in addition to being the first to discover Alice in Chains, provided insights about the band’s early days when he was their manager and showed me his priceless collection of Polaroids from this period.

Thanks to Lori Barbero, Randy Biro, Martin Feveyear, Maureen Herman, Jimmy Shoaf, and Aaron Woodruff for their stories of Alice in Chains on tour.

Thanks to the many journalists, editors, photographers, and publishers at The Rocket, The Seattle Times, the Seattle Post-Intelligencer, and Seattle Weekly who provided real-time coverage of the music scene happening in their backyard. I would also like to give credit to the reporters and editors at Rolling Stone for their coverage of Alice in Chains over the years, which I have cited extensively. I would also like to give credit to Faceculture.com for their seven-part interview with Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, which is one of the best firsthand accounts of the band’s history I’ve ever found, especially about the early days.

I’d be remiss if I didn’t acknowledge other works about the grunge scene, all of which are worth reading or watching: Scot Barbour’s Malfunkshun: The Story of Andrew Wood, Charles R. Cross’s Heavier Than Heaven: A Biography of Kurt Cobain, Jacob McMurray’s Taking Punk to the Masses: From Nowhere to Nevermind, Pearl Jam’s Pearl Jam Twenty book and documentary, Greg Prato’s Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music, Doug Pray’s Hype! and Mark Yarm’s Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge. Justin Henderson’s Grunge Seattle is a fantastic guide to the key dates and places of the era, especially to someone like me, who approached this book as a complete outsider and who had never been to Seattle before.

I’m extremely grateful to Jacob McMurray for providing me with scans of the band’s 1988 submission packet, prepared by Jenny Bendel, as well as the transcript of the Experience Music Project’s 1995 interview with the late John Baker Saunders. Thanks to Joseph and Henrietta Saunders, who provided many details about Baker’s life story, as well as photos from his private collection. Thanks to Evan Sheeley, Dan Gallagher, and Kim De Baere for their insights into Baker’s final years.

Thanks to Toby Wright, Phil Lipscomb, and Stephen Richards for their accounts of Layne’s planned collaboration with Taproot, which was supposed to happen around the time of his death in April 2002.

Thanks to the many Alice in Chains fans who uploaded, scanned, or transcribed audio and video bootlegs, interviews, articles, and photos and put them on the Internet. There are too many to list individually, but the content was invaluable source material for the historical record. Thanks also to the Jane’s Addiction, KISS, Megadeth, Metallica, Ministry, Slayer, and Van Halen official and unofficial Web sites that helped to corroborate specific dates for Alice in Chains shows and tours.

Humberto Fernandez and Therissa A. Libby’s Heroin: Its History, Pharmacology, and Treatment was an invaluable reference in helping me understand the history and medical effects of the drug. Twelve years after Layne’s death, heroin addiction is still making news and claiming lives. While this book was being written, Philip Seymour Hoffman, Cory Monteith, Peaches Geldof, and Dave Brockie died of heroin-related causes. During the same period, several news organizations have reported on the heroin epidemic in Vermont. History keeps repeating itself.

Thanks to my academic and professional mentors, under whom I honed my craft over the years: Mike Maltas, Pam Kelley, Robert Yoon, Sharona Schwartz, Phil Hirschkorn, Scott Bronstein, Adam Levine, Jim Barnett, Don Hecker, Henry Schuster, James Pomfret, John Ruwitch, the late George Marcopoulos, the late Gerald Gill, David Dow, Richard Reeves, Mike Chinoy, Matt Lait, Scott Glover, Bryce Nelson, David Edelstein, Jim Rabon, Daniel Byman, Paul Pillar, Celina Realuyo, Thomas McNaugher, and Michael Dennis. It is from them that I learned the mix of journalistic narrative married with academic discipline that made this book what it is. Thanks to the many colleagues at CNN, 60 Minutes, and Reuters—managers, reporters, photojournalists, editors, producers, assignment-desk editors, technicians, production assistants, news assistants, interns, and others—who I had the pleasure of working with over the years. I could not think of a better group of people to be with in the news trenches on a daily basis. Working with you all was an education and a privilege, for which I am forever grateful. I could not have written this book without having learned on the job from all of you.

Last, but certainly not least, I want to thank my friends, as well as the de Sola, Magaña, and Castrillo families for their unconditional love and support before and during this project.

Interviews and Sources

The following people were interviewed on the record—meaning that the information they provided could be attributed to them by name—on one or more occasions; either in person or by telephone, Skype, or e-mail correspondence.

Michelle Ahern-Crane

Lisa Ahern Rammell

Steve Alley

Krisha Augerot

Kathleen Austin

Johnny Bacolas

David Ballenger

Lori Barbero

Peter Barnes

James Bergstrom

Randy Biro

Duane Lance Bodenheimer

Tim Branom

James Burdyshaw

Damon Burns

Jason Buttino

Thad Byrd

Bryan Carlstrom

Chrissy Chacos

Ronnie Champagne

Craig Chilton

Annette Cisneros

Alex Coletti

Ken Deans

Kim De Baere

Duffy Delgado

Jamie Elmer

Jim Elmer

Ken Elmer

Martin Feveyear

Lyle Forde

Eric Frederick

Gillian Gaar

Dan Gallagher

Morgen Gallagher

Jeff Gilbert

Jack Hamann

Byron Hansen

Randy Hauser

Maureen Herman

Dave Hillis

Sam Hofstedt

Ron Holt

Nanci Hubbard-Mills

Scott Hunt

Dave Jerden

Leslie Ann Jones

Mike Korjenek

Rick Krim

Phil Lipscomb

Robert Lunte

Jacob McMurray

Matt Muasau

Bobby Nesbitt

Dean Noble

Scott Nutter

Mark Pellington

Karie Pfeiffer-Simmons

Jonathan Plum

Nick Pollock

Sally Pricer Portillo

Paul Rachman

Stephen Richards

Scott Rockwell

Henrietta Saunders

Joseph H. Saunders

Rocky Schenck

Chris Schulberg

Ed Semanate

Matt Serletic

Duncan Sharp

Evan Sheeley

Jimmy Shoaf

George Stark

Josh Taft

Rick Throm

Elan Trujillo

Darrell Vernon

Jon Wiederhorn

Diana Wilmar

Aaron Woodruff

Toby Wright

Others agreed to be interviewed on background (meaning that I could use the information but not identify them by name as the source) or on deep background (meaning that I could use the information they provided but not make any reference to the existence or nature of the source). Others gave me guidance on an off-the-record basis, which means that the information was shared with me for better understanding of a particular individual, subject, or event, but I couldn’t report it unless I got it from another source willing to let me use it. Under all three conditions, these sources cannot be named. They know who they are, and I thank them.

In an effort to maximize accuracy, I have tried to verify my reporting through multiple sources as much as possible, but in some cases information is based on a single source. In some instances, I have also noted discrepancies between different accounts. The members of Alice in Chains, Susan Silver, Nancy Layne McCallum, Phil Staley, Liz Coats, Melinda Starr, and Gayle Starr did not respond to or declined requests to be interviewed for this book.

The Washington Post columnist David Ignatius once said, “Why people tell things to reporters is one of life’s great mysteries.” A journalist is only as good as his or her sources, and for this book I was fortunate to have many of the people who knew the members of Alice in Chains personally or professionally trust that I would get their story right. To paraphrase Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein’s dedication to their sources in All the President’s Men: Without these people, there would have been no Alice in Chains story for me to tell. They all have my profoundest gratitude.

Notes

Please note that some of the links referenced in this work are no longer active.

CHAPTER 1

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, and Ken Elmer.

  1. To avoid confusion, Layne Staley and his relatives are referred to by first name. And throughout the book, Layne is referred to by first name to emphasize his role as a principal character in the story. Layne’s middle name at birth was obtained and confirmed during author interviews with Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Jim Elmer, Ken Elmer, and Nick Pollock, as well as by the divorce records of Phil Staley and Nancy Staley, which identify Layne as “Layne R. Staley.”

  2. Seattle Times, August 23, 1967, 77. Reviewed via microfilm at the Bellevue Library in Bellevue, Washington.

  3. Phil Staley–Nancy Layne marriage certificate, obtained by the author through public records; Seattle Times, “Nancy Layne, Phillip Staley to Be Wed,” January 29, 1967.

  4. Seattle Times, “Mrs. Phillip B. Staley,” March 7, 1967. Phil’s age in relation to his three brothers is evident in an entry for the Staley household in the 1940 U.S. Census, in which Phil is the only child of his parents’ listed.

  5. For the family’s whereabouts and history, see the Staley household entry in the 1900 U.S. Census. Seattle Sunday Times, “Old Studebaker Shows Class in Speedy Races,” October 12, 1913; Seattle Sunday Times, “Success Marks First Season of New Automobile Association,” September 13, 1914; Seattle Sunday Times, “Staley Quits Vulcan,” July 31, 1921; Seattle Sunday Times, “Two Leases Negotiated,” October 2, 1921; Seattle Daily Times, “Earl B. Staley Will Move Shop on June 25,” June 19, 1927; Seattle Daily Times, “Incorporations,” December 20, 1927.

  6. Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

  7. Phil Staley–Nancy Staley divorce records, obtained by the author through public records.

  8. Phil Staley–Nancy Staley divorce records, obtained by the author through public records; Jim Elmer–Nancy Staley marriage certificate, obtained by the author through public records; Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

  9. For the dates and set lists of Elton John’s Seattle shows in October 1975, see http://www.eltonography.com/cgi-bin/show_concert.cgi?DATE=1975-10-16 and http://www.eltonography.com/cgi-bin/show_concert.cgi?DATE=1975-10-17.

10. Jon Wiederhorn, “Famous Last Words,” Revolver, http://www.adbdesign.com/aic/articles/art114.html.

11. Jamie Elmer’s birth date is taken from the Jim Elmer–Nancy Elmer divorce records, obtained by the author through public records. The ages of the siblings in relation to one another is from an author interview with Ken Elmer.

12. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 214; Wiederhorn, “To Hell and Back.”

13. Wiederhorn, “Famous Last Words.”

14. Wiederhorn, “Famous Last Words.”

15. Tom Scanlon, “Alice in Chains Singer’s Legacy Lives On Through Music,” Seattle Times, August 24, 2007.

16. Scanlon, “Legacy Lives On.”

CHAPTER 2

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Tim Branom, Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, Ken Elmer, Byron Hansen, Nick Pollock, Ed Semanate, and Rick Throm.

  1. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 214.

  2. The date of Layne’s supposed graduation and the date his records were sent to the Chrysalis School are from a document viewed at Meadowdale High School.

  3. Tom Scanlon, “Alice in Chains Singer’s Legacy Lives on Through Music,” Seattle Times, August 24, 2007, http://seattletimes.com/html/musicnightlife/2003850521_staley24.html.

  4. A transcript of the PMRC hearing can be read at http://www.joesapt.net/superlink/shrg99-529/; Gore, quoted in New York Times, “Tipper Gore Widens War on Rock,” January 4, 1988, http://www.nytimes.com/1988/01/04/arts/tipper-gore-widens-war-on-rock.html.

  5. Paul Andrews, “Parents, Artists Disagree Over Rock-Labeling Issue,” Seattle Times, October 4, 1985.

  6. Drum Magazine, “Sean Kinney,” http://web.archive.org/web/20120325133557/http://www.drummagazine.com/drumpedia/post/sean-kinney/; Sean Kinney, interview for Alice in Chains Electronic Press Kit (EPK), 1996, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DVsDKZL-0bc.

  7. Chris Gill, “Dirt,” Guitar Legends, issue 117; Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tJW77uMEHdI.

  8. For Layne’s statement about having to hide his jacket, see Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405. The accuracy of this quote was confirmed by author interviews with Johnny Bacolas and James Bergstrom.

CHAPTER 3

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with David Ballenger, Tim Branom, Scott Hunt, and Robert Lunte.

  1. From the lease signed by Bengt Von Haartman, Gabriel Marian, and Rosen Investment Company dated September 20, 1984, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian.

CHAPTER 4

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Tim Branom, Thad Byrd, Morgen Gallagher, Jeff Gilbert, Dave Hillis, Robert Lunte, and Nick Pollock.

  1. For the list of David Kyle’s former students, see Robert Lunte’s biography at http://seattlevoicetraining.com/bio/.

  2. The approximate timing for the Alice ’N Chains name change is based on three pieces of evidence: first, when Thad Byrd films the band in September 1986, they are still called Sleze; second, several of Tim Branom’s rough demo mixes from late 1986 already have the Alice ’N Chains name written on them; and third, by the time the demo is actually released in January 1987, the name change has already taken place.

  3. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 216.

  4. The Rocket, June 1987, 10.

CHAPTER 5

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Johnny Bacolas, David Ballenger, James Bergstrom, Duane Lance Bodenheimer, Tim Branom, Morgen Gallagher, Jeff Gilbert, Dave Hillis, Ron Holt, Scott Hunt, Matt Muasau, Bobby Nesbitt, Scott Nutter, Nick Pollock, and Darrell Vernon.

  1. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 168.

  2. Regarding the details of Rob Brustad’s death, see King County Medical Examiner’s report, obtained by the author through a public records request.

  3. A scan of the bill for the May 1, 1987, show featuring Slaughter Haus 5, Devol, and Alice ’N Chains was posted on the Music Bank Facebook page. The quotes from the show are from a bootleg recording available on YouTube, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oePWygNmqLc.

  4. On Jerry’s knowing he wanted to be in a band with Layne after seeing him at the Tacoma Little Theatre show, see Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 217.

  5. Gloria Jean Cantrell’s maiden name is taken from her death certificate, obtained by the author through a public records request; Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

  6. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

  7. Ibid.

  8. Alice in Chains, interview, Rockline, July 19, 1999, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VwgIGhwlDeo&list=PL764A777926D8EF70.

  9. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

10. Marc Ramirez, “These Teachers Did More Than Make the Grade, They Made a Difference,” Seattle Times, September 1, 1991.

11. Gene Stout, “Cantrell Seeks Out a Solo Identity on First Tour Away from Alice,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, October 30, 1998.

12. Jerry Cantrell, interview with G&L Guitars, April 2013, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w6T9tY1ioKQ; Guitar World, “Alice Keepers,” June 2013, http://nemi72.tumblr.com/post/49303015723/jerry-cantrell-shares-the-tales-behind-some-of.

13. For the name and pictures of Raze, see http://www.metalsludge.tv/home/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=171&Itemid=39. To confirm Vinnie Chas’s real name, the author received a photo of his gravestone from Tim Branom, which also included his birth and death dates.

14. Biographical details of Dorothy Krumpos taken from her obituary in the Tacoma News Tribune, October 10, 1986; Wiederhorn, “Alice”; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 170.

15. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

16. The information regarding Gloria Jean Cantrell’s date and cause of death is from her death certificate, obtained by the author through a public records request. Biographical details of Gloria Jean Cantrell taken from her obituary in the Tacoma News Tribune, April 15, 1987. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

17. Ticketmaster Capital Rock-Off ad, which appeared in the June 1987 edition of The Rocket.

18. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tJW77uMEHdI.

19. Mike Starr memorial service DVD, March 20, 2011 (a copy of the DVD was provided to the author by Gayle Starr).

20. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 169.

21. Mike Starr memorial service DVD; Hit Line Times, “Burien-Based SATO Wins the Latest Battle of the Bands,” December 1, 1982; Mark Ralston, “SATO: An Exciting Talent,” The Profile, May 3, 1983, provides details about SATO shows and recordings. Photographs, as well as audio and video recordings, are posted on the SATO Facebook group at https://www.facebook.com/pages/SATO/143587999040388?fref=photo.

22. Information about the Northwest Metalfest compilation is available at http://www.thecorroseum.com/comps/nwmetalfest.html.

23. Layne Staley, interview for Alice in Chains Electronic Press Kit (EPK), 1996, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ALAJkqgGgVM.

24. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WOZjcOCrepk; Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 217–18.

CHAPTER 6

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Kathleen Austin, David Ballenger, James Bergstrom, Tim Branom, Ken Deans, Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, Randy Hauser, Ron Holt, Bobby Nesbitt, Scott Nutter, Nick Pollock, Sally Pricer Portillo, and Darrell Vernon.

  1. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WOZjcOCrepk; Music Bank liner notes; Jeffrey Ressner, “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass,” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309.

  2. Ressner, “Alice”; Cantrell and Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009.

  3. Cantrell and Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009.

  4. Music Bank liner notes; Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 221.

  5. A flyer from the January 15, 1988, Kane Hall show was auctioned off on the Mike Starr Facebook page. It is described as “flyer to their VERY 1ST SHOW!” and can be seen at https://www.facebook.com/mike.starr.forever /photos/a.10154115703020322.1073741856.498651025321/10154115703490322/?type=1&theater.

  6. Jenny Bendel, “Diamond Lie—The Show and Beyond,” City Heat, circa January/February 1988. A scanned copy of the article was provided to the author by Tim Branom. The origin of the “Suffragette City” cover was conveyed to the author in an interview with Scott Nutter.

  7. Diamond Lie submission packet to Columbia Records, May 17, 1988. Scans of the packet were provided to the author by Jacob McMurray, the EMP Museum’s senior curator.

  8. Jon R. Zulauf, “Defendant’s Sentencing Memorandum,” July 15, 1991; Randall Hauser, “Re: U.S. v. Hauser,” July 12, 1991. Both documents were obtained by the author through a public records request as part of the United States of America v. Randall C. Hauser case file.

  9. Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 28.

10. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 173.

11. Tim Branom’s history of Gypsy Rose, including photos and a flyer for the July 14, 1988, show, can be read at http://timbranom.tumblr.com/gypsyrose.

12. Demri’s signature was seen by the author in a review of the Music Bank guest book, currently in possession of the former Music Bank manager, David Ballenger.

13. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 178; Richard Bienstock, “Excerpt: Kim Thayil on the Secrets Behind His Tunings,” Guitar World, November 12, 2012, http://www.guitarworld.com/excerpt-kim-thayil-secrets-behind-his-tunings; Richard Bienstock, “Jerry Cantrell Tells How Alice in Chains Buried Their Past with ‘The Devil Put Dinosaurs Here,’” Guitar World, June 18, 2013, http://www.guitarworld.com/jerry-cantrell-tells-how-alice-chains-buried-their-past-devil-put-dinosaurs-here.

14. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 272.

CHAPTER 7

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Steve Alley, David Ballenger, Ken Deans, Jack Hamann, Randy Hauser, Scott Hunt, Dean Noble, George Stark, Darrell Vernon, and Diana Wilmar.

  1. On Jerry’s giving Axl Rose a copy of the band’s demo, see the Jerry Cantrell and Duff McKagan interview with Soundwave TV, March 3, 2014, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DUKaLN8FcaA; for the date of the Iron Maiden and Guns n’ Roses show in Seattle, see http://www.heretodaygonetohell.com/history/history88.php.

  2. King County Medical Examiner’s report, obtained by the author through a public records request.

  3. Ibid.

  4. Author review of Facelift liner notes.

  5. Marian and Von Haartman lease agreement, dated February 3, 1987, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle, where it is archived as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian.

  6. Mike McKay and Richard A. Jones, “Government’s Response to Defendant Marian’s Motions to Suppress,” April 19, 1991, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle, where it is archived as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian. For details about the power consumption, see Mac Gordon, “Affidavit for Search Warrant,” July 20, 1988, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle, where it is archived as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian.

  7. Unsigned, undated affidavit, possibly written by Mike Severance.

  8. Gordon, “Affidavit”; R. Joseph Wesley, “Search Warrant,” July 20, 1988, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle, where it is archived as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian.

  9. Mac Gordon, “Follow-Up Report,” July 26, 1988, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle, where it is archived as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian.

10. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 221–22. The quote about the band members sleeping in Layne’s VW Dasher appears in the Music Bank liner notes.

11. Detective S. J. Ameden statement, date unknown, obtained by the author through a public records request; author interviews with Darrell Vernon and David Ballenger.

12. Author review of police and court documents, obtained through public records requests; Bruce Sherman, “‘$30 Million-a-Year’ Pot Farm Found in Ballard,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, July 22, 1988.

13. Sherman, “‘$30 Million-a-Year’ Pot Farm”; Terry J. Franklin, “Crime Laboratory Report,” August 8, 1988, obtained by the author through a public records request from Federal Archives in Seattle, where it is archived as part of the case file for U.S. v. Marian.

14. Brad Fridell, “Pot Case Goes to Feds; No Arrest Made Yet,” Ballard Tribune, August 24, 1988.

15. Music Bank liner notes.

16. A scanned flyer for this show is on the Internet. Diana Wilmar confirmed to the author that this was the show she went to.

17. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sm511Gt3J0o.

18. Transcript of Gabriel Marian guilty-plea hearing, May 30, 1991; transcript of Gabriel Marian sentencing hearing, August 28, 1991; Richard Jones, “Affidavit of Richard Jones in Support of Motion for Search Warrant,” March 5, 1991; Irwin H. Schwartz, “Defendant Gabriel Marian’s Motion to Conduct Depositions,” March 28, 1991. All of these documents were obtained by the author through a public records request.

CHAPTER 8

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Krisha Augerot, James Burdyshaw, Thad Byrd, Ken Deans, and Randy Hauser.

  1. Jon R. Zulauf, “Defendant’s Sentencing Memorandum,” July 15, 1991. The filing is part of the U.S. v. Randall C. Hauser case file and was obtained by the author through a public records request.

  2. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 177.

  3. On Susan’s family, see the Boulger Funeral Home obituary for William Silver, http://www.boulgerfuneralhome.com/obits/obit.php?id=1929; Susan Silver, “Silver’s Golden Touch,” Rip, January 1996, http://web.stargate.net/soundgarden/articles/rip_1-96.shtml.

  4. Poki (Hugo) Piottin biography, http://pokibio.blogspot.com/; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 47.

  5. Patrick MacDonald, “‘Dry’ Club Hopes That Music, Films Will Keep Place Afloat,” Seattle Times, July 29, 1983; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 47.

  6. MacDonald, “‘Dry’ Club.”

  7. Silver, “Silver’s Golden Touch”; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 47–48.

  8. Jacob McMurray, “The Metropolis: Birthplace of Grunge?” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, November 19, 2009, http://blog.seattlepi.com/emp/2009/11/19/the-metropolis-birthplace-of-grunge/.

  9. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 44–47; Jim Walsh and Dennis Pemu, The Replacements: Waxed-Up Hair and Painted Shoes: The Photographic History (Minneapolis: Voyageur Press, 2013), 61.

10. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 48; the Fred Flintstone caricature can be seen in Walsh and Pernu, Replacements, 62.

11. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 49.

12. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 132–33.

13. Silver, “Silver’s Golden Touch”; Dr. Martens Web site http://www.drmartens.com/us/history; Charles R. Cross, Here We Are Now: The Lasting Impact of Kurt Cobain (New York: It Books, 2014), 94–95.

14. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 72, 98.

15. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 47, 60.

16. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 105–6; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 157–58.

17. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 275; for Novoselic’s acknowledgment of Susan in his speech during Nirvana’s induction to the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame on April 10, 2014, see http://www.alternativenation.net/?p=46030.

18. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 100, 105–6; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 60, 64.

19. Alice in Chains biography, circa summer of 1989, copy provided by Ken Elmer.

20. Sean Kinney and Layne Staley, Guest List interview, circa 1991, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jRsZLGmJ0nw.

21. The Hard Report, February 17, 1989, copy of article provided by Ken Elmer.

22. Pulse, April 1989, copy of article provided by Ken Elmer.

23. Seattle Times, “Alice in Chains Hopes to Link Up with a Major Deal,” May 19, 1989, copy of article provided by Ken Elmer.

24. Don Kaye, Deathvine, Kerrang, July 15, 1989, copy of article provided by Ken Elmer.

25. Rip, September 1989, copy of article provided by Ken Elmer.

26. Jeffrey Ressner, “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass,” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309.

27. The estimated duration of negotiations between Alice in Chains and Columbia Records was conveyed to the author by Ken Deans in an interview and corroborated by Sean Kinney in a 2010 interview with Kinney and Jerry Cantrell on Faceculture.tv, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sm511Gt3J0o.

28. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv.

29. Sony Music press release, “Michele Anthony Named President and Chief Operating Officer of Sony Music Label Group U.S.” December 2, 2005, http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/michele-anthony-named-president-and-chief-operating-officer-of-sony-music-label-group-us-67493772.html.

30. Alice in Chains, contract with CBS Records, September 11, 1989. The document is part of the case file for Nancy McCallum v. Alice in Chains Partnership et al., filed in King County Superior Court on May 2, 2013, and was obtained by the author through public records.

CHAPTER 9

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Steve Alley, Bryan Carlstrom, Ronnie Champagne, Dave Hillis, Dave Jerden, Leslie Ann Jones, and Evan Sheeley.

  1. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 261; Music Bank liner notes; Jerden and Champagne interviews.

  2. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 273–74; Jeffrey Ressner, “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass,” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309.

  3. Layne Staley and Sean Kinney, interview, Fuse TV, 1991, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0wdaClCmFXw.

  4. Evan Sheeley allowed the author to inspect and photograph the markings on Mike’s amp in August 2011, when it was being kept at his store, Bass Northwest; he later sold it at the request of Mike’s family, after Mike’s death.

  5. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 261; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 273.

CHAPTER 10

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Bryan Carlstrom, Ronnie Champagne, Ken Deans, Jeff Gilbert, Dave Jerden, Jacob McMurray, Nick Pollock, and Rocky Schenck.

  1. Leone Pope, “Andrew Wood’s Poetry Revealed a Young Man ‘Angry Too Long,’” Seattle Times, March 29, 1990; Malfunkshun: The Andrew Wood Story, a documentary directed by Scot Barbour, 2005.

  2. Dawn Anderson, “Malfunkshun,” The Rocket, December 1986.

  3. A. Wood, “Drugalog outline.” For the timing of the intervention and Wood’s rehab treatment, see Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 29; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 154–55.

  4. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 231; Pope, “Andrew Wood’s Poetry.”

  5. Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty, 32.

  6. David Duet quote taken from the transcript of his interview with Yarm for Everybody Loves Our Town (Yarm provided the author with the excerpt featuring the complete quote).

  7. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 231–33; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 226–31; the times of Wood’s overdose and hospital admission are from Malfunkshun: The Andrew Wood Story.

  8. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 228.

  9. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 229.

10. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 233.

11. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 231–33; Greg Prato, “Andrew Wood,” Allmusic.com, http://www.allmusic.com/artist/andrew-wood-p139483/biography; Malfunkshun: The Andrew Wood Story; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 226–31; Jacob McMurray, Taking Punk to the Masses: From Nowhere to Nevermind (Seattle: Fantagraphics Books, 2011), 151; Lonn M. Friend, “Lament for a Starchild,” http://www.glampunk.org/mlb2.html; Pope, “Andrew Wood’s Poetry”; Andrew Wood death certificate, obtained by the author through a public records request.

12. For the date of the memorial service at the Paramount Theatre, see Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty, 32; author interview with Ken Deans; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 232–33; Pope, “Andrew Wood’s Poetry”; a partial audio recording of David Wood’s address at Andrew Wood’s memorial service can be heard at the beginning of Malfunkshun: The Andrew Wood Story.

13. Deans interview; Chris Cornell, “Essence of Dreams,” October 14, 2008, http://www.myspace.com/chriscornell/blog/440829728; Ann Wilson and Nancy Wilson, with Charles R. Cross, Kicking and Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll (New York: It Books, 2012), 192.

14. Cornell, “Essence of Dreams.”

15. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 234–35.

16. Pearl Jam Twenty film, directed by Cameron Crowe, 2011.

17. “Rekindled: Candlebox’s Kevin Martin Talks to AAM,” All Access Magazine, July 24, 2008, http://www.allaccessmagazine.com/vol6/issue11/candlebox.html; Chris Cornell, Jeff Ament, Stone Gossard, interview on KISW 99.9 FM, April 14, 1991, http://www.fivehorizons.com/archive/articles/radio041491.shtml; Kevin Wood, interview, Fullinbloommusic.com, http://www.fullinbloommusic.com/kevinwood.html.

18. Rocky Schenck declined to be interviewed by phone but agreed to answer the author’s questions in writing. The result was a seventeen-page PDF document titled “AIC Memories” he sent to the author that chronicled in great detail Schenck’s experiences with the band.

19. Schenck, “AIC Memories.” More information about the Facelift cover shoot and album title came during a follow-up e-mail exchange between the author and Schenck; Music Bank liner notes.

20. Schenck, “AIC Memories.”

21. The release date for Facelift is taken from the RIAA Gold and Platinum Program searchable database; Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 261.

CHAPTER 11

Sources for this chapter include an author interview with Jimmy Shoaf.

  1. For the length of Alice in Chains’s tour with Extreme, see Jerry Cantrell, quoted in Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 263.

  2. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 263.

  3. Patrick MacDonald, “Screaming Trees: A Band with Bark Has a New EP,” Seattle Times, October 12, 1990.

  4. John D’Agostino, “Rock in the Reptile House: Iguanas in Tijuana Is a Bizarre, Almost-Anything-Goes Venue Just 15 Minutes from San Diego but Light-Years from Most Other Clubs,” Los Angeles Times, July 14, 1991, http://articles.latimes.com/1991-07-14/entertainment/ca-3235_1_san-diego.

  5. Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 44.

  6. Patrick MacDonald, “Word,” Seattle Times, December 7, 1990.

  7. Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty, 44.

CHAPTER 12

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Michelle Ahern-Crane, Kathleen Austin, Johnny Bacolas, Randy Biro, Duane Lance Bodenheimer, Jim Elmer, Rick Krim, Paul Rachman, and Aaron Woodruff.

  1. On the dates of the February 1991 West Coast tour, see Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 52; for the food fights on the freeway, see Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 274.

  2. For details about the show, including date and set lists, see http://www.metalsetlists.com/showthread.php?t=10581.

  3. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 274.

  4. Patrick MacDonald, “It’s a Concert for Peace at the Paramount,” Seattle Times, February 22, 1991.

  5. Patrick MacDonald, “Established Acts Take Big Awards,” Seattle Times, March 4, 1991.

  6. For the start of the European tour featuring Megadeth, the Almighty, and Alice in Chains, see the “History” section of Megadeth’s official Web site: http://www.megadeth.com/history#1991.

  7. The clips are available on Aaron Woodruff’s YouTube channel at http://www.youtube.com/user/OBSSMEDIA; comments from Mike Starr memorial service DVD. A copy of the DVD was provided to the author by Gayle Starr.

  8. Kyle Anderson, Accidental Revolution: The Story of Grunge (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2007), 99.

  9. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 234.

10. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 340; Music Bank liner notes.

11. Alice in Chains, interview, Rockline, July 19, 1999, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QX06Qiqv-E0.

12. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 385.

13. Ibid., 277–78; Charles R. Cross, Heavier Than Heaven: A Biography of Kurt Cobain (New York: Hyperion Books, 2001), 180–81. The information about the location of the Alice in Chains Singles shoot is from an e-mail to the author from Michelle Panek, dated September 23, 2011. At the time, Panek worked at Cameron Crowe’s office. Crowe declined to be interviewed for this book.

14. Regarding Death Angel’s bus accident, see Jon Wiederhorn and Katherine Turman, Louder Than Hell: The Definitive Oral History of Metal (New York: HarperCollins, 2013), 264–65. For the dates of the Clash of the Titans tour, see http://www.slayerized.com/ontheroad/tourdatabase/1991.html.

15. Alice in Chains, interview, Headbangers Ball, 1991, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f9w9aQhtbyc.

16. Chris Gill, “Dirt,” Guitar Legends, issue 117; Wiederhorn and Turman, Louder Than Hell, 265–66.

17. MTV “Buzz” special, circa 1998–99, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hepqBckLhW8.

18. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 263–64.

19. Everett True, Nirvana (Cambridge, MA: Da Capo Press, 2007), 294–95.

20. Jon Wiederhorn, “Famous Last Words,” Revolver, http://www.adbdesign.com/aic/articles/art114.html.

21. For Layne and Demri’s choice of venue for their wedding, author interview with Kathleen Austin; for information about Kiana Lodge, see http://kianalodge.com/.

22. Author interview and e-mail correspondence with Paul Rachman; undated Demri Parrott handwritten note to Paul Rachman, 1991. Rachman sent the author a scan of the document for review.

CHAPTER 13

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Krisha Augerot, Kathleen Austin, Johnny Bacolas, Randy Biro, James Burdyshaw, Jason Buttino, Dave Hillis, Dave Jerden, Jonathan Plum, Nick Pollock, Paul Rachman, and Evan Sheeley.

  1. For the tour dates and itinerary of the Van Halen and Alice in Chains tour, see http://www.vanhalenencyclopedia.com/entries/for-unlawful-carnal-knowledge-tour.html. The stories about Mike’s high school yearbook and the phone call to Ken Kramer during the Van Halen tour come from the Mike Starr memorial service DVD, March 20, 2011. A copy of it was provided to the author by Gayle Starr.

  2. Gene Stout, “Van Halen Frontman Fires Band’s Heavy-Metal Decibels to the Top,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, November 8, 1991.

  3. For the date, nominees, and winners of the 1991 MTV VMA, see http://www.mtv.com/ontv/vma/1991/.

  4. Duff McKagan, It’s So Easy and Other Lies (New York: Touchstone Books, 2011), 4, 51.

  5. Vanessa Ho, Linda Keene, Kery Murakami, and Peyton Whitely, “‘Seattle Scene’ and Heroin Use: How Bad Is It?” Seattle Times, April 20, 1994, http://community.seattletimes.nwsource.com/archive/?date=19940420&slug=1906421.

  6. Ho, Keene, Murakami, and Whitely, “‘Seattle Scene.’”

  7. Hype! Helvey-Pray Productions, 1996. Information about Bruce Silver’s heroin addiction is taken from the author’s interview with James Burdyshaw; Susan Silver is quoted in Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 340. According to records from the Denver coroner’s office, Bruce Silver died of hypothermia when he fell asleep in a parked car in Denver in December 1996. He was thirty-four years old.

  8. John Brandon, Unchained: The Story of Mike Starr and His Rise and Fall in Alice in Chains (Evansdale, Iowa: Xanadu Enterprises, 2001), 61.

  9. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 266. Bacolas verified the quote during an interview with the author.

10. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 399.

11. Ibid.

12. Jeff Gilbert, “Rain Man: Alice in Chains’ Jerry Cantrell Cleans Up His Act and Hits Pay Dirt,” Guitar World, January 1992; Jerry Cantrell, interview with Total Guitar, November 7, 2013, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LK3WAJ9L4hc.

13. Jerry Cantrell, interview with Jim Dunlop, June 3, 2013, http://www.jimdunlop.com/blog/dunlop-on-the-record-alice-in-chains-jerry-cantrell/. The photo can be seen at http://loudwire.com/alice-in-chains-jerry-cantrell-epic-prank-war-van-halen/.

14. Chris Gill, “Dirt,” Guitar Legends, issue 117.

15. Jeffrey Ressner, “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass,” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309. Release dates for Pearl Jam’s Ten and Nirvana’s Nevermind are from the RIAA’s searchable online database for gold and platinum certifications, as well as Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 60.

16. Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

17. Author interviews with David Ballenger, James Bergstrom, Tim Branom, James Burdyshaw, Chrissy Chacos, Dean Noble, Nick Pollock and Darrell Vernon.

CHAPTER 14

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Kathleen Austin, Chrissy Chacos, Dave Hillis, Ron Holt, Jonathan Plum, and Rocky Schenck.

  1. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 340; for the date of the Sap recording sessions, see Music Bank liner notes. The November 1991 date was also corroborated by Rocky Schenck, “AIC Memories.”

  2. Layne Staley and Jerry Cantrell, interview on YouTube, source and date unknown, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ebYt8mGFz8U; Music Bank liner notes.

  3. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 340.

  4. Schenck, “AIC Memories.”

  5. For Nancy Layne McCallum’s estimate of how many times Layne went to rehab, see VH1’s Celebrity Rehab, episode 307, “Family Weekend,” February 19, 2010; Jim Elmer agreed with that estimate during an interview with the author.

CHAPTER 15

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Kathleen Austin, Randy Biro, Bryan Carlstrom, Annette Cisneros, Dave Hillis, Dave Jerden, Jonathan Plum, Rocky Schenck, Duncan Sharp, Evan Sheeley, and Josh Taft.

  1. For information on Skywalker Sound, see http://www.skysound.com/about_ranch.html.

  2. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 341.

  3. Vanessa Ho, Linda Keene, Kery Murakami, and Peyton Whitely, “‘Seattle Scene’ and Heroin Use: How Bad Is It?” Seattle Times, April 20, 1994, http://community.seattletimes.nwsource.com/archive/?date=19940420&slug=1906421.

  4. Jocelyn Y. Stewart, “Addiction Specialist Worked with Celebrities,” Los Angeles Times, March 8, 2008, http://articles.latimes.com/2008/mar/08/local/me-timmins8.

  5. Marc Lacey and Shawn Hubler, “Rioters Set Fires, Loot Stores; 4 Reported Dead,” Los Angeles Times, April 30, 1992; Richard A. Serrano and Tracy Wilkinson, “All 4 in King Beating Acquitted: Violence Follows Verdicts; Guard Called Out,” Los Angeles Times, April 30, 1992; Amy Wallace and David Ferrell, “Verdicts Greeted with Outrage and Disbelief,” Los Angeles Times, April 30, 1992; Stan Wilson, “Riot Anniversary Tour Surveys Progress and Economic Challenges in Los Angeles,” CNN, April 25, 2012, http://www.cnn.com/2012/04/25/us/california-post-riot/index.html?hpt=us_t4.

  6. Nick Bowcott, “Seattle Do Nicely: Jerry Cantrell,” Guitarist, April 1993.

  7. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 341.

  8. For information about the city curfew during the riots, see Matt Moody and Brian MacDonald, “A Rapidly Expanding Curfew Area,” Los Angeles Times, April 24, 2012, http://graphics.latimes.com/towergraphic-la-me-riot-curfews/.

  9. Jeffrey Ressner, “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass,” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309.

10. Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405; regarding Lou Reed, see Jim DeRogatis, Let It Blurt: The Life and Times of Lester Bangs, America’s Greatest Rock Critic (New York: Broadway Books, 2000), 210.

11. VH1, Celebrity Rehab, episode 301, “Intake,” January 5, 2010.

12. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 379.

13. Jonathan Gold, “Record Rack,” Los Angeles Times, September 27, 1992.

CHAPTER 16

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Randy Biro, Martin Feveyear, Mark Pellington, Norman Scott Rockwell, and Jimmy Shoaf.

  1. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 272.

  2. Jeff Gilbert, “Love Hate Love: Alice in Chains Have a Gold Record and We Don’t,” The Rocket, October 1992.

  3. The dates and itinerary of the Alice in Chains/Gruntruck tour are based on an author interview with Norman Scott Rockwell and a review of Rockwell’s commemorative jacket of that tour, which had the dates and locations.

  4. The approximate date of Layne’s ATV accident is taken from an interview conducted by a Canadian TV host on Musique Plus in November 1992, during which Layne mentioned that it happened in September and made the statement about lacking an excuse to play. See http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YhQ2aB2TVr0.

  5. An author review of photographs and bootleg videos from the fall 1992 tour with Ozzy Osbourne shows Layne performing on crutches or sitting in a wheelchair or on a couch; the Mike Starr quote about Layne stage-diving while still in his cast came from the November 1992 Musique Plus interview.

  6. Jeffrey Ressner, “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass,” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309.

  7. Layne Staley and Mike Starr, interview, Musique Plus, November 1992, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YhQ2aB2TVr0.

  8. Ann Powers, “Misery Loves Company,” SPIN, March 1993.

  9. Ressner, “Alice.”

10. Barrett Martin, eulogy of Layne Staley, April 28, 2002, http://www.layne-staley.com/?page_id=753.

11. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 385.

12. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 384.

13. Lynn Hirschberg, “Strange Love,” Vanity Fair, September 1992, http://www.nirvanaclub.com/index.php?section=info/articles&file=09.00.92.html; Charles R. Cross, Heavier Than Heaven: A Biography of Kurt Cobain (New York: Hyperion Books, 2001), 273; Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 286–87; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 365.

14. Author review of bootleg videos, available online at http://vimeo.com/26750014.

CHAPTER 17

Sources in this chapter include author interviews with Krisha Augerot, Johnny Bacolas, Lori Barbero, James Bergstrom, Randy Biro, Jason Buttino, Ken Deans, Jim Elmer, Maureen Herman, Nick Pollock, Rocky Schenck, and Toby Wright.

  1. There are multiple bootlegs circulating online for the January 8, 1993, Alice in Chains show in Honolulu, which took place at Aloha Tower. A set list can be viewed at http://www.setlist.fm/setlist/alice-in-chains/1993/aloha-tower-honolulu-hi-73d65acd.html.

  2. Al Jourgensen and Jon Wiederhorn, Ministry: The Lost Gospels According to Al Jourgensen (New York: Da Capo Press, 2013), 96–97.

  3. Unofficial Ministry fan Web site, “Ministry Tour Dates,” http://www.prongs.org/ministry/tour92-93.

  4. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 399.

  5. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 344–45; Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405; Chris Gill, “Dirt,” Guitar Legends, issue 117, 58.

  6. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 345; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 398–99; Wiederhorn, “Alice”; Interactive Music Video, Behind the Player: Mike Inez, 2008, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7nyZeROPlt8.

  7. Mary Kohl is identified as an employee of Susan Silver Management and an associate manager of Alice in Chains in two separate newspaper articles from 1993. See Don Adair, “Dark Dirges Mark Alice’s Local Return,” Spokesman-Review, September 17, 1993, and Associated Press, “So You Wanna Be a Rock ’n’ Roll Star? Dozens of Entrepreneurs Eager to Lead Seattle Musicians to the Promised Land,” The Galveston Daily News, June 6, 1993.

  8. John Brandon, Unchained: The Story of Mike Starr and His Rise and Fall in Alice in Chains (Evansdale, Iowa: Xanadu Enterprises, 2001), 88.

  9. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 399.

10. VH1, Celebrity Rehab, episode 301, “Intake,” January 5, 2010; Mike Starr, interview on KROQ Loveline, February 17, 2010.

11. Alice in Chains Fan Club newsletter, circa spring 1993. The newsletter is posted on the wall of the men’s bathroom at Feedback Lounge in Seattle; Daina Darzin, “The Real Dirt,” Rolling Stone, February 24, 1994. An archived version of the band’s original Web site can be read at http://web.archive.org/web/20000301091634/www.aliceinchains.net/bio.html.

12. Author review of January 22, 1993, Alice in Chains show in Rio de Janeiro. A complete video of the performance can be viewed online at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ydz6tG06P9I.

13. VH1, Celebrity Rehab, episode 307, “Family Weekend,” February 19, 2010.

14. Interactive Music Video, Behind the Player: Mike Inez, 2008, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7nyZeROPlt8.

15. For information about John Henry’s, see http://www.johnhenrys.com/; Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 343–45; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 398–400. For the timing of the 1993 European tour, see the Alice in Chains Fan Club newsletter, circa spring 1993.

16. Bootleg footage of Layne inviting the skinhead onstage and punching him can be viewed online at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P91fz-cNgU8. The entire incident can be seen in context of the performance beginning at the 4:20 mark of the clip at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DCPAu_ge6_U.

17. A bootleg recording of the February 10, 1993, Helsinki show can be found at http://concertsgalore.net/file/alice-in-chains-at-tavastia-helsinki-finland-on-feb-10-1993-concert-bootleg-download-66673.php.

18. On the U.S. tour with Circus of Power and Masters of Reality, see the Alice in Chains Fan Club newsletter, spring of 1993. For the date of the first recording sessions with Mike Inez, see the band biography on the original aliceinchains.net Web site, accessed via the Wayback Machine, http://web.archive.org/web/20000301091634/www.aliceinchains.net/bio.html; Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 345.

19. Mike Inez and Layne Staley, interview, Headbangers Ball, 1993, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GYW0CHy668w.

20. Alice in Chains Fan Club newsletter, circa spring 1993. Metallica’s European tour dates for the spring and summer of 1993 can be viewed at https://www.metallica.com/tour_date_list.asp?year=1993&page=2.

21. The dates and itinerary of the Lollapalooza 1993 tour can be viewed at http://janesaddiction.org/lollapalooza/lollapalooza-93/.

22. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 424.

23. Sandra Schulman, “Lollapalooza Lineup a Nod to Diversity: The Eclectic Summer Tour Adds Underground Acts on a Second Stage,” Sun-Sentinel, June 16, 1993, http://articles.sun-sentinel.com/1993-06-16/features/9301190016_1_lollapalooza-tour-second-stage.

24. Regarding the onstage collaborations among different bands on the Lollapalooza 1993 tour, see Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 423. There are multiple audio and video bootlegs of Layne performing “Opiate” onstage with Tool. On Layne’s friendship with Tom Morello, see Joe D’Angelo and Jennifer Vineyard, “‘An Angry Angel’—Layne Staley Remembered by Bandmates, Friends,” MTV News, April 22, 2002, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1453544/layne-staley-remembered-angry-angel.jhtml.

25. Lollapalooza 1993 tour dates at http://janesaddiction.org/lollapalooza/lollapalooza-93/.

26. Darzin, “The Real Dirt.”

27. Footage of the Alice in Chains and Les Claypool pranks appears in Primus’s Animals Should Not Try to Act Like People, DVD (Santa Monica, CA: Interscope Records, 2003). The clip can be viewed online at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7k5c1KQ9Ne4.

28. Alice in Chains, interview, Rockline, July 19, 1999, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xkz21GO4ASA&list=PL764A777926D8EF70; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 423.

29. Darzin, “The Real Dirt.”

30. Ann Wilson and Nancy Wilson, with Charles R. Cross, Kicking and Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll (New York: It Books, 2012), 209–10; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 538–39.

31. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 378.

CHAPTER 18

Sources in this chapter include author interviews with Dave Hillis, Jonathan Plum, and Toby Wright.

  1. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 405.

  2. Jar of Flies liner notes.

  3. Charles R. Cross, Heavier Than Heaven: A Biography of Kurt Cobain (New York: Hyperion Books, 2001), 322–25.

  4. For the call from Courtney Love to Susan Silver, see Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 383. For more details on the March 1994 intervention, see Cross, Heavier Than Heaven, 331–35.

  5. Cross, Heavier Than Heaven, 340–56.

  6. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 387–88; Cross, Heavier Than Heaven, 360; Charles R. Cross, Here We Are Now: The Lasting Impact of Kurt Cobain (New York: It Books, 2014), 147.

  7. Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

  8. Everett True, Nirvana (Cambridge, MA: Da Capo Press, 2007), 460.

  9. Seattle Post-Intelligencer Staff and News Services, “Rock Singer Lay Dead for Two Weeks,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, April 21, 2002. There are multiple bootleg audio recordings on the Internet of Layne performing “Opiate” with Tool at Rockstock in May 1994.

10. Wiederhorn, “Alice”; Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 407.

11. Wiederhorn, “Alice”; Gene Stout, “Cancellations Raise Questions about Future of Alice in Chains,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, July 22, 1994; Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 470–71.

12. Live bootleg videos available on YouTube. There are two different clips of Metallica mocking Alice in Chains while doing the “Man in the Box” cover from this tour, available at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uWYnSEZKcVw and http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jSq626zbMyk.

13. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

CHAPTER 19

Sources in this chapter include author interviews with Michelle Ahern-Crane, Krisha Augerot, Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Sam Hofstedt, Ron Holt, Henrietta Saunders, and Joseph H. Saunders.

  1. Michelle Ahern-Crane, e-mail to the author, October 15, 2011.

  2. Jeff Gilbert, “Alive: Pearl Jam’s Mike McCready Says Goodbye to Drugs and Alcohol and Is a Better Man for It,” Guitar World, April 1995; Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 146; Mike McCready, interview, source unknown, April 1995, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6yUAuwmxjyc.

  3. New York Times, “Paid Notice: Deaths SAUNDERS, BAKER,” January 26, 1999, http://www.nytimes.com/1999/01/26/classified/paid-notice-deaths-saunders-baker.html; author interview with Joseph H. Saunders.

  4. John Baker Saunders interview for EMP oral history project, October 20, 1995. A copy of the interview transcript was provided to the author by EMP senior curator Jacob McMurray.

  5. Mike McCready, “Mike McCready Remembers Seattle Bassist John Baker Saunders, 1954–1999,” The Rocket, January 27, 1999; McCready, 1995 interview.

  6. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 482; Gilbert, “Alive.”

  7. Charles R. Cross, “The Last Days of Layne Staley,” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2002.

  8. Gilbert, “Alive.”

  9. Mad Season Facebook page, April 17, 2013, https://www.facebook.com/MadSeason/posts/286025078192141?stream_ref=10.

10. Author review of bootleg recording of the Mad Season October 12, 1994, show. Titled “Season of Myst,” a copy of the recording was provided to the author by Jason Buttino.

11. McCready, 1995 interview.

12. Gilbert, “Alive.”

13. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 483.

14. Darren Davis, “Alice in Chains’ Staley Remembered by Mad Season Mate & Rage’s Morello,” Yahoo! Music, April 23, 2002, http://music.yahoo.com/alice-in-chains/news/alice-in-chains-staley-remembered-by-mad-season-mate-rages-morello—12063858.

15. Nancy McCallum v. Alice in Chains Partnership et al. lawsuit, which was filed in King County Superior Court on May 2, 2013. Obtained by the author through public records.

16. The complete set list and roster of bands that performed at “Self Pollution Radio” can be seen at http://www.fivehorizons.com/tour/cc/spr_set.shtml.

17. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 408.

18. Ibid., 408. Regarding the FTA acronym, see Paul Gargano, “Second Coming,” Maximum Ink, May 1999; http://www.maximumink.com/index.php/articles/permalink/second_coming; Steve Stav, “The Second Coming of Second Coming,” Rock Paper Scissors, 2001, http://www.stevestav.com/2001/09/second-coming-of-second-coming.html.

19. Undated letter from Layne Staley to Johnny Bacolas, circa 1994–95. Bacolas did not allow the author to review the letters, which he keeps in a safe, but he paraphrased the “black cloud” quote, which he attributed to one of Layne’s letters during an interview.

CHAPTER 20

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Gillian Gaar, Jeff Gilbert, Sam Hofstedt, Scott Rockwell, Rocky Schenck, Duncan Sharp, Jon Wiederhorn, and Toby Wright.

  1. For the timing of the demo sessions coinciding with Layne’s work on the Mad Season album, see Jeff Gilbert, “Go Ask Alice,” Guitar World, January 1996.

  2. Music Bank liner notes.

  3. Gilbert, “Go Ask Alice.”

  4. Alice in Chains recorded their third studio album in Studio X, which at the time was part of Bad Animals Studio. In 1997, Studio X split from Bad Animals into a separate entity. For consistency with its name at the time and the one that appeared in the album liner notes, Studio X will be referred to as Bad Animals in this book. For more information on the history of the studio, see http://www.badanimals.com/#/History.

  5. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 484–85.

  6. Gilbert, “Go Ask Alice.”

  7. Regarding the backstory behind “Grind,” see Music Bank liner notes; regarding Layne reading rumors about himself on the Internet, see Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

  8. Different theories about the sound at the beginning of Tool’s “Intolerance” are explored in question F9 at http://toolshed.down.net/faq/faq.html.

  9. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 409–10.

10. The Nona Tapes, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=poCIt4KfDBo.

11. For the release date of the album, see http://allmusic.com/album/alice-in-chains-r227636/review; Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

12. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

13. Wiederhorn, “Alice.”

CHAPTER 21

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Randy Biro, Alex Coletti, Ken Deans, Rick Krim, and Toby Wright.

  1. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 412.

  2. The release date for the Unplugged album and its position on the Billboard chart is from http://www.allmusic.com/album/mtv-unplugged-mw0000183677. The airdate for the show is from http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0276768/.

  3. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 411.

  4. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview with MTV News, circa June–July 1996, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cU5rWmq7UTc.

  5. Joe D’Angelo and Jennifer Vineyard, “‘An Angry Angel’: Layne Staley Remembered by Bandmates, Friends,” MTV News, April 22, 2002; Billy Corgan, Twitter, October 15, 2012, https://twitter.com/Billy/status/257902596906446848. Regarding the Alice in Chains dates opening for KISS in the summer of 1996, see http://www.kissasylum.com/ReunionDatesArchive.html.

  6. Blair Fischer, “Alice in Chains Frontman Talks about Band’s Spectacular Second Act,” Lowcountry Current, April 30, 2014, http://www.islandpacket.com/2014/04/30/3086859/alice-in-chains-frontman-talks.html?sp=/99/543/.

  7. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 486.

  8. Author review of bootleg video of July 3, 1996, Kansas City show, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zmDYr9dbwIQ, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OYrBqO45PTk.

  9. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 411.

10. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 412.

CHAPTER 22

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Michelle Ahern-Crane, Kathleen Austin, James Bergstrom, Randy Biro, James Burdyshaw, Jason Buttino, Jim Elmer, Jeff Gilbert, Nanci Hubbard-Mills, Karie Pfeiffer-Simmons, Nick Pollock, and Jon Wiederhorn.

  1. Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405; Jon Wiederhorn, “Famous Last Words,” Revolver, http://www.adbdesign.com/aic/articles/art114.html.

  2. Russell requested and was granted anonymity out of concern that any of the information attributed to him might complicate his application for a visa if he should ever have to travel to the United States again. Some biographical information, such as his nationality and the name of his band, has been withheld to protect his identity.

  3. Wiederhorn, “Famous Last Words.”

  4. King County Medical Examiner’s record, October 29, 1996, obtained by the author through a public records request; Demri Parrott death certificate, November 4, 1996, obtained by the author through a public records request. Demri’s death certificate misspells “meprobamate” as “meptobamate.”

  5. Regarding Susan saying this was one of the last times she saw Layne, see Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 416.

CHAPTER 23

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Krisha Augerot, Johnny Bacolas, Kim De Baere, Dan Gallagher, Henrietta Saunders, Joseph H. Saunders, and Evan Sheeley.

  1. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 487.

  2. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 487.

  3. Barrett Martin, Above reissue liner notes; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 487.

  4. King County Medical Examiner’s record, January 15, 1999, obtained by the author through public records.

  5. Martin, Above reissue liner notes; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 487.

  6. Mike McCready, “Mike McCready Remembers Seattle Bassist John Baker Saunders, 1954–1999,” The Rocket, January 27, 1999.

CHAPTER 24

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Randy Biro, Jason Buttino, Bryan Carlstrom, Annette Cisneros, Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, Ken Elmer, Dave Jerden, Matt Serletic, Jimmy Shoaf, Elan Trujillo, and Toby Wright.

  1. King County assessor records, accessed online by the author. Author review of Alice in Chains album liner notes. Articles, court cases, addresses, and various legal and public-records information accessed on the Nexis database by the author.

  2. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview, Faceculture.tv, 2009, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QohpVPsELRA.

  3. Author review of recordings of “The Things You Do,” by the Despisely Brothers. The recordings, which are not publicly available, were made available to the author by Jason Buttino.

  4. Patrick MacDonald, “Soundgarden’s History: One of Seattle’s First and Loudest Grunge Bands Calls It Quits After 12 Years of Setting the Pace for Alternative Rock,” Seattle Times, April 10, 1997; Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 427–36; Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 515–21. It should also be noted that, after a twelve-year split, Soundgarden reunited in 2010.

  5. Patrick MacDonald, “Internet Dominates Talk at Music Conference,” Seattle Times, October 20, 1997.

  6. Lip Service, The Rocket, November 5–19, 1997.

  7. Charles R. Cross, “The Last Days of Layne Staley,” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2002.

  8. Marc Weingarten, “Unchained,” Guitar World, June 1998, http://web.archive.org/web/20090731074835/http://w1.881.telia.com/~u88102099/Depot/articles/guitarworld_6.html; http://www.guitarworld.com/archive-jerry-cantrell-his-first-solo-album-and-state-alice-chains.

  9. Gene Stout, “Cantrell Seeks Out a Solo Identity on First Tour Away from Alice,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, October 30, 1998; Rocky Schenck, “AIC Memories.”

10. Rex Brown, with Mark Eglinton, Official Truth, 101 Proof: The Inside Story of Pantera (Boston: Da Capo Press, 2013), 156–57.

11. MTV News, “Cantrell Solo Nixed for October,” September 15, 1997, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1424862/cantrell-solo-nixed-october.jhtml.

12. Troy Carpenter, “News on Jerry Cantrell, Richard Ashcroft, Waylon Jennings,” Billboard, 2002, http://www.billboard.com/articles/news/76876/billboard-bits-cantrell-ashcroft-jennings.

13. Weingarten, “Unchained.”

14. Schenck, “AIC Memories.”

15. For the lineup of Jerry’s touring band in the summer and fall of 1998, see MTV News, “Jerry Cantrell Sets Headlining Tour,” September 18, 1998, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1424857/jerry-cantrell-sets-headlining-tour.jhtml. For Jerry’s tour dates opening for Metallica, see MTV News, “Jerry Cantrell Takes ‘Boggy Depot’ Online,” March 30, 1998, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1424858/jerry-cantrell-takes-boggy-depot-online.jhtml.

16. Jerry Cantrell MTV online chat, July 22, 1998, http://archive.today/7CPBH. A live bootleg video of the cover can be seen at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=skHETecWxO4.

17. The description of Layne’s physical appearance is based on an author review of photographs taken during the Music Bank recording session by Annette Cisneros.

18. Blair R. Fischer, “Malice in Chains?” Rolling Stone, September 4, 1998, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/malice-in-chains-19980904.

19. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 416.

20. Tom Morello, Twitter, May 25, 2013, https://twitter.com/tmorello/status/338497113958805504; Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 416; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 534.

21. For the dates and venues of Jerry’s headlining tour in October 1998, see MTV News, “Jerry Cantrell Sets Headlining Tour.”

22. Author review of photograph of Layne Staley and Jimmy Shoaf taken backstage at the Showbox on October 31, 1998, as first published on Alternative Nation, http://www.alternativenation.net/?p=10483. Shoaf verified the authenticity of the photo.

23. Johnny Bacolas, e-mail to the author, dated December 5, 2013. The Mike Starr quote comes from Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 174. A photo of Layne and Mike performing in drag can be seen at http://grungebook.tumblr.com/post/11443878907/mike-starr-on-diamond-lie-becoming-alice-in-chains.

24. Alice in Chains, interview, Rockline, July 19, 1999, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xkz21GO4ASA&list=PL764A777926D8EF70.

25. Ann Wilson and Nancy Wilson, with Charles R. Cross, Kicking and Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll (New York: It Books, 2012), 210–11.

26. Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 535; Kara Manning, “Chris Cornell Feels ‘Euphoria’ with Newborn Daughter,” MTV News, July 6, 2000, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1427500/chris-cornell-feels-euphoria-with-newborn-daughter.jhtml.

27. Bob Gulla, “Into the Flood Again,” Guitar One, June 2001; Jerry Cantrell, biography for Roadrunner Records, http://legacy.roadrunnerrecords.com/artists/JerryCantrell/.

28. Don Kaye, “A Long, Strange Trip,” Degradation Trip Volumes 1 & 2 liner notes.

29. Gulla, “Into the Flood Again.”

30. Kaye, “A Long, Strange Trip”; Gulla, “Into the Flood Again”; Gene Stout, “Making Music Sees Cantrell Through Death and Dark Times,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, May 16, 2002, http://www.seattlepi.com/ae/music/article/Making-music-sees-Cantrell-through-death-and-dark-1087394.php.

31. Tom Hansen, American Junkie (New York: Emergency Press, 2010), 245–48. Hansen declined to be interviewed for this book.

32. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 417; Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town, 535.

33. Bob Forrest, with Michael Albo, Running with Monsters: A Memoir (New York: Crown Archetype, 2013), 213–16.

CHAPTER 25

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Kathleen Austin, Jason Buttino, Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, Ken Elmer, Morgen Gallagher, Jeff Gilbert, Mike Korjenek, Phil Lipscomb, Nick Pollock, Stephen Richards, and Toby Wright.

  1. Adriana Rubio, Layne Staley: Get Born Again (Evansdale, Iowa: ARTS Publications, 2006), xii.

  2. Ibid., xii–xvi.

  3. Charles R. Cross, “The Last Days of Layne Staley,” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2002.

  4. Tom Scanlon, “Alice in Chains Singer’s Legacy Lives on Through Music,” Seattle Times, August 24, 2007, http://seattletimes.com/html/musicnightlife/2003850521_staley24.html; Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 423.

  5. The information about Layne having seen Demri the night before was given to Kathleen Austin by Mike Starr after Layne’s private memorial service.

  6. VH1, Celebrity Rehab, episode 307.

  7. Jon Wiederhorn, “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back,” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

CHAPTER 26

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Kathleen Austin and Jim Elmer.

  1. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 415.

  2. Charles R. Cross, “The Last Days of Layne Staley,” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2002.

  3. Prato, Grunge Is Dead, 421.

  4. Seattle Police Department computer-aided dispatch (CAD) record, April 19, 2002, obtained by the author through a public records request.

  5. Ibid.; Seattle Police Department incident report, April 19, 2002, published by The Smoking Gun, http://www.thesmokinggun.com/documents/crime/alice-chains-singers-death.

  6. Seattle Police Department incident report; King County Medical Examiner’s record, April 19, 2002, obtained by the author through a public records request; Rick Anderson, “Smack Is Back,” Seattle Weekly, October 9, 2006, http://www.seattleweekly.com/2003-01-08/news/smack-is-back/. Layne Staley death certificate, April 20, 2002, obtained by the author through a public records request.

  7. Anderson, “Smack Is Back.”

  8. King County Medical Examiner’s record, April 19, 2002.

  9. On Sadie’s being adopted by Jerry, see the Jerry Cantrell feature on MTV Cribs, circa 2002–2003, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDQCZ14f0Rs. Regarding Sadie’s death, see http://www.layne-staley.com/?page_id=753.

10. VH1, Celebrity Rehab, episode 307, “Family Weekend,” February 19, 2010.

CHAPTER 27

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Kathleen Austin, Johnny Bacolas, James Bergstrom, Randy Biro, Chrissy Chacos, Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, Ken Elmer, Jeff Gilbert, Randy Hauser, Ron Holt, Dave Jerden, Nick Pollock, and Toby Wright.

  1. Charles R. Cross, “Last Days of Layne Staley,” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2002.

  2. Mark Yarm, Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge (New York: Crown Archetype, 2011), 538.

  3. E-mail from Taproot’s bassist, Phil Lipscomb, to the author, April 7, 2014.

  4. Pearl Jam, Pearl Jam Twenty (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011), 282.

  5. Gene Stout, “Fans Mourn Death of Alice in Chains Singer,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, April 19, 2002, http://www.seattlepi.com/news/article/Fans-mourn-death-of-Alice-in-Chains-singer-1085691.php.

  6. The complete statement on the old and now-defunct Alice in Chains Web site can be found at http://web.archive.org/web/20020522235447/http://www.aliceinchains.net/.

  7. Candice Heckman, “In Seattle Gloom, Fans Honor Staley,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, April 26, 2002, http://www.seattlepi.com/default/article/In-Seattle-gloom-fans-honor-Staley-1086186.php; Jennifer Vineyard, “Layne Staley Memorialized at Second Candlelight Vigil,” MTV News, April 29, 2002, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1453662/staley-memorialized-at-seattle-vigil.jhtml.

  8. For the date of the memorial service, see a copy of the program uploaded at http://www.layne-staley.com/?page_id=753.

  9. Barrett Martin, “Memoriam for Layne Staley,” April 28, 2002. The complete text can be found on the program for the memorial service at http://www.layne-staley.com/?page_id=753.

10. On the performance of “Sand” at Layne Staley’s memorial service, see the exchange between Mike Inez and Nancy Wilson on VH1’s Decades Rock Live! at the 0:26 mark in this clip: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O_HJV1BuQEE. For the story behind “Sand,” see video of Q&A with Ann and Nancy Wilson at EMP from October 8, 2010, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H5uJv34GBEU.

CHAPTER 28

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Steve Alley, Randy Biro, Jason Buttino, Bryan Carlstrom, Evan Sheeley, and Aaron Woodruff.

  1. On Ray Gillen’s background and the Sun Red Sun project, see http://www.artistswithaids.org/artforms/music/catalogue/gillen.html.

  2. Andy Greene, “Alice in Chains Bassist Mike Starr Dies at 44,” Rolling Stone, March 9, 2011. Information about the charges and the jail sentence are from records from the Office of the Harris County District Clerk and the Houston Police Department, obtained by the author through public records requests.

  3. John Brandon, Unchained: The Story of Mike Starr and His Rise and Fall in Alice in Chains (Evansdale, Iowa: Xanadu Enterprises, 2001), vii–x, 1–5, 107; Demri Parrott death certificate, obtained by the author through a public records request.

  4. Salt Lake City Police Department report, May 6, 2003; probable cause statement filed with the Third District Court of Salt Lake City, Utah, May 9, 2003; Salt Lake County Sheriff’s Office jail booking sheet, May 6, 2003; judgment of forfeiture filed with Third District Court of Salt Lake City, Utah, May 3, 2004; guilty plea filed with Third District Court of Salt Lake City, Utah, July 22, 2003; bench warrant filed with Third District Court of Salt Lake City, Utah, August 25, 2003. All of these documents were obtained by the author through a public records request.

  5. VH1, Celebrity Rehab, episode 307, “Family Weekend,” February 19, 2010. Mike’s official biography for the show can be seen at http://www.vh1.com/shows/celebrity_rehab_with_dr_drew/season_3/cast_member.jhtml?personalityId=13233.

  6. Video of the performances of “Man in the Box,” “Shout It Out Loud,” and “Rock and Roll All Nite” can be viewed online at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RF15vxXXLwc, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CaoJ1CXVZXU, and http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-1_JLBJ0N8s; Mike Starr, interview on KROQ Loveline, February 17, 2010; Blabbermouth.net, “Mike Starr Featured on Leiana’s Cover of Sonic Youth’s ‘Kool Thing’; Audio Available,” March 24, 2011, http://www.blabbermouth.net/news/mike-starr-featured-on-leiana-s-cover-of-sonic-youth-s-kool-thing-audio-available/#hHkm37jJvKZ6LmuM.99. A partial audio recording of “Kool Thing” can be heard at http://www.alternativenation.net/?p=3287.

  7. Mike Starr, Loveline interview.

  8. KROQ, “Jerry Cantrell of Alice in Chains Slams Dr. Drew’s Celeb Rehab,” February 21, 2010, http://kroq.cbslocal.com/2010/02/21/jerry-cantrell-of-alice-in-chains-slams-dr-drews-celeb-rehab/; WMMR.com, “Alice in Chains Drummer Slams ‘Celebrity Rehab’ as ‘Disgusting,’” February 18, 2010, http://www.wmmr.com/music/news/story.aspx?ID=1198068.

  9. Mike Starr, Loveline interview.

10. Mike Starr memorial service DVD, March 20, 2011. A copy of the DVD was provided to the author by Gayle Starr.

11. Salt Lake City Police Department report, February 17, 2011.

12. Salt Lake County Sheriff’s Office jail booking sheet, February 17, 2011, obtained by the author through a public records request.

13. Mike Starr memorial service DVD.

14. Mike’s voice mail to Chris Jurebie was described on the Mike Starr memorial service DVD.

15. TMZ, “Mike Starr’s Last Voicemail—I ‘Need’ Drugs,” March 10, 2011, http://www.tmz.com/2011/03/09/mike-starr-voicemail-drugs-phone-call-alice-in-chains-death/.

16. Salt Lake City Police Department report, March 8, 2011, obtained by the author through a public records request; Salt Lake City Police Department watch log, March 8, 2011, http://www.slcpd.com/Newsroom/Press_Releases/SLCPD/Watch%20Log99CN%20Tuesday99CM%20March%20899CM%202011/.

17. Salt Lake City Police Department report, March 8, 2011.

18. Ibid.

19. Gil Kaufman, “Mike Starr Mourned by Former Alice in Chains Bandmates,” MTV News, March 9, 2011, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1659488/mike-starr-alice-in-chains-death.jhtml; Facebook, Official Mike Inez Page, March 9, 2011, https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=10150120611653701&set=a.269811598700.143543.213654063700&type=1&stream_ref=10; Ryan J. Downey, “Mike Starr Remembered by Dr. Drew, Nikki Sixx, Steven Adler,” MTV News, March 8, 2011, http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1659481/mike-starr-alice-in-chains-death.jhtml.

20. Last will and testament of Michael Christopher Starr, December 4, 2004; Peter F. Cowles, “Motion for Appointment of Personal Representative; Adjudicating Estate Solvent; Directing Administration Without Bond or Court Intervention and Issuance of Letters Testamentary,” May 5, 2011, obtained by the author through public records.

21. Regarding the public memorial service at Seattle Center, see Melissa Allison, “Memorial Held for Alice in Chains Bassist Mike Starr,” Seattle Times, March 20, 2011, http://seattletimes.com/html/businesstechnology/2014556157_starr21m.html.

22. Mike Starr memorial service DVD.

CHAPTER 29

Sources for this chapter include author interviews with Annette Cisneros, Jamie Elmer, Jim Elmer, Gillian Gaar, Jeff Gilbert, Dave Jerden, Mike Korjenek, and Elan Trujillo.

  1. Allen B. Draher, “Verified Application for Order Adjudicating Intestacy and Solvency, Appointing Co-Administrators, and Granting Nonintervention Powers,” April 24, 2002, obtained by the author through public records.

  2. Rick Anderson, “Smack Is Back,” Seattle Weekly, October 9, 2006, http://www.seattleweekly.com/2003-01-08/news/smack-is-back/; Nancy Layne McCallum, newsletter, Layne-Staley.com, http://www.layne-staley.com/?page_id=678.

  3. Susan Silver, deposition transcript, April 23, 2007, obtained by the author through public records.

  4. E-mail to the author from Darren Julien. On the sale of Layne’s original artwork for the Mad Season album, see http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/memorabilia/mad-season-layne-staley-5144945-details.aspx?from=searchresults&intObjectID=5144945&sid=b3876a3a-2da0-469b-bbcf-2a6407ecc8a4.

  5. Adriana Rubio, Layne Staley: Angry Chair—A Look Inside the Heart and Soul of an Incredible Musician (Evansdale, Iowa: Xanadu Enterprises, 2003), 69–77, 91. On Rubio’s efforts to get an interview with a man claiming to be Jim Morrison, see Adriana Rubio, Jim Morrison: Ceremony—Exploring the Shaman Possession (Evansdale, Iowa: ARTS Publications, 2005), 124–48.

  6. David de Sola, “Setting the Alice in Chains Record Straight,” Icepicks and Nukes, December 16, 2011, http://icepicksandnukes.com/2011/12/16/setting-the-alice-in-chains-record-straight/; David de Sola, “Statement from Liz Coats,” Icepicks and Nukes, January 2, 2012, http://icepicksandnukes.com/2012/01/02/statement-from-liz-coats/; e-mail from Adriana Rubio to the author, December 16, 2011; e-mail from Liz Coats to the author, December 29, 2011.

  7. TEAS Plus application, serial number 85491584, December 9, 2011; “Motion for an Extension of Answer or Discovery or Trial Periods with Consent,” July 9, 2014—both documents were accessed electronically through uspto.gov.

  8. Silver, deposition; Chris Cornell, deposition, September 10, 2008, obtained by the author through public records; Janet George, “Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law (FNFCL),” September 22, 2005, obtained by the author through public records; Susan Silver, complaint, May 18, 2007, obtained by the author through public records; Susan Silver, declaration, September 9, 2008, obtained by the author through public records; King County Superior Court records, obtained by the author.

  9. “Motion and Declaration to Appoint Arbitrators and to Strike Order to Show Cause,” July 29, 2005, obtained by the author through public records; Chris Cornell, “Declaration of Chris Cornell in Support of Motion to Enforce Property Settlement Agreement,” June 26, 2007, obtained by the author through public records; Scott Johnson and Aneehal Afzali, “Opposition to Cornell’s Motion to Enforce Property Settlement Agreement,” September 17, 2008, obtained by the author through public records.

10. Bob Gulla, “Into the Flood Again,” Guitar One, June 2001.

11. Fuse, “Alice in Chains Talk New Album and the Band’s Evolution,” May 30, 2013, http://www.fuse.tv/videos/2013/05/fuse-news-alice-in-chains-new-album-interview.

12. Marc Burrows, “No Barricades: William DuVall on Hardcore, Grunge and Alice in Chains,” Drowned in Sound, November 8, 2013, http://drownedinsound.com/in_depth/4147119-no-barricades--william-duvall-on-hardcore-grunge-and-alice-in-chains.

13. Randy DuTeau, “A Crackberry Interview with My Former Bandmate William ‘Kip’ DuVall, Now Lead Singer for Alice in Chains,” Metro Spirit, September 18, 2007, http://introvertedloudmouth.blogspot.com/2008/02/kip-duvall.html.

14. Blabbermouth.net, “Archive News,” March 7, 2001, http://www.blabbermouth.net/news.aspx?mode=Article&newsitemID=21.

15. Michael Christopher, “Degradation Trip: An Interview with Jerry Cantrell,” Popmatters.com, December 26, 2002, http://www.popmatters.com/pm/feature/cantrell-jerry-021226/; Joe D’Angelo, “Jerry Cantrell Perseveres in Wake of Staley’s Death,” MTV News, April 24, 2002, http://web.archive.org/web/20021001190829/http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1453571/20020424/story.jhtml; Leah Greenblatt, “Jerry Cantrell Delivers Bittersweet, AIC-Heavy Set at Seattle Nickelback Gig,” MTV News, May 20, 2002, http://web.archive.org/web/20020803134329/http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1454099/20020520/story.jhtml.

16. Gary Graff, “Rockers Team Up in Spys4Darwin,” ABC News, May 31, 2001, http://abcnews.go.com/Entertainment/story?id=104499; David Basham, “Bassist Jason Newsted Leaves Metallica,” MTV News, January 17, 2001, http://www.mtv.com/news/1438016/bassist-jason-newsted-leaves-metallica/. On Mike Inez being considered as a replacement for Newsted, see Mike Inez biography on Ampeg Web site, http://www.ampeg.com/artists/mike-inez/; Ann Wilson and Nancy Wilson, with Charles R. Cross, Kicking and Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll (New York: It Books, 2012), 279; letter from Sony Music Entertainment to Alice in Chains partnership and Peter Paterno, October 22, 2004, obtained by the author through public records as part of the Nancy McCallum v. Alice in Chains Partnership et al. lawsuit, which was filed in King County Superior Court on May 2, 2013.

17. CNN, “Tsunami of 2004 Fast Facts,” http://www.cnn.com/2013/08/23/world/tsunami-of-2004-fast-facts/.

18. Travis Hay, “Alice in Chains Owns Stage in Tsunami-Relief Show Full of Surprises,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, February 20, 2005, http://www.seattlepi.com/ae/music/article/Alice-in-Chains-owns-stage-in-tsunami-relief-show-1166879.php. Full set lists of the performance are available at http://www.blabbermouth.net/news/alice-in-chains-photos-from-tsunami-benefit-concert-posted-online/ and http://www.last.fm/music/Alice+in+Chains/Tsunami+Relief+Benefit+Show.

19. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview with Voice of America, May 26, 2010, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E5yQ7z6TJFM.

20. Duff McKagan, It’s So Easy and Other Lies (New York: Touchstone Books, 2011), 337–38; Alice in Chains, Black Gives Way to Blue electronic press kit (hereafter, BGWTB EPK), http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-mYbTnLgJsE.

21. VH1, Decades Rock Live! Web site, http://www.decadesrocklive.com/artists/mainlist.php; VH1 Classic, announcement, April 17, 2006, http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/vh1-classic-and-world-productions-present-all-star-line-up-for-live-television-concert-series-decades-rock-live-heart-premiering-on-vh1-classic-on-friday-may-5-at-800-pm-etpt-56413912.html.

22. Burrows, “No Barricades.”

23. Greg Prato, Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music (Toronto: ECW Press, 2009), 461.

24. Burrows, “No Barricades.”

25. BGWTB EPK.

26. Gillian G. Gaar, “Alice in Chains Homecoming,” Seattle Weekly, February 2, 2010, http://www.seattleweekly.com/2010-02-03/music/alice-in-chains-homecoming/.

27. McKagan, It’s So Easy, 342–43; Benny Doyle, “Songs in Their Sails,” Music, November 13, 2013, http://themusic.com.au/interviews/all/2013/11/13/alice-in-chains-william-duvall/21506/; Alice in Chains and Velvet Revolver’s 2007 tour dates can be viewed at http://www.blabbermouth.net/news/velvet-revolver-alice-in-chains-more-north-american-tour-dates-announced/; BGWTB EPK; Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview with Radio.com, August 26, 2013, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xSzIDVAGp5o.

28. Bud Scoppa, “Alice in Chains,” Mix, September 1, 2009, http://mixonline.com/recording/tracking/alice-in-chains-0909//index.html.

29. “Check My Brain—The Making Of,” http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zARYZk1gi7g.

30. BGWTB EPK.

31. Dan Snierson, “Alice in Chains’ Jerry Cantrell and Elton John on Their ‘Black Gives Way to Blue’ Collaboration,” Entertainment Weekly, October 1, 2009; Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview with Voice of America, May 26, 2010, part 1: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E5yQ7z6TJFM, part 2: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eEavsV_FdfY. For information on Elton John’s background and career achievements, see Edna Gundersen, “Elton Still Standing for Gay Rights, Home, Tammy Faye,” USA Today, September 23, 2013, http://www.usatoday.com/story/life/music/2013/09/23/elton-john-still-standing-for-gay-rights-family-tammy-faye-bakker/2852913/. Information that Layne used to sing Elton John songs at the Music Bank was provided by Tim Branom during an interview with the author.

32. RIAA Gold and Platinum searchable database, http://www.billboard.com/artist/278597/alice-chains/chart?f=305; Blabbermouth.net, “Alice in Chains Drummer Compares Having New Album Illegally Downloaded to Prison Rape,” September 27, 2009, http://www.blabbermouth.net/news/alice-in-chains-drummer-compares-having-new-album-illegally-downloaded-to-prison-rape/.

33. Steve Baltin, “Lessons Learned with Jerry Cantrell,” Grammy.com, May 30, 2012, http://www.grammy.com/news/lessons-learned-with-jerry-cantrell; Steve Baltin, “Jerry Cantrell Gives the Dirt on Alice in Chains’ New Album,” Grammy.com, May 23, 2013, http://www.grammy.com/news/jerry-cantrell-gives-the-dirt-on-alice-in-chains-new-album.

34. Steve Baltin, “Jerry Cantrell on New Alice in Chains Record: ‘Time to Get to Work,’” Rolling Stone, May 10, 2012, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/jerry-cantrell-on-new-alice-in-chains-record-time-to-get-to-work-20120510; Steve Baltin, “Alice in Chains’ Jerry Cantrell Honored with Stevie Ray Vaughan Award,” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2012, http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-jerry-cantrell-honored-with-stevie-ray-vaughan-award-20120601; Michael Moses, press release, “Alice in Chains’ Jerry Cantrell to Be Honored at May 31st MusiCares Benefit Concert; Alice in Chains to Perform,” March 22, 2012, MusiCares Web site, http://www.grammy.org/musicares.

35. Video of Jerry’s MusiCares acceptance speech can be viewed at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8zxbmq4TpIs. Regarding the tenth anniversary of Jerry’s sobriety, see Backstage with Baldy, “July 1st—Vancouver,” http://aliceinchains.umg-wp-stage.com/blog/july-1st-vancouver/.

36. Kyle McGovern, “Alice in Chains Vow ‘The Devil Put Dinosaurs Here’ Will Be Unsurprising Yet Unique,” SPIN, February 14, 2013, http://www.spin.com/articles/alice-in-chains-new-album-title-social-media-decoder-devil-put-dinosaurs-here/; Billboard.com database.

37. Nancy McCallum v. Alice in Chains Partnership et al. lawsuit, which was filed in King County Superior Court on May 2, 2013, obtained by the author through public records.

38. O. Yale Lewise, Jr., and Michael D. Hunsinger, “Stipulation re the Exchange of the Disclosure of Possible Primary Witnesses,” February 26, 2014, obtained by the author through public records as part of the McCallum v. Alice in Chains lawsuit.

39. Rock and Roll Hall of Fame, “Induction Process,” http://rockhall.com/inductees/induction-process/?gclid=CKq2o-ue47oCFallOgodeDcAoA.

40. For a partial listing of Alice in Chains Grammy nominations, see http://www.grammy.com/news/hope-is-on-its-way-for-alice-in-chains. Troy L. Smith, “Rock and Roll Hall of Fame snubs: 25 acts that should be inducted,” Cleveland Plain Dealer, December 17, 2013, http://www.cleveland.com/music/index.ssf/2013/12/rock_and_roll_hall_of_fame_snu_1.html.

41. Jerry Cantrell and Sean Kinney, interview with Radio.com, August 26, 2013, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xSzIDVAGp5o.

42. Dave Kerr, “A Looking in View: Jerry Cantrell on Alice in Chains’ Legacy,” Skinny, November 13, 2013, http://www.theskinny.co.uk/music/features/306328-a_looking_in_view_jerry_cantrell_alice_in_chains_legacy.

Bibliography

BOOKS

Anderson, Kyle. Accidental Revolution: The Story of Grunge. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2007.

Brandon, John. Unchained: The Story of Mike Starr and His Rise and Fall in Alice in Chains. Evansdale, Iowa: Xanadu Enterprises, 2001.

Brown, Jake. Alice in Chains: In the Studio. Nashville: Rock n’ Roll Books, 2010.

Cross, Charles R. Heavier Than Heaven: A Biography of Kurt Cobain. New York: Hyperion Books, 2001.

______. Here We Are Now: The Lasting Impact of Kurt Cobain. New York: It Books, 2014.

Fernandez, Humberto, and Therissa A. Libby. Heroin: Its History, Pharmacology, and Treatment. Center City, Minn.: Hazelden, 2011.

Forrest, Bob, with Michael Albo. Running with Monsters: A Memoir. New York: Crown Archetype, 2013.

Hansen, Tom. American Junkie. New York: Emergency Press, 2010.

Henderson, Justin. Grunge Seattle. Berkeley: Roaring Forties Press, 2010.

Jourgensen, Al, and Jon Wiederhorn. Ministry: The Lost Gospels According to Al Jourgensen. New York: Da Capo Press, 2013.

McKagan, Duff. It’s So Easy and Other Lies. New York: Touchstone, 2011.

McMurray, Jacob. Taking Punk to the Masses: From Nowhere to Nevermind. Seattle: Fantagraphics Books, 2011.

Pearl Jam. Pearl Jam Twenty. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011.

Prato, Greg. Grunge Is Dead: The Oral History of Seattle Rock Music. Toronto: ECW Press, 2009.

Rubio, Adriana. Layne Staley: Angry Chair—A Look Inside the Heart and Soul of an Incredible Musician. Evansdale, Iowa: Xanadu Enterprises, 2003.

______. Layne Staley: Get Born Again. Evansdale, Iowa: ARTS Publications, 2006.

True, Everett. Nirvana. Cambridge, Mass.: Da Capo Press, 2007.

Wiederhorn, Jon, and Katherine Turman. Louder Than Hell: The Definitive Oral History of Metal. New York: HarperCollins, 2013.

Wilson, Ann, and Nancy Wilson, with Charles R. Cross. Kicking and Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll. New York: It Books, 2012.

Yarm, Mark. Everybody Loves Our Town: An Oral History of Grunge. New York: Crown Archetype, 2011.

ARTICLES

Adair, Don. “Dark Dirges Mark Alice’s Local Return.” The Spokesman-Review, September 17, 1993.

Anderson, Rick. “Smack Is Back.” Seattle Weekly, October 9, 2006. http://www.seattleweekly.com/2003-01-08/news/smack-is-back/.

Bendel, Jenny. “A Chat with Diamond Lie.” City Heat, circa January/February 1988.

Brand, Russell. “My Life Without Drugs.” The Guardian, March 8, 2013. http://www.theguardian.com/culture/2013/mar/09/russell-brand-life-without-drugs.

______. “Philip Seymour Hoffman Is Another Victim of Extremely Stupid Drug Laws.” The Guardian, February 6, 2014. http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2014/feb/06/russell-brand-philip-seymour-hoffman-drug-laws.

Burrows, Marc. “No Barricades: William DuVall on Hardcore, Grunge and Alice in Chains.” Drowned in Sound, November 8, 2013. http://drownedinsound.com/in_depth/4147119-no-barricades--william-duvall-on-hardcore-grunge-and-alice-in-chains.

Cornell, Chris. “Essence of Dreams.” October 14, 2008. http://www.myspace.com/chriscornell/blog/440829728.

Cross, Charles R. “The Last Days of Layne Staley.” Rolling Stone, June 1, 2002.

Darzin, Daina. “The Real Dirt.” Rolling Stone, February 24, 1994.

______. “Alice in Chains’ Staley Remembered by Mad Season Mate & Rage’s Morello.” Yahoo! Music, April 23, 2002. http://music.yahoo.com/alice-in-chains/news/alice-in-chains-staley-remembered-by-mad-season-mate-rages-morello—12063858.

de Sola, David. “How Alice in Chains Found the Most Memorable Voice in Grunge.” The Atlantic, April 5, 2012. http://www.theatlantic.com/entertainment/archive/2012/04/how-alice-in-chains-found-the-most-memorable-voice-in-grunge/255469/.

______. “Setting the Alice in Chains Record Straight.” Icepicks and Nukes, December 16, 2011. http://icepicksandnukes.com/2011/12/16/setting-the-alice-in-chains-record-straight/.

______. “Statement from Liz Coats.” Icepicks and Nukes, January 2, 2012. http://icepicksandnukes.com/2012/01/02/statement-from-liz-coats/.

Duteau, Randy. “A Crackberry Interview with My Former Bandmate William ‘Kip’ DuVall, Now Lead Singer for Alice in Chains.” Metro Spirit, September 18, 2007. http://introvertedloudmouth.blogspot.com/2008/02/kip-duvall.html.

Fischer, Blair. “Malice in Chains?” Rolling Stone, September 4, 1998. http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/malice-in-chains-19980904.

Fridell, Brad. “Pot Case Goes to Feds; No Arrest Made Yet.” Ballard Tribune, August 24, 1988.

Gaar, Gillian G. “Alice in Chains Homecoming.” Seattle Weekly, February 2, 2010. http://www.seattleweekly.com/2010-02-03/music/alice-in-chains-homecoming/.

Gilbert, Jeff. “Alive: Pearl Jam’s Mike McCready Says Goodbye to Drugs and Alcohol and Is a Better Man for It.” Guitar World, April 1995.

______. “Rain Man: Alice in Chains’ Jerry Cantrell Cleans Up His Act and Hits Pay Dirt.” Guitar World, January 1992.

Gilbert, Jeff, and Andy Aledort. “Jerry Cantrell of Alice in Chains Discusses Songwriting and Band’s New Self-Titled Album.” Guitar World, January 1996. http://www.guitarworld.com/1996-guitar-world-interview-jerry-cantrell-alice-chains-discusses-songwriting-and-bands-new-self-titled-album?page=0,0.

Gill, Chris. “Dirt.” Guitar Legends, issue 117.

Hay, Travis. “Alice in Chains Owns Stage in Tsunami-Relief Show Full of Surprises.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, February 20, 2005. http://www.seattlepi.com/ae/music/article/Alice-in-Chains-owns-stage-in-tsunami-relief-show-1166879.php.

Heckman, Candice. “In Seattle Gloom, Fans Honor Staley.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, April 26, 2002. http://www.seattlepi.com/default/article/In-Seattle-gloom-fans-honor-Staley-1086186.php.

Ho, Vanessa, Linda Keene, Kery Murakami, and Peyton Whitely. “‘Seattle Scene’ and Heroin Use: How Bad Is It?” The Seattle Times, April 20, 1994.

Jacobson, Mark. “The Return of Superfly.” New York, August 14, 2000. http://nymag.com/nymag/features/3649/.

Kaufman, Gil. “Mike Starr Mourned by Former Alice in Chains Bandmates.” MTV News, March 9, 2011. http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1659488/mike-starr-alice-in-chains-death.jhtml.

MacDonald, Patrick. “‘Dry’ Club Hopes That Music, Films Will Keep Place Afloat.” The Seattle Times, July 29, 1983.

______. “Established Acts Take Big Awards.” The Seattle Times, March 4, 1991.

______. “Internet Dominates Talk at Music Conference.” The Seattle Times, October 20, 1997.

______. “It’s a Concert for Peace at the Paramount.” The Seattle Times, February 22, 1991.

______. “Screaming Trees: A Band with Bark Has a New EP.” The Seattle Times, October 12, 1990.

______. “Seafair Will Be Making a Scene with Joey Arias.” The Seattle Times, August 4, 1989.

______. “Soundgarden’s History: One of Seattle’s First and Loudest Grunge Bands Calls It Quits After 12 Years of Setting the Pace for Alternative Rock.” The Seattle Times, April 10, 1997.

______. “Word.” The Seattle Times, December 7, 1990.

McCready, Mike. “Mike McCready Remembers Seattle Bassist John Baker Saunders, 1954–1999.” The Rocket, January 27, 1999.

McMurray, Jacob. “The Metropolis: Birthplace of Grunge?” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, November 19, 2009. http://blog.seattlepi.com/emp/2009/11/19/the-metropolis-birthplace-of-grunge/.

Pope, Leone. “Andrew Wood’s Poetry Revealed a Young Man ‘Angry Too Long.’” The Seattle Times, March 29, 1990.

Ralston, Mark. “SATO: An Exciting Talent.” The Profile, May 3, 1983.

Ressner, Jeffrey. “Alice in Chains: Through the Looking Glass.” Rolling Stone, November 26, 1992. http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-through-the-looking-glass-rolling-stones-1992-feature-20110309.

Scanlon, Tom. “Alice in Chains Singer’s Legacy Lives on Through Music.” The Seattle Times, August 24, 2007. http://seattletimes.com/html/musicnightlife/2003850521_staley24.html.

Sherman, Bruce. “‘$30 Million-a-Year’ Pot Farm Found in Ballard.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, July 22, 1988.

Silver, Susan. “Silver’s Golden Touch.” Rip, January 1996. http://web.stargate.net/soundgarden/articles/rip_1-96.shtml.

Snierson, Dan. “Alice in Chains’ Jerry Cantrell and Elton John on Their ‘Black Gives Way to Blue’ Collaboration.” Entertainment Weekly, October 1, 2009.

Stewart, Jocelyn Y. “Addiction Specialist Worked with Celebrities.” Los Angeles Times, March 8, 2008. http://articles.latimes.com/2008/mar/08/local/me-timmins8.

Stout, Gene. “Cancellations Raise Questions about Future of Alice in Chains.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, July 22, 1994.

______. “Fans Mourn Death of Alice in Chains Singer.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, April 19, 2002. http://www.seattlepi.com/news/article/Fans-mourn-death-of-Alice-in-Chains-singer-1085691.php.

______. “Van Halen Frontman Fires Band’s Heavy-Metal Decibels to the Top.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, November 8, 1991.

Turman, Katherine. “Alice Digs in, Releases Album ‘Dirt.’” Daily Variety, October 5, 1992.

Vineyard, Jennifer. “Layne Staley Memorialized at Second Candlelight Vigil.” MTV News, April 29, 2002. http://www.mtv.com/news/articles/1453662/staley-memorialized-at-seattle-vigil.jhtml.

Wiederhorn, Jon. “Alice in Chains: To Hell and Back.” Rolling Stone, February 8, 1996. http://www.rollingstone.com/music/news/alice-in-chains-to-hell-and-back-rolling-stones-1996-feature-20110405.

______. “Famous Last Words.” Revolver. http://www.adbdesign.com/aic/articles/art114.html.

TV AND RADIO

Fuse TV. Interview. June 1991. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HDetqbTmbqM (accessed July 9, 2011).

Fuse TV. Interview. Date unknown. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XGXesGWVCMg (accessed July 10, 2011).

KROQ. Loveline. February 17, 2010. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qywta9j6GXE (accessed July 2, 2011).

MTV. Headbangers Ball. 1991. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f9w9aQhtbyc (accessed July 9, 2011).

MTV. Headbangers Ball. 1992. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3hIU9PAXyk&NR (accessed July 10, 2011).

Musique Plus. Interview. November 1992. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YhQ2aB2TVr0 (accessed July 9, 2011).

Rockline. Interview. July 19, 1999. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VwgIGhwlDeo&feature=related (accessed July 10, 2011).

YouTube. Interview. Source and date unknown. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ebYt8mGFz8U (accessed July 9, 2011).

Resources

DISCOGRAPHY

ALICE IN CHAINS

Facelift

Sap

Dirt

Jar of Flies

Alice in Chains

Unplugged

Music Bank

Live

Black Gives Way to Blue

The Devil Put Dinosaurs Here

JERRY CANTRELL

Boggy Depot

Degradation Trip

MAD SEASON

Above

DOCUMENTARIES AND FILMS

Hype!

Malfunkshun: The Andrew Wood Story

Pearl Jam Twenty

Singles

OTHER RESOURCES

Chris Cornell, Jeff Ament, and Stone Gossard. Interview. KISW 99.9 FM, April 14, 1991. http://www.fivehorizons.com/archive/articles/radio041491.shtml.

Metallica. Live cover of “Man in the Box.” Summer 1994. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uWYnSEZKcVw; http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jSq626zbMyk.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. “NIDA InfoFacts: Heroin.” http://www.nida.nih.gov/infofacts/heroin.html.

University of Maryland Center for Substance Abuse Research. “Heroin.” http://www.cesar.umd.edu/cesar/drugs/heroin.asp.

Wood, Kevin. Interview. Fullinbloommusic.com, date unknown. http://www.fullinbloommusic.com/kevinwood.html.

Index

The index that appeared in the print version of this title does not match the pages in your e-book. Please use the search function on your e-reading device to search for terms of interest. For your reference, the terms that appear in the print index are listed below.

Above

Adler, Steven

Aerosmith

Ahern-Crane, Michelle

AIDS/HIV

Alcoholics Anonymous (AA)

Alden, Grant

Alice in Chains. See also Cantrell, Jerry, Jr.; discography, Alice in Chains; Inez, Mike; Kinney, Sean; Staley, Layne Thomas; Starr, Michael Christopher

formation of

hiatus periods for

influence/legacy of

influences, musical, on

label signing/dropping by

lawsuits against

managers of

mockumentary by

on MTV Unplugged

name origins of

name trademark and

recording by

reformation of

side projects by

Starr’s dismissal from

tours by

videos by/of

Alice ’N Chains

breakup of

Alley, Steve

the Almighty

Ament, Jeff

American Junkie (Hansen)

Anderson, Dawn

“Another Brick in the Wall”

Anselmo, Phil

Anthony, Michael

Anthony, Michele

Arm, Mark

Arrested Development

Atkinson, David

Atlantic Records

Audioslave

Augerot, Krisha

Austin, Kathleen

Parrott’s death and

Staley’s death and

Austin, Patrician Dean

Avalon, Tony

Avast! Studios, Seattle

Babes in Toyland

Bacolas, Johnny

in Second Coming

in Sleze

Staley’s death and

Staley’s drug use and

Bad Animals Studio, Seattle

Ballard Tribune

Ballenger, David

Bangart, Brooke

Barbero, Lori

Barbour, Scot

Barry, Kristen

Bear Creek Studios, Woodinville, Washington

Becker, Joanne

Behind the Player

Belushi, John

Bendel, Jenny

Bentley, Mike

Benveniste, David “Beno”

benzodiazepine

alprazolam/Xanax

diazepam/Valium

Bergstrom, James

in Alice ’N Chains

in 40 Years of Hate

in Second Coming

in Sleze

Bettencourt, Nuno

Biro, Randy

drug use by

Bjelland, Kat

Blabbermouth.net

Black Sabbath

Bleach

Bloom, Mike

Blue Murder

Bodenheimer, Duane Lance

Boggy Depot

Bon Jovi

Bordin, Mike

Bostic, Jake

Bostic, Paul

Brandon, John

Branom, Tim

Brown, Rex

Brustad, Rob

Buckner, Mike

Bumbershoot Festival, Seattle

Burdyshaw, James

Buttino, Jason

Byrd, Thad

Candlebox

Cantrell, Cheri

Cantrell, Gloria Jean Krumpos

Cantrell, Jerry, Jr.. See also Alice in Chains

acting roles by

in Alice in Chains

Alice in Chains reformation by

background of

in Diamond Lie

drug/substance use and

in 40 Years of Hate

in Gypsy Rose

influences, musical, on

MTV Unplugged and

side/solo projects by

Staley’s death and

Staley’s relationship with

Starr’s drug use/death and

Cantrell, Jerry, Sr.

Capital Records

Capital Rock-Off

Carlson, Dylan

Carlstrom, Bryan

Cash, Johnny

Castillo, Randy

Cat Butt

Celebrity Rehab

Central Tavern, Seattle

Chacos, Chrissy

Champagne, Ronnie

Children of the Night benefit

Cinderella Rock (musical)

Circus of Power

Cisneros, Annette

City Heat

Clash of the Titans tour

Class of 99

Claypool, Les

Coats, Elizabeth Audreyann Elmer

Coats, Greg

Coats, Oscar

Cobain, Kurt

death of

heroin use by

Coburn, Bob

cocaine

codeine

Coletti, Alex

Collision Course

Columbia Records. See also Sony Music

Comes with the Fall

Coming to America

Concert for Peace, Seattle

Condiff, Marianne

Conway Studios, Los Angeles

Corgan, Billy

Cornell, Chris

Alice in Chains recordings with

drug use by

Silver’s relationship with

Staley’s death and

Cornell, Lillian Jean

Corwin, Hank

Cox, Lou

crack

Cranston, Lamont

Credo, Rich

Creed

Crocodile Café, Seattle

Cross Cats

Cross, Charles R.

Crowe, Cameron

Curtis, Kelly

Alice in Chains management by

Dalrimper, Ian

D’Amato, Lisa

Damon, Scott

A Dance with Dragons (Martin)

Darzin, Daina

Day, Morris

Deans, Ken

De Baere, Kim

Decades Rock Live!

DeGarmo, Chris

Degradation Trip

de la Rocha, Zack

Denver, John

the Derelicts

Desire Walks On

Despisley Brothers

DeWitt, Cali

Diamond Lie. See also Alice in Chains

first incarnation of

second incarnation of

Dimebag Darrel (guitarist)

discography, Alice in Chains (albums/EPs)

Alice in Chains

Black Gives Way to Blue

The Devil Put Dinosaurs Here

Dirt

Facelift

Jar of Flies

MTV Unplugged

Music Bank

Sap

“Treehouse Tape”

We Die Young

discography, Alice in Chains (songs)

“Again”

“Angry Chair”

“Black Gives Way to Blue”

“Brother”

“Check My Brain”

“The Devil Put Dinosaurs Here”

“Died”

“Dirt”

“Down in a Hole”

“Fear the Voices”

“Frogs”

“Get Born Again”

“God Am”

“God Smack”

“Grind”

“Hate to Feel”

“Hollow”

“I Can’t Have You Blues”

“I Stay Away”

“It Ain’t Like That”

“Junkhead”

“Killing Yourself”

“King of the Cats”

“A Little Bitter”

“Love Hate Love”

“Love Song”

“Lying Season”

“Man in the Box”

“No Excuses”

“Nothin’ Song”

“Nutshell”

“Queen of the Rodeo”

“Rain When I Die”

“Real Thing”

“Right Turn”

“Rooster”

“Sea of Sorrow”

“Sickman”

“Sludge Factory”

“Social Parasite”

“Some Girls”

“Stone”

“Sunshine”

“Them Bones”

“Voices”

“We Die Young”

“Whatcha Gonna Do”

“What the Hell Have I”

“Would?”

Dombroski, Vinnie

Doucette, Gordon

Dowd, Chris

Downe, Taime

drugs. See specific drugs

Duet, David

Duryee, Schuyler

DuTeau, Randy

Dutton, Lisanne

DuVall, William

in Alice in Chains

background of

Dye, Dale

Ed, Infra

Edward, John

El Dorado Studio, Los Angeles

Eliason, Brett

Elmer, James Kenneth

Staley’s death and

Staley’s drug use and

Elmer, Jamie Brooke

Elmer, Ken

Elmer, William

Endino, Jack

Entertainment Plus Studio, Seattle

Entertainment Weekly

Evergreen Hospital, Kirkland, Washington

Exodus Recovery Center, Marina del Rey, California

Experience Music Project

Extreme

The Faculty

Fairweather, Bruce

Faster Pussycat

“Fat Girls”

Father Rock

Feveyear, Martin

Figueroa, Paul

Fishbone

Fisher, Norwood

Foo Fighters

Forde, Lyle

Forrest, Bob

40 Years of Hate

“4/20/02”

Frankenstein (Shelley)

Frehley, Ace

Frost, Steve

Frusciante, John

Gaar, Gillian

Gacy Bunch

Gallagher, Dan

Gallagher, Morgen

Gerra, Chuck

Gersema, Mike

Gibran, Kahlil

Gilbert, Jeff

Gillen, Ray

Gilmore, Greg

Gimenez, Jennifer

“Glamorous Girls”

Goldberg, Danny

Gonzalez, Fabiola

Gordon, Mac

Gore, Tipper

Gossard, Stone

Grand Central Tavern, Seattle

Graue, Brock

Green River

Grohl, Dave

Grossman, Kevin

Gruntruck

Guitar Legends

Guitar World

Guns n’ Roses

Gypsy Rose

Hacker, Jim

Hagar, Sammy

Halford, Rob

Hallerman, Stuart

Hamann, Jack

Hammett, Kirk

Hanoi Rocks

Hansen, Byron

Hansen, Tom

Happenin’ Harry

Harrison, George

Hart, Alex

Hartman, Brett

Hauser, Randy

Hazelden Clinic, Minnesota

Heart

Inez in

Hendrix, Jimi

hepatitis C

Herman, Maureen

heroin/opiates

Cobain’s use of

Parrott’s use of

Saunders’ use of

Staley’s use of

Starr’s use of

Wood’s use of

Hetfield, James

Hildebrand, Terry

Hillis, Dave

Hit and Run

Hit Line Times

Hofstedt, Sam

Holler, Bob

Holt, Jesse

Holt, Ron

Holt, Sid

Hubbard-Mills, Nancy

Hunt, Scott

Hype!

“I Don’t Care”

“I Don’t Know Anything”

Ienner, Don

Iguana’s, Tijuana, Mexico

Inez, Mike. See also Alice in Chains

in Alice in Chains

background of

in Heart

side projects by

“Intolerance”

Iommi, Tony

“It’s Coming After”

Jane’s Addiction

Jay-Z

Jeffries, Bob

Jerden, Dave

Jerry Maguire

Jim Morrison (Rubio)

Joel, Billy

John, Elton

Joiner, Ed

Jones, John Paul

Jordan, Mike

Jourgensen, Al

Judt, Tony

Julien, Darren

Jurebie, Chris

Karayiannis, Vicky

Kasper, Adam

Kaye, Don

KCMU, Seattle

Keenan, Maynard James

Kemper Arena, Kansas City, Missouri

Kenny G

Kerrang

Kiana Lodge, Bainbridge Island, Washington

Kicking and Dreaming (Wilson/Wilson/Cross)

KING5 News, Seattle

King, Stephen

Kinney, Sean. See also Alice in Chains

alcohol/drug use and

in Alice in Chains

alter ego of

background of

in Diamond Lie

drum recording and

MTV Unplugged and

side projects by

Staley’s relationship with

Starr’s drug use/death and

Kirst, Whitey

KISS

KISW, Seattle

Klatt, Russ

Kohl, Mary

KOMO Television, Seattle

Korjenek, Mike

Kramer, Ken

Krim, Rick

Krumpos, Dorothy

Kyle, David

Lachman, Pat

La Fuente, Xana

Lakeside-Milam Recovery Center, Kirkland, Washington

Lanegan, Mark

Larusta Trust

Last Action Hero

Layne, Ann J. Becker

Layne, Margaret Ann

Layne, Robert L.

Layne Staley (Rubio)

Leiana (musician)

LeNoble, Martyn

L’Heureux, Jeff

“Lifeless Dead”

Linkin Park

“Lip Lock Rock”

Lipscomb, Phil

Live at the Moore

Live Facelift

“Livin’ on a Prayer”

Loder, Kurt

Loft, Nick

Lollapalooza tour

Lombardi, Vince

London Bridge Studios, Seattle

“Long Gone Day”

Los Angeles riots

Los Angeles Times

Lost Dogs

Love, Courtney

Loveline

Lovemongers

L.O.V.Evil

LSD

Lunte, Robert

MacDonald, Patrick

Mad Season

formation of

recordings by

Mahar, Joseph P.

Majestic Theater, New York City

Malfunkshun

documentary on

Mallory, George

Marian, Gabriel

marijuana/hash

Mark Alan Productions

Markham, Chris

Martin, Barrett

Martin, Dave

Martin, George R. R.

Masters of Reality

Mauer, Mary

McCallum, Nancy Elizabeth Layne

lawsuits by

name trademark by

Staley’s death and

Staley’s drug use and

McCready, Mike

McKagan, Duff

McMillan, Ben

McMurray, Jacob

Meadowdale High School, Lynnwood, Washington

Meeks, Micaela

Meeks, Travis

Megadeth

Metallica

Alice in Chains tours with

Cantrell band tour with

methadone

microfish

Ministry

Mintz, Alan

Miss Washington Pageant

Mitchell, Mike

Mix

Mohrer, Keith

Mookie Blaylock

Moore Theatre, Seattle

Morello, Tom

morphine

Morrison, Jim

Mother Love Bone

Mothra and Fuck

Mötley Crüe

MTV

Buzz Bin on

Headbangers Ball on

News

New Year’s Eve party by

120 Minutes on

Unplugged

Video Music Awards by

Muasau, Matt

Mudhoney

Munroe, Ronny

Murphy, David

Murphy, Dennis

Murphy, Derek

mushrooms (magic)

MusiCares MAP Fund

the Music Bank, Seattle

closure of

drugs at

founding of

Staley/Alice in Chains ties to

Musique Plus

Mustaine, Dave

“My Song”

Naficy, Mark

Narcotics Anonymous (NA)

National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences

National Press Photographers Association National Award for Editing

Navarette, Rene

Neil, Vince

Nelson, Willie

Neon Christ

Nesbitt, Bobby

Newsted, Jason

New York Times

Nickelback

“1988 Full of Pain, Full of Hate”

Nirvana

influence of

Noble, Dean

The Nona Tapes

Northwest Area Music Association (NAMA)

Northwest Metalfest

Novoselic, Krist

Nutter, Scott

O’Brien, Mariah

Offspring

OK Hotel, Seattle

Olson, Scott

One on One Recording Studios, Los Angeles

Opana

Osbourne, Ozzy

Osbourne, Sharon

Oswald, Barry

“Over the Edge”

Pantera

Parashar, Raj

Parashar, Rick

Parents Music Resource Center (PMRC)

Parkinson, Paul

Parrott, Demri Lara

background of

death of

heroin/drug use by

rehabilitation attempts by

Staley’s relationship with

Parrott, Steven

“Party People”

Pasadena Recovery Center

Paterno, Peter

Pavitt, Bruce

Pearl Jam

side projects by

Staley’s death and

Pearl Jam Twenty

Pellington, Mark

Penis NV

Percocet

Perkins, Stephen

Peters, Darrell

Peterson, Cole

Pfeiffer-Simmons, Karie

Phillips, Mackenzie

Phoenix, River

Pieretti, Casey

Pink Floyd

Pinsky, Drew

Piottin, Hugo

Plum, Jonathan

Poison

Pollock, Nick

in Alice ’N Chains

in Sleze

Staley’s friendship with

Pop, Iggy

Portillo, Sally Pricer

Portnoy, Mike

Prato, Greg

Primus

The Profile

The Prophet (Gibran)

Puddle of Mudd

Pulse

Purple Rain

Pusateri, Vincent Charles (aka Vinnie Chas)

Q101, Chicago

Queensrÿche

Rachman, Paul

Rachtman, Riki

Radio.com

Rage Against the Machine

Rainbow Tavern, Seattle

Rammell, Lisa Ahern “Leigh”

Rarup, Cain

Raskulinecz, Nick

Razzle (drummer)

Redding, Noel

Red Hot Chili Peppers

Reed, Lou

Remme, Devin

the Replacements

Rew, Ben

Reznor, Trent

Rhinehart, Nick

Richards, Stephen

Ring, PC

“Ring Them Bells”

Rip

“River of Deceit”

Roadrunner Records

Robert Lang Studios, Seattle

Rock and Roll Hall of Fame

The Rocket

Rockline

Rockwell, Norman Scott

Roddan, Spencer

Rodriguez, Robert

Rogers, Brett J.

Rolling Stone

Alice in Chains exposé by

Rose, Axl

Rubin, Rick

Rubio, Adriana

Sadie (cat)

Sampson, John

“Sand”

SATO

Saturday Night Live

Saunders, Henrietta

Saunders, John Baker, Jr.

death of

heroin use by

Saunders, Joseph

Scaccia, Mike

Scantlin, Wes

Schenck, Rocky

School of Rock

Schwartzman, John

Screaming Trees

Seattle Center

Seattle Post-Intelligencer

The Seattle Times

Seattle, Washington. See also the Music Bank, Seattle

heroin/drug scene in

influence, musical, of

Seattle Weekly

Second Coming

“Self Pollution Radio”

Semanate, Ed

Serletic, Matt

Severance, Mike

Sharp, Duncan

Sheeley, Evan

Shelley, Mary

Sheppard, Jim

Shoaf, Jimmy

Shorewood High School, Seattle

the Showbox, Seattle

Shuss, Kevin

Shuss, Todd

Sibbald, Alex

Silver, Bruce

Silver, Jean

Silver, Jet

Silver, Samuel

Silver, Susan Jean

as Alice in Chains’ manager

background of

Cornell’s relationship with

drug use and

Rolling Stones’ exposé and

Staley’s death and

Starr’s dismissal and

Singles

Sixx, Nikki

The Skinny

Slash (guitarist)

Slaughter Haus 5

Slayer

Sleze. See also Alice ’N Chains

at Music Bank studios

name change by

recordings by

“Smells Like Teen Spirit”

The Smoking Gun

Snider, Dee

Sober House

Social Crisis Records

Sony Music. See also Columbia Records

Sorum, Matt

Soundgarden

breakup of

influence of

Spanaway High School, Washington

Speech (singer)

SPIN

Spys4Darwin

Staley, Audrey

Staley, Earl B.

Staley, Earl R.

Staley, Layne Thomas (Rutherford). See also Alice in Chains

alcohol use by

in Alice in Chains

in Alice ’N Chains

artwork by

biographies on

birth/childhood of

Cantrell’s relationship with

in Class of 99

Cobain’s death and

condo purchase by

death of

in Diamond Lie

drug interventions for/by

drug overdoses by

drug rehabilitation attempts by

drug use by

estate of

first performance of

in 40 Years of Hate

hepatitis C and

influences, musical, on

in Mad Season

on MTV Unplugged

Music Bank’s association with

name change by

Parrott’s relationship with

skinhead assault by

in Sleze

solo material of

Starr’s relationship with

success’s impact on

suicidal thoughts by

teeth, loss of, by

tributes to

voice lessons by

weight loss by

Staley, Paul R.

Staley, Phillip Blair

Stark, George

Starr, Gayle

Starr, John

Starr, Melinda

Starr, Michael Christopher. See also Alice in Chains

in Alice in Chains

arrests of

background of

on Celebrity Rehab

death of

in Diamond Lie

Dirt production and

dismissal from Alice in Chains of

drug/alcohol use by

in Gypsy Rose

Staley’s relationship with

womanizing by

Stevie Ray Vaughan Award

Stewart, Damon

Studio 606, Los Angeles

Sub Pop Records

Sundown M. Ranch, Washington

Sundquist, Scott

Sun Red Sun

Sun-Sentinel

Tacoma Little Theatre, Washington

Tacoma News Tribune

Taft, Josh

Taproot

Tate, Geoff

Temple of the Dog

Terzo, Nick

Thayil, Kim

“The Things You Do”

This Is Spinal Tap

Throm, Rick

Tillman, Jim

Timmins, Bob

Tool

Town Meeting

Triad Studios, Seattle

“Tribute”

True, Everett

Trujillo, Elan

Trujillo, Rob

Trump Taj Mahal, Atlantic City

tsunami benefit, 2005, Seattle

Turner, Steve

Twisted Willie

Uhlir, Paul

Ulrich, Lars

U-Men

Unchained (Brandon)

University of Washington

Kane Hall

Van Halen

Van Halen, Eddie

Vanity Fair

Vedder, Eddie

Velvet Revolver

Vernon, Darrell

Virgin/EMI

the Vogue, Seattle

Voice Box (effect)

Von Haartman, Bengt

the Walkabouts

Washington State Battle of the Bands, 1982

Welty, Ron

Wesley, R. Joseph

White, Kim

Wiederhorn, Jon

“Wild Horses”

Wilkins, Kevan

Williams, Christopher

Wilmar, Diana

Wilson, Ann

collaborations/tributes by

Wilson, Nancy

collaborations with

WMMR, Philadelphia

Wood, Andrew

Wood, David

Wood, Kevin

Woodruff, Aaron

Woodstock ’94

Wright, Toby

Yarm, Mark

Zappa, Frank

Scott Hunt took out this ad announcing a new rehearsal space at a warehouse in Ballard in September 1984. This was the beginning of the Music Bank.

The Rocket

Sleze and Tim Branom at London Bridge Studios, circa 1986. (Standing, left to right) Unknown woman, Tim Branom, Peter Barnes, Johnny Bacolas, and Nick Pollock. (Kneeling, left to right) Layne and an unknown man.

Nick Pollock

Sleze practicing in their first room at the Music Bank, circa 1985. (Left to right) Layne Staley, Jim Sheppard, and James Bergstrom.

Nick Pollock

Layne and Nick Pollock performing at Kane Hall with Alice ’N Chains, circa 1987. Layne is wearing the purple outfit that had once belonged to Prince, loaned to him by his girlfriend Chrissy Chacos.

Nick Pollock

Nick Pollock joining Alice in Chains (who used the name Diamond Lie at the time) onstage for “Queen of the Rodeo” during their first-ever show, which took place at Kane Hall on January 15, 1988. Mike Starr is on the right side.

Nick Pollock

These photographs, circa spring/summer of 1988, were probably taken within a few weeks or months after Layne and Demri started dating.

Courtesy of Randall Hauser

Layne, Jerry Cantrell, and Sean Kinney at London Bridge Studios working on the demo that ultimately got them signed to Columbia Records in the summer of 1988.

Courtesy of Randall Hauser

Mike Starr and Rick Parashar during the demo recording sessions. In addition to co-owning and founding London Bridge Studios and working with Alice in Chains, Parashar worked with several bands from the era, most notably Pearl Jam.

Courtesy of Randall Hauser

Layne performing in his Mohawk look. This photograph was taken during the August 11, 1988, show at the Kent Skate King attended by Diana Wilmar, where she got the idea to shoot a story about the band for KING 5.

David Fox–Fox Wilmar Productions

Alice in Chains and director Paul Rachman on the set of the “Man in the Box” video shoot in Malibu State Park, December 1990. Within six months, the video would jump-start the band’s career thanks to heavy rotation on MTV.

© Bob Gruen/www.bobgruen.com

Layne and John Baker Saunders performing with Mad Season at the Crocodile Café, April 22, 1995.

© Karen Mason-Blair/www.karenmasonblair.com

Despite difficulties during the preparations, the Unplugged show was a success. Randy Biro, Susan Silver, and Michele Anthony were in tears during “Nutshell.”

Frank Micelotta/Getty Images

Layne with studio assistant Elan Trujillo, who was assigned to help him. Layne and Trujillo talked about video games, and Trujillo showed him how to use Offspring drummer Ron Welty’s electronic drum kit, August 22, 1998.

Annette Cisneros

Layne blowing out his thirty-first birthday cake while playing around on Ron Welty’s electronic drum kit, August 22, 1998.

Annette Cisneros

Alice in Chains regrouped while Jerry and Sean were touring with Metallica to record two new songs with Dave Jerden but were not able to finish with him. They had to ask Toby Wright to record the vocals in Seattle and put the songs together from the various sessions. These were the last songs Layne recorded.

Annette Cisneros

Sean and Jerry hugging after the K-ROCK Tsunami Continued Care Relief Concert, February 18, 2005. It was their first show as Alice in Chains in nearly a decade and their first since Layne’s death three years earlier.

Kevin Casey/Getty Images

Alice in Chains at the MusiCares MAP Fund benefit in 2012, where Jerry was honored for his support of the organization and helping other addicts. Jerry celebrated ten years of sobriety in July 2013.

Frazer Harrison/Getty Images

About the Author

David de Sola is a journalist with experience working at CNN, 60 Minutes, and Reuters, whose work has also been published in The Atlantic, The Huffington Post, and other print and online publications. He lives in Los Angeles.

Visit his Web site at www.daviddesola.com and follow him on Twitter @daviddesola. Or sign up for email updates here.

Thank you for buying this

St. Martin’s Press ebook.

To receive special offers, bonus content,

and info on new releases and other great reads,

sign up for our newsletters.

Or visit us online at

us.macmillan.com/newslettersignup

For email updates on the author, click here.

Contents

Title Page

Copyright Notice

Dedication

Epigraphs

Introduction

Part I: 1967–1984

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

Part II: 1984–1989

Chapter 3

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Chapter 8

Part III: 1989–1996

Chapter 9

Chapter 10

Chapter 11

Chapter 12

Chapter 13

Chapter 14

Chapter 15

Chapter 16

Chapter 17

Chapter 18

Chapter 19

Chapter 20

Chapter 21

Chapter 22

Part IV: 1996–2001

Chapter 23

Chapter 24

Part V: 2001–2002

Chapter 25

Chapter 26

Chapter 27

Part VI: 2002–2014

Chapter 28

Chapter 29

Acknowledgments

Interviews and Sources

Notes

Bibliography

Resources

Index

Photographs

About the Author

Copyright

THOMAS DUNNE BOOKS.

An imprint of St. Martin’s Press.

ALICE IN CHAINS. Copyright © 2015 by David de Sola. All rights reserved. For information, address St. Martin’s Press, 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010.

www.thomasdunnebooks.com

www.stmartins.com

Cover design by James Iacobelli

Cover photograph © Chris Cuffaro / Hellgate Photography

eBooks may be purchased for business or promotional use. For information on bulk purchases, please contact Macmillan Corporate and Premium Sales Department by writing to MacmillanSpecialMarkets@macmillan.com.

The Library of Congress has cataloged the print edition as follows:

De Sola, David.

    Alice in Chains: the untold story / David de Sola.—First edition

        p. cm.

    ISBN 978-1-250-04807-3 (hardcover)

    ISBN 978-1-4668-4839-9 (e-book)

    1.  Alice in Chains (Musical group).   2.  Rock musicians—United States—Biography.   3.  Grunge music—United States—History and criticism.   I.  Title.

    ML421.A415D4 2015

    782.42166092'2dc—23

    [B]

2015017371

e-ISBN 9781466848399

First Edition: August 2015